Answers To Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook 2nd Ed. Full

Full Answer Key to
W.D. Mounce, Basics of Biblical Greek: Workbook

Revision 15 Aug 2009. John C. Beckman
Preface
Is using an answer key legitimate?
Yes, but only if your teacher permits. If you use this answer key without your teacher’s permission, you may be cheating
in class. Taking a Greek class is worse than useless if it starts or continues a pattern of God-dishonoring dishonesty,
whereas taking the “risk” of obedience is an opportunity to grow in faith. “Hope in the Lord and do what is right!”
(Ps 37:3).
Suggestion for use

If your teacher allows, it may be helpful to use this answer key to check your answer to each workbook problem
immediately after you have written a complete answer for it. Doing so will give you immediate feedback on whether or
not you answered correctly. Beware, however, that if you look at the answer key before you write a complete answer in
your workbook, you may not actually learn the material as well as you may think you have.
Guide to the answer key

The answer to a translation question steps through the text, giving for each word the parsing code (see page 2 of this
answer key), an English equivalent, and sometimes also the lexical form. Then an English translation is given. In the
early chapters, an intermediate translation is also given that preserves the Greek word order and minimizes the number of
added words. In some lessons, the intermediate translation also contains grammatical information in {curly brackets}.
The English translations given are often intentionally stilted in order to emphasize the grammar, to avoid paraphrasing
the texts from memory, and to convey nuances that are too awkward to express in a normal translation..
When parsing questions ask for (2x) or (3x), we are looking for different lexical forms, moods, persons, or tenses. After
chapter 7, words with multiple genders, voices, or cases are not marked as (2x) because they are so common.
Errors?
When you find errors in this answer key, please report them at www.teknia.com using the “contact” page.
The most recently corrected version of this document is available at www.teknia.com.
Fonts
This document uses Times, Arial, and TekniaGreek (which is available at www.Teknia.com).
+H cavriV tou: kurivou hJmw:n =Ihsou: Cristou: meta; pavntwn uJmw:n.

(Pro;V QessalonikeiæV b v 3:18)
1
2 Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook – Answer Key
Parsing Code
Tense • P = Present Person • 1 = 1st Person
• I = Imperfect • 2 = 2nd Person
• F = Future • 3 = 3rd Person
• A = Aorist Gender • M = Masculine
• T = Perfect • F = Feminine
• L = Pluperfect • N = Neuter
• R = Future Perfect • Mf = Masculine or Feminine
Voice • A = Active • Mn = Masculine or Neuter
• M = Middle • Mfn = Masculine, Feminine, or Neuter
• P = Passive Number • S = Singular
• Mp = Middle or Passive • P = Plural
• Md = Middle Deponent Case • N = Nominative
• Pd = Passive Deponent • G = Genitive
• Mpd = (Middle or Passive) Deponent • D = Dative
Mood • I = Indicative • A = Accusative
• P = Participle (technically not a mood) • V = Vocative
• S = Subjunctive • Na = Nominative or Accusative
• N = Infinitive (technically not a mood) • Nv = Nominative or Vocative
• M = Imperative Suffixes • x = Indeclinable word
• O = Optative • ! = Emphatic form
• Parsings are abbreviated with a code (e.g., FSN) instead of being written in full (e.g., feminine singular nominative).
• The order of the code letters matters because the same letters are used with different meanings in different positions.
For example, in the code “NSN,” the first “N” refers to neuter, and the second “N” refers to nominative. The order
of the code letters depends upon the type of word as follows:
• Nouns, adjectives, & pronouns with gender: Gender, Number, Case, (“x” if indeclinable)
• Pronouns without gender: Number, Case, (“!” if emphatic form)
• Finite verbs: Tense, Voice, Mood, Person, Number
• Infinitives: Tense, Voice, “Mood”
• Participles: Tense, Voice, “Mood,” Gender, Number, Case
• Prepositions: “→,” Case of object of preposition
• If a word is indeclinable, we add the suffix “x” at the end of the parsing code to indicate that the case came from the
context rather than from the form. The gender and number are fixed for most indeclinable words, but occasionally
they come from the context as well.
• E.g., MSNx is an indeclinable form that is masculine, singular, nominative.
• We use upper case except when multiple parsings are possible.
• When multiple parsings are possible, we use lower case for additional possibilities in a position, so that each capital
letter indicates a change in position. If the context indicates that one is correct, we underline it.
• E.g., PAI2S = Present Active Indicative 2nd person Singular
• E.g., MfnPG = Masculine, Feminine, or Neuter Plural Genitive, but FPG in that context.
• E.g., PAI3P/PAPMnPD = Present Active Indicative 3rd person Plural or Present Active Participle (Masculine or
Neuter) Plural Dative. But PAI3P in that context.
• If a verb is deponent, we put a lower-case “d” at the end of the morphological voice code.
• E.g., PMpdI2S is middle or passive in form, but active in meaning (“middle-passive deponent”).
• E.g., AMdI2S is middle in form, but active in meaning (“middle deponent”).
• E.g., APdI2S is passive in form, but active in meaning (“passive deponent”).
• Prepositions do not inflect, so they do not need to be parsed. But, because the case of the object of the preposition
may indicate the meaning of the preposition, the case of the object is used as the “parsing code” for prepositions.
• E.g., Parse the preposition parav as (→G from) if it takes a genitive in that context, (→D beside) if it takes a
dative, and (→A alongside of) if it takes an accusative in that context.
Exercise 3
The Alphabet and Punctuation

Grammar
1. What are the seven vowels?
Name Lower Case Upper Case
Alpha a A
Epsilon e E
Eta h H
Iota i I
Omicron o O
Upsilon u U
Omega w W
2. When do you find the two different forms of sigma?
a. The “final sigma” form ( V ) is written wherever lower-case sigma is the last letter of a word.
b. The normal lower-case form ( s ) is written wherever lower-case sigma is not the last letter of a word.
3. What are the two breathing marks, and when do you find them?
a. The rough breathing mark ( + ) sounds like the English letter “h.”
b. The smooth breathing mark ( = ) does not affect pronunciation.
• If the first letter of a word is a vowel or the letter rho ( r ), the word has a breathing mark.
• If the first letter of a word is not a vowel or the letter rho ( r ), the word does not have a breathing mark.
• If the first letter of a word is upsilon ( u ) or rho ( r ), the breathing mark is always a rough breathing mark.
Otherwise, either a rough breathing mark or a smooth breathing mark could be used, depending upon the word.
• The breathing mark is placed as follows:
• If the word begins with a diphthong, then the breathing mark goes over the second vowel of the diphthong
(e.g., aijwvn and Aijwvn).
• Otherwise, the breathing mark goes over the first letter of the word (e.g., rJabbiv, uJpevr, wJV, and ajmhvn).
• Exception: If the first letter is a capital letter (and not part of a diphthong), the breathing mark goes in
front of the capital letter instead of over it, because there is no room over the capital letter to put a
breathing mark. (e.g., +RwmaiæoV, =HlivaV, and +Iovpph).
4. How does the iota subscript affect pronunciation?
• The iota subscript does not affect pronunciation.1
5. When is the diaeresis used?
• The diaeresis ( ¨ ) is used over the second of two vowels in a row that normally form a diphthong, but should be
pronounced separately in this particular word. For example, in English, “Noel” as a man’s name has one
syllable and rhymes with “mole” because “oe” forms a diphthong in English. “Noël” as a woman’s name,
however, has two syllables and is pronounced as “no el” because the diaeresis over the “e” indicates that “oe”
does not form a diphthong in this word.
1
Advanced information: Some teachers instruct students to pronounce alpha differently depending on whether it is short
or long. Since iota only subscripts under long vowels, if alpha has an iota subscript, then you know that it is a long alpha,
and should be pronounced accordingly. Where there is no iota subscript, however, you need some other information to
know whether the alpha is long or short, and hence how to pronounce it. So the iota subscript does not affect the
pronunciation of alpha, but it tells you which pronunciation to use. Because of the difficulty in knowing whether an
alpha is long or short, some teachers have students pronounce alpha the same regardless of whether it is long or short.
3
This page intentionally left blank.

Exercise 4
Punctuation and Syllabification

Syllabification
1. aj • mhvn
• Rule 1: There is one vowel or diphthong per syllable. The word ajmhvn has two vowels, alpha ( a ) and eta ( h ),
neither of which is part of a diphthong, so there are two syllables in the word. Alpha ( a ) is in one syllable, and
eta ( h ) is in the other syllable. The remaining rules are used to determine where to put the consonants.
• Mu ( m ) is set by rule 2: a single consonant by itself goes with the following vowel unless it is the final letter of
the word. Since mu ( m ) is a single consonant by itself (instead of being next to another consonant), it goes with
the following vowel, namely eta ( h ).
• Nu ( n ) is also set by rule 2: a single consonant by itself (not next to another consonant) goes with the following
vowel unless it is the final letter of the word. Nu ( n ) is a single consonant by itself, but since it is the final letter
of the word, it goes with the preceding vowel, eta ( h ).
2. gra • fhv
• Rule 1: There is one vowel or diphthong per syllable. There are two vowels, alpha ( a ) and eta ( h ), neither of
which is part of a diphthong, so there are two syllables in the word. Alpha ( a ) is in one syllable, and eta ( h ) is
in the other syllable. The remaining rules are used to determine where to put the consonants.
• Gamma-rho ( gr ) is a consonant cluster because it is two consonants in a row. Therefore, we use either rule 4,
5, or 6. It is not a double consonant, since gamma ( g ) and rho ( r ) are two different letters, so we don’t use
rule 6. Therefore, we use either rule 4 or 5, depending on whether or not gamma-rho ( gr ) can be pronounced
together. The main clue for whether consonants can be pronounced together is that if they begin a word, they
can be pronounced together. Gamma-rho ( gr ) obviously can begin a word, so we follow rule 5: a consonant
cluster that can begin a word goes with the following vowel. Therefore, gamma-rho ( gr ) goes with the
following vowel, namely alpha ( a ).
• Phi ( f ) is set by rule 2: a single consonant by itself goes with the following vowel unless it is the final letter of
the word. Since phi ( f ) is not next to another consonant (and therefore is a single consonant by itself), it goes
with the following vowel, namely eta ( h ).
3. e[ • sca • toV
• Rule 1: There is one vowel or diphthong per syllable. There are three vowels, epsilon ( e ) , alpha ( a ) and
omicron ( o ), none of which is part of a diphthong, so each gets a separate syllable.
• Sigma-chi ( sc ) is a consonant cluster because it is two consonants in a row. Therefore, we use either rule 4, 5,
or 6. It is not a double consonant, since sigma ( s ) and chi ( c ) are two different letters, so we don’t use rule 6.
Therefore, we use either rule 4 or 5, depending on whether or not sigma-chi ( sc ) can be pronounced together.
Looking in the lexicon in the back of the textbook, we find the word scivzw on page 438, indicating that sigma-
chi ( sc ) can begin a word, and therefore can be pronounced together. Therefore we follow rule 5: a consonant
cluster that can begin a word goes with the following vowel. So sigma-chi ( sc ) goes with the following vowel,
alpha ( a ).
• Tau ( t ) is set by rule 2: a single consonant by itself goes with the following vowel unless it is the final letter of
the word. Since tau ( t ) is not next to another consonant, it goes with the following vowel, omicron ( o ).
• Sigma ( V ) is also set by rule 2: a single consonant goes by with the following vowel unless it is the final letter
of the word. Sigma ( V ) is not next to another consonant, but since it is the final letter of the word, it goes with
the preceding vowel, omicron ( o ).
5
4. kar • div • a
• Rule 1: There is one vowel or diphthong per syllable. There are three vowels, alpha ( a ), iota ( i ), and
alpha ( a ), none of which is part of a diphthong, so each gets a separate syllable. In particular, iota-alpha ( ia )
does not form a diphthong, so those two vowels are divided (rule 3).
• Kappa ( k ) is set by rule 2: a single consonant by itself goes with the following vowel unless it is the final letter
of the word. Since kappa ( k ) is not next to another consonant, it goes with the following vowel, alpha ( a ).
• Rho-delta ( rd ) is a consonant cluster because it is two consonants in a row. Therefore, we use either rule 4, 5,
or 6. It is not a double consonant, since rho ( r ) and delta ( d ) are two different letters, so we don’t use rule 6.
Therefore, we use either rule 4 or 5, depending on whether or not rho-delta ( rd ) can be pronounced together.
Looking in the lexicon in the back of the textbook, we don't find any words that begin with rho-delta ( rd ). But,
since the lexicon in the back of the textbook is not exhaustive, it still is possible that a word that begins with
rho-delta ( rd ) exists. To be certain, we would have to do an exhaustive search.1 But for now, if the lexicon in
the back of the textbook doesn't list such a word, we can assume that one doesn't exist. Given that assumption
(which is correct in this case), we follow rule 4: a consonant cluster that can not begin a word is divided into
separate syllables. Therefore, the consonant cluster rho-delta ( rd ) is divided, with the first letter, rho ( r ),
going with the preceding vowel alpha ( a ), and the second letter, delta ( d ), going with the following vowel
iota ( i ).
5. pneu: • ma
• Rule 1: There is one vowel or diphthong per syllable. There are three vowels, epsilon ( e ), upsilon ( u ), and
alpha ( a ). The combination epsilon-upsilon ( eu ) forms a diphthong, as described on page 10 of the textbook,
so there are two syllables, with epsilon-upsilon ( eu ) in one syllable, and alpha ( a ) in the other.
• Pi-nu ( pn ) is a consonant cluster because it is two consonants in a row. Therefore, we use either rule 4, 5, or 6.
Since the cluster begins a word, we follow rule 5: a consonant cluster that can begin a word goes with the
following vowel (or diphthong). Therefore, Pi-nu ( pn ) goes with the following vowel or diphthong, which in
this case is the diphthong epsilon-upsilon ( eu ).
• Mu ( m ) is set by rule 2: a single consonant by itself goes with the following vowel unless it is the final letter of
the word. Since mu ( m ) is not next to another consonant, it goes with the following vowel, alpha ( a ).
6. pro • fhv • thV
• There are three vowels, none of which are part of a diphthong, so there are three syllables (rule 1).
• The consonant cluster pr begins a word, so it goes with the following vowel, omicron ( o ) (rule 5).
• Phi ( f ) is a single consonant by itself, so it goes with the following vowel, eta ( h ) (rule 2).
• Tau ( t ) is a single consonant by itself, so it goes with the following vowel, eta ( h ) (rule 2).
• Sigma ( V ) is single consonant by itself, but it is also the last letter of the word, so it goes with the preceding
vowel, eta ( h ) (rule 2).
7. savb • ba • ton
• Sigma is a single consonant by itself, so it goes with the following vowel, alpha ( a ) (rule 2).
• The consonant cluster beta-beta ( bb ) is a double consonant, since the same consonant occurs twice in a row, so
it is divided. The first beta goes with the preceding vowel, and the second beta goes with the following vowel
(rule 6).
• Tau ( t ) is a single consonant by itself, so it goes with the following vowel, omicron ( o ) (rule 2).
• Nu ( n ) is a single consonant by itself, but it is also the last letter of the word, so it goes with the preceding
vowel, omicron ( o ) (rule 2).
8. a[g • ge • loV
1
The only way to do a truly exhaustive search is to check the electronic TLG database, which costs thousands of dollars
and can be found in many theological libraries. But there are several more practical ways to do a search that is close to
exhaustive. Many Bible software programs can do a search that covers the New Testament and the Septuagint, although
they don't cover the entire corpus of ancient Greek literature as the TLG does. The Analytical Lexicon of the Greek New
Testament by Mounce and the Barclay Newman dictionary in the back of the UBS New Testament cover every word in
the New Testament. The BDAG lexicon is even more extensive because it covers not only every word in the New
Testament, but it also most words that occur in the LXX and early Christian writings.
Exercise 4: Punctuation and Syllabification 7
• The consonant cluster gamma-gamma ( gg ) is a double consonant, since the same consonant occurs twice in a
row, so it is divided. The first gamma goes with the preceding vowel, and the second gamma goes with the
following vowel (rule 6).2
• Lambda ( l ) is a single consonant by itself, so it goes with the following vowel, omicron ( o ) (rule 2).
• Sigma ( V ) is a single consonant by itself, but it is also the last letter of the word, so it goes with the preceding
9. a[n • qrw • poV
• Nu-theta-rho ( nqr ) is a consonant cluster because it is three consonants in a row. Checking the lexicon
demonstrates that it cannot begin a word, and hence must be split. Because there are three consonants in a row,
and because there is one vowel or diphthong per syllable (rule 1), the middle consonant theta ( q ) must be
grouped with either the preceding consonant nu ( n ) or the following consonant rho ( r ). Therefore, we will
either divide it as ( nq • r ) or as ( n • qr ). Which cluster can stay together, nq or qr? Neither cluster is a double
consonant (rule 6), so we must use either rule 4 or rule 5. Checking the lexicon demonstrates that the consonant
cluster nu-theta (nq) cannot begin a word, and hence must be split into separate syllables (rule 4), with the first
consonant nu (n) going with the preceding vowel alpha (a) and the remaining consonants theta-rho (qr) going
with the following vowel, omega ( w ). But is qr allowed to stay together? Yes, since it can begin the word
qrovnoV, which is found on page 425 in the lexicon in the back of the textbook (rule 5).
• Pi ( p ) is a single consonant by itself, so it goes with the following vowel, omicron ( o ) (rule 2).
• Sigma ( V ) is a single consonant by itself, but it is also the last letter of the word, so it goes with the preceding
10. pe • ri • pa • tev • w
• There are five vowels, none of which are part of a diphthong, so there are five syllables (rule 1). In particular,
epsilon-omega ( ew ) does not form a diphthong, so those two vowels are divided into separate syllables
(rule 3).
• Pi, rho, pi, and tau are all single consonants by themselves, so they each go with the following vowel (rule 2).
2
For those who are wondering… It is true that the first gamma is a gamma nasal (pp. 9-10 of the textbook), and the
second gamma is not. Nevertheless, it is still the same consonant twice in a row, and is therefore a double consonant. As
such, rule 6 still applies.

Chapters 1 - 4
Review #1
Definitions
1. What is a gamma nasal, and how is it pronounced?
• A gamma nasal is the letter gamma ( g ) when followed by gamma ( g ), kappa ( k ), xsi ( x ), or chi ( c ).
• In other words, it is the first letter of the consonant clusters gg, gk, gx, or gc.
• A gamma nasal is pronounced like the English letter “n.”
• Therefore, the consonant clusters with a gamma nasal are pronounced as follows: gg as “ng,” gk as “nk,”
gx as “nks,” and gc as “nch.”
2. What is a diphthong?
• A diphthong is two vowels in a row that are pronounced together as one sound in one syllable rather than
separately as two sounds in two syllables.
• The diphthongs that appear in the New Testament are as follows: 1
Lower Case Upper Case Transliteration Pronunciation
ai AI ai aisle
ei EI ei eight
oi OI oi oil
au AU au sauerkraut
ou OU ou soup
ui UI ui suite
eu EU eu feud
hu HU ēu feud
3. What is an improper diphthong?
• An improper diphthong is an alpha, eta, or omega with an iota subscript.2
• An improper diphthong is transliterated as if the iota subscript were a normal iota.
• An improper diphthong is pronounced as if the iota subscript did not exist.3
Lower Case Transliteration Pronunciation
a/ ai father
h/ ēi obey
w/ ōi tone
4. Describe when an apostrophe is used.
• An apostrophe ( = ) is used in the process of elision. In elision, certain words that end in a vowel substitute an
apostrophe for the final vowel when followed by a word that begins with a vowel. Note that an apostrophe, a
smooth breathing mark, and a coronis (used in the process of crasis, described on pages 111 and 338 of the
textbook) all look identical.
1
Advanced information: There is one other Greek diphthong, wu, which doesn’t occur as a diphthong in the NT
(although wu‡ occurs in the NT and the diphthong does appear in the LXX). wu is pronounced as a diphthong by
combining the two separate sounds into one quick, smooth sound ōh'-oo (Herbert Weir Smyth, Greek Grammar, rev.
Gordon M. Messing (Harvard, 1984), 13).
2
Advanced information: When written in capital letters, the iota of an improper diphthong is written as a normal capital
iota (Smyth, 9). As a result, a/ and ai are both written in Greek capital letters as AI, and can only be distinguished by
context.
3
Advanced information: In the combination alpha-iota, if the alpha is short, the iota will not subscript, forming the
diphthong ai. And if the alpha is long, the iota will subscript, forming the improper diphthong a/. So if you pronounce
short and long alpha differently, pronounce the improper diphthong a/ as you pronounce a long alpha.
9
Exercises
1. Write out the alphabet.
• Lower case: a b g d e z h q i k l m n x o p r s/V t u f c y w
• Upper case: A B G D E Z H Q I K L M N X O P R S T U F C Y W
• Names: alpha, beta, gamma, delta, epsilon, zeta, eta, theta, iota, kappa, lambda, mu, nu, xsi, omicron, pi, rho,
sigma, tau, upsilon, phi, chi, psi, omega.
2. How are the two sigmas used in one word?
• Lower-case sigma is written ( V ) when it is the last letter of a word, and is written ( s ) everywhere else.
• E.g., ajpovstoloV.
3. Give an example of a smooth breathing mark and a rough breathing mark.
• ajmhvn has a smooth breathing mark.
• aJmartiva has a rough breathing mark.
4. Punctuation Marks. Match the Greek punctuation mark with its function.
a. , semi-colon
b. . question mark
c. ˙ (dot above the line) comma
d. ; period
5. Accents. Match the appropriate accent marks with their proper name.
a. v circumflex
b. ; acute
c. : grave4
6. How does an accent affect a translation?
• For most words, accent does not affect translation in any way.
• There are a few words that can only be distinguished by their accents. For a list, see page 338 in the textbook.
• Certain personal pronoun forms may have more emphasis if they are accented than if they are not. This is
described on pages 91 and 92 in the textbook.
7. Syllabification. Divide the following words into syllables.
a. di • dav • skwn [sk can begin the word skovtoV, so it stays together.]
b. di • a • mar • tu • rov • me • noV [rt does not begin any words, so it is divided.]
c. a[n • qrw • poV [See the explanation on page 7 of this answer key (syllabification #9).]
d. lev • gon • teV [nt does not begin any words, so it is divided.]
e. bavl • lw [ll is a double consonant, so it is divided.]
4
The word “grave,” when it refers to the accent, can either be pronounced the same as when it refers to a tomb, or it can
be pronounced with the sound of the letter “a” in the word “part.”
Exercise 6
Nominative and Accusative; Definite Article

Parsing
• A bullet ( • ) separates the word’s stem from its case ending.
• A dash ( – ) indicates the absence of a case ending.
• To introduce you to the parsing code used in the answers to the translation questions, we have added a column for it.
The parsing code is explained on page 2 of this answer key. Note that the order for the parsing code is (gender,
number, case), which differs from the order of the columns of the table.
• Although we list multiple possible inflected meanings for some words, you need only list one unless your teacher
instructs otherwise.
Lexical Parsing
Inflected Case Number Gender Form Code Inflected Meaning
man, mankind, person,
1. a[nqrwpo • n Accusative Singular Masculine a[nqrwpoV MSA
humankind, human being
2. w|ra • i Nominative Plural Feminine w{ra FPN hours, occasions, moments
3. thv • n Accusative Singular Feminine oJ FSA the
4. basileiva • V Accusative Plural Feminine basileiva FPA kingdoms
5. qeo • iv Nominative Plural Masculine qeovV MPN gods
Nominative or
6. tov • – (2x) Singular Neuter oJ NSNa the
Accusative
7. lovgo • uV Accusative Plural Masculine lovgoV MPA words
8. kairo • iv Nominative Plural Masculine kairovV MPN (appointed) times, seasons
9. tav • V Accusative Plural Feminine oJ FPA the
Christ, Messiah,
10. Cristov • n Accusative Singular Masculine CristovV MSA
Anointed One
Warm-up
• For an explanation of the parsing code and translation style, see pages 1 and 2 of this answer key, in the preface.
a. hJ (oJ FSN the)1 • w{ra (w{ra FSN hour) • e[rcetai (he/she/it comes).
The hour {subject} comes {verb}.
The hour comes.
b. ajgapwæsi (they love) • de; (and) • to;n (oJ MSA the) • qeovn (qeovV MSA God).
They {subject} love {verb} and the god {direct object}.2
And they love God.
1
Here is a reminder of how this answer key works. The word that appears in the workbook is hJ. The lexical form of hJ is
oJ, so oJ is listed in parentheses after hJ. The word hJ is feminine singular nominative, so FSN is also in the parenthesis, right
after the lexical form. A simple translation for hJ is “the,” so the word “the” is also in the parentheses.
2
God is the one being loved, not the one who is doing the loving, because to;n qeovn is in the accusative case and is
therefore the direct object. Furthermore, the verb is plural (“they love”), whereas it would be singular if God were the
one doing the loving. If it were written ajgapa/: (he/she/it loves) de; oJ qeovV, God would be in the nominative case, and
would therefore be the subject (the one doing the action of the verb). The sentence could then be translated “And God
loves.”
11
g. e[swsen (he/she/it saved) • aujto;V (aujtovV MSN he) • a[llouV (a[lloV MPA others).
Saved {verb} he {subject} others {direct object}.
He saved others.
d. blevpw (I see) • nuæn (now) • to;n (oJ MSA the) • =Ihsou:n (=Ihsou:V MSA Jesus) • kai; (and) • tou;V (oJ MPA the) •
ajpostovlouV (ajpovstoloV MPA apostles).
I {subject} see {verb} now the Jesus {direct object} and the apostles {direct object}.
Now I see Jesus and the apostles.
e. hJ (oJ FSN the) • ajgaph; (ajgaphv FSN love) • makroqumeiæ (he/she/it is patient).
The love {subject} is patient {verb}.
Love is patient.
z. ejgw; (I) • ginwvskw (I know) • o{ti (that) • to; (oJ NSNa the) • e[rgon (e[rgon NSNa work)3 • tetevlestai (he/she/it is
finished).
I {subject} know {verb} that the work {subject} is finished {verb}.4
I know that the work is finished.
h. ejpoivhse (he/she/it made) • oJ (oJ MSN the) • lovgoV (lovgoV MSN word) • to;n (oJ MSA the) • kovsmon (kovsmoV MSA world).
Made {verb} the word {subject} the world {direct object}.
The Word made the world.
Translation
1. ajpostevllw (I send) • to;n (oJ MSA the) • a[ggelon (a[ggeloV MSA messenger).
I {subject} send {verb} the messenger {direct object}.
I send the messenger.
2. aujtoi; (aujtovV MPN they) • to;n (oJ MSA the) • qeo;n (qeovV MSA God) • o[yontai (they will see).
They {subject} the god {direct object} will see {verb}.
They will see God.
3. ejdivdasken (he/she/it was teaching) • aujtouvV (aujtovV MPA them).
He {subject} was teaching {verb} them {direct object}.
He was teaching them.
4. Diwvkete (Pursue!) • th;n (oJ FSA the) • ajgavphn (ajgavph FSA love).
Pursue {verb} the love {direct object}.5
Pursue love.
5. ejrauna:te (You search) • ta;V (oJ FPA the) • grafavV (grafhvV FPA Scriptures).
You {subject} search {verb} the Scriptures {direct object}.
You search the Scriptures.
3
to; e[rgon could be either nominative or accusative, which is why the parsing code (NSNa) has “Na.” To decide which it
is, we need to understand verbs, which we will beginning in chapter 15! In brief, the verb is passive voice, as is indicated
by the translation given to you, “he/she/it is finished.” A passive-voice verb cannot have a direct object, so to; e[rgon
cannot be the direct object. Therefore it is the subject and is in the nominative case, as indicated by the underlining of the
“N” in the parsing code “Na.” If the verb were active voice, as indicated by a translation “he/she/it finished,” then the
verb could have a direct object, and one could translate it as “he/she/it finished the work,” with to; e[rgon as the direct
object and therefore in the accusative case.
4
This sentence is complicated because it has an independent clause and a dependent clause. The independent clause has
the subject “I,” the verb “know,” and the direct object “that the work is finished.” The dependent clause has the subject
“the work,” and the verb “is finished.” The dependent clause does not have a direct object.
5
In both Greek and English, the subject of this sentence is not explicit. The form of the Greek verb implies that the
subject is “you” (plural). The English sentence implies that the subject is “you,” but does not indicate whether it is
singular or plural.
Exercise 6: Nominative and Accusative; Definite Article 13
6. peplhvrwtai (he/she/it has come) • oJ (oJ MSN the) • kairo;V (kairovV MSN (appointed) time) • kai; (and) • h[ggiken (it
has drawn near) • hJ (oJ FSN the) • basileiva (basileiva FSN kingdom) • tou: qeou: (of God).
Has come {verb} the time {subject}, and has drawn near {verb} the kingdom {subject} of god.6
The time has come and the kingdom of God has drawn near.
7. ejtevlesen (he/she/it finished) • oJ (oJ MSN the) • CristovV (CristovV MSN Christ) • tou;V (oJ MPA the) • lovgouV (lovgoV
MPA words).
Finished {verb} the Christ {subject} the words {direct object}.
Christ finished the words.
8. To; (oJ NSNa the) • savbbaton (savbbaton NSNa Sabbath)7 • dia; (for) • to;n (oJ MSA the) • a[nqrwpon (a[nqrwpoV MSA
humankind)8 • ejgevneto (he/she/it was made) • kai; (and) • oujc (not) • oJ (oJ MSN the) • a[nqrwpoV (a[nqrwpoV MSN
humankind) • dia; (for) • to; (oJ NSNa the) • savbbaton (savbbaton NSNa Sabbath).9
The Sabbath {subject} for the humankind was made {verb}, and not the humankind {subject} for the Sabbath.
The Sabbath was made for humankind, and not humankind for the Sabbath.
9. kai; (and) • ajpevsteilen (he/she/it sent) • aujtou;V (aujtoV MPA them) • khruvssein (to preach) • th;n (oJ FSA the) •
basileivan (basileiva FSA kingdom) • tou: qeou: (of God).
And he {subject} sent {verb} them {direct object} to preach {infinitive verb} the kingdom {direct object} of the
god.10
And he sent them to preach the kingdom of God.
10. kai; (and) • nu:n (now) • hJ (oJ FSN the) • basileiva (basileiva FSN kingdom) • sou (your) • ouj (not) • sthvsetai
(he/she/it will continue).
And now the kingdom {subject} your not will continue {verb}.
And now your kingdom will not continue.
Additional
11. oJ (oJ MSN the) • de; (but) • Pau:loV (Pau:loV MSN Paul) • e[fh (he/she/it said)˙ • e[pemya (I sent) • a[llouV (a[lloV MPA
other) • ajpostovlouV (ajpovstoloV MPA apostles).
The but Paul {subject} said {verb}, “I {subject} sent {verb} other apostles {direct object}.”
But Paul said,11 “I sent other apostles.”
12. to;n (oJ MSA the) • Cristo;n (CristovV MSA Christ) • pisteuvousin (they believe) • oiJ (oJ MPN the) • a[nqrwpoi
(a[nqrwpoV MPN people) • o{ti (because)12 • ginwvskousi (they know) • th;n (oJ FSA the) • ajgavphn (ajgavph FSA love) •
aujtou: (his).
The Christ {direct object} believe {verb} the people {subject} because they {subject} know {verb} the love {direct
object} his.
The people believe Christ because they know his love.
6
“Of God” (tou: qeou:) modifies “the kingdom” (hJ basileiva). So you can consider “the kingdom of God” to be the
complete subject.
7
To; savbbaton could be either nominative or accusative, hence the parsing code contains “Na.” The “N” is underlined,
indicating that it is nominative, because the sentence makes sense if it is nominative, but not if it is accusative.
8
To;n a[nqrwpon is in the accusative case, but it is not the direct object. Instead it is the object of the preposition diav, as
you will learn in chapter 8!
9
To; savbbaton (the second occurrence in the sentence) could be either nominative or accusative, hence the parsing code
contains “Na” in the case position (the final letter). The “a” is underlined, indicating that in this context, it is accusative
rather than nominative. But the reason that it is accusative is beyond what you have learned thus far. It is the object of
the preposition diav, which can take an object in the accusative, but not in the nominative, as you will learn in chapter 8!
10
Advanced information: This is a complicated sentence because it has both an independent clause (“He sent them”) and
a dependent infinitival clause (“to preach the kingdom of God”). “To preach” is an infinitive verb that is the verb of the
infinitival clause. “The kingdom of God” is the direct object of the infinitive; it is not the direct object of “sent,” which is
the verb of the independent clause. This grammar will be explained in chapter 32!
11
Translate with an English comma and quotation mark ( , “ ) a Greek semicolon ( ˙ ) that introduces a direct quotation.
12
The textbook gives several definitions for o{ti, namely, “that, since, because.” The first definition (“that”) does not
work in the sentence – try it and see! So if a sentence makes no sense when you try to translate it, try other definitions for
the words to see if there is a definition that makes sense in the sentence.
13. Lame;c (Lame;c MSNx Lamech)13 • dev (and) • eijpen (he/she/it said) • tou;V (oJ MPA the) • lovgouV (lovgoV MPA words).
Lamech {subject} and said {verb} the words {direct object}.
And Lamech said the words.
14. kai; (and) • h[resan (they pleased) • oiJ (oJ MPN the) • lovgoi (lovgoV MPN words) • to;n (oJ MSA the) • Pila:ton
(Pila:toV MSA Pilate).
And pleased {verb} the words {subject} the Pilate {direct object}.
And the words pleased Pilate.
15. ta; (oJ NPNa the) • savbbata (savbbaton NPNa Sabbaths) • fulavxesqe (you will keep).
The Sabbaths {direct object} you {subject} will keep {verb}.
You will keep the Sabbaths.
16. ta; (oJ NPNa the) • e[rga (e[rgon NPNa works)14 • tou: qeou: (of God) • aujtoi; (aujtovV MPN they) • pisteuvousi (they
believe).
The works {direct object} of God they {subject} believe {verb}.
They believe the works of God.
17. kuvrion (kuvrioV MSA lord) • kai; (and) • cristo;n (CristovV MSA Christ) • ejpoivhsen (he/she/it made) • oJ (oJ MSN the) •
qeovV (qeovV MSN god) • aujto;n (aujtovV MSA him).
Lord {direct object}15 and Christ {direct object} made {verb} the god {subject} him {direct object}.
God made him Lord and Christ.
18. to; (oJ NSNa the) • fw:V (fw:V NSNa light) • ejlhvluqen (he/she/it came) • eijV (into) • to;n (oJ MSA the) • kovsmon (kovsmoV
MSA world)16 • kai; (and) • hjgavphsan (they loved) • oiJ (oJ MPN the) • a[nqrwpoi (a[nqrwpoV MPN people) • ma:llon
(more) • to; (oJ NSNa the) • skovtoV (skovtoV NSNa darkness) • h] (than) • to; (oJ NSNa the) • fw:V (fw:V NSNa light).
The light {subject} came {verb} into the world, and loved {verb} the people {subject} more the darkness {direct
object} than the light {direct object}.
The light came into the world, and the people loved the darkness more than the light.
19. kai; (and) • ejkrivnosan (they judged) • to;n (oJ MSA the) • lao;n (laovV MSA people) • pa:san (every) • w{ran (w{ra FSA
hour).
And they {subject} judged {verb} the people {direct object} every hour.
And they judged the people every hour.
20. kai; (and) • aujtoi; (aujtovV MPN they) • h\ran (they lifted up) • ta;V (oJ FPA the) • fwnavV (fwnhv FPA voices) • aujtw:n
(their).
And they {subject} lifted up {verb} the voices {direct object} their.
And they lifted up their voices.
13
Lamevc is an indeclinable noun. As such, it still has gender, number, and case. Being indeclinable means that it does not
change its form when it changes number and case, so you need to determine the number and case from the context
instead of from the form of the word. The lexicon tells you that Lamevc is masculine. Since it is a person’s name, it is
unlikely to be plural (and reading the context in Genesis 4:23 confirms that there is only one “Lamech” in view). But
what case is it? If Lamech is nominative, the sentence reads “And Lamech said the words,” which is a reasonable
sentence. But if Lamech is accusative, the sentence reads “And he/she/it said the words the Lamech,” which doesn’t
make sense. The reason it doesn’t make sense is that there is already a direct object (“the words”). Therefore, Lamevc is
the subject, and is therefore in the nominative case. That is why the parsing code (“MSNx”) ends with an “x;” the word is
nominative, but because the word is indeclinable, we figured out the case based on the context rather than basing it on
the spelling of the word.
14
To; e[rga could be either nominative or accusative. It is accusative rather than nominative (“N%” rather than “Na”)
because we already have a subject for the sentence (aujtoi;), and so the sentence does not make sense if e[rga is
nominative (try it!).
15
Actually, “Lord,” “Christ,” and “him” are not direct objects. They are double accusatives of object-complement
(Wallace, 182ff). “Him” is the object. “Lord” and “Christ” are the complements. But this is second-year Greek!
16
kovsmon is in the accusative case because it is the object of the preposition eijV, as you’ll learn in chapter 8. It is not the
direct object. Words can be in the accusative case for any of a number of reasons; being the direct object is not the only
reason, although it is one of the most common.
Exercise 7
Genitive and Dative

Parsing
• A bullet ( • ) separates the word’s stem from its case ending.
• Ignore the “stem” for the article. Just notice that the article uses the normal case endings.
• A dash ( – ) indicates the absence of a case ending.
• After this chapter, we will not put (2x) by parsings that have multiple genders or cases.
Lexical Parsing
1. ajgavph • / Dative Singular Feminine ajgavph FSD to a love
2. kurivo • iV Dative Plural Masculine kuvrioV MPD to lords
3. aJmarti • w:n Genitive Plural Feminine aJmartiva FPG of sins
4. to • uvV Accusative Plural Masculine oJ MPA the
5. ajnqrwvpw • / Dative Singular Masculine a[nqrwpoV MSD to a man
6. uiJo • uvV Accusative Plural Masculine uiJovV MPA sons
7. lovgo • u Genitive Singular Masculine lovgoV MSG of a word
Nominative
8. t • av (2x) Plural Neuter oJ NPNa the
or Accusative
Masculine
9. aujto • iæV (2x) Dative Plural aujtovV MnPD to them
or Neuter
10. basileiv • aV Genitive Singular of a kingdom
Feminine basileiva FSG/FPA
(2x) Accusative Plural kingdoms
Write Out the Forms of the Article

M F N M F N
SN oJ hJ tov PN oiJ aiJ tav
SG tou: th:V tou: PG tw:n tw:n tw:n
SD tw/: th/: tw/: PD toiæV taiæV toiæV
SA tovn thvn tov PA touvV tavV tav
Warm-up
• For an explanation of the parsing code and translation style, see pages 1 and 2 of this answer key, in the preface.
a. a[ggeloV (a[ggeloV MSN angel) • kurivou (kuvrioV MSG of lord)

Angel of lord.
Angel of the Lord
b. fwnh;n (fwnhv FSA voice) • ajggevlwn (a[ggeloV MPG of angels)

Voice of angels
15
g. hJ (oJ FSN the) • ajgavph (ajgavph FSN love) • tou: (oJ MnSG of the)1 • Cristou: (CristovV MSG of Christ)
The love of the Christ
The love of Christ
d. taiæV (oJ FPD to the) • aJmartivaiV (aJmartiva FPD to sins) • tou: (oJ MnSG of the) • kairou: (kairovV MSG time)
To the sins of the time
e. fwnh; (fwnhv FSN voice) • qeou: (qeovV MSG of god) • kai; (and) • oujk (not) • ajnqrwvpou (a[nqrwpoV MSG of human
being)
Voice of god and not of human being
Voice of a god and not of a human being OR Voice of God and not of a human being
z. oJ (oJ MSN the) • kuvrioV (kuvrioV MSN lord) • tou: (oJ MnSG of the) • oujranou: (oujranovV MSG of heaven)
The Lord of Heaven
h. o[yesqe (you will see) • th;n (oJ FSA the) • dovxan (dovxa FSA glory) • kurivou (kuvrioV MSG of lord).
You {subject} will see {verb} the glory {direct object} of lord.
You will see the glory of the Lord.
Translation
1. ei\pen (he/she/it spoke) • aujtoiæV (aujtovV MnPD to them) • oJ (oJ MSN the) • =Ihsou:V (=Ihsou:V MSN Jesus).
Spoke {verb} to them {indirect object} the Jesus {subject}.
Jesus spoke to them.
2. ejlavlei (he/she/it was speaking) • aujtoiæV (aujtovV MnPD to them)2 • to;n (oJ MSA the) • lovgon (lovgoV MSA word).
He/she/it {subject} was speaking {verb} to them {indirect object} the word {direct object}.
He3 was speaking the word to them.
3. th;n (oJ FSA the) • ajgavphn (ajgavph FSA love) • tou: (oJ MnSG of the) • qeou: (qeovV MSG of god) • oujk (not) • e[cete
(you have).
The love {direct object} of the god not you {subject} have {verb}.
You do not have the love of God.
4. ejpimevnwmen (we should continue) • th/: (oJ FSD to the) • aJmartiva/ (aJmartiva FSD to a sin);
We {subject} should continue {verb} to the sin?
Should we continue in4 sin?
5. ajposteleiæ (he/she/it will send) • oJ (oJ MSN the) • uiJo;V (uiJovV MSN son) • tou: (oJ MnSG of the) • ajnqrwvpou (a[nqrwpoV
MSG of man) • tou;V (oJ MPA the) • ajggevlouV (a[ggeloV MPA angels) • aujtou: (aujtovV MnSG his).
Will send {verb} the son {subject} of the man the angels {direct object} his.
The Son of Man will send his angels.
6. h[ggiken (he/she/it has drawn near) • ga;r (for) • hJ (oJ FSN the) • basileiva (basileiva FSN kingdom) • tw:n (oJ MfnPG
of the) • oujranw:n (oujranovV MPG of heavens).
Has drawn near {verb} for the kingdom {subject} of the heavens.
For the Kingdom of Heaven has drawn near.
1
The word tou: could be either masculine or neuter. This ambiguity is indicated in the parsing code by “Mn.” But because
it is immediately followed by Cristou:, it almost certainly modifies Cristou:, and must therefore match it in gender,
number, and case. Therefore, since Cristou: is masculine, tou: is also, and we underline the M in the parsing code MnSG.
2
To know whether aujtoiæV is masculine or neuter, you need to look at the context. In the context of Mark 2:2 (from
whence this came), Jesus is speaking to people, so aujtoiæV is masculine, and we underlined “M” in the parsing code MnPD.
But you don’t know that from the exercise itself, so you could have left the parsing ambiguous by not underlining.
3
To know whether ejlavlei refers to ‘he’, ‘she’, or ‘it’ speaking you need to look at the context. In Mark 2:2 (from
whence this came), Jesus is the one speaking, so we wrote “he.”
4
Actually, “to the sin” is not an indirect object. In this sentence, “sin” is actually a dative of reference (Wallace, 144ff),
as you’ll learn in second-year Greek! As a result, we wrote “in” rather than the key word “to” in our final translation.
Exercise 7: Genitive and Dative 17
7. ejpivsteusen (he/she/it believed) • oJ (oJ MSN the) • a[nqrwpoV (a[nqrwpoV MSN man) • tw:/ (oJ MnSD to the) • lovgw/
(lovgoV MSD to a word).
Believed {verb} the man {subject} the word {direct object}5.
The man believed the word.
8. gnwrisqh/: (he/she/it might be made known) • nu:n (now) • taiæV (oJ FPD to the) • ajrcaiæV (ajrchv FPD to the rulers) •
kai; (and) • taiæV (oJ FPD to the) • ejxousivaiV (ejxousiva FPD to the authorities).
He/she/it {subject} might be made known {verb} now to the rulers {indirect object} and to the authorities {indirect
object}.
It might be made known now to the rulers and the authorities.
9. hJ (oJ FSN the) • ajgavph (ajgavph FSN love) • tou: (oJ MnSG of the) • qeou: (qeovV MSG of god) • ejkkevcutai (he/she/it has
been poured) • ejn (in) • taiæV (oJ FPD the) • kardivaiV (kardiva FPD hearts) • hJmw:n (our).
The love {subject} of the god has been poured {verb} in the hearts6 our.
The love of God has been poured in our hearts.
10. =Arch; (ajrchv FSN beginning) • tou: (oJ MnSG of the) • eujaggelivou (eujaggevlion NSG gospel) • =Ihsou: (=Ihsou:V MSGd
of Jesus)7 • Cristou: (CristovV MSG of Christ) • ªuiJou: (uiJovV MSG of son) • qeou: (qeovV MSG of god)º.
Beginning of the gospel of Jesus Christ ªson of godº.
The beginning of the Gospel of Jesus Christ ª, the Son of Godº.
Additional
11. ejxousivan (ejxousiva FSA authority) • e[cei (he/she/it has) • oJ (oJ MSN the) • uiJo;V (uiJovV MSN son) • tou: (oJ MnSG of the)
• ajnqrwvpou (a[nqrwpoV MSG of man) • ajfievnai (to forgive) • aJmartivaV (aJmartiva FSG/FPA sins).
Authority {direct object} has {verb} the son {subject} of the man to forgive {infinitive verb} sins {direct object of
infinitive verb}.
The Son of Man has authority to forgive sins.
12. hJ (oJ FSN the) • ajgavph (ajgavph FSN love) • ga;r (for) • tou: (oJ MnSG of the) • qeou: (qeovV MSG of god) • didavskei
(he/she/it teaches) • th;n (oJ FSA the) • ejxousivan (ejxousiva FSA authority) • tou: (oJ MnSG of the) • kuriou: (kuriovV
MSG of lord).
The love {subject} for of the god teaches {verb} the authority {direct object} of the lord.
For the love of God teaches the authority of the Lord.
13. aiJ (oJ FPN the) • ajrcai; (ajrchv FPN rulers) • tou: (oJ MnSG of the) • =Israh;l (=Israhvl MSGx of Israel)8 • oujk (not) •
ejpivsteusan (they believed) • o{ti (that, because) • oJ (oJ MSN the) • =Ihsou:V (=Ihsou:V MSN Jesus) • miseiæ (he/she/it
hates) • ta;V (oJ FPA the) • aJmartivaV (aJmartiva FSG/FPA sins).
The rulers {subject} of the Israel not believed {verb} that/because Jesus {subject} hates {verb} the sins {direct
object}.
The rulers of Israel did not believe that [or “because”] Jesus hates sins..9
5
As the footnote in the workbook indicates, this is the direct object even though it is in the dative case. There are a few
verbs that take their direct object in the dative case rather than in the accusative case, and pisteuvw (the lexical form of
the verb ejpivsteusen) is one of them.
6
taiæV kardivaiV is not the indirect object. The reason that it is in the dative case is that it is the object of the preposition
ejn. That is why we did not use the key word “to.” We’ll learn about this in the next chapter!
7
Personal names are often indeclinable. The name =Ihsou:V is partially declinable, meaning that although it has gender,
number, and case, some cases share the same form. Specifically, =Ihsou: is used for both the genitive and dative form, as
indicated by “Gd” in the parsing code. Since translating it as a genitive modifier (“of Jesus”) makes sense, and since
translating it as a dative (“to Jesus,” etc.) does not make sense, we know that it is genitive, and indicate this by
underlining the “G” in the parsing code.
8
Because =Israhvl is indeclinable, the form doesn’t indicate the parsing. We know from the lexicon that it is masculine.
The article indicates that it is masculine singular genitive, so we parse it as MSG, but then append an “x” to the parsing
code to indicate that the word is indeclinable, and we chose this parsing based on the context rather than the form.
9
Notice how the ambiguity of the word o{ti creates two very different possible meanings for this sentence!
14. oJ (oJ MSN the) • dev (and) • lovgoV (lovgoV MSN word) • touæ (oJ MnSG of the) • +Ihsouæ (=Ihsou:V MSGd of Jesus) • e[cei
(he/she/it has) • ejxousivan (ejxousiva FSA authority) • o{ti (because) • oJ (oJ MSN the) • qeo;V (qeovV MSN god) • h\n
(he/she/it was) • ejn (in) • th/æ (oJ FSD to the) • ajrch/æ (ajrchv FSD beginning) • touæ (oJ MnSG of the) • kosmouæ (kosmovV
MSG of world).
The and word {subject} of the Jesus has {verb} authority {direct object} because the god {subject} was {verb} in
the beginning of the world.
And the word of Jesus has authority, because God was in the beginning of the world.
15. ejgw; (I) • poiw: (I do) • to; (oJ NSNa the) • e[rgon (e[rgon NSNa work) • tou: (oJ MnSG of the) • a[ggevlou (a[ggeloV MSG
of angel) • aujto;V (aujtovV MSN he) • de; (and) • e[cei (he/she/it has) • th;n (oJ FSA the) • dovxan (dovxa FSA glory) • tou:
(oJ MnSG of the) • qeou: (qeovV MSG god).
I {subject} do the work {direct object} of the angel he {subject} and has the glory {direct object} of the god.
I do the work of the angel, and he has the glory of God.
16. oiJ (oJ MPN the) • de; (but) • uiJoi; (uiJovV MPN sons) • th:V (oJ FSG of the) • basileivaV (basileiva FSG/FPA of kingdom) •
ejkblhqhvsontai (they will be thrown) • eijV (into) • to; (oJ NSNa the) • skovtoV (skovtoV NSNa darkness)10.
The but sons {subject} of the kingdom will be thrown {verb} into the darkness.
But the sons of the kingdom will be thrown into the darkness.
17. ei\pen (he/she/it said) • aujtw/: (aujtovV MnSD to him) • ˙ ejn (in) • aJmartivaiV (aJmartiva FPD sins) • su; (you) •
ejgennhvqhV (you were born).
He/she/it {subject} said {verb} to him {indirect object}, “in sins you {subject} were born {verb}.”
He said to him, “you were born in sin.”
18. latreu;w (I serve) • to;n (oJ MSA the) • qeo;n (qeovV MSA god) • o{ti (because) • ejgw; (I) • pisteuvw (I believe) • tw/: (oJ
MnSD to the) • eujaggelivw/ (eujaggevlion NSD to gospel) • tou: (oJ MnSG of the) • uiJou: (uiJovV MSG of son) • aujtou:
(aujtovV MnSG his).
I {subject} serve {verb} the god {direct object} because I {subject} believe {verb} the gospel {direct object}11 of
the son his.
I serve God because I believe the gospel of his Son.
19. kai; (and) • su; (you) • eijsakouvsh/ (you will hear) • kai; (and) • i{lewV (merciful) • e[sh/ (you will be) • taiæV (oJ FPD
to the) • aJmartivaiV (aJmartiva FPD to sins) • tou: (oJ MnSG of the) • laou: (laovV MSG people) • tou: (oJ MnSG of the) •
=Israh;l (=Israhvl MSGx of Israel) • kai; (and) • oi[sete (you will bring) • aujtou;V (aujtovV MPA them) • eijV (into) • th;n
(oJ FSA the) • gh:n (gh: FSA land).
And you {subject} will hear {verb} and merciful you {subject} will be {verb} with reference to the sins12 of the
people of the Israel and you {subject} will bring {verb} them {direct object} into the land.
And you will hear and be merciful regarding the sins of the people of Israel, and you will bring them into the land.
20. aujth; (autovV FSN she) • ei\pen (he/she/it said) • tw/: (oJ MnSD to the) • =Ihsou: (=Ihsou:V MSGd to Jesus) • o{ti (that) •
ou|toi (ou|toV MPN they) • ojrgivzousi (they are angry) • th:/ (oJ FSD to the) • basileiva/ (basileiva FSD to kingdom) •
tw:n (oJ MfnPG of the) • ajnqrwvpwn (a[nqrwpoV MPG of men).
She {subject} said {verb} to the Jesus {indirect object} that {or quotation marks} they {subject} are angry {verb} to
the kingdom of the men.
She told Jesus that they are angry at the kingdom of men. OR She said to Jesus, “They are angry at the kingdom of
men.”
10
The parsing of skovtoV is surprising, but it follows the rules. The lexicon tells you that it is neuter and that the lexical
form is skovtoV. According to noun rule #2, every neuter word has the same form in the nominative and accusative, so
the lexical form skovtoV could be either nominative or accusative. So, although it is surprising that a word with lexical
form ending in oV is neuter, once you know that it is, you know that the form could be either nominative or accusative.
11
tw/: eujaggelivw/ is in the dative case, but it is the direct object of the verb pisteuvw (“I believe”), which takes a direct
object in the dative case. So we do not use the key word “to” for tw/: eujaggelivw./
12
aJmartivaiV is in the dative case, but it is not the indirect object because sins don’t receive mercy, sinners do. Instead, it
is in the dative case because it is a dative of reference (Wallace, 144-146). So we use a different key word.
Exercise 8
Prepositions and eijmiv

Warm-up
a. ejn (→D in – preposition) • tw/: eujaggelivw/ (to; eujaggevlion NSD the gospel – object of the preposition ejn)1
In {preposition} the gospel {object of the preposition “in”}
In the Gospel
b. eijV (→A into – preposition) • th;n oijkivan (hJ oijkiva FSA the house – object of the preposition eijV)
Into {preposition} the house {object of the preposition “into”}
Into the house
g. meta; (→G with – preposition) • tou: =Iwavnnou (oJ =IwavnnhV MSG the John – object of the preposition metav)
With {preposition} the John {object of the preposition “with”}
With John
d. kai; (and) • h\n (eijmiv 3S he/she/it was – modified by the prepositional phrase meta; =Iwshvf) • kuvrioV (MSN lord) •
meta; (→G with – preposition) • =Iwshvf (MSGx Joseph – object of the preposition metav)
And was lord with {preposition} Joseph {object of the preposition “with”}.
And the Lord was with Joseph.
e. ou|tovV (MSN this) • ejstin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is)2 • oJ uiJo;V (MSN the son) • tou: qeou: (oJ qeovV MSG of the god).
This {subject} is {copulative verb} the son {predicate nominative} of the god.
This is the Son of God.
z. qeoiv (qeovV MPN gods) • ejste (eijmiv 2P you are)

Gods {predicate nominative} you {subject} are {copulative verb}.
You are gods.
h. oJ qeo;V (MSN the god) • ajgavph (FSN love) • ejstivn (ei;miv 3S he/she/it is).
The god {subject} love {predicate nominative} is.
God is love.
Translation
1. e[rcetai (he/she/it comes – modified by the prepositional phrase eijV oi\kon) • eijV (→A into – preposition) • oi\kon
(oi\koV MSA house – object of the preposition eijV)
He/she/it comes into {preposition modifying “comes”} house {object of the preposition “into”}
He comes into a house.
2. ejxh:lqen (he/she/it came out – modified by the prepositional phrase ejx aujtou:) • ejx (ejk →G from – preposition) •
aujtou: (aujtovV MnSG him/it – object of the preposition ejx).
He/she/it came out from {preposition modifying “came out”} him/it {object of the preposition “from”}.
It came out from him.
1
Notice that we do not use the key word when translating the object of a preposition.
2
The parsing for ejstin is that it is from the lexical form eijmiv, and is in the third-person singular. When we parse a verb,
we give much more information than that. But that is all you have learned thus far, so we won’t give the full parsing for
verbs until chapter 16.
19
3. Dovxan (dovxa FSA glory – modified by the prepositional phrase para; ajnqrwvpwn) • para; (→G from – preposition) •
ajnqrwvpwn (a[nqrwpoV MPG men – object of the preposition parav) • ouj (not) • lambavnw (I receive)
Glory from {preposition modifying “glory”} men {object of the preposition “from”} not I receive.
I do not receive glory from men.
4. ejlavlhsen (he/she/it spoke – modified by the prepositional phrase ejn parabolaiæV) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus) • ejn
(→D in – preposition) • parabolaiæV (parabolhv FPD parables – object of the preposition ejn) • toiæV o[cloiV (oJ o[cloV
MPD to the crowds).
Spoke the Jesus in {preposition modifying “spoke”} parables {object of the preposition “in”} to the crowds
{indirect object}.
Jesus spoke to the crowds in parables.
5. kai; (and) • ejbaptivzonto (they were being baptized – modified by the prepositional phrases uJp= aujtou: and ejn tw/:
=Iordavnh/) • uJp= (uJpov →G by – preposition)3 • aujtou: (aujtovV MnSG him – object of the preposition uJp=) • ejn (→D in
– preposition) • tw:/ =Iordavnh/ (oJ =IordavnhV MSD the Jordan – object of the preposition ejn).
And they were being baptized by {preposition modifying “they were being baptized”} him {object of the
preposition “by”} in {preposition modifying “they were being baptized”} the Jordan {object of the preposition
“in”}.
And they were being baptized by him in the Jordan.
6. kuvriovV (MSN lord) • ejstin (ei;miv 3S he/she/it is) • oJ uiJo;V (MSN the son) • tou: ajnqrwvpou (oJ a[nqrwpoV MSG of man) •
kai; (even) • tou: sabbavtou (to; savbbaton NSG of the Sabbath).
Lord {predicate nominative} is {copulative verb} the son {subject} of man even of the Sabbath.
The Son of Man is lord even of the Sabbath.
7. Kai; (and) • ejgevneto (he/she/it came to pass that – modified by the prepositional phrase ejn ejkeivnaiV taiæV hJmevraiV) •
ejn (→D in – preposition) • ejkeivnaiV (those) • taiæV hJmevraiV (hJ hJmevra FPD the days – object of the preposition ejn) •
h\lqen (he/she/it went – modified by the prepositional phrase ajpo; Nazare;t th:V GalilaivaV) • =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus) •
ajpo; (→G from – preposition) • Nazare;t (FSGx Nazareth – object of the preposition ajpov) • th:V GalilaivaV (hJ
Galilaiva FSG of the Galilee) • kai; (and) • ejbaptivsqh (he/she/it was baptized – modified by the prepositional
phrases eijV to;n =Iordavnhn and uJpo; =Iwavnnou) • eijV (→A in – preposition) • to;n =Iordavnhn (oJ =IordavnhV MSA the
Jordan – object of the preposition eijV) • uJpo; (→G by – preposition) • =Iwavnnou (=IwavnnhV MSG John – object of the
preposition uJpo;).
And it came to pass that in {preposition modifying “it came to pass that”} those the days {object of the preposition
“in”} went Jesus from {preposition modifying “went”} Nazareth {object of the preposition “from”} of the Galilee
and was baptized by {preposition modifying “was baptized”} John {object of the preposition “by”} in {preposition
modifying “was baptized”} the Jordan {object of the preposition “in”}.
And it came to pass that in those days Jesus went from Nazareth of Galilee and was baptized by John in the Jordan.
8. +O qeovV (MSN the god) • ajgavph (FSN love) • ejstivn (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • , kaiv (and) • oJ (MSN the) • mevnwn (one
remaining – modified by the prepositional phrase ejn th/: ajgavph/) • ejn (→D in – preposition) • th/: ajgavph/ (hJ ajgavph
FSD the love – object of the preceding preposition ejn) • ejn (→D in – preposition) • tw/: qew/: (oJ qeovV MSD the god –
object of the immediately preceding preposition ejn) • mevnei (he/she/it remains – modified by the prepositional phrase
ejn tw/: qew/): • kaiv (and) • oJ qeovV (MSN the god) • ejn (→D in – preposition) • aujtw/: (aujtovV MSD him – object of the
immediately preceding preposition ejn) • mevnei (he/she/it remains – modified by the prepositional phrase ejn aujtw/): .
The god love is, and the one remaining in {preposition modifying “one remaining”} him {object of preposition
“in”} in {preposition modifying “remains”} the god {object of preposition “in”} remains and the god in
{preposition modifying the last occurrence of “remains”} him {object of the last occurrence of the preposition “in”}
remains.
God is love, and the one remaining in love remains in God, and God remains in him.4
3
The word uJp= is the preposition uJpov after it has undergone elision. The lexical form is uJpov. An apostrophe was
substituted for the final letter because the first letter of the following word (aujtou:) begins with a vowel. See section 8.6
on pages 56 and 57 of the textbook for more information.
4
In answer to the question asked in the footnote of the workbook, there are three complete thoughts in this verse. They
are separated with commas in the final translation.
Exercise 8: Prepositions and eijmiv 21
9. kai; (and) • e[legen (he/she/it was saying) • aujtoiæV (aujtovV MPD to them) • ˙ to; savbbaton (NSNa the Sabbath) • dia;
(→A on account of – preposition) • to;n a[nqrwpon (oJ a[nqrwpoV MSA the humankind – object of the preceding
preposition diav) • ejgevneto (he/she/it was made – modified by the prepositional phrase dia; to;n a[nqrwpon) • kai;
(and) • oujc (not) • oJ a[nqrwpoV (MSN the humankind) • dia; (→A on account of – preposition modifying the
understood second occurrence of the verb ejgevneto)5 • to; savbbaton (NSNa the Sabbath – object of the immediately
preceding preposition diav).
And he was saying to them, “The Sabbath on account of {preposition modifying “was made”} the humankind
{object of first occurrence of the preposition “on account of”} was made, and not the humankind on account of
{preposition modifying understood verb “was made”} the Sabbath {object of second occurrence of the preposition
“on account of”}.”
And he was saying to them, “The Sabbath was made for humankind, and not humankind for the Sabbath.”
10. Kai; (and) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus) • meta; (→G with – preposition) • tw:n (oJ MfnPG the) maqhtw:n (disciples –
object of the preposition metav) • aujtou: (aujtovV MnSG his) • ajnecwvrhsen (he/she/it withdrew – modified by the
prepositional phrases meta; tw:n maqhtw:n and pro;V th;n qavlassan) • pro;V (→A towards – preposition) • th;n
qavlassan (hJ qavllasa FSA the lake – object of the preposition pro;V).
And the Jesus with {preposition modifying “he/she/it withdrew”} the disciples {object of the preposition “with”} his
withdrew towards {preposition modifying “he/she/it withdrew”} the lake {object of the preposition “towards”}.
And Jesus withdrew with his disciples to the lake.
Additional
11. oJ =IwavnnhV (MSN the John) • kai; (and) • oJ PevtroV (MSN the Peter) • eijsi;n (eijmiv 3P they are – modified by the
prepositional phrases meta; tou: =Ihsou: and ejn tw/: oi[kw/) • meta; (→G with – preposition) • tou: =Ihsou: (oJ =Ihsou:V
MSGd the Jesus – object of the preposition metav) • ejn (→D in – preposition) • tw/: oi[kw/ (oJ oi\koV MSD the house –
object of the preposition ejn) • tou: kurivou (oJ kuvrioV MSG of the lord).
The John and the Peter are with {preposition modifying “are”} the Jesus {object of the preposition “with”} in
{preposition modifying “are”} the house {object of the preposition “in”} of the lord.
John and Peter are with Jesus in the house of the Lord.
12. ajll= (ajllav but)6 • oiJ o[cloi (oJ o[cloV MPN the crowds) • ejporeuvqhsan (they traveled – modified by the prepositional
phrases pro;V to;n =Ihsou:n and ajpo; th:V qalavsshV) • pro;V (→A to – preposition) • to;n =Ihsou:n (oJ =Ihsou:V MSA the
Jesus – object of the preposition provV) • ajpo; (→G from – preposition) • th:V qalavsshV (hJ qavllasa FSG the sea –
object of the preposition ajpov) • th:V GalilaivaV (hJ Galilaiva FSG of the Galilee).
But the crowds traveled to {preposition modifying “traveled”} the Jesus {object of the preposition “to”} from
{preposition modifying “traveled”} the sea {object of the preposition “from”} of the Galilee.
But the crowds traveled to Jesus from the Sea of Galilee.
13. kai; (and) • ei\pen (he/she/it said) • oJ qeo;V (MSN the god) • tw/: Nw:e (oJ Nw:e MSDx to the Noah) • kai; (and) • toiæV
uiJoiæV (oJ uiJovV MPD to the sons – modified by the prepositional phrase met= aujtou:) • aujtou: (aujtovV MnSG his) • met=
(metav →G with – preposition) • aujtou: (aujtovV MnSG him – object of the preposition met=) …
And said the god to the Noah and to the sons his with {preposition modifying “sons”} him {object of the preposition
“with”}…
And God said to Noah and his sons who were with him…
5
The second clause, translated “and not humankind for the Sabbath” does not have a verb explicitly written. The verb
ejgevneto (“was made”) is omitted because it is understood from the first clause. This understood second occurrence of
ejgevneto is modified by the prepositional phrase dia; to; savbbaton.
6
ajll= is the conjunction ajllav after it has undergone elision due to the fact that the next word begins with a vowel.
14. meta; (→A after – preposition) • de; (and) • ta;V hJmevraV (hJ hJmevra FSG/FPA the days – object of the preposition metav)7
• ta;V polla;V (many) • … ejteleuvthsen (he/she/it died – modified by the prepositional phrase meta; ta;V hJmevraV) • oJ
basileu;V (MSN the king) • Aijguvptou (Ai[guptoV FSG of Egypt) • kai; (and) • katestevnaxan (they groaned –
modified by the preposition phrase ajpo; tw:n e[rgwn) • oiJ uiJoi; (oJ uiJovV MPN the sons) • =Israh;l (MSGx of Israel) • ajpo;
(→G from – preposition) • tw:n e[rgwn (to; e[rgon NPG the works – object of the preposition ajpov) • kai; (and) •
ajnebovhsan (they cried out – modified by the prepositional phrases pro;V to;n qeo;n and ajpo; tw:n e[rgwn) • … pro;V
(→A to – preposition) • to;n qeo;n (oJ qeovV MSA the god – object of the preposition pro;V) • ajpo; (→G because of –
preposition) • tw:n e[rgwn (to; e[rgon NPG the works).
After and the days the many died the king of Egypt and groaned the sons of Israel from {preposition modifying
“groaned”} the works {object of the preposition “from”} and cried out to the god because of {preposition modifying
“cried out”} the works {object of the preposition “because of”}.
And after many days the King of Egypt died, and the sons of Israel groaned from the works and cried out to God
because of the works.
15. kai; (and) • ejkavlesen (he/she/it called out to – modified by the prepositional phrase ejk tou: oujranou:) • aujto;n
(aujtovV MSA him) • a[ggeloV (MSN angel) • kurivou (kuvrioV MSG of lord) • ejk (→G from – preposition) • tou:
oujranou: (oJ oujranovV MSG the heaven) • kai; (and) • ei\pen (he/she/it said) • aujtw/: (aujtovV MnSD to him) • ˙ =Abraavm
(MSNx Abraham), • =Abraavm (MSNx Abraham), • oJ (MSN he) • de; (and) • ei\pen (he/she/it said)˙ • ijdou; (behold) •
ejgwv (I).
And called out to him angel of lord from {preposition modifying “called out”} the heaven {object of the preposition
“from”} and said to him, “Abraham, Abraham.” He and said, “Behold, I.”
And an angel of the Lord called out to him from heaven and said to him,8 “Abraham, Abraham.” And he said,
“Behold, here I am.”
16. ouj (oujk not) • ga;r (for) • ajpevsteilen (he/she/it sent – modified by the prepositional phrase eijV to;n kovsmon) • oJ
qeo;V (MSN the god) • to;n uiJo;n (oJ uiJovV MSA the son) • eijV (→A into – preposition) • to;n kovsmon (oJ kovsmoV MSA the
world – object of the preposition eijV) • i{na (in order that) • krivnh/ (he/she/it might condemn) • to;n kovsmon (oJ
kovsmoV MSA the world) • , ajll= (ajllav but) • i{na (in order that) • swqh/: (he/she/it might be saved – modified by the
prepositional phrase di= aujtou:) • oJ kovsmoV (MSN the world) • di= (diav →G through) • aujtou: (aujtovV MSG him –
object of the preposition di=).
Not for sent the god the son into {preposition modifying “sent”} the world {object of the preposition “into”} in
order that he might condemn the world, but in order that might be saved the world through {preposition modifying
“might be saved”} him {object of the preposition “through”}.
For God did not send the Son into the world in order that he might condemn the world, but in order that the world
might be saved through him.
17. metabevbhken (he/she/it has been transformed – modified by the prepositional phrases ejk tou: qanavtou and eijV th;n
zwhvn) • ejk (→G from – preposition) • tou: qanavtou (to; qavnatoV NSG the death – object of the preposition ejk) • eijV
(→A into – preposition) • th;n zwhvn (hJ zwhv FSA the life – object of the preposition eijV).
He/she/it has been transformed from {preposition modifying “transformed”} the death {object of the preposition
“from”} into {preposition modifying “transformed”} the life {object of the preposition “into”}.
He has been transformed from death into life.
18. pisteuvete (Believe – modified by the prepositional phrase eijV to;n qeovn) • eijV (→A in – preposition) • to;n qeo;n (oJ
qeovV the god – object of the preposition eijV) • kai; (and) • eijV (→A in) • ejme; (me) • pisteuvete (believe – modified by
the prepositional phrase eijV ejmev).
Believe in {preposition modifying the first “believe”} the god {object of the preceding preposition “in”} and in
{preposition modifying the following “believe”} me {object of the immediately preceding preposition “in”} believe.
Believe in God and believe in me.
7
Remember: nouns ending in aV are FPA except if the letter immediately preceding the alpha is epsilon, iota, or rho, in
which case the noun can be either FPA or FSG. Since the letter before aV in the word hJmevraV is rho, the word could be
either FPA or FSG, but the article clarifies that it is FPA. If the article were not there, we would still be able to decide
based on the context by comparing the two possibilities and deciding which made sense. Given that the preposition metav
means “with” if the object is genitive, or “after” if the object accusative, the possibilities would be “and with the day”
(FSG) or “and after the days” (FPA). Which makes sense in the verse?
8
Translate with an English comma and quotation mark ( , “ ) any Greek semicolon ( ˙ ) that introduces a direct quotation.
Exercise 8: Prepositions and eijmiv 23
19. su; (you) • ei\ (eijmiv 2S you are) • oJ Cristo;V (MSN the Christ) • oJ uiJo;V (MSN the son)9 • tou: (oJ MSG of the) eujloghtou:
(Blessed);
You {subject} are {copulative verb} the Christ {predicate nominative}, the son of the Blessed?
Are you the Christ, the Son of the Blessed?
20. ejxh:ren (he/she/it took – modified by the prepositional phrase ajpo; qalavsshV ejruqra:V) • de; (and) • MwuÎsh:V (MSN
Moses) • tou;V uiJou;V (oJ uiJovV MPA the sons) • =Israh;l (MSGx of Israel) • ajpo; (→G from – preposition) • qalavsshV
(qavlassa FSG sea – object of the preposition ajpo;) • ejruqra:V (of red) • kai; (and) • h[gagen (he/she/it led –
modified by the prepositional phrase eijV th;n e[rhmon Souvr) • aujtou;V (aujtovV MPA them) • eijV (→A into –
preposition) • th;n e[rhmon (hJ e[rhmoV FSA the desert – object of the preposition eijV) • Souvr (FSGx of Sur).
Took and Moses the sons of Israel from {preposition modifying “took”} sea of red {object of the preposition
“from”} and led them into {preposition modifying “led”} the desert {object of the preposition “into”} of Sur.
And Moses took the sons of Israel from the Red Sea and led them into the Desert of Sur.
9
oJ uiJo;V is in the nominative case because it is in apposition to oJ Cristo;V, which is in the nominative case.

Exercise 9
Adjectives
Parsing
• A bullet ( • ) separates the word’s stem from its case ending. You don’t have to do this.
• Since this is an answer key, we listed all possible parsings, even though you were only asked to list one.
Lexical Parsing
Masculine,
of good
1. ajgaq • w: n Genitive Plural Feminine, or ajgaqovV MfnPG
[men/women/things/ones]
Neuter
2. pistav • V Accusative1 Plural Feminine pistovV FPA faithful [women]
Masculine or
3. kakw: • / Dative Singular kakovV MnSD to a bad [man/thing/one]
Neuter
Nominative or Neuter or
4. nekrov • n Singular nekrovV MSA/NSNa dead [man/thing/one]
Accusative Masculine
5. ejscavto • uV Accusative Plural Masculine e[scatoV MPA last [men/ones]
6. kovsmo • u Genitive Singular Masculine kovsmoV MSG of [the] world
7. ejntola • iæV Dative Plural Feminine ejntolhv FPD to commandments
Nominative or
8. ejm • av Plural Neuter ejmovV NPNa my [things]
Accusative
9. trivth • / Dative Singular Feminine trivtoV FSD to [the] third [woman]
each other
10. ajllhvla • V Accusative Plural Feminine ajllhvlwn FPA [referring to feminine
nouns]
Warm-up
a. oJ pisto;V (MSN the faithful)2 • dou:loV (MSN slave)

The faithful slave.
b. th:/ trivth/ (oJ trivtoV FSD to the third) • hJmevra/ (hJmevra FSD to a day)
To the third day.
On3 the third day.
1
We know that this is plural accusative and could not be singular genitive because the letter preceding the alpha is not
epsilon, iota, or rho, and therefore the singular genitive form is spelled hV instead of aV.
2
Comment: pisto;V is in the attributive position because the article immediately precedes it and it modifies a noun.
Remember: Article Adjective Attributive. The article in front of an adjective that modifies a noun indicates that the
adjective is attributive. Always! To explain more fully: The four uses of an adjective are substantival, adverbial,
predicate, and attributive. Because the adjective agrees in gender, number, and case with the noun that immediately
follows it (dou:loV), it almost certainly modifies dou:loV, and is therefore either attributive or predicate. Since it has an
article immediately in front of it, it can not be predicate. The only remaining option is attributive.
3
We’ve switched the key word from “to” to “on” because “day” in the dative is likely a dative of time.
25
g. to;n uiJo;n (oJ uiJovV MSA the son) • to;n ajgaphtovn (oJ ajgaphtovV MSA the beloved)4
The son, the beloved
The beloved son
d. uiJo;n (uiJovV MSA son) • ajgaphtovn (ajgaphtovV MSA beloved)

Son beloved.
A beloved son5
e. to;n lovgon (oJ lovgoV MSA the word) • to;n ejmovn (oJ ejmovV MSA the my)
The word the my
My word
z. oiJ uiJoi; (oJ uiJovV MPN the sons) • tou: ponhrou: (oJ ponhrovV MSG of the evil) (2x)
The sons of the evil
The sons of the evil one OR The sons of evil
h. pisto;V (MSN faithful)6 • de; (but/and) • oJ qeovV (MSN the god)

Faithful but/and the god.
But God is faithful.
Translation
1. oJ lovgoV (MSN the word) • … krineiæ (he/she/it will judge) • aujto;n (aujtovV MSA him) • ejn (→D in) • th/: ejscavth/ (oJ
e[scatoV FSD the last) • hJmevra/ (hJmevra FSD day).
The word… will judge him in the last day.
2. h\n (3S he/she/it was) • de; (and) • w{ra (FSN hour) • trivth (trivtoV FSN third) • kai; (and) • ejstauvrwsan (they
crucified) • aujtovn (aujtovV MSA him).
It {subject of “was”} was and hour third {predicate nominative of “was”} and they {subject of “crucified”}
crucified him.7
And it was the third hour, and they crucified him.
3. oJ path;r (MSN father) • ejgeivrei (he/she/it raises) • tou;V nekrouvV (oJ nekrovV MPA the dead).8
The father raises the dead.
4. oJ qewrw:n (MSN the one who sees) • to;n uiJo;n (oJ uiJovV MSA the son) • kai; (and) • pisteuvwn (who believes) • eijV (→A
in) • aujto;n (aujtovV MSA him) • e[ch/ (he/she/it has) • zwh;n (zwhv FSA life) • aijwvnion (aijwvnioV MfSA/NSNa eternal), •
kai; (and) • ajnasthvsw (I will raise) • aujto;n (aujtovV MSA him) • ejgw; (SN I) • ªejn (→D in)º • th/: ejscavth/ hJmevra/ (FSD
the last day).
The one who sees the son and who believes in him has life eternal and I will raise him I in the last day.
The one who sees the son and believes in him has eternal life, and I myself will raise him in the last day.
4
Like warm-up exercises a and b above, the adjective ajgaphtovn is also attributive, because it modifies uiJovn and the
article immediately precedes the adjective. Article Adjective Attributive.
5
Advanced information: Because neither the noun nor the adjective has the article, it may be possible for the adjective to
be predicate rather than attributive, in which case this could be translated “a son is beloved.” Although predicate
adjectives are usually nominative, some grammarians think that on rare occasions an adjective in an oblique case may be
predicate rather than attributive. See Wallace p. 311 and Smyth pp. 275-276 for possible examples.
6
pistovV is predicate because it does not have an article, but the noun that it modifies (oJ qeovV) does.
7
Some might argue that “hour” is actually the subject and there is no predicate nominative. This would lead to the
translation “and the third hour was.” But this is rather stilted English, so in your translation you would likely still create a
new subject “it” and turn the actual subject “hour” into a predicate nominative, ending up with the translation that we
have above. See Wallace (pp. 40-46, especially pp. 42-43) to understand why even in Greek the subject is the pronoun
“it” that is implied in the verb.
8
Because tou;V nekrouvV does not match anything in gender, number, and case, it can not be attributive or predicate. The
two remaining possibilities are adverbial and substantival. And the substantival translation fits the context nicely,
whereas the adverbial translation “The father raises deadly” does not make any sense.
Exercise 9: Adjectives 27
5. mh; (not) • nikw: (Be conquered!) • uJpo; (→G by) • tou: kakou: (oJ kakovV MnSG the evil) • , ajlla; (but) • nivka
(Conquer!) • ejn (→D in) • tw/: ajgaqw/: (oJ ajgaqovV MnSD the good) • to; kakovn (oJ kakovV NSNa the evil).
Not be conquered by the evil, but conquer in the good the evil.
Do not be conquered by evil, but conquer evil with good.
6. e[sontai (they will be) • oiJ e[scatoi (oJ e[scatoV MPN the last) • prw:toi (prw:toV MPN first) • kai; (and) • oiJ prw:toi
(prw:toV MPN first) • e[scatoi (e[scatoV MPN last).
Will be the last {subject} first {predicate nominative} and the first {subject} last {predicate nominative}.9
The last will be first, and the first will be last.
7. rJuvsetaiv (he/she/it will rescue) • me (ejgwv SA me) • oJ kuvrioV (MSN the lord) • ajpo; (→G from) • panto;V (every) •
e[rgou (NSG work) • ponhrou: (ponhrovV MnSG evil) • kai; (and) • swvsei (he/she/it will save) • eijV (→A into) • th;n
basileivan (FSA the kingdom) • aujtou: (aujtovV MnSG his) • th;n ejpouravnion (FSA the heavenly).
Will rescue me the lord from every work evil and will save into the kingdom his the heavenly.
The Lord will rescue me from every evil work and save me into his heavenly kingdom.
8. meivnate (Remain!) • ejn (→D in) • th/: ajgavph/ (hJ ajgavph FSD the love) • th/: ejmh/: (oJ ejmovV FSD the my) • . eja;n (if) • ta;V
ejntolavV (hJ ejntolhv FPA the commandments) • mou (my) • thrhvshte (you keep) • , meneiæte (you will remain) • ejn
(→D in) • th/: ajgavph/ (hJ ajgavph FSD the love) • mou (my) • , kaqw;V (even as) • ejgw; (SN I) • ta;V ejntola;V (hJ ejntolhv
FPA the commandments) • tou: patrovV (MnSG of the father) • mou (ejgwv SG my) • tethvrhka (I have kept) • kai; (and)
• mevnw (I remain) • aujtou: (aujtovV MSG his) • ejn (→D in) • th/: ajgavph/ (hJ ajgavph FSD the love) • . au{th (ou|toV FSN
this) • ejsti;n (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • hJ ejntolh; (FSN the commandment) • hJ ejmhv (oJ ejmovV FSN the my) • , i{na (that) •
ajgapa:te (you love) • ajllhvlouV (ajllhvlwn MPA each other) • kaqw;V (as) • hjgavphsa (I loved) • uJma:V (you).
Remain in the love the my. If the commandments my you keep, you will remain in the love my, even as I the
commandments of the father my I have kept and I remain his in the love. This is the commandment the my, that you
love each other as I loved you.
Remain in my love. If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, as I have kept the commandments of
my father and remain in his love. This is my commandment, that you love each other as I loved you.
9. aujtou: (aujtovV MnSG his) • gavr (for) • ejsmen (eijmiv 1P we are) • poivhma (workmanship) • , ktisqevnteV (created) • ejn
(→D in) • Cristw/: =Ihsou: (MSD Christ Jesus) • ejpi; (→D for) • e[rgoiV (e[rgon NPD works) • ajgaqoiæV (ajgaqovV MnPD
good) • oi|V (which) • prohtoivmasen (he/she/it prepared beforehand) • oJ qeovV (MSN the god) • , i{na (in order that) •
ejn (→D in) • aujtoiæV (aujtovV MnPD them) • peripathvswmen (we might walk).
His for we are workmanship, created in Christ Jesus for works good which prepared beforehand the god, in order
that in them we might walk.
For we are his workmanship, created in Christ Jesus for good works which God prepared beforehand, in order that
we might walk in them.
10. oJ ajgaqo;V a[nqrwpoV (MSN the good man) • ejk (→G from) • tou: ajgaqou: qhsaurou: (oJ ajgaqovV qhsaurovV MSG the
good treasure) • ejkbavllei (he/she/it brings out) • ajgaqav (ajgaqovV NPNa good) • , kai; (and) • oJ ponhro;V a[nqrwpoV
(MSN the evil man) • ejk (→G from) • tou: ponhrou: qhsaurou: (oJ ponhrovV qhsaurovV MSG the evil treasure) •
ejkbavllei (he/she/it brings out) • ponhrav (ponhrovV FSN/NPNa evil).
The good man from the good treasure brings out good, and the evil man from the evil treasure brings out evil.
The good man from the good treasure brings out good things, and the evil man from the evil treasure brings out evil
things.
11. oJ de; =Ihsou:V (MSN and the Jesus) • ajpekrivqh (he/she/it answered) • tw/: doulw/: (oJ doulovV MSD the slave)10 • ˙ aiJ
ejntolai; (hJ ejntolhv FPN the commandments) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • pistai; (pistovV FPN faithful) • kai; (and)
• ajgaqaiv (ajgaqovV FPN good) • , ouj (not) • kakaiv (kakovV FPN evil).
And the Jesus answered the slave, “The commandments of the god faithful and good, not evil.”
And Jesus said to the slave, “The commandments of God are faithful and good, not evil.”
9
How do you know which is the subject and which is the predicate nominative? In English, the subject generally comes
first. But it is not necessarily so in Greek. There is an extended discussion on this in Wallace (pages 40-46). The
applicable rule here is that since there is no pronoun, and only one of the two nominatives has the article, the one with
the article is the subject. Read Wallace and take second-year Greek to find out more!
10
Note that we skipped the key word “to” in the translation because it is the direct object of the verb ajpekrivqh, which
takes a direct object in the dative case.
12. ejn (→D in) • th/: trivth/ hJmevra/ (FSD the third day) • oiJ ponhroi; (oJ ponhrovV MPN the evil) • ejxh:lqon (they went out) •
ejk (→G from) • tou: oijkou: (oJ oijkovV MSG the house) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god).
In the third day the evil went out from the house of the god.
In the third day, the evil ones went out from the house of God.
13. oiJ ojfqalmoiv (oJ ojfqalmovV MPN the eyes) • mou (ejgwv SG my) • ejpi; (→G on) • tou;V pistou;V (oJ pistovV MPA the
faithful).
The eyes my on the faithful.
My eyes are on the faithful ones.
14. ejn (→D in) • toiæV lovgoiV (oJ lovgoV MPD the words) • Daui;d (MSGx of David) • toiæV ejscavtoiV (oJ e[scatoV MPD the
last) • ejsti;n (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • oJ ajriqmo;V (MSN the number) • uiJw:n (uiJovV MPG of sons) • Leui; (MSGx of Levi) •
ajpo; (→G from) • eijkosaetou:V (twenty years old) • kai; (and) • ejpavnw (above).
In the words of David the last is the number of sons of Levi from twenty years old and above.
By the last words of David, the number of the sons of Levi were taken from twenty years old and above.
15. nu:n (now) • ga;r (for) • e[gnwn (I know) • o{ti (that) • fobh/: (you fear) • to;n qeo;n (MSA the god) • su; (SN you) • kai;
(and) • oujk (not) • ejfeivsw (you spared) • tou: uiJou: (MSG the son) • sou (suv SG your) • tou: ajgaphtou: (oJ ajgaphtovV
MSG the beloved) • di= (diav →A because of) • ejmev (ejgwv SA me).
Now for I know that you fear the god you and not you spared the son your the beloved because of me.
For now I know that you fear God, and because of me did not spare your beloved son.
16. ginwvskomen (we know) • o{ti (that) • ejscavth (e[scatoV FSN last) • w{ra (FSN hour) • ejstivn (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is)11.
We know that last hour it is.
We know that it is the last hour.
17. hJ basileiva (FSN the kingdom) • hJ ejmh; (oJ ejmovV FSN the my) • oujk (not) • e[stin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • ejk (→G from)
• tou: kovsmou (oJ kovsmoV MSG the world) • touvtou (ou{toV MnSG this).
The kingdom the my not is from the world this.
My kingdom is not from this world.
18. =Ea;n (if) • ajgapa:tev (you love) • me (ejgwv SA me) • , ta;V ejntola;V (hJ ejntolhv FPA the commandments) • ta;V ejma;V (oJ
ejmovV FPA the my) • thrhvsete (you will keep).
If you love me, the commandments the my you will keep.
If you love me, you will keep my commandments.
19. ijdou; (behold) • devdwka (I have set) • pro; (→G before) • proswvpou (provswpon NSG face) • sou (suv SG your) •
shvmeron (NSNa today) • th;n zwh;n (hJ zwhv FSA the life) • kai; (and) • to;n qavnaton (oJ qavnatoV MSA the death) • , to;
ajgaqo;n (oJ ajgaqovV NSNa the good) • kai; (and) • to; kakovn (oJ kakovV NSNa the evil).
Behold, I have set before face your today the life and the death, the good and the evil.
Behold, I have set before your face today life and death, good and evil.
20. oJ pisteuvwn (MSN the one who believes) • eijV (→A in) • to;n uiJo;n (oJ uiJovV MSA the son) • e[cei (he/she/it has) • zwh;n
(zwhv FSA life) • aijwvnion (aijwvnioV MfSA/NSNa eternal) • ˙ oJ de; ajpeiqw:n (MSN but the one who does not believe) •
tw/: uiJw/: (oJ uiJovV MSD the son) • oujk (not) • o[yetai (he/she/it will see) • zwhvn (zwhv FSA life) • , ajll= (ajllav but) • hJ
ojrgh; (FSN the wrath) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • mevnei (he/she/it remains) • ejp= (ejpiv →A on) • aujtovn (aujtovV MSA
him).
The one who believes in the son has life eternal; but the one who does not believe the son not will see life, but the
wrath of the god remains on him.
The one who believes in the son has eternal life; but the one who does not believe the son will not see life, but the
wrath of God remains on him.
11
The subject of the verb ejstivn is the understood pronoun “it.”
Chapters 6-9
Review #2
Grammar
1. How do you identify the stem of a noun or an adjective?
• The stem of a noun or an adjective is everything from the front of the word through the final letter that is
omicron, alpha, or eta.1 The stem does not include any letters that occur after the final omicron, alpha, or eta. In
the plural genitive, however, the final stem vowel (omicron, alpha, or eta) has been swallowed up by the omega
in the case ending wn. And in the neuter plural nominative and accusative, the final stem vowel (omicron) has
been swallowed up by the case ending a.
2. Match the following grammatical functions with their proper Greek case.
Direct object Dative case
Indirect object Genitive case
Possession Nominative case
Subject Accusative case
3. In the following sentences write the words that correspond to the given functions.
a. ajgapa/: (he/she/it loves) • oJ qeo;V (MSN the god) • to;n kovsmon (MSA the word) • , w/| (to which) • e[dwke (he/she/it
gave) • to;n uiJo;n (MSA the son) • aujtou: (MnSG his).
Subject: qeovV is the subject of ajgapa/:. “He” is the subject of e[dwke.
Direct object: kovsmon is the direct object of ajgapa/:. uiJovn is the direct object of e[dwke.
Possessive: aujtou: is a possessive pronoun that modifies uiJovn.
b. oiJ profh:tai (MPN the prophets) • tou: =Ihsou: (MSG of the Jesus) • ejlavlhsan (they spoke) • toiæV ajnqrwvpoiV
(MPD to the people) • to;n lovgon (MSA the word).
Subject: profh:tai
Direct object: lovgon
Possessive: =Ihsou:
Indirect object: ajnqrwvpoiV
4. How does the form of the article or any adjective correspond to the noun it modifies?
• They have the same gender, number, and case, but do not necessarily have the same spelling at the end of the
word.
1
Note for future reference: This procedure will need to become more sophisticated when we encounter third-declension
words in chapter 10.
29
5. What is the difference between the substantival and adjectival function of an adjective?
• The substantival function of an adjective takes the place of a noun.
• The adjectival function of an adjective does not take the place of a noun. Instead, the noun is still present, and
the adjective modifies the noun.
6. How can you tell if an adjective is in the attributive or predicate position? How do you translate an adjective if you
cannot tell its position?
• For an adjective to be in either the attributive or predicate position, it must match a nearby substantive in
gender, number, and case. If it matches, and if it has an article, then it is in the attributive position.2 If the
adjective does not have an article, but the substantive it matches does, then the adjective is in the predicate
position. And if neither the adjective nor the substantive it matches has an article, then it could be either
attributive or predicate. In which case, try translating the adjective both ways, and use the translation that makes
the most sense in the context.
7. Give examples of the two positions of an attributive adjective.
a. oJ ajgaqo;V a[nqrwpoV “The good man.”
This is the first attributive position.
b. oJ a[nqrwpoV oJ ajgaqovV “The good man” (literally, “the man, the good [one]”).
This is the second attributive position.
c. a[nqrwpoV oJ ajgaqovV “The good man” (literally, “a man, the good [one]”)
This is the third attributive position, which is advanced information because it is
uncommon. You didn’t need to list this one.
8. What is the rule that governs whether a feminine noun will exhibit the alpha to eta shift in the feminine singular,
genitive, and dative?
• Rule: A feminine noun with a stem ending in alpha will shift to eta in the feminine singular, genitive, and dative
unless the letter before the alpha is epsilon, iota, or rho.
• Comment: This is important, because the case ending sigma is used in the feminine first declension for both the
singular genitive and the plural accusative. As a result of this rule, when parsing a form that ends in aV, if the
letter preceding the alpha is epsilon, iota, or rho, the form could be either singular genitive or plural accusative.
Otherwise, it is unambiguously plural accusative, because the singular genitive form of the word would be hV.
9. How can you tell if an adjective is used substantivally?
• An adjective is used substantivally if it does not match a substantive in gender, number, and case.
• Nuance: Matching a substantive in gender, number, and case does not necessarily disqualify an adjective from
being substantival, since it is possible that the match is coincidental. Once again, the only sure way to tell is to
try the alternatives and see which fits the context. But coincidental matches are rare, particularly if the adjective
is right next to the substantive, so if it matches, start out by trying attributive or predicate translations to see if
they fit the context.
• Advanced information: Actually, not matching a substantive in gender, number, and case does not guarantee
that the adjective is substantival, since it could be adverbial. The way to distinguish this is to try both in context
and see which fits. But since adverbial adjectives are rare and mostly confined to certain idioms, substantival is
a good guess.
2
We are assuming here that the adjective modifies the substantive that it matches in gender, number, and case. The fact
that it matches and has the article does not guarantee that it is attributive, because it is possible that the match is
coincidental, and the adjective is actually substantival or adverbial rather than modifying the substantive that it matches.
Chapters 6-9: Review #2 31
10. Write out the first six noun rules.

1. Stems ending in alpha or eta or in the first declension,
stems in omicron are in the second,
and consonantal stems are in the third.
2. Every neuter word has the same form in the nominative and accusative.
3. Almost all neuter words end in alpha in the nominative and accusative plural.
4. In the dative singular, the iota subscripts if possible.
5. Vowels often change their length (“ablaut”).
6. In the genitive and dative, the masculine and neuter will always be identical.
11. Write out the full paradigm of the case endings for the first and second declension.
M F N M F N
SN V – n PN i i a
SG u V u PG wn wn wn
SD i i i PD iV iV iV
SA n n n PA uV V a
12. Write out the full paradigm of the definite article.
M F N M F N
SN oJ hJ tov PN oiJ aiJ tav
SG tou: th:V tou: PG tw:n tw:n tw:n
SD tw/: th/: tw/: PD toiæV taiæV toiæV
SA tovn thvn tov PA touvV tavV tav
Parsing
1. lovgoiV (lovgoV MPD to words)
2. ajgavph/ (ajgavph FSD to a love)
3. tevkna (tevknon NPNa children)
4. aJmartivaV (aJmartiva FPA/FSG sins/of a sin)
5. taiæV (oJ FPD to the)
6. kovsmou (kovsmoV MSG of world)
7. kairw:n (kairovV MPG of (appointed) times)
8. eujaggelivw/ (eujaggevlion NSD to a good news)
9. a{gion (a{gioV MSA/NSNa holy)
10. ajgavphV (ajgavph FSG of love)
Translation: 1 John 4:1-6

4:1 =Agaphtoiv (ajgaphtovV MPN beloved – substantival) • , mh; (not) • pantiv (every) • pneuvmati (pneuvma NSD spirit) •
pisteuvete (believe!) • ajlla; (but) • dokimavzete (test!) • ta; pneuvmata (tov pneuvma NPNa the spirits) • eij (if) • ejk (→G
from) • tou: qeou: (MSG the god) • ejstin (eivmi 3S he/she/it is) • , o{ti (because) • polloi; (poluvV MPN many) •
yeudoprofh:tai (yeudoprofhvthV MPN false prophets) • ejxelhluvqasin (they have gone out) • eijV (→A into) • to;n
kovsmon (oJ kovsmoV MSA the word). • 4:2 ejn (→D in) • touvtw/ (ou|toV MnSD this) • ginwvskete (you know) • to; pneu:ma
(NSNa the spirit) • tou: qeou:: (MSG of the god)˙ • pa:n (pa:V Every) • pneu:ma (NSNa spirit) • o} (o{V NSNa that) • oJmologeiæ
(he/she/it confesses that) • =Ihsou:n Cristo;n (MSA Jesus Christ) • ejn (→D in) • sarki; (sarx FSD flesh) • ejlhluqovta
(he/she/it has come) • ejk (→G from) • tou: qeou: (MSG the god) • ejstin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is), • 4:3 kai; (and) • pa:n (pa:V
NSNa every) • pneu:ma (NSNa spirit) • o} (o{V NSNa which) • mh; (not) • oJmologeiæ (confesses) • to;n jIhsou:n (MSA the Jesus)
• ejk (→G from) • tou: qeou: (MSG the god) • oujk (not) • e[stin: (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • kai; (and) • tou:tov (this) • ejstin
(eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • to; (oJ NSNa the)3 • tou: ajnticrivstou (oJ ajnticrivstoV MSG of the antichrist), • o} (o}V NSNa which) •
ajkhkovate (you have heard) • o{ti (that) • e[rcetai (he/she/it is coming), • kai; (and) • nu:n (now) • ejn (→D in) • tw/:
kovsmw/ (oJ kovsmoV MSD the world) • ejsti;n (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • h[dh (already).
4:4 ÔUmeiæV (suv PN you) • ejk (→G from) • tou: qeou: (MSG the god) • ejste (eijmiv 2P you are), • tekniva (little children),
• kai; (and) • nenikhvkate (you have overcome) • aujtouvV (aujtovV MPA them), • o{ti (because) • meivzwn (MfSN greater) •
ejsti;n (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • oJ (MSN the one who is) • ejn (→D in) • uJmiæn (suv PD you) • h] (than) • ejn (→D in) • tw/: kovsmw/
(oJ kovsmoV MSD the world). • 4:5 aujtoi; (aujtovV MPN they) • ejk (→G from) • tou: kovsmou (oJ kovsmoV MSG the world) •
eijsivn (eijmiv 3P they are), • dia; (→A on account of) • tou:to (ou|toV NSNa this) • ejk (→G from) • tou: kovsmou (oJ kovsmoV
MSG the world) • lalou:sin (they speak) • kai; (and) • oJ kovsmoV (MSN the world) • aujtw:n (aujtovV MfnPG them)4 •
ajkouvei (he/she/it hears). • 4:6 hJmeiæV (ejgwv PN we) • ejk (→G from) • tou: qeou: (MSG the god) • ejsmen (eijmiv 1P we are), • oJ
ginwvskwn (MSN the one who knows) • to;n qeo;n (MSA the god) • ajkouvei (he/she/it hears) • hJmw:n (ejgwv PG us), • o}V (MSN
who) • oujk (not) • e[stin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • ejk (→G from) • tou: qeou: (MSG the god) • oujk (not) • ajkouvei (he/she/it
hears) • hJmw:n (ejgwv PG us). • ejk (→G from) • touvtou (ou|toV MnSG this) • ginwvskomen (we know) • to; pneu:ma (NSNa the
spirit) • th:V ajlhqeivaV (hJ ajlhvqeia FSG of the truth) • kai; (and) • to; pneu:ma (NSNa the spirit) • th:V plavnhV (hJ plavnh
FSG of the deception).
4:1 Beloved, not every spirit believe, but test the spirits if from the god they are,5 because many false prophets have
gone out into the world. 4:2 In this you know the spirit of the god: every spirit that confesses that Jesus Christ in flesh
has come from the god is, 4:3 and every spirit which does not confess the Jesus from the god not is: and this is the of the
antichrist, which you have heard that it is coming, and now in the world is already.
4:4 You from the god are, little children, and you have overcome them, because greater is the one who is in you than
in the world. 4:5 These from the world are, for this reason from the world they speak and the world them hears. We from
the god are, the one who knows the god hears us, who not is from the god not hears us. By this we know the spirit of the
truth and the spirit of the deception.
4:1 Beloved, do not believe every spirit, but test the spirits to discern6 if they are from God, because many false
prophets have gone out into the world. In this you know the spirit of God: Every spirit that confesses that Jesus Christ
has come in the flesh is from God, 4:3 and every spirit which does not confess Jesus is not from God; and this is the
spirit of the Antichrist, about whom you have heard that he is coming, and he is now already in the world.
4:4 You are from God, little children, and you have overcome them, because greater is the one who is in you than
the one in the world. 4:5 These are from the world. For this reason, from the world they speak and the world hears them.
4:6 We are from God. The one who knows God hears us. Whoever is not from God does not hear us. By this we know the
spirit of the truth and the spirit of deception.
3
The word that this article modifies has been omitted. Since the word would match the article in gender, number, and
case, the word that has been omitted is NSNa. The neuter singular word that fits the context is pneu:ma (“spirit”).
4
Don’t use the key word “of” because it is the direct object of the verb ajkouvei, which can take a direct object in the
genitive.
5
The verb ejstin is third person singular, but we have translated it as third person plural because the subject is pneuvmata,
which is NPNa. Neuter plural subjects often take a singular verb when the author is describing them as a group and not
emphasizing the separate, individual members.
6
dokimavzete is usually glossed as “test,” but here it is translated as “test to discern” to clarify that it does not mean “if
the spirits are from God, then test them.”
Exercise 10 – Track 1
Third Declension
Write out the master paradigm of all case endings
1st & 2nd Declensions 3rd Declension
M F N M/F N
SN V – n V/– –
SG u V u oV oV
SD i i i i i
SA n n n a/n –
PN i i a eV a
PG wn wn wn wn wn
PD iV iV iV si(n) si(n)
PA uV V a aV a
Parsing
Lexical Parsing Inflected
Inflected Case Number Gender Form Code Meaning
1. sark • iv Dative Singular Feminine savrx FSD to a flesh

Masculine, Feminine, of whom? of
2. tivn • oV Genitive Singular tivV MfnSG
or Neuter which?
3. pavsa • V Accusative Plural Feminine pa:V FPA all
4. eJn • ovV Genitive Singular Masculine or Neuter ei|V MnSG of one
Nominative or
5. sw:ma • – Singular Neuter sw:ma NSNa body
Accusative
6. ojnomavt • wn Genitive Plural Neuter o[noma NPG of names
7. e{n • a Accusative Singular Masculine ei|V MSA one
Masculine or some ones,
8. tin • eV Nominative Plural tiV MfPN
Feminine certain ones
9. sarx • iv Dative Plural Feminine savrx FPD to flesh
Nominative or
10. pneuvmat • a Plural Neuter pneuvma NPNa spirits
Accusative
Warm-up
a. tw:/ ojnovmativ (to; o[noma NSD to the name) • mou (ejgwv SG my)
To the name my
To my name
b. th;n ajgavphn (hJ ajgavph FSA the love) • th;n (oJ FSA the) • eijV (→A among) • pavntaV (pa:V MPA all) • tou;V aJgivouV (oJ
a{gioV MPA the holy [ones]).
The love the among all the holy ones.
The love among all the saints.
g. eijV (→A into) • savrka (savrx FSA flesh) • mivan (ei|V FSA one)
into flesh one
into one flesh
33
d. tinw:n (tiV MfnPG of some) • ajnqrwvpwn (a[nqrwpoV MPG of people) • aiJ aJmartivai (hJ aJmartiva FPN the sins)
Of some people the sins
The sins of some people
e. ejn (→D in) • tw:/ swvmati (to; swvma NSD the body) • th:V sarko;V (hJ savrx FSG of the flesh) • aujtou: (aujtovV MnSG
his/of it)
in the body of the flesh his/of it
In the body of his flesh OR In the body of its flesh
z. tivneV (tivV MfPN who?) • eijsi;n (eijmiv 3P they are) • oiJ ajdelfoiv (oJ ajdelovV MPN the brothers) • mou… (ejgwv SG my)
Who are the brothers my?
Who are my brothers?
h. ejn (→D in) • th:/ sarki; (hJ savrx FSD the flesh) • aujtou: (aujtovV MnSG his/its)
In the flesh his/of it
In his flesh OR In its flesh
Translation
1. pavnteV (pa:V MPN all) • e[rcontai (they are going) • pro;V (→A to) • aujtovn (aujtovV MSA him).
All are going to him.
Everyone is going to him.
2. Pau:loV (MSN Paul) • kai; (and) • TimovqeoV (MSN Timothy) • dou:loi (dou:loV MPN slaves) • Cristou: =Ihsou: (MSG of
Christ Jesus) • pa:sin (pa:V MnPD to all) • toiæV aJgivoiV (oJ a{gioV MPD the holy) • ejn (→D in) • Cristw/: =Ihsou: (MSD
Christ Jesus) • toiæV (oJ MnPD to the) • ou\sin (ones who are) • ejn (→D in) • FilivppoiV (Fivlippoi MPD Philippi).
Paul and Timothy, slaves of Christ Jesus to all the holy ones in Christ Jesus to the ones who are in Philippi.
Paul and Timothy, slaves of Christ Jesus to all the saints in Christ Jesus who are in Philippi.
3. tiv (tivV NSNa what?) • ajgaqo;n (ajgaqovV MSA/NSNa good thing) • poihvsw (I must do) • i{na (in order that) • scw: (I
might inherit) • zwh;n (zwhv FSA life) • aijwvnion (aijwvnioV MfSA/NSNa eternal);
What good thing must I do in order that I might inherit life eternal?
What good thing must I do in order that I might inherit eternal life?
4. kai; (and) • ejlavlhsan (they told) • aujtw:/ (aujtovV MnSD to him) • to;n lovgon (MSA the word) • tou: kurivou (MSG of
the lord) • su;n (→D with) • pa:sin (pa:V MnPD all) • toiæV (MPD the) • ejn (→D in) • th:/ oijkiva/ (hJ oijkiva FSD the house)
• aujtou: (aujtovV MnSG his).
And they told to him the word of the lord with all the in the house his.
And they spoke the word of the Lord to him, together with everyone in his house.
5. kai; (and) • a{gion (a{gioV MSA/NSNa holy) • to; o[noma (NSNa the name) • aujtou: (aujtovV MnSG his).
And holy the name his.
And holy is his name.
6. e[legen (he/she/it was speaking) • peri; (→G concerning) • tou: naou: (oJ naovV MSG the temple) • tou: swvmatoV (to;
sw:ma NSG of the body)1 • aujtou: (aujtovV MnSG his).
He was speaking concerning the temple of the body his.
He was speaking concerning the temple which is his body.
1
In answer to the question asked in the workbook footnote, The relationship between swvmatoV and naou: is that
swvmatoV is a genitive of apposition, which is why we translated it “which is his body.” That is perhaps a bit stilted for
normal translation, but it emphasizes the point.
Exercise 10 – Track 1: Third Declension 35
7. oujdei;V (MSN no one) • ejn (→D by) • pneuvmati (pneuvma NSD spirit) • qeou: (MSG of god) • lalw:n (when he speaks) •
levgei (he/she/it says)˙ • =Anavqema (NSNa accursed) • =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus), • kai; (and) • oujdei;V (MSN no one) •
duvnatai (he/she/it is able) • eijpeiæn (to say)˙ • KuvrioV (MSN lord) • =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus), • eij mh; (except) • ejn (→D
by) • pneuvmati (pneuvma NSD spirit) • aJgivw/ (a{gioV MnSD holy).
No one by spirit of god when he speaks he says, “Accursed is Jesus.” And no one is able to say, “Lord is Jesus”
except by spirit holy.
No one, when he speaks by the Spirit of God, says, “Jesus is accursed.” And no one is able to say, “Jesus is Lord,”
except by the Holy Spirit.
8. tiv (tivV NSNa why?) • me (ejgwv SA me) • levgeiV (you call) • ajgaqovn (ajgaqovV MSA/NSNa good); • oujdei;V (MSN no one) •
ajgaqo;V (MSN good) • eij mh; (except) • ei|V (MSN one) • oJ qeovV (MSN the god).
Why me you call good? No one good except one the god.
Why do you call me good? No one is good except one, namely God.2
9. tivna (tivV MSA/NPNa who/what?) • levgousin (they say) • oiJ a[nqrwpoi (oJ a[nqrwpoV MPN the people) • ei\nai (to be) •
to;n uiJo;n (oJ uiJovV MSA the son) • tou: ajnqrwvpou (oJ a{nqrwpoV of the man);
Who say the people to be the son3 of the man?
Who do the people say that the Son of Man is?
10. toiæV (oJ MnPD to the) • pa:sin (pa:V MnPD to all) • gevgona (I have become) • pavnta (pa:V NPNa all)4.
To the all I have become all.
To all people I have become all things.
Additional
11. kaqarivzomai (I am cleansed) • ajpo; (→G from) • aJmartivaV (aJmartiva FSG/FPA sin) • mou (ejgwv FSG my) • uJpo; (→G
by) • th:V sarko;V (hJ savrx FSG the body) • tou: =Ihsou: (MSG of Jesus).
I am cleansed from my sin by the body of Jesus.
12. ta; (oJ NPNa the) • ga;r (for) • ojnovmata (o[noma NPNa names) • tw:n aJgivwn (a{gioV MfnPG of the saints) • para; (→D
in the presence of) • tw:/ qew:/ (MSD the god) • ejsti;n (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • ejn (→D in) • toiæV aijwnivoiV oujranoiæV (oJ
aijwvnioV oujranovV MPD the eternal heavens).
The for names of the saints in the presence of the god is in the eternal heavens.
For the names of the saints are in the presence of God in the eternal heavens.
13. katatribw:sin (they are consumed) • savrkeV (savrx FPN flesh) • swvmatovV (swvma NSG of body) • sou (ejgwv SG
your).
Are consumed flesh (plural) of body your.
The flesh of your body is consumed.5
14. ajspavzomai (I send greetings) • ejn (→D in) • ojnovmati (o[noma NSD name) • =Ihsou: Cristou: (MSG of Jesus Christ), •
uiJou: (uiJovV MSG of son) • patrovV (pathvr MSG of father)˙ • kata; (→A according to) • savrka (savrx FSA flesh) • kai;
(and) • pneu:ma (NSNa spirit) • hJnwmevnoiV (MnPD to those who are united) • pavsh/ (pa:V FSD to every) • ejntolh:/
(ejntolhv FSD commandment) • aujtou: (aujtovV MnSG his).
I send greetings in name of Jesus Christ, of son of father, according to flesh and spirit to those who are united to
every commandment his.
I send greetings in the name of Jesus Christ, the Son6 of the Father; to those who are united according to flesh and
spirit to his every commandment.
2
qeovV is in apposition to ei|V.
3
to;n uiJovn is in the accusative case because it is acting as the subject of the infinitive verb ei\nai. We will discuss this in
chapter 32.
4
pavnta is in the nominative case because it is the predicate nominative for the copulative verb gevgona.
5
This sentence is difficult to translate because “flesh” is normally thought of as singular rather than plural in English,
and so we need to make the English verb singular to smooth out the translation.
6
This translation takes uiJou: as in apposition to =Ihsou: Cristou:, and adds the English definite article to smooth out the
translation. And it takes patrovV as a genitive modified of uiJou:, and adds another English definite article in translation
for smoothness.
15. kai; (and) • ejkavlesen (he/she/it gave) • =Ada;m (MSNx Adam) • ojnovmata (o[noma NPNa names) • pa:sin (pa:V MnPD to
all).
And Adam gave names to all.
16. kai; (and) • ejdikaiwvqh (he/she/it is vindicated) • hJ sofiva (FSN the wisdom) • ajpo; (→G from) • pavntwn (pa:V MnPG
all) • tw:n tevknwn (to; tevkon NPG the children) • aujth:V (aujtovV FSG of her).
And is vindicated the wisdom from all the children of her.
And wisdom is vindicated by7 all of her children.
17. =Agaphtoiv (ajgaphtovV MPN beloved), • mh; (not) • panti; (pa:V MnSD every) • pneuvmati (pneuvma NSD spirit) •
pisteuvete (believe!) • ajlla; (but) • dokimavzete (test!) • ta; pneuvmata (pneuvma NPNa the spirits) • eij (if) • ejk (→G
from) • tou: qeou: (MSG the god) • ejstin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is).
Beloved, not every spirit believe, but test the spirits if from the god it is.
Beloved, do not believe every spirit, but test the spirits to see8 if they are from God.
18. pavnta (pa:V NPNa all) • ejnwvpion (→G before) • aujtou: (aujtovV MnSG him) • eijsivn (eijmiv 3P they are), • kai; (and) •
oujde;n (oujdeivV NSNa nothing) • levlhqen (he/she/it is hidden from) • th;n boulh;n (hJ boulhv FSA the purpose) • aujtou:
(aujtovV MnSG his).
All before him are, and nothing is hidden from the purpose his.
Everything is before him, and nothing is hidden from his purpose.
19. Pau:loV (MSN Paul) • ajpovstoloV (MSN apostle) • Cristou: =Ihsou: (MSG of Christ Jesus) • dia; (→G through) •
qelhvmatoV (qevlhma NSG will) • qeou: (MSG of god) • kai; (and) • TimovqeoV (MSN Timothy) • oJ ajdelfo;V (MSN the
brother) • th/: ejkklhsiva/ (hJ ejkklhsiva FSD to the church) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • th/: ou[sh/ (to the one that is) •
ejn (→D in) • Korivnqw/ (KovrinqoV MSD Corinth) • su;n (→D with) • toiæV aJgivoiV (oJ a{gioV MnPD the saints) • pa:sin
(pa:V MnPD all) • toiæV (oJ MnPD to the) • ou\sin (MnPD ones who are) • ejn (→D in) • o{lh/ (o{loV FSD whole) • th/:
=Acai<a/ (hJ =Acai<a FSD the Achaia).
Paul, apostle of Christ Jesus through will of god, and Timothy the brother, to the church of the god, to the one that is
in Corinth, with the saints all the ones who are in whole Achaia.
Paul, an apostle of Christ Jesus through the will of God, and Timothy the brother, to the church of God that is in
Corinth, along with all the saints who are in all of Achaia.
20. ejn (→D in) • ajgavph/ (ajgavph FSD love) • proselavbeto (he/she/it received) • hJma:V (us) • oJ despovthV (MSN the lord).
• dia; (→A on account of) • th;n ajgavphn (hJ ajgavph FSA the love), • h}n (which) • e[scen (he had) • pro;V (→A
towards) • hJma:V (ejgwv FPA us), • to; ai|ma (NSNa blood) • aujtou: (aujtovV MnSG his) • e[dwken (he/she/it gave) • uJpe;r
(→G in behalf of) • hJmw:n (ejgwv PG us) • =Ihsou:V Cristo;V (MSN Jesus Christ) • oJ kuvrioV (MSN the lord) • hJmw:n (ejgwv
PG our) • ejn (→D in) • qelhvmati (qevlhma NSD will) • qeou: (MSG of god), • kai; (and) • th;n savrka (hJ savrx FSA the
flesh) • uJpe;r (→G in behalf of) • th:V sarko;V (hJ sarx FSG the flesh) • hJmw:n (ejgwv PG our) • kai; (and) • th;n yuch;n
(hJ yuchv FSA the life) • uJpe;r (→G in behalf of) • tw:n yucw:n (hJ yuvxh FPG the lives) • hJmw:n (ejgwv PG our).
In love he received us the lord. On account of the love which he had towards us, the blood his he gave in behalf of
our Jesus Christ (subject) the lord (subject) our in will of god, and the flesh (object) in behalf of the flesh our and the
life in behalf of the lives our.
In love the Lord received us. On account of the love which he had towards us, Jesus Christ our Lord gave his blood
in our behalf in the will of God, and his9 flesh in behalf of our flesh and his9 life in behalf of our lives.
7
Although the lexicon in the back of the textbook lists “(away) from” as the only meaning for ajpov, it has other meanings
as well, and the meaning “by,” in the sense of “by means of,” fits this context better than “from.”
8
dokimavzete is usually glossed as “test,” but here it is translated as “test to see” to clarify that it does not mean “if the
spirits are from God, then test them.”
9
Literally, “the flesh” and “the life,” but the context clarifies that the flesh and the life that were given were his, so we
substituted “his” for “the” to make the English smoother.
First and Second Person Personal Pronouns

Parsing
Parsing
Inflected Case Number Gender Lexical Form Code Inflected Meaning
1. soi Dative Singular None suv SD to you (singular)
2. uJmiæn Dative Plural None suv PD to you (plural)
3. pivstin Accusative Singular Feminine pivstiV FSA faith
4. se Accusative Singular None suv SA you
5. patrovV Genitive Singular Masculine pathvr MSG of father
6. uJmeiæV Nominative Plural None suv PN you (plural)
Nominative or
7. u{data Plural Neuter u{dwr NPNa waters
Accusative
8. hJma:V Accusative Plural None ejgwv PA us
Nominative or
9. pivsteiV Plural Feminine pivstiV FPNa faiths
Accusative
None ejgwv SG! my
10. ejmou: (2x) Genitive Singular Masculine or
ejmovV MnSG my
Neuter
Warm-up
a. h[negka (I brought) • to;n uiJovn (MSA the son) • mou (ejgwv SG my) • pro;V (→A to) • sev (suv SA! you).1
I brought my son to you.
b. oJ kuvriovV (MSN the lord) • mou (ejgwv SG my) • kai; (and) • oJ qeovV (MSN the god) • mou (ejgwv SG my)
The lord my and the god my.
My Lord and my God.
g. uiJoi; (MPN sons) • tou: patro;V (MSG of the father) • uJmw:n (suv PG your)
Sons of the father your
Sons of your father
d. ejpi; (→D on the basis of) • th:/ pivstei (FSD the faith) • tou: ojnovmatoV (NSG of the name) • aujtou: (aujtovV MnSG his)
On the basis of the faith of the name his.
On the basis of faith in his name.
e. toiæV lovgoiV (MPD to the words) • th:V pivstewV (FSG of the faith) • kai; (and) • th:V kalh:V (oJ kalovV FSG of the good) •
didaskalivaV (FSG/FPA teaching)
To the words of the faith and of the good teaching
1
Because it has an accent, the word sev is the emphatic form, as indicated by the exclamation mark at the end of the
parsing code SA!. Although the form is emphatic, it may or may not emphasis, depending on the context. In particular,
pronouns often use the emphatic form when they are the object of a preposition, even when no emphasis is implied.
37
z. =Aspavzontai (they greet) • uJma:V (suv PA you) • aiJ ejkklhsivai (FPN the churches) • pa:sai (pa:V FPN all)
They greet you the churches all.
All the churches greet you.
h. oujk (not) • e[cw (I have) • a[ndra (a[nhr MSA a husband).

Not I have a husband.
I do not have a husband.
Translation
1. ejgw; (SN I)2 • ejbavptisa (I baptized) • uJma:V (suv PA you) • u{dati (u{dwr NSD with water), • aujto;V (MSN he) • de; (but) •
baptivsei (he/she/it will baptize) • uJma:V (suv PA you) • ejn (→D in) • pneuvmati (pneuvma NSD spirit) • aJgivw/ (MnSD
holy).
I baptized you with water, he but will baptize you in spirit holy.
I baptized you with water, but he will baptize you with the Holy Spirit.
2. ejgw; (SN I) • ejlhvluqa (I have come) • ejn (→D in) • tw:/ ojnovmati (to; o[noma NSD the name) • tou: patrovV (MSG of the
father) • mou (ejgwv SG my).
I have come in the name of my father.
3. ijdou; (behold!) • hJmeiæV (ejgwv PN we) • ajfhvkamen (we have left) • pavnta (pa:V NPNa all) • kai; (and) • hjkolouqhvkamevn
(we have followed) • soi (suv SD you).
Behold, we have left all and we have followed you.
Behold, we have left everything and have followed you.
4. kai; (and) • kaucwvmeqa (we rejoice) • ejp= (ejpiv →D on the basis of) • ejlpivdi (ejlpivV FSD hope) • th:V dovxhV (FSG of the
glory) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god).
And we rejoice on the basis of hope of the glory of the god.
And we rejoice on the basis of the hope of the glory of God.
5. o}V (who) • a]n (-ever) • e}n (ei|V NSNa one) • tw:n toiouvtwn (MnPG of the these) • paidivwn (MPG children) • devxhtai
(he/she/it receives) • ejpi; (→D on the basis of) • tw:/ ojnovmativ (NSD the name) • mou (ejgwv SG my), • ejme; (ejgwv SA! me) •
devcetaiæ (he/she/it receives)3 • kai; (and) • o}V (MSN who) • a]n (-ever) • ejme; (ejgwv SA! me) • devchtai (he/she/it
receives), • oujk (not) • ejme; (ejgwv SA! me) • devcetai (he/she/it receives) • ajlla; (but) • to;n ajposteivlantav (MSA the
one who sent) • me (ejgwv SA me).
Whoever one of the these children receives on the basis of the name my, me he receives, and whoever me he
receives, not me he receives but the one who sent me.
Whoever receives one of these children in my name, receives me, and whoever receives me, does not receive me but
the one who sent me.
6. ei|V (MSN one) • gavr (for) • ejstin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • uJmw:n (suv PG your) • oJ didavskaloV (MSN the teacher), •
pavnteV (pa:V MPN all) • de; (and) • uJmeiæV (suv PN you) • ajdelfoiv (MPN brothers) • ejste (eijmiv 2P you are).
One for is your the teacher, all and you brothers are.
For one is your teacher, and you all are brothers.
7. kai; (and) • ijdw;n (after seeing) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus) • th;n pivstin (FSA the faith) • aujtw:n (aujtovV MnPG of
them) • levgei (he/she/it says) • tw:/ paralutikw:/ (MSD to the paralytic): • tevknon (NSNa child),4 • ajfiventaiv (they are
forgiven) • sou (suv SG your) • aiJ aJmartivai (FPN the sins).
And after seeing the Jesus {subject} the faith {direct object} of them says to the paralytic, “Child, are forgiven your
the sins.”
And after seeing their faith, Jesus says to the paralytic, “Child, your sins are forgiven.”
2
In answer to the question asked in the workbook, yes, the use of the personal pronoun implies emphasis in this verse, as
indicated by the fact that not only is there a personal pronoun ejgwv that could have been omitted because the first person
is already implied by the verb, but also by the fact that the point of the verse is to contrast the speaker (John the Baptist)
with Jesus. The personal pronoun alone may or may not indicate emphasis; the context is determinative.
3
The subject of devcetaiæ is “whoever receives one of these children in my name.”
4
This is being used for direct address (not as the subject), as the comma following it indicates.
Exercise 11 – Track 1: First and Second Person Personal Pronouns 39
8. ijdou; (behold!) • hJ mhvthr (FSN the mother) • sou (suv SG your) • kai; (and) • oiJ ajdelfoiv (MPN the brothers) • sou (suv
SG your) • ªkai; (and) • aiJ ajdelfaiv (hJ ajdelfhv FPN the sisters) • sou (suv SG your)º • e[xw (outside) • zhtou:sivn (they
seek) • se (suv SA you). • kai; (and) • ajpokriqei;V (answering) • aujtoiæV (aujtovV MnPD them) • levgei (he/she/it says): •
tivV (MSN who?) • ejstin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • hJ mhvthr (FSN the mother) • mou (ejgwv SG my) • kai; (and) • oiJ ajdelfoiv
(MPN the brothers) • ªmou (ejgwv SG my)º; • … i[de (behold!) • hJ mhvthr (FSN the mother) • mou (ejgwv SG my) • kai; (and)
• oiJ ajdelfoiv (MPN the brothers) • mou (ejgwv SG my). • o}V (MSN who) • ªga;r (for) º • a]n (-ever) • poihvsh/ (he/she/it
does) • to; qevlhma (NSNa the will) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god), • ou|toV (MSN this) • ajdelfovV (MSN brother) • mou
(ejgwv SG my) • kai; (and) • ajdelfh; (FSN sister) • kai; (and) • mhvthr (FSN mother) • ejstivn (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is).
“Behold, the mother your and the brothers your ªand the sisters yourº outside they seek you.” And answering them
he says, “Who is the mother my and the brothers my? … Behold, the mother my and the brothers my. Who
ªforº -ever does the will of the god, this one brother my and sister and mother is.”
“Behold, your mother and your brothers ªand your sistersº seek you outside.” And answering them, he says, “Who is
my mother and my brothers? … Behold my mother and my brothers! ªForº whoever does the will of God is my
brother and sister and mother.”
9. Pavnta (pa:V NPNa all) • moi (ejgwv SD to me) • paredovqh (they were given) • uJpo; (→G by) • tou: patrovV (MSG the
father) • mou (ejgwv SG my), • kai; (and) • oujdei;V (MSN no one) • ejpiginwvskei (he/she/it knows) • to;n uiJo;n (MSA the
son) • eij mh; (except) • oJ pathvr (MSN the father), • oujde; (and not) • to;n patevra (MSA the father) • tiV (MSN anyone) •
ejpiginwvskei (he/she/it knows) • eij mh; (except) • oJ uiJo;V (MSN the son).
All to me were given by the father my, and no one knows the son except the father, and not the father anyone knows
except the son.
All things were given to me by my father, and no one knows the Son except the Father, and no one knows the Father
except the Son.
10. Oujk (not) • eijmi; (1S I am) • ejleuvqeroV (free); • oujk (not) • eijmi; (1S I am) • ajpovstoloV (MSN apostle); • oujk (not) •
=Ihsou:n (MSA Jesus) • to;n kuvrion (MSA the lord) • hJmw:n (ejgwv PG our) • eJovraka (I have seen); • ouj (not) • to; e[rgon
(NSNa the work) • mou (ejgwv SG my) • uJmeiæV (suv PN you) • ejste (eijmiv 2P you are) • ejn (→D in) • kurivw/ (MSD lord);
Not I am free? Not I am apostle? Not Jesus the lord our I have seen? Not the work my you are in lord?
Am I not free? Am I not an apostle? Have I not seen Jesus our Lord? Are you not my work in the Lord?
Additional
11. uJmiæn (suv PD to you) • de; (and) • hJ ajgavph (FSN the love) • tou: qeou: (SG of the god) • kai; (and) • hJ pivstiV (FSN the
faith) • eijV (→A in) • to;n =Ihsou:n (MSA the Jesus).
To you and the love of the god and the faith in the Jesus.
May the love of God and the faith in Jesus be unto you.
12. to; qevlhma (NSNa the will) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • hJmw:n (ejgwv PG our) • ejsti;n (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • i{na (that)
• thrw:men (we keep) • ta;V ejntola;V (FPA the commandments) • ta;V ajgaqa;V (FPA the good) • aujtou: (aujtovV MnSG
his).
The will of the god our is that we keep the commandments the good his.
The will of our God is that we keep his good commandments.
13. kai; (and) • ejpwnovmasen (he/she/it named) • th;n povlin (FSA the city) • ejpi; (→D on the basis of) • tw:/ ojnovmati (NSD
the name) • tou: uiJou: (MSG of the son) • aujtou: (aujtovV MnSG his) • ÔEnwvc (MSG Enoch).
And he named the city on the basis of the name of the son his Enoch.
And he named the city after the name of his son, Enoch.
14. oujc (not) • e{na (ei|V MSA one) • qeo;n (MSA god) • e[comen (we have) • kai; (and) • e{na (ei|V MSA one) • Cristo;n (MSA
Christ) • kai; (and) • e{n (ei|V NSNa one) • pneu:ma (NSNa spirit) • th:V cavritoV (FSG of the grace) • to; ejkcuqe;n (NSNa
the one that was poured out) • ejf= (ejpiv →A on) • hJma:V (ejgwv PA us), • kai; (and) • miva (ei|V FSN one) • klh:siV (FSN
calling) • ejn (→D in) • Cristw:/ (MSD Christ);
Not one god we have and one Christ and one spirit of the grace that was poured out on us, and one calling in Christ?
Do we not have one God, one Christ, one Spirit of grace5 that was poured out on us, and one calling in Christ?
5
The neuter word “that was poured out” modifies the neuter noun “spirit” not the feminine noun “grace.” English word
order makes it not look that way. We’ve removed the article before “grace” to try to make it clearer.
15. timhvsei (he/she/it will honor) • aujtou;V (aujtovV MPA them) • oJ kuvrioV (MSN the lord) • =Ihsou:V CristovV (MSN Jesus
Christ), • eijV (→A in) • o}n (MSA whom) • ejlpivzousin (they hope) • sarkiv (sarx FSD to flesh), • yuch:/ (yuchv FSD to
soul), • pneuvmati (pneuvma NSD to spirit), • pivstei (pivstiV FSD to faith), • ajgavph/ (FSD to love).
Will honor them the lord Jesus Christ, in whom they hope to flesh, to soul, to spirit, to faith, to love.
The Lord Jesus Christ will honor them, in whom they hope in flesh, in soul, in spirit, in faith, and in love.6
16. kai; (and) • ei\pen (3S he/she/it said) • oJ qeovV (MSN the god)˙ • tiv (tivV NSNa what?) • ejpoivhsaV (you did); • fwnh; (FSN
sound) • ai{matoV (ai{ma NSG of blood) • tou: ajdelfou: (MSG of the brother) • sou (suv SG your) • boa:/ (he/she/it is
crying out) • provV (→A to) • me (ejgwv SA me) • ejk (→G from) • th:V gh:V (FSG the earth).
And said the god, “What you did? Sound of blood of the brother your is crying out to me from the earth.
And God said, “What did you do? The sound of your brother’s blood is crying out to me from the earth.”
17. oJdoi; (oJdovV FPN ways) • duvo (two) • eijsi;n (eijmiv 3P they are) • didach:V (didachv FSG of teaching) • kai; (and) •
ejxousivaV (FSG/FPA of authority), • hJ (FSN the) • … tou: fwto;V (NSG of the light) • kai; (and) • hJ (FSN the) • tou:
skovtouV (to; skovtoV NSG of the darkness)˙ • diafora; (FSN difference) • de; (and) • pollh; (FSN much) • tw:n (MfnPG
of the) • duvo (two) • oJdw:n (oJdovV MPG ways).
Ways two are of teaching and of authority, the … of the light and the of the darkness; difference and much of the
two ways.
There are two ways of teaching and of authority, the … way of the light and the way of the darkness; and great is
the difference between the two ways.
18. kai; (and) • ei\pen (3S he/she/it said) • Daui;d (MSNx David) • pavsh/ (pa:V FSD to every) • th:/ ejkklhsiva/: (FSD to the
congregation) • eujloghvsate (bless!) • kuvrion (MSA lord) • to;n qeo;n (MSA the god) • uJmw:n (suv PG your) • kai; (and),
• eujlovghsen (he/she/it blessed) • pa:sa (pa:V FSN all) • hJ ejkklhsiva (FSN the congregation) • kuvrion (MSA lord) • to;n
qeo;n (MSA the god) • tw:n patevrwn (MPG of fathers) • aujtw:n (aujtovV MnPG of them).
And said David to every the congregation, “Bless lord the god your,” and blessed every the congregation lord the
god of fathers of them.
And David said to the entire congregation, “Bless the Lord, your God.” And the entire congregation blessed the
Lord, the God of their fathers.
19. ou|toV (MSN this) • h\lqen (he/she/it came) • eijV (→A into) • marturivan (FSA witness) • i{na (in order that) •
marturhvsh/ (he/she/it might witness) • peri; (→G concerning) • tou: fwtovV (NSG the light), • i{na (in order that) •
pavnteV (pa:V MPN all) • pisteuvswsin (they might believe) • di= (diav →G through) • aujtou: (aujtovV MnSG him). • oujk
(not) • h\n (3S he/she/it was) … • to; fw:V (NSNa the light), • ajll= (ajllav but) • i{na (in order that) • marturhvsh/
(he/she/it might witness) • peri; (→G concerning) • tou: fwtovV (NSG the light).
This came into witness in order that he might witness concerning the light, in order that all might believe through
him. Not he was… the light, but in order that he might witness concerning the light.
This one came as a witness, in order that he might witness concerning the light, so that all might believe through
him. He was not … the light, but he came in order that he might witness concerning the light.
20. Kai; (and) • =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus) • proevkopten (he/she/it increased) • ªejn (→D in) • th/: (FSD the)º • sofiva/ (FSD
wisdom) • kai; (and) • hJlikiva/ (FSD stature) • kai; (and) • cavriti (FSD favor) • para; (→D in the presence of) • qew/:
(MSD god) • kai; (and) • ajnqrwvpoiV (MPD men).
And Jesus increased ªin theº wisdom and stature and favor in the presence of god and men.
And Jesus increased in wisdom, in stature, and in favor before God and people.
English to Greek
1. to me = moi (ejgwv SD), ejmoiv (ejgwv SD!) 6. to you (plural) = uJmiæn (suv PD)
2. our = hJmw:n (ejgwv PG) 7. I = ejgwv (ejgwv SN)
8. your = sou (suv SG), sou: (suv SG!),
3. us = hJma:V (ejgwv PA)
uJmw:n (suv PG)
4. you = suv (suv SN), se (suv SA), sev (suv SA!), uJmeiæV (suv
9. we = hJmeiæV (ejgwv PN)
PN), uJma:V (suv PA)
5. my = mou (ejgwv SG), ejmou: (ejgwv SG!) 10. you (plural) = uJmeiæV (suv PN), uJma:V (suv PA)
6
It is also possible to take the datives as modifying “honor,” so that it reads, “The Lord Jesus Christ, in whom they hope,
will honor them in flesh, in soul, in spirit, in faith, and in love.” But the word order makes this less likely.
aujtovV
Parsing
Parsing
Nominative or
1. aujtov Singular Neuter aujtovV NSNa it, same, itself
Accusative
2. soi Dative Singular None suv SD to you
3. aujtaiv Nominative Plural Feminine aujtovV FPN they, same, themselves
Masculine or
4. aujtoiæV Dative Plural aujtovV MnPD to them, same
Neuter
5. aujthvn Accusative Singular Feminine aujtovV FSA her, same
6. hJmiæn Dative Plural None ejgwv PD to us (plural)
Masculine or
7. aujtw/: Dative Singular aujtovV MnSD to him/to it, same
Neuter
8. povda Accusative Singular Masculine pouvV MSA foot
9. aujth:V Genitive Singular Feminine aujtovV FSG of her, same
10. uJmw:n Genitive Plural None suv PG your
Warm-up
a. aujto;V (MSN he) • ei\pen (3S he/she/it said) • aujth:/ (FSD to her)
He said to her
b. uJpe;r (→G in behalf of) • aujth:V (FSG her)

In behalf of her
g. oJ didavskaloV (MSN the teacher) • aujtw:n (MfnPG of them) • ejstin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • maqhth;V (MSN disciple) •
aujtou: (MnSG his)
The teacher of them is the disciple his.
Their teacher is his disciple.
d. aujtoi; (MPN they) • gavr (for) • eijsin (eijmiv 3P they are) • oiJ povdeV (pouvV MPN the feet) • uJmw:n (PG your).
They for are the feet your.
For they are your feet.
e. hJ aujth; (FSN the same) • savrx (FSN flesh)

The same flesh
z. aujto;V (MSN itself) • oJ ojfqalmovV (MSN the eye) • ejstin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • kalovV (MSN good).
Itself the eye is good.
The eye itself is good.
h. pisteu;w (I believe) • to; aujtov (NSNa the same thing)

I believe the same thing
41
Translation
1. fevrete (Bring!) • aujto;n (MSA him) • provV (→A to) • me (ejgwv SA me). • kai; (and) • h[negkan (they brought) • aujto;n
(MSA him) • pro;V (→A to) • aujtovn (MSA him).
“Bring him to me!” And they brought him to him.
2. pavlin (again) • ou\n (therefore) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • ejlavlhsen (he/she/it spoke) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus) •
levgwn (saying): • ejgwv (SN I) • eijmi (1S I am) • to; fw:V (NSNa the light) • tou: kovsmou (MSG of the world).
Again therefore to them spoke the Jesus, saying, “I am the light of the world.”
Therefore, Jesus spoke to them again, saying, “I am the light of the world.”
3. oJ (MSN he) • de; (and) • parhvggeilen (he/she/it commanded) • aujtoiæV (MnPD them) • mhdeni; (mhdeivV MnSD to no one)
• eijpeiæn (to speak).
He and commanded them to no one to speak.
And he commanded them to speak to no one.
4. proshuvxanto (they prayed) • peri; (→G concerning) • aujtw:n (MfnPG them) • o{pwV (that) • lavbwsin (they might
receive) • pneu:ma (NSNa spirit) • a{gion (NSNa holy).
They prayed concerning them that they might receive spirit holy.
They prayed concerning them, that they might receive the Holy Spirit.
5. =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus) • aujto;V (MSN himself) • oujk (not) • ejbavptizen (he/she/it was baptizing) • ajll= (but) • oiJ
maqhtai; (MPN the disciples) • aujtou: (MnSG his).
Jesus himself not was baptizing but the disciples his.
Jesus himself was not baptizing, but his disciples were.
6. pisteuvetev (Believe!) • moi (ejgwv SD me) • o{ti (that) • ejgw; (SN I) • ejn (→D in) • tw:/ patri; (MSD the father) • kai; (and)
• oJ path;r (MSN the father) • ejn (→D in) • ejmoiv (ejgwv SD! me)˙ • eij (if) • de; (but) • mhv (not), • dia; (→A on account of) •
ta; e[rga (NPNa the works) • aujta; (NPNa themselves) • pisteuvete (believe!).
Believe me, that I in the father and the father in me; if but not, on account of the works themselves believe.
Believe me, that I am in the Father, and the Father is in me. But if not, then believe on account of the works
themselves.
7. Parakalw: (I urge) • de; (but) • uJma:V (suv PA you), • ajdelfoiv (PN brothers)1, • dia; (→G in) • tou: ojnovmatoV (NSG the
name) • tou: kurivou (MSG of the lord) • hJmw:n (ejgwv PG our) • =Ihsou: Cristou: (MSG Jesus Christ), • i{na (that) • to;
aujto; (NSNa the same thing) • levghte (you say) • pavnteV (pa:V MPN all).2
I urge but you brothers, in the name of the lord our, Jesus Christ, that the same thing you say all.
But I urge you brothers, in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that you all say the same thing.
8. poreuqevnteV (having gone) • ou\n (therefore) • maqhteuvsate (make disciples of!) • pavnta (pa:V NPNa all) • ta; e[qnh
(NPNa the nations), • baptivzonteV (baptizing) • aujtou;V (MPA them) • eijV (→A in) • to; o[noma (NPNa the name) • tou:
patro;V (MSG of the father) • kai; (and) • tou: uiJou: (MSG of the son) • kai; (and) • tou: aJgivou pneuvmatoV (NSG of the
holy spirit), • didavskonteV (teaching) • aujtou;V (MPA them) • threiæn (to keep) • pavnta (pa:V NPNa all) • o{sa (NPNa
as much as) • ejneteilavmhn (I have commanded) • uJmiæn (suv PD you)˙ • kai; (and) • ijdou; (behold!) • ejgw; (SN I) • meq=
(metav →G with) • uJmw:n (suv PG you) • eijmi (1S I am) • pavsaV (pa:V FPA all) • ta;V hJmevraV (FPA the days) • e{wV (→G
until) • th:V sunteleivaV (FSG the end) • tou: aijw:noV (MSG of the age).
Having gone therefore make disciples of all the nations, baptizing them in the name of the father and of the son and
of the holy spirit, teaching them to keep all as much as I have commanded you; and behold, I with you I am all the
days until the end of the age.
Therefore, having gone, make disciples of all the nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son,
and of the Holy Spirit, teaching them to keep everything I have commanded you; and behold, I am with you all the
days until the end of the age.
1
ajdelfoiv is being used for direct address, not as the subject.
2
pavnteV (“all”) is the subject of the verb levghte (“you say”).
Exercise 12 – Track 1: aujtovV 43
9. ejpavranteV (raising up) • de; (and) • tou;V ojfqalmou;V (MPA the eyes) • aujtw:n (MfnPG of them) • oujdevna (oujdeivV MSA
no one)3 • ei\don (they saw) • eij mh; (except) • aujto;n (MSA himself) • =Ihsou:n (MSA Jesus) • movnon (MSA/NSNa alone).
Raising up and the eyes of them no one they saw except himself Jesus alone.
And raising up their eyes, they saw no one except Jesus himself alone.
10. ajdelfoiv (MPN brothers)4 • mou (ejgwv SG my) , • caivrete (rejoice!) • ejn (→D in) • kurivw/ (MSD lord). • ta; aujta; (NPNa
the same) • gravfein (to write) • uJmiæn (suv PD to you) • ejmoi; (ejgwv SD! to me) • me;n (indeed) • oujk (not) • ojknhrovn
(troublesome).
Brothers my, rejoice in lord. The same to write to you to me indeed not troublesome.
My brothers, rejoice in the Lord! To write the same things to you indeed is not troublesome to me.
Additional
11. oJ (MSN the) • de; (and) • maqhth;V (MSN disciple) • oujk (not) • ejsti;n (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • uJpe;r (→A above) • to;n
kuvrion (MSA the lord) • aujtou: (MnSG his), • ou|toV (MSN this) • ga;r (for) • oJ prw:toV (MSN the first) • tw:n pavntwn (oJ
pa:V MfnPG of the all).
The and disciple not is above the lord his, this for the first of the all.
And a disciple is not above his lord, for this is the first of all.
12. pavlin (again) • de; (and) • oJ Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus) • ajpekrivqh: (he/she/it answered) • oiJ pistoi; (MPN the believing
ones) • aujtoi; (MPN themselves) • eijseleuvsontai (they will enter) • eijV (→A into) • th;n aujth;n zwhvn (FSA the same
life).
Again and the Jesus answered the believing ones themselves will enter into the same5 life.
And again Jesus answered, “The believing ones themselves will enter into the same life.”
13. kai; (and) • e[dwken (he/she/it gave) • to;n karpo;n (MSA the fruit) • aujtou: (MnSG of it) • kai; (also) • tw:/ ajndri; (MSD to
the husband) • aujth:V (FSG of her) • met= (metav →G with) • aujth:V (FSG her).
And she gave the fruit of it also to the husband of her with her.
And she gave its fruit also to her husband with her.
14. su; (SN you) • ou\n (therefore) • ejpignou;V (recognizing) • ta; e[rga (NPNa the works) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • ajpovsta
(stay away!) • ajp= (ajpov →G from) • aujtou: (MnSG him) • kai; (and) • mhde;n (mhdeivV NSNa nothing) • aujtw:/ (MnSD
him) • pivsteue (believe!), • o{ti (because) • ta; e[rga (NPNa the works) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • ponhrav (NPNa evil) •
eijsi (eijmiv 3P they are) • kai; (and) • ajsuvmfora (NPNa harmful) • toiæV douvloiV (MPD to the slaves) • tou: qeou: (MSG of
the god).
You therefore recognizing the works his stay away from him and nothing him believe, because the works his evil are
and harmful to the slaves of the god.
Therefore, recognizing his works, stay away from him and believe him with regard to nothing, because his works
are evil and harmful to the slaves of God.
15. kai; (and) • hujlovghsen (he/she/it blessed) • oJ qeo;V (MSN the god) • to;n Nw:e (MSA the Noah) • kai; (and) • tou;V uiJou;V
(MPA the sons) • aujtou: (MSG his) • kai; (and) • ei\pen (he/she/it said) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them)˙ • aujxavnesqe (be
fruitful!).
And blessed the god {subject} the Noah {direct object} and the sons {direct object} his and said to them, “Be
fruitful!”
And God blessed Noah and his sons, and said to them, “Be fruitful!”
16. ªeij (if) • oJ qeo;V (MSN the god) • ejdoxavsqh (is glorified) • ejn (→D in) • aujtw:/ (MnSD him)º • kai; (also) • oJ qeo;V (MSN
the god) • doxavsei (he/she/it will glorify) • aujto;n (MSA him) • ejn (→D in) • aujtw:/ (MnSD him), • kai; (and) • eujqu;V
(immediately) • doxavsei (he/she/it will glorify) • aujtovn (MSA him).
ªIf the god is glorified in himº also the god will glorify him in him, and immediately he will glorify him.
ªIf God is glorified in him, º God will also glorify him in himself, and will glorify him immediately.
3
By its form, oujdevna could be either MSA or NPNa. But since the meaning of the word is “no one,” it is a word that does
not occur in the plural, and hence it is MSA.
4
This nominative is being used for direct address, not as the subject.
5
aujthvn is in the attributive position, so it is probably acting as an identical adjective, as translated here. Translating it as
an adjectival intensive “the life itself” could also make sense in some contexts, but it is unlikely given that when used as
an adjectival intensive, aujtovV is normally in the predicate position and the nominative case, neither of which is true here.
17. aujto;V (MSN himself) • de; (but) • =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus) • oujk (not) • ejpivsteuen (he/she/it entrusts) • aujto;n (MSA him) •
aujtoiæV (MnPD to them).
Himself but Jesus not entrusts him to them.
But Jesus himself did not entrust himself to them.
18. DiairevseiV (diaivresiV FPN varieties) • de; (and) • carismavtwn (cavrisma NPG of gifts) • eijsivn (eijmiv 3P they are), • to;
(NSNa the) • de; (but) • aujto; (NSNa same) • pneu:ma (NSNa spirit)˙ • kai; (and) • diairevseiV (diaivresiV FPN varieties)
• diakoniw:n (diakoniva FPG of ministries) • eijsin (eijmiv 3P they are), • kai; (and) • oJ aujto;V kuvrioV (MSN the same
lord)˙ • kai; (and) • diairevseiV (diaivresiV FPN varieties) • ejnerghmavtwn (ejnevrgma NPG of workings) • eijsivn (eijmiv 3P
they are), • oJ de; aujto;V qeovV (MSN the but same god) • oJ ejnergw:n (MSN the one who works) • ta; pavnta (NPNa the all)
• ejn (→D in) • pa:sin (MnPD all).6
Varieties and of gifts are, the but same spirit; and varieties of ministries are, and the same lord; and varieties of
workings are, the but same god, the one who works the all in all.
And there are varieties of gifts, but the same Spirit; and there are varieties of ministries, and the same Lord; and
there are varieties of workings, but the same God, the one who works everything in everyone.
19. ta; aujta; (NPNa the same) • ga;r (for) • ejpoivoun (they were doing) • toiæV profhvtaiV (MPD to the prophets) • oiJ
patevreV (MPN the fathers) • aujtw:n (MfnPG of them).
The same for were doing to the prophets the fathers of them.
For their fathers were doing the same things to the prophets.7
20. kai; (both) • kuvrion (MSA lord) • aujto;n (MSA him) • kai; (and) • Cristo;n (MSA Christ) • ejpoivhsen (he/she/it made) •
oJ qeovV (MSN the god).
Both lord him and Christ made the god.
God made him both Lord and Christ.
English to Greek
1. him aujtovn (MSA)
2. its8 aujtou: (MnSG)
3. to them aujtoiæV (MnPD), or
aujtaiæV (FPD)
4. their aujtw:n (MfnPG)
5. her (possessive) aujth:V (FSG)
6. his aujtou: (MnSG)
7. to it aujtw/: (MnSD)
8. she aujthv (FSN)
9. they aujtoiv (MPN),
aujtaiv (FPN), or
aujtav (NPNa)
10. he aujtovV (MSN)
6
pa:sin is masculine rather than neuter because it refers to people.
7
In answer to the question asked in the workbook footnote, the subject is patevreV. The word order emphasizes ta; aujtav
(“the same things”). The point of the larger context is that we should rejoice when persecuted for Jesus’ name. The
emphasis on ta; aujtav underscores this by pointing out our commonality with the prophets if we suffer for Jesus’ name.
8
In English, “its” means “belonging to it,” whereas “it’s” is a contraction of “it is.”
Demonstratives
Parsing
Parsing
Masculine
1. touvtwn Genitive Plural or Feminine ou|toV MfnPG of these
or Neuter
2. ejkeivnaV Accusative Plural Feminine ejkeiænoV FPA those
3. me Accusative Singular None ejgwv SA me
4. aujthv Nominative Singular Feminine aujtovV FSN she, same, herself
Nominative
5. ejkeiæno Singular Neuter ejkeiænoV NSNa that
or Accusative
6. eJniv Dative Singular Masculine or Neuter ei|V MnSD to one
Nominative
7. tau:ta Plural Neuter ou|toV NPNa these
or Accusative
8. au{th Nominative Singular Feminine ou|toV FSN this
9. touvtou Genitive Singular Masculine or Neuter ou|toV MnSG of this
Warm-up
a. ejk (→G from) • tou: kovsmou (MSG the world) • touvtou (ou|toV MnSG this)
From the world this
From this world
b. =En (→D in) • de; (but) • taiæV hJmevraiV (FPD the days) • ejkeivnaiV (ejkeiænoV FPD those)
In but the days those
But in those days
g. pw:V (how?) • ejstin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • tou:to (ou|toV NSNa this);
How is this?
d. Pavter (pavthr MSV father) • hJmw:n (PG our)

Father our
Our father
e. kai; (and) • ejkeivnoiV (ejkeiænoV MnPD to those) • ei\pen (3S he/she/it said)
And to those he said
And to them he said
z. ou|tovV (MSN this) • ejstin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • oJ uiJoVv (MSN the son) • mou (SG my).
This is the son my.
This is my son.
45
h. ejn (→D in) • th:/ povlei (FSD the city) • tauvth/ (ou|toV FSD this)
In the city this
In this city
Translation
1. tauvthn (ou|toV FSA this) • th;n ejntolh;n (FSA the commandment) • e[labon (I received) • para; (→G from) • tou:
patrovV (MSG the father) • mou (SG my).
This the commandment I received from the father my.
This commandment I received from my father.
2. au{th (ou|toV FSN this) • ejsti;n (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • hJ megavlh (FSN the great) • kai; (and) • prwvth (FSN first) •
ejntolhv (FSN commandment).
This is the great and first commandment.
This is the greatest and first commandment.
3. eij (if) • tau:ta (ou|toV NPNa these things) • oi[date (you know), • makavrioiv (MPN blessed) • ejste (eijmiv 2P you are) •
eja;n (if) • poih:te (you do) • aujtav (aujtovV NPNa them).
If you know these things, you are blessed if you do them.
4. =Ek (→G from) • de; (and) • th:V povlewV (FSG the city) • ejkeivnhV (ejkeiænoV FSG that) • polloi; (MPN many) •
ejpivsteusan (they believed) • eijV (→A in) • aujto;n (aujtovV MSA him) • tw:n Samaritw:n (MfnPG of the Samaritans) •
dia; (→A on account of) • to;n lovgon (MSA the word) • th:V gunaikovV (FSG of the woman).
From and the city that many believed in him of the Samaritans on account of the word of the woman.
And from that city many of the Samaritans1 believed in him because of the word of the woman.
5. dia; tou:to (NSNa for this reason) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • oujk (not) • ajkouvete (you hear), • o{ti (because) • ejk (→G from) •
tou: qeou: (MSG the god) • oujk (not) • ejstev (eijmiv 2P you are).
For this reason you not hear, because from the god not you are.
For this reason you do not hear, because you are not from God.
6. ou|toV (MSN this) • h\lqen (he/she/it came) • … i{na (in order that) • marturhvsh/ • (he/she/it might bear witness) • peri;
(→G concerning) • tou: fwtovV (NSG the light), • i{na (in order that) • pavnteV (MPN all) • pisteuvswsin (they might
believe) • di j (diav →G through) • aujtou: (aujtovV MnSG him). • oujk (not) • h\n (he/she/it was) • ejkeiænoV (MSN that) • to;
fw:V (NSNa the light), • all= (but) • i{na (in order that) • marturhvsh/ (he/she/it might bear witness) • peri; (→G
concerning) • tou: fwtovV (NSG the light).
This came… in order that he might bear witness concerning the light, in order that all might believe through him.
Not was that the light, but in order that he might bear witness concerning the light.
This one came… in order that he might bear witness concerning the light, in order that all might believe through
him. He was not the light, but he came in order that he might bear witness concerning the light.
7. levgei (he/she/it says) • pro;V (→A to) • aujto;n (aujtovV MSA him) • hJ gunhv (FSN the woman)˙ • kuvrie (kuvrioV MSV
lord), • dovV (give!) • moi (SD to me) • tou:to (ou|toV NSNa this) • to; u{dwr (NSNa the water).
Says to him the woman, “Lord, give to me this the water.”
The woman says to him, “Lord, give me this water.”
8. kai; (and) • pa:V (MSN every) • oJ e[cwn (MSN the one who has) • th;n ejlpivda (FSA the hope) • tauvthn (ou|toV FSA this)
• ejp= (→D on the basis of) • aujtw:/ (aujtovV MnSD him) • aJgnivzei (he/she/it purifies) • eJautovn (eJautovV MSA himself), •
kaqw;V (even as) • ejkeiænoV (MSN that one) • aJgnovV (pure) • ejstin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is).
And every the one who has the hope this on the basis of him purifies himself, even as that one pure is.
And everyone who has this hope on the basis of him purifies himself, even as he is pure.
1
Grammatically, tw:n Samaritw:n could modify any of the substantives in the sentence (povlewV, polloiv, aujtovn, lovgon,
and gunaikovV). Our clues are word order and what makes sense. Because it is a genitive modifier, Samaritw:n is likely to
come after the word that it modifies, so lovgon and gunaikovV are unlikely. Modifying aujtovn doesn’t make much sense,
and the next closest one in word order (polloiv) makes a lot of sense in the sentence, so it is the most likely.
Exercise 13 – Track 1: Demonstratives 47
9. ejn (→D by) • poiva/ (poiæoV FSD what?) • ejxousiva/ (FSD authority) • tau:ta (ou|toV NPNa these things) • poieiæV (you
do); • h] (or) • tivV (MSN who?) • soi (SD to you) • e[dwken (he/she/it gave) • th;n ejxousivan (FSA the authority) •
tauvthn (ou|toV FSA this) • i{na (in order that) • tau:ta (ou|toV NPNa these things) • poih:V/ (you might do);
By what authority these things you do? Or who to you gave the authority this in order that these things you might
do?
By what authority do you do these things? Or who gave this authority to you in order that you might do these
things?
10. Nu:n (now) • hJ yuchv (FSN the soul) • mou (SG my) • tetavraktai (he/she/it is troubled), • kai; (and) • tiv (NSNa what?)
• ei[pw (I can say); • pavter (MSV father), • sw:sovn (save!) • me (SA me) • ejk (→G from) • th:V w{raV (FSG the hour) •
tauvthV (ou|toV FSG this); • ajlla; (but) • dia; tou:to (for this reason) • h\lqon (I came) • eijV (→A into) • th;n w{ran
(FSA the hour) • tauvthn (ou|toV FSA this). • pavter (MSV father), • dovxasovn (glorify!) • sou (SG your) • to; o[noma
(NSNa the name). • h\lqen (he/she/it came) • ou\n (then) • fwnh; (FSN voice) • ejk (→G from) • tou: oujranou:: (MSG the
heaven) • kai; (both) • ejdovxasa (I glorified) • kai; (and) • pavlin (again) • doxavsw (I will glorify)…. • ajpekrivqh
(he/she/it answered) • =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus) • kai; (and) • ei\pen (he/she/it said)˙ • ouj (not) • di= (→A on account of) •
ejme; (ejgwv SA! me) • hJ fwnh; (FSN the voice) • au{th (ou|toV FSN this) • gevgonen (he/she/it came) • ajlla; (but) • di=
(→A on account of) • uJma:V (PA you).
Now the soul my is troubled, and what can I say? Father, save me from the hour this? But for this reason I came into
the hour this. Father, glorify your the name. Came then voice from the heaven both I glorified and again I will
glorify…. Answered Jesus and said: not on account my the voice this came but on account your.
“Now my soul is troubled, and what can I say? ‘Father, save me from this hour’? But for this reason I came to this
hour. Father, glorify your name!” Then a voice came from heaven, saying, “I have both glorified it and I will glorify
it again….” And Jesus answered and said, “This voice did not come for my sake, but for yours.”
Additional
11. aiJ de; gunaiækeV (FPN the and women) • au|tai (ou|toV FPN these) • oujk (not) • ejlpivda (FSA hope) • e[cousin (they
have) • o{ti (because) • aujtaiæV (aujtovV FPD to them) • ouj (not) • dikaiosuvnh (FSN righteousness) • ejn (→D in) • tw/:
ojnovmati (NSD the name) • tou: =Ihsou: Cristou: (MSG of the Jesus Christ).
The and women these not hope have because to them not righteousness in the name of the Jesus Christ.
And these women do not have hope, because righteousness in the name of Jesus Christ has not been given2 to them.
12. oiJ dwvdeka maqhtai; (MPN the twelve disciples) • oiJ (MPN the) • meta; (→G with) • tou: =Ihsou: (MSG the Jesus) • tou;V
pollou;V lovgouV (MPA the many words) • ejkeivnouV (ejkeiænoV MPA those) • h[kousan (they heard) • ejn (→D in) • tw/:
oijkw/: (MSD the house) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god).
The twelve disciples the with the Jesus the many words those they heard in the house of the god.
The twelve disciples, the ones with Jesus, heard those numerous words in the house of God.
13. kai; (and) • ei\pen (he/she/it said) • =Adavm (MSNx Adam)˙ • tou:to (ou|toV NSNa this) • nu:n (now) • ojstou:n (NSNa
bone) • ejk (→G from) • tw:n ojstevwn (NPG the bones) • mou (SG my) • kai; (and) • sa;rx (FSN flesh) • ejk (→G from) •
th:V sarkovV (FSG the flesh) • mou (SG my)˙ • au{th (ou|toV FSN this) • klhqhvsetai (he/she/it will be called) • gunhv
(FSN woman) • o{ti (because) • ejk (→G from) • tou: ajndro;V (MSG the man) • aujth:V (aujtovV FSG of her) • ejlhvmfqh
(he/she/it was taken) • au{th (ou|toV FSN this).
And said Adam; this now bone from the bones my and flesh from the flesh my; this will be called woman because
from the man of her was taken this.
And Adam said, “This now is bone from my bones and flesh from my flesh; she will be called ‘woman’ because she
was taken from her husband.”
14. kai; (and) • ejkavlesen (he/she/it called) • =Ada;m (MSNx Adam) • to; o[noma (NSNa the name) • th:V gunaiko;V (FSG of
the woman) • aujtou: (aujtovV MnSG his) • Zwh; (FSN life) • o{ti (because) • au{th (ou|toV FSN this) • mhvthr (FSN
mother) • pavntwn (MnPG of all) • tw:n zwvntwn (MnPG of the living).
And called Adam the name of the woman his “Life” because this mother of all of the living.
And Adam called the name of his wife, “Life,” because she was the mother of all of the living.
2
The verb was omitted from the second clause in this sentence, so “has been given” was added. Depending on the
context, any of a number of verbs could have been added, such as “obtained,” “explained,” “offered,” or “received.”
15. pollai; (FPN many) • gunaiækeV (FPN women) • ejkopivhsan (they labored) • dia; (→G through) • th:V cavritoV (FSG
the grace) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • aujtw:n (MfnPG their).
Many women labored through the grace of the god their.
Many women labored by means of the grace of their God.
16. zhteiæte (Seek!) • de; (but) • prw:ton (prw:toV MSA/NSNa first) • th;n basileivan (FSA the kingdom) • ªtou: qeou: (MSG of
the god)º • kai; (and) • th;n dikaiosuvnhn (FSA the righteousness) • aujtou: (aujtovV MnSG his), • kai; (and) • tau:ta
(NPNa these) • pavnta (NPNa all) • prosteqhvsetai (he/she/it will be added) • uJmiæn (PD to you).
Seek but first the kingdom ªof the godº and the righteousness his, and these all will be added to you.
But seek first the Kingdom ªof Godº and his righteousness, and all these will be added to you.
17. tiv (NSNa what?) • poiou:men (we do) • o{ti (because) • ou|toV (MSN this) • oJ a[nqrwpoV (MSN the man) • polla; (NPNa
many) • poieiæ (he/she/it is doing) • shmeiæa (NPNa signs);
What we do because this the man many is doing signs?
What should we do, because this man is doing many signs?
18. Tw:n de; dwvdeka ajpostovlwn (MPG of the and twelve apostles) • ta; ojnovmatav (NPNa the names) • ejstin (eijmiv 3S
he/she/it is) • tau:ta (ou|toV NPNa these).
Of the and twelve apostles the names is these.
And the names of the twelve apostles are these.
19. ejn (→D in) • ejkeivnh/ (ejkeiænoV FSD that) • th:/ hJmevra/ (FSD the day) • gnwvsesqe (you will know) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • o{ti
(that) • ejgw; (SN I) • ejn (→D in) • tw:/ patriv (MSD the father) • mou (my) • kai; (and) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • ejn (→D in) •
ejmoi; (SD!3 me) • kajgw; (SN and I) • ejn (→D in) • uJmiæn (PD you).
In that the day you will know you that I in the father my and you in me and I in you.
In that day you will know that I am in my father, and you are in me, and I am in you.
20. Peri; (→G concerning) • de; (but) • th:V hJmevraV (FSG the day) • ejkeivnhV (ejkeiænoV FSG that) • h] (or) • th:V w{raV (FSG
the hour) • oujdei;V (MSN no one) • oi\den (he/she/it knows), • oujde; (and not) • oiJ a[ggeloi (MPN the angels) • ejn (→D
in) • oujranw:/ (MSD heaven) • oujde; (and not) • oJ uiJovV (MSN the son), • eij mhv (except) • oJ pathvr (MSN the father).
Concerning but the day that or the hour no one knows, and not the angels in heaven and not the son, except the
father.
But concerning that day and that hour, no one knows, neither the angels in Heaven nor the Son, but only the Father.
3
This is the emphatic form of the pronoun, as indicated by the exclamation mark at the end of the parsing code SD!. But,
the emphatic form is often used when the pronoun is the object of a preposition, even when no emphasis is implied. So
discern the emphasis based on context.
Relative Pronouns
Parsing1
Inflected Case Number Gender Lexical Form Parsing Code Inflected Meaning
Nominative or
1. a{ Plural Neuter o{V NPNa that
Accusative
Masculine
2. w/| Dative Singular o{V MnSD to whom/to which
or Neuter
3. hJ Nominative Singular Feminine oJ FSN the
4. ejkeivnouV Accusative Plural Masculine ejkeiænoV MPA those
5. a{V Accusative Plural Feminine o{V FPA whom/which/that
6. ou|toi Nominative Plural Masculine ou|toV MPN these
7. h|V Genitive Singular Feminine o{V FSG of whom/of which
Masculine,
8. w|n Genitive Plural Feminine, o{V MfnPG of whom/of which
or Neuter
9. fwtiv Dative Singular Neuter fw:V NSD to a light
10. h{n Accusative Singular Feminine o{V FSA whom/which/that
Warm-up
a. ta; shmeiæa (NPNa the signs) • a} (o{V NPNa which) • ejpoivei (he/she/it was doing)
The signs which he was doing
b. hJ ejpaggeliva (FSN the promise) • h}n (o{V FSA which) • aujto;V (MSN he) • ejphggeivlato (he/she/it promised) • hJmiæn (PD
to us)
The promise which he promised to us
g. o}V (MSN who) • kataskeuavsei (he/she/it will prepare) • th;n oJdovn (FSA the way) • sou (SG your)
Who will prepare the way your
Who will prepare your way
d. e}n (ei|V NSNa one) • tw:n ploivwn (NPG of the boats), • o} (o{V NSNa which) • h\n (he/she/it was) • SivmwnoV (MSG of
Simon)
One of the boats, which was of Simon
One of the boats, which was Simon’s
e. o}V (MSN who) • ga;r (for) • oujk (not) • e[stin (he/she/it is) • kaq= (→G against) • hJmw:n (PG us), • uJpe;r (→G on behalf
of) • hJmw:n (PG of us) • ejstin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is).
Who for not is against us, on behalf of us is.
For whoever is not against us, is for us.
1
For several of these words, if you change the breathing mark and accent, you have a different word! Because the
earliest extant manuscripts lack breathing marks and accents, so the original manuscripts probably did also. Thankfully,
the context usually makes it clear which word is intended even without the breathing marks and accents.
49
z. ajpo; (→G from) • tw:n eJpta; pneumavtwn (NPG the seven spirits) • a} (o{V NPNa which) • ejnwvpion (→G before) • tou:
qrovnou (MSG the throne) • aujtou: (MnSG his)
From the seven spirits which before the throne his
From the seven spirits which are before his throne
h. oJ qeo;V (MSN the god) • th:V eijrhvnhV (FSG of the peace) • o}V (MSN who) • e[stai (he/she/it will be) • meq= (→G with) •
uJmw:n (PG you)
The god of the peace who will be with you
The God of peace, who will be with you
Translation
1. ta; rJhvmata (NPNa the words) • a} (o{V NPNa which) • ejgw; (SN I) • lelavlhka (I have spoken) • uJmiæn (PD to you) •
pneu:mav (NSNa spirit) • ejstin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • kai; (and) • zwhv (FSN life) • ejstin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is).
The words which I have spoken to you spirit is and life is.
The words that I have spoken to you are spirit and are life.
2. ejpivsteusan (they believed) • th:/ grafh:/ (FSD the Scripture) • kai; (and) • tw:/ lovgw/ (MSD the word) • o}n (o{V MSA
which) • ei\pen (he/she/it said) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus).
They believed the Scripture and the word which said the Jesus.
They believed the Scripture and the word which Jesus said.
3. Gnwrivzw (I make known) • de; (and) • uJmiæn (PD to you), • ajdelfoiv (PNv brothers), • to; eujaggevlion (NSNa the
Gospel) • o} (o{V NSNa which) • eujhggelisavmhn (I preached) • uJmiæn (PD to you), • o} (o{V NSNa which) • kai; (also) •
parelavbete (you received), • ejn (→D in) • w|/ (o{V MnSD which) • kai; (also) • eJsthvkate (you stand), • di= (→G
through) • ou| (o{V MnSG which) • kai; (also) • swv/zesqe (you are saved).
And I make known to you, brothers, the Gospel which I preached to you, which also you received, in which also you
stand, and through which also you are saved.
4. cavriti (FSD to grace) • de; (and) • qeou: (MSG of god) • eijmi (1S I am) • o{ (o{V NSNa which) • eijmi (1S I am).
To grace and of god I am which I am.
And by the grace of God, I am what I am.
5. e[rcetai • (he/she/it comes) • w{ra (FSN hour) • ejn (→D in) • h|/ (o{V FSD which) • pavnteV (MPN all) • oiJ (MPN the) • ejn
(→D in) • toiæV mnhmeivoiV (NPD the tombs) • ajkouvsousin (they will hear) • th:V fwnh:V (FSG the voice) • aujtou: (MnSG
his).
Comes hour in which all the in the tombs will hear the voice his.
An hour comes in which all the ones in the tombs will hear his voice.
6. o}V (MSN who) • ga;r (for) • eja;n (-ever) • qevlh/ (he/she/it wishes) • th;n yuch;n (FSA the life) • aujtou: (MnSG his) •
sw:sai (to save) • ajpolevsei (he/she/it will lose)2 • aujthvn (FSA it)` • o}V (MSN who) • d= (dev but) • a]n (-ever) •
ajpolevsei (he/she/it will lose) • th;n yuch;n (FSA the life) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • e{neken (→G because of) • ejmou: (SG!
of me) • kai; (and) • tou: eujaggelivou (NSG the gospel) • swvsei (he/she/it will save) • aujthvn (FSA it).
Who for ever wishes the life his to save will lose it; who but ever will lose the life his because of me and the Gospel
will save it.
For whoever wishes to save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life because of me and the Gospel will save it.
7. ajlhqeuvonteV (speaking the truth) • de; (but) • ejn (→D in) • ajgavph/ (FSD love) • aujxhvswmen (let us grow) • eijV (→A
into) • aujto;n (MSA him) • … o{V (MSN who) • ejstin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • hJ kefalhv (FSN the head), • CristovV (MSN
Christ).
Speaking the truth but in love let us grow into him… who is the head, Christ
But speaking the truth in love, let us grow into him who is the head, namely, Christ.
8. w{sper (just as) • ga;r (for) • oJ path;r (MSN the father) • ejgeivrei • (he/she/it raises) • tou;V nekrou;V (MPA the dead) •
kai; (and) • zw/opoieiæ (he/she/it gives life), • ou{twV (in this manner) • kai; (also) • oJ uiJo;V (MSN the son) • ou}V (o{V MPA
whom) • qevlei (he/she/it wishes) • zw/opoieiæ (he/she/it gives life to).
Just as for the father raises the dead and gives life, in this manner also the son whom he wishes he gives life to.
For just as the Father raises the dead and gives life, in this manner also the Son gives life to whom he wishes.
2
The subject of ajpolevsei is the relative clause “whoever wishes to save his life.”
Exercise 14 – Track 1: Relative Pronouns 51
9. nu:n (now) • de; (and) • zhteiætev (you seek) • me (SA me) • ajpokteiænai (to kill) • a[nqrwpon (MSA man) • o}V (MSN who)
• th;n ajlhvqeian (FSA the truth) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • lelavlhka (I have spoken) • h}n (o{V FSA which) • h[kousa (I
heard) • para; (→G from) • tou: qeou: (MSG the god).
Now and you seek me to kill man who the truth to you I have spoken which I heard from the god.
And now you seek to kill me, a man who told you the truth; I have spoken that which I heard from God.
10. kai; (and) • hJmeiæV (PN we) • mavrtureV (witnesses) • pavntwn (MnPG of all) • w|n (o{V MfnPG which) • ejpoivhsen
(he/she/it did) • e[n (→D in)3 • te (and) • th:/ cwvra/ (FSD the region) • tw:n =Ioudaivwn (MPG of the Jews) • kai; (and) •
ªejn (→D in)º • =Ierousalhvm (FSDx Jerusalem)
And we are witnesses of all that he did both in the region of the Jews and in Jerusalem.
Additional
11. kata; (→A according to) • to; eujaggevlion (NSNa the Gospel) • tou: =Iwavnnou (MSG of the John) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the
Jesus) • ejpoivhsen (he/she/it did) • shmeiæa (NPNa signs) • mevgala (NPNa great) • kai; (and) • povlla (NPNa many) • ejn
(→D in) • th/: povlei (FSD the city) • th:V =Ierousalhvm (FSG of the Jerusalem), • a{ (o{V NPNa which)• oiJ o[cloi (MPN the
crowds) • ei\don (they saw).
According to the Gospel of the John, the Jesus did signs great and many in the city of the Jerusalem, which the
crowds saw.
According to the Gospel of John, Jesus did great and many signs in the city of Jerusalem, which the crowds saw.
12. oJ ajnh;r (MSN the man) • kai; (and) • hJ gunh; (FSN the woman) • oi|V (o{V MnPD to whom) • ejsti;n (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) •
oJ oi\koV (MSN the house) • ou|tovV (MSN this) • eijsin (eijmiv 3P they are) • ejn (→D in) • th/: oJdw/: (FSD the road) • pro;V
(→A to) • to; ploiæon (NSNa the boat) • aujtw:n (MfnPG their) • ejpi; (→D on) • th/: qalavssh/ (FSD the lake).
The man and the woman to whom is the house this are in the road to the boat their on the lake.
The man and the woman, to whom belongs4 this house, are on the way to their boat on the lake.
13. kai; (and) • e[dwken (he/she/it gave) • ta; ejdevsmata (NPNa the foods) • … a} (o{V NPNa which) • ejpoivhsen (he/she/it
made) • eijV (→A into) • ta;V ceiæraV (FPA the hands) • =Iakw;b (MSGx of Jacob) • tou: uiJou: (MSG of the son) • aujth:V
(FSG of her).
And she gave the foods … which she made into the hands of Jacob the son of her.
And she gave the food…, which she made, into the hands of Jacob her son.
14. +H cavriV (FSN the grace) • tou: kurivou (MSG of the lord) • hJmw:n (PG our) • =Ihsou: Cristou: (MSG of Jesus Christ) •
meq= (→G with) • uJmw:n (PG you) • kai; (and) • meta; (→G with) • pavntwn (MnPG all) • … tw:n keklhmevnwn (MfnPG of
the ones who have been called) • uJpo; (→G by) • tou: qeou: (MSG the god) • kai; (and) • di= (→G through) • aujtou:
(MnSG him), • di= (→G through) • ou| (o{V MnSG whom) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him) • dovxa (FSN glory), • … qrovnoV (MSN
throne) • aijwvnioV (MfSN eternal) • ajpo; (→G from) • tw:n aijwvnwn (MPG the ages) • eijV (→A into) • tou;V aijw:naV (MPA
the ages) • tw:n aijwvnwn (MfnPG of the ages). • ajmhvn (Amen).
The grace of the lord our Jesus Christ with you and with all… of the ones who have been called by the god and
through him, through whom to him glory,… throne eternal from the ages into the ages of the ages. Amen.
The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you and with all… the ones who have been called by God and through
him, through whom be glory to him, … eternal throne from the ages to the ages of the ages. Amen.
15. swvzesqe (be saved!), • ajgavphV (FSG of love) • tevkna (NPNa children) • kai; (and) • eijrhvnhV (FSG of peace). • oJ
kuvrioV (MSN the lord) • th:V dovxhV (FSG of the glory) • kai; (and) • pavshV (FSG of every) • cavritoV (FSG of grace) •
meta; (→G with) • tou: pneuvmatoV (NSG the spirit) • uJmw:n (PG your).
Be saved, of love children and of peace. The lord of the glory and of every grace with the spirit your.
Farewell, children of love and peace! The Lord of glory and of every grace be with your spirit.
3
Don’t get thrown off by the fact that the word ejn gained an accent to become e[n. It gained an accent because it is
followed by the word te, which gives up its accent to the preceding word. Instead of memorizing all 61 accent rules
(D.A. Carson, Greek Accents, Baker Books, 1985), simply memorize the few sets of words that are distinguished only by
their accents (see page 338 in the appendix of the textbook). A more complete list of such words is given in (Mounce,
Morphology of Biblical Greek, Zondervan, 1984, 61-63).
4
The dative oi|V is a dative of possession (Wallace, 149-151), which we clarified by translating ejstivn as “belongs.”
16. =IgnavtioV (MSN Ignatius), • oJ (MSN the) • kai; (also) • QeofovroV (MSN Theophorus), • th:/ eujloghmevnh/ (FSD to the one
who is blessed) • ejn (→D in) • cavriti (FSD grace) • qeou: (MSG of god) • patro;V (MSG of father) • ejn (→D in) •
Cristw:/ =Ihsou: (MSD Christ Jesus) • tw:/ swth:ri (MSD the savior) • hJmw:n (PG our), • ejn (→D in) • w|/ (MnSD whom) •
ajspavzomai (I greet) • th;n ejkklhsivan (FSA the church).
Ignatius, the also Theophorus, to the one who is blessed in grace of god of father in Christ Jesus the savior our in
whom I greet the church.
Ignatius, the one also called Theophorus, to the one who is blessed in the grace of God the Father, in Christ Jesus
our savior, in whom I greet the church.
17. ejkeiænovV (MSN that) • moi (SD to me) • ei\pen (he/she/it said)` • ejf= (ejpi;→A on) • o}n (o{V MSA whom) • a]n (-ever) • i[dh/V
(you see) • to; pneu:ma (NSNa the spirit) • katabaiænon (descending) • kai; (and) • mevnon (remaining) • ejp= (ejpi;→A on)
• aujtovn (MSA him), • ou|tovV (MSN this) • ejstin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • oJ baptivzwn (MSN the one who baptizes) • ejn
(→D in) • pneuvmati (NSD spirit) • aJgivw/ (MnSD holy). • kajgw; (SN and I) • eJwvraka (I have seen), • kai; (and) •
memartuvrhka (I have witnessed) • o{ti (that) • ou|tovV (MSN this) • ejstin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • oJ uiJo;V (MSN the son) •
tou: qeou: (MSG of the god).
That to me said: on whomever you see the spirit descending and remaining on him, this is the one who baptizes in
spirit holy. And I have seen and I have witnessed that this is the son of the god.
That one said to me, “On whomever you see the spirit descending and remaining on him, he is the one who baptizes
in the Holy Spirit.” And I have seen and witnessed that this is the Son of God.
18. h[ggizen (he/she/it has drawn near) • oJ crovnoV (MSN the time) • th:V ejpaggelivaV (FSG of the promise) • h|V (o{V FSG
which)5 • wJmolovghsen (he/she/it promised) • oJ qeo;V (MSN the god) • tw:/ =Abraavm (MSD to the Abraham).
Has drawn near the time of the promise, which promised the god to the Abraham.
The time of promise has drawn near, which God promised to Abraham.
19. kaiv (and) • kuvrion (MSA lord) • aujto;n (MSA him) • kai; (and) • Cristo;n (MSA Christ) • ejpoivhsen (he/she/it made) • oJ
qeovV (MSN the god), • tou:ton (MSA this) • to;n =Ihsou:n (MSA the Jesus) • o}n (o{V MSA whom) • uJmeiæV (PN you) •
ejstaurwvsate (you crucified).
And lord him and Christ made the god, this the Jesus whom you crucified.
God made him both Lord and Christ, this Jesus whom you crucified.
20. a} (o{V NPNa which) • de; (and) • gravfw (I write) • uJmiæn (PD to you), • ijdou; (behold!) • ejnwvpion (→G before) • tou:
qeou: (MSG the god) • o{ti (that) • ouj (not) • yeuvdomai (I lie).
Which and I write to you, behold before the god that not I lie.
And which things I write to you. Behold, before God, that I do not lie.
5
We would expect the relative pronoun to be h{n (FSA) instead of h{V (FSG) because it is the direct object of the verb
wJmolovghsen. The reason that it is genitive rather than accusative is that it was attracted to the case of its antecedent
ejpaggelivaV. We do not use the key word “of” here because it is a direct object instead of a genitive modifier.
Chapters 10 - 14
Review #3 – Track 1
Grammar
1. Explain how the stem was modified in the following inflected forms. Start by writing out the word’s stem, add the
case ending, show the final form, and explain the changes.
a. savrx is formed by sark (stem) + V (3rd declension FSN case ending) sarkV sarx (because from the table
of stops, kappa + sigma xsi).
b. o[noma is formed by ojnomat (stem) + – (3rd declension NSNa case ending is blank) ojnomat ojnoma
(because of noun rule 8: “A tau cannot stand at the end of a word and will drop off.”)
c. cavrisin is formed by carit (stem) + sin (3rd declension FPD case ending is si(n)) caritsin carisin
(because from the table of stops, tau + sigma sigma)
d. pivstewV is formed by pistî (stem ends in consonantal iota) + oV (3rd declension FSG case ending) pistîoV
pivstewV (because consonantal iota + omicron ew in this instance)
e. pa:V is formed by pant (stem) + V (3rd declension MSN case ending) pantV paV (because nu + tau drops
out before sigma. See summary point 8 in chapter 10.)
2. Write out the seventh and eighth noun rules.
• Noun rule 7 is the Square of Stops with the rightmost column (below) added, plus the fact that nu drops out
when followed by sigma.
Unvoiced Voiced Aspirate +s

Labial p b f y
Velar k g c x
Dental t d q s
• Noun rule 8: “A tau cannot stand at the end of a word and will drop off.”
3. Describe what happens when you add a sigma to the following stops.
a. t+ss
b. b+sy
c. d+ss
d. p+sy
e. g+sx
f. k+sx
53
4. List the case endings

M F N M/F N
SN V – n V/– –
SG u V u oV oV
SD i i i i i
SA n n n a/n –
PN i i a eV a
PG wn wn wn wn wn
PA uV V a aV a
5. What determines the case, number, and gender of a personal pronoun?
a. Case is determined by the function of the personal pronoun in its clause.
b. Number and gender are determined by the number and gender of the antecedent of the personal pronoun.
The first and second person personal pronouns (with lexical forms ejgwv and suv), however, do not have gender.
6. Write out the paradigm of the English personal pronouns.

First Person Second Person First Person Second Person
Subjective Singular I you Subjective Plural we you
Possessive Singular my your Possessive Plural our your
Objective Singular me you Objective Plural us you
7. What are the three uses of aujtovV?
a. Personal pronoun
• Usually translated as a third-person pronoun: he, she, it, his, her, its, to him, to her, to it, him, her, it, they,
their, to them, or them.
b. Adjectival intensive
• Translated as “himself,” “herself,” “itself,” or “themselves.”
• Usually in the predicate position.
• Usually in the nominative case.
c. Identical adjective
• Translated as “same,” as in “the same woman.”
• Usually in the attributive position.
8. How do you distinguish the form of the feminine personal pronoun from the feminine demonstrative?
• By the start of the word: The feminine demonstrative1 always has either a rough breathing mark (au{th and
au|tai) or else begins with tau (tauvthV, tauvth/, tauvthn, touvtwn, tauvtaiV, and tauvtaV). The feminine personal
pronoun always begins with auj, so it never has a rough breathing and never begins with tau.
9. In what adjectival position will you find the demonstratives when they are modifying nouns?
• When a demonstrative modifies a noun, it is in the predicate position (e.g., “this the man” or “the man this”).
10. What are the four basic rules of the vocative?
a. In the plural, the vocative is always identical to the nominative plural.
b. In the singular first declension, the vocative is the same as the nominative.
1
This question refers to the nearby demonstrative (“this”), with lexical form ou|toV. The distant demonstrative (“that”),
with lexical form ejkeiænoV, is unlikely to be confused with the third person feminine personal pronoun.
Chapters 10 - 14: Review #3 – Track 1 55
c. In the singular second declension, the vocative ending is usually epsilon. Note that unlike other case endings
(except for the NPNa case ending a), the epsilon is not simply appended to the end of the stem. Instead, the
epsilon replaces the stem vowel omicron, so we have a[nqrwpe, not ajnqrwvpoe.2
d. In the singular third declension, the vocative is usually the bare stem of the word, sometimes with the stem
vowel being changed due to ablaut.
11. What determines the case, number, and gender of a relative pronoun?
a. The case of a relative pronoun is set by its function in its relative clause.3
b. The number and gender of a relative pronoun match the number and gender of its antecedent.
12. How do you distinguish the form of the relative pronoun from the article?
• The relative pronoun always has both a rough breathing and an accent (e.g., o{V). The article always has one or
the other (e.g., oJ or tov), but never both. So if there is both a rough breathing and an accent, it is the relative
pronoun. Otherwise, it is the article.
Parsing
1. povlesin (povliV FPD to cities)
2. ojnovmati (o[noma NSD to a name)
3. hJmavV (ejgwv PA us)
4. au{th (ou|toV FSN this)
5. o{n (o{V MSA whom)
6. pa:san (pa:V FSA each)
7. ejkklhsivaiV (ejkklhsiva FPD to churches)
8. ejmoiv (ejgwv SD! to me, ejmovV MPN our)
9. touvtouV (ou|toV MPA these)
10. hJ (oJ FSN the)
11. oi|V (o{V MnPD to whom/to which)
12. polloiæV (poluvV MnPD to much/to many)
13. podiv (pouvV MSD to a foot)
14. ejkeiæna (ejkeiænoV NPNa those)
15. u{dwr (u{dwr NSNa water)
Translation: 1 John 1:5-2:5

1:5 Kai; (and) • e[stin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • au{th (FSN this) • hJ ajggeliva (FSN the message) • h}n (o{V FSA which) •
ajkhkovamen (we have heard) • ajp= (→G from) • aujtou: (MnSG him) • kai; (and) • ajnaggevllomen (we proclaim) • uJmiæn (PD
to you), • o{ti (that) • oJ qeo;V (MSN the god) • fw:V (NSNa light) • ejstin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • kai; (and) • skotiva (FSN
darkness) • ejn (→D in) • aujtw:/ (MnSD him) • oujk (not) • e[stin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • oujdemiva (FSN nothing). • 1:6 =Ea;n
(if) • ei[pwmen (we say) • o{ti (that) • koinwnivan (FSA fellowship) • e[comen (we have) • met= (→G with) • aujtou: (MnSG
him) • kai; (and) • ejn (→D in) • tw:/ skovtei (NSD the darkness) • peripatw:men (we are walking), • yeudovmeqa (we lie) •
2
Advanced information for when you reach the contract vowel rules in chapter 17: the epsilon replaces the final stem
vowel, it does not contract with it.
3
Except when the relative pronoun is attracted to the case of its antecedent. See section page 120 of the textbook.
kai; (and) • ouj (not) • poiou:men (we do) • th;n ajlhvqeian (FSA the truth)` • 1:7 eja;n (if) • de; (but) • ejn (→D in) • tw:/ fwti;
(NSD the light) • peripatw:men (we walk) • wJV (as) • aujtovV (MSN he) • ejstin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • ejn (→D in) • tw:/ fwtiv
(NSD the light), • koinwnivan (FSA fellowship) • e[comen (we have) • met= (→G with) • ajllhvlwn (MfnPG one another) • kai;
(and) • to; ai|ma (NSNa the blood) • =Ihsou: (MSG of Jesus) • tou: uiJou: (MSG of the son) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • kaqarivzei
(he/she/it cleanses) • hJma:V (PA us) • ajpo; (→G from) • pavshV (FSG all) • aJmartivaV (FSG/FPA sin). • 1:8 eja;n (if) • ei[pwmen
(we say) • o{ti (that) • aJmartivan (FSA sin) • oujk (not) • e[comen (we have), • eJautou;V (eJautou: MPA ourselves) • planw:men
(we deceive) • kai; (and) • hJ ajlhvqeia (FSN the truth) • oujk (not) • e[stin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • ejn (→D in) • hJmiæn (PD us).
• 1:9 eja;n (if) • oJmologw:men (we confess) • ta;V aJmartivaV (FPA the sins) • hJmw:n (PG our), • pistovV (MSN faithful) • ejstin
(eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • kai; (and) • divkaioV (MSN righteous), • i{na (that) • ajfh:/ (he/she/it might forgive) • hJmiæn (PD us) •
ta;V aJmartivaV (FPA the sins) • kai; (and) • kaqarivsh/ (he/she/it will cleanse) • hJma:V (PA us) • ajpo; (→G from) • pavshV
(FSG every) • ajdikivaV (FSG/FPA unrighteousness). • 1:10 eja;n (if) • ei[pwmen (we say) • o{ti (that) • oujc (not) •
hJmarthvkamen (we have sinned), • yeuvsthn (FSA liar) • poiou:men (we make) • aujto;n (MSA him) • kai; (and) • oJ lovgoV
(MSN the word) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • oujk (not) • e[stin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • ejn (→D in) • hJmiæn (PD us).
2:1 Tekniva (NPNav Little children) • mou (SG my), • tau:ta (NPNa these things) • gravfw (I write) • uJmiæn (PD to you)
• i{na (in order that) • mh; (not) • aJmavrthte (you might sin). • kai; (and) • ejavn (if) • tiV (MSN anyone) • aJmavrth/ (he/she/it
sins), • paravklhton (MSA advocate) • e[comen (we have) • pro;V (→A with) • to;n patevra (MSA the father) • =Ihsou:n
Cristo;n (MSA Jesus Christ) • divkaion (MSA righteous) ` • 2:2 kai; (and) • aujto;V (MSN he) • iJlasmovV (MSN atoning
sacrifice) • ejstin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • peri; (→G concerning) • tw:n aJmartiw:n (FPG the sins) • hJmw:n (PG our), • ouj (not)
• peri; (→G concerning) • tw:n hJmetevrwn (MfnPG the our) • de; (and) • movnon (only) • ajlla; (but) • kai; (also) • peri; (→G
concerning) • o{lou (MnSG entire) • tou: kovsmou (MSG the world).
2:3 Kai; (and) • ejn (→D in) • touvtw/ (MnSD this) • ginwvskomen (we know) • o{ti (that) • ejgnwvkamen (we have known)
• aujtovn (MSA him), • eja;n (if) • ta;V ejntola;V (FPA the commandments) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • thrw:men (we keep). • 2:4 oJ
levgwn (MSN the one who says) • o{ti (quotation marks) • e[gnwka (I have known) • aujto;n (MSA him) • kai; (and) • ta;V
ejntola;V (FPA the commandments) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • mh; (not) • thrw:n (is keeping), • yeuvsthV (MSN liar) • ejsti;n (eijmiv
3S he/she/it is) • kai; (and) • ejn (→D in) • touvtw/ (MnSD this) • hJ ajlhvqeia (FSN the truth) • oujk (not) • e[stin (eijmiv 3S
he/she/it is)` • 2:5 o}V (MSN who) • d= (but) • a]n (-ever) • thrh:/ (he/she/it is keeping) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • to;n lovgon (MSA
the word), • ajlhqw:V (truly) • ejn (→D in) • touvtw/ (MnSD this) • hJ ajgavph (FSN the love) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) •
teteleivwtai (he/she/it has been perfected), • ejn (→D in) • touvtw/ (MnSD this) • ginwvskomen (we know) • o{ti (that) • ejn
(→D in) • aujtw:/ (MnSD him) • ejsmen (eijmiv 1P we are).
1:5 And is this the message that we have heard from him and we proclaim to you, that the god light is and darkness
in him not is none. 1:6 If we say that fellowship we have with him, and in the darkness we are walking, we lie and not
we do the truth; 1:7 If but in the light we walk as he is in the light, fellowship we have with one another and the blood of
Jesus the son his cleanses us from every sin. 1:8 If we say that sin not we have, ourselves we deceive and the truth not is
in us. 1:9 If we confess the sins our, faithful he is and righteous, that he might forgive us the sins and he will cleanse us
from every unrighteousness. 1:10 If we say that not we have sinned, liar we make him and the word his not is in us.
2:1 Little children my, these I write to you in order that not you might sin. And if anyone sins, advocate we have
with the father, Jesus Christ righteous; 2:2 And he atoning sacrifice is concerning the sins our, not concerning the our
and only but also concerning entire the world. 2:3 And in this we know that we have known him, if the commandments
his we keep. 2:4 The one who says, “I have known him,” and the commandments his not is keeping, liar is and in this the
truth not is; 2:5 Who but -ever is keeping his the word, truly in this the love of the god has been perfected, in this we
know that in him we are.
1:5 And this is the message that we have heard from him and we proclaim to you, that God is light, and no darkness
at all is in him. 1:6 If we say that we have fellowship with him, and we are walking in the darkness, we lie and do not do
the truth; 1:7 But if we walk in the light as he is in the light, we have fellowship with one another, and the blood of Jesus
his Son cleanses us from every sin. 1:8 If we say that we do not have sin, we deceive ourselves and the truth is not in us.
1:9 If we confess our sins, he is faithful and righteous to forgive us our sins and to cleanse us from every
unrighteousness. 1:10 If we say that we have not sinned, we make him a liar, and his word is not in us.
2:1 My little children, I write these things to you in order that you might not sin. But if anyone sins, we have an
advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous; 2:2 And he is the atoning sacrifice for our sins, and not ours only,
but also for the entire world. 2:3 And in this way we know that we have known him, if we keep his commandments. 2:4
The one who says, “I have known him” and is not keeping his commandments is a liar, and the truth is not in him; 2:5
But whoever is keeping his word, truly in this one the love of God has been perfected. In this way we know that we are in
him.
Present Active Indicative

Parsing
• In the leftmost column, we separate the tense stem, connecting vowel, and personal ending of verbs with bullets ( • ).
The parsing code is explained on page 2 of this answer key. Note that the order for the parsing code for verbs is
(tense, voice, mood, person, number), which differs from the order of the columns of the table.
Inflected Person / Number Tense / Voice Mood Lexical Parsing Inflected
Case Gender Form Code Meaning
they are
1. levg • o • usin 3 Plural Present Active Indicative levgw PAI3P
saying
he/she/it
2. e[c • e • i 3 Singular Present Active Indicative e[cw PAI3S
has
we are
3. pisteuv • o • men 1 Plural Present Active Indicative pisteuvw PAI1P
believing
you are
4. luv • e • iV 2 Singular Present Active Indicative luvw PAI2S
loosing
I am
5. ajkouv • w • – 1 Singular Present Active Indicative ajkouvw PAI1S
hearing
they are
6. blevp • o • usi 3 Plural Present Active Indicative blevpw PAI3P
seeing
7. e[rgoiV Dative Plural Neuter None None e[rgon NPD to works
you (plural)
8. levg • e • te 2 Plural Present Active Indicative levgw PAI2P
are saying
Masculine
of whom/of
9. w|n Genitive Plural or Feminine None None o{V MfnPG
which
or Neuter
you are
10. pisteuv • e • iV 2 Singular Present Active Indicative pisteuvw PAI2S
believing
Warm-up
a. pisteuvw (pisteuvw PAI1S I am believing).

I am believing. OR1 I believe.
b. th;n fwnh;n (FSA the sound/voice) • aujtou: (MnSG of him/of it) • ajkouveiV (ajkouvw PAI2S you are hearing)
The sound of it you are hearing. OR The voice of him you are hearing.
You hear its sound. OR You hear his voice.
g. ejxousivan (FSA authority) • e[cei (e[cw PAI3S he/she/it is having) • oJ uiJo;V (MSN the son) • tou: ajnqrwvpou (MSG of the
man).
Authority is having the son of the man.
The Son of Man has authority.
1
Verbs in the present tense, indicative mood, can be either continuous aspect (e.g., “I am believing”) or undefined aspect
(“I believe”). In this answer key, we usually give the continuous aspect in the initial translation, and then may or may not
switch to undefined aspect in the final “smoother” English translation in italics.
57
d. to; fw:V (NSNa the light) • tou: kovsmou (MSG of the world) • touvtou (MnSG of this) • blevpousin (blevpw PAI3P they
are seeing).
The light of the world of this they are seeing.
They are seeing the light of this world.
e. tovte (then) • ajkouvomen (ajkouvw PAI1P we are hearing) • to;n novmon (MSA the law) • meta; (→G with) • caraæV
(FSG/FPA joy).
Then we are hearing the law with joy.
z. to;n (MSA the) • de; (but) • novmon (MSA law) • tou: kuriou: (MSG of the lord) • ouj (not) • luvete (luvw PAI2P you are
destroying).
The but law of the lord not you are destroying.
But you are not destroying the law of the Lord.
h. kai; (and) • ajkouvei (ajkouvw PAI3S he/she/it is hearing) • oJ tuflo;V (MSN the blind) • th;n fwnhvn (FSA the
sound/voice).
And is hearing the blind the sound/voice.
And the blind man is hearing the sound. OR And the blind man is hearing the voice.
Translation
1. touvtw/ (MnSD this) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • ouj (not) • pisteuvete (pisteuvw PAI2P you are believing).
This you not are believing.
You are not believing this.
2. ajpekrivqh (he/she/it answered) • oJ o[cloV (MSN the crowd)` • daimovnion (NSNa demon) • e[ceiV (e[cw PAI2S you are
having).
Answered the crowd: demon you are having.
The crowd answered, “You have a demon.”
3. oujk (not) • e[cw (e[cw PAI1S I am having) • a[ndra (MSA husband).
Not I am having husband.
I do not have a husband.
4. tiv (NSNa why?) • de; (and) • blevpeiV (blevpw PAI2S you are looking) • to; kavrfoV (NSNa splinter) • to; (NSNa the) • ejn
(→D in) • tw:/ ojfqalmw:/ (MSD the eye) • tou: ajdelfou: (MSG of the brother) • sou (SG your)~
Why and you are looking splinter the in the eye of the brother your?
And why are you looking at the splinter in your brother’s eye?
5. oJ w]n (MSN the one who is) • ejk (→G from) • tou: qeou: (MSG the god) • ta; rJhvmata (NPNa the words) • tou: qeou: (MSG
of the god) • ajkouvei (ajkouvw PAI3S he/she/it is hearing)` • dia; (→A on account of) • tou:to (NSNa this) • uJmeiæV (PN
you) • oujk (not) • ajkouvete (ajkouvw PAI2P you are hearing), • o{ti (because) • ejk (→G from) • tou: qeou: (MSG the
god) • oujk (not) • ejstev (eijmiv PAI2P you are).
The one who is from the god the words of the god is hearing; on account of this you not are hearing, because from
the god not you are.
The one who is from God hears the words of God. For this reason you are not hearing, because you are not from
God.
6. pavntote (always) • ga;r (for) • tou;V ptwcou;V (MPA the poor) • e[cete (e[cw PAI2P you are having) • meq= (→G with) •
eJautw:n (MfnPG yourselves), • ejme; (SA! me) • de; (but) • ouj (not) • pavntote (always) • e[cete (e[cw PAI2P you are
having).
Always for the poor you are having with yourselves, me but not always you are having.
For you always have the poor with you, but me you will not always have.
7. su; (SN you) • pisteuveiV (pisteuvw PAI2S you are believing) • eijV (→A in) • to;n uiJo;n (MSA the son) • tou: ajnqrwvpou
(MSG of the man)~
You are believing in the son of the man?
Are you believing in the Son of Man?
Exercise 16 – Track 1: Present Active Indicative 59
8. levgw (levgw PAI1S I am saying) • ga;r (for) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • o{ti (that) • oiJ a[ggeloi (MPN the angels) • aujtw:n
(MfnPG their)2 • ejn (→D in) • oujranoiæV (MPD the heavens) • dia; (→G through) • panto;V (MnSG of all) • blevpousi
(blevpw PAI3P they are seeing) • to; provswpon (NSNa the face) • tou: patrovV (MSG of the father) • mou (SG my) • tou:
(MnSG of the) • ejn (→D in) • oujranoiæV (MPD the heavens).
I am saying for to you that the angels their in the heavens through all are seeing the face of the father my of the in
the heavens.
For I am saying to you that their angels in the heavens are always seeing the face of my Father in Heaven.
9. uJmw:n (PG your)3 • de; (but) • makavrioi (MPN blessed) • oiJ ojfqalmoi; (MPN the eyes) • o{ti (because) • blevpousin
(blevpw PAI3P they are seeing) • kai; (and) • ta; w\ta (NPNa the ears) • uJmw:n (PG your) • o{ti (because) • ajkouvousin
(ajkouvw PAI3P they are hearing).
Your but blessed the eyes because they are seeing and the ears your because they are hearing.
But blessed are your eyes, because they are seeing, and your ears, because they are hearing.
10. levgousin (levgw PAI3P they are saying) • ou\n (therefore) • tw:/ tuflw:/ (MnSD to the blind) • pavlin (again)` • tiv (NSNa
what?) • su; (SN you) • levgeiV (levgw PAI2S you are saying) • peri; (→G concerning) • aujtou: (MSG him), • o{ti
(because) • hjnevw/xevn (he/she/it opened) • sou (SG your) • tou;V ojfqalmouvV (MPA the eyes)~ • oJ (MSN he) • de; (and) •
ei\pen (he/she/it said) • o{ti (that) • profhvthV (MSN prophet) • ejstivn (eijmiv PAI3S he/she/it is) …. • ou|tovV (MSN this) •
ejstin (eijmiv PAI3S he/she/it is) • oJ uiJo;V (MSN the son) • uJmw:n (PG your), • o}n (MSA whom) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • levgete
(levgw PAI2P you are saying) • o{ti (that) • tuflo;V (MSN blind) • ejgennhvqh (he/she/it was born)~ • pw:V (how?) • ou\n
(therefore) • blevpei (blevpw PAI3S he/she/it is seeing) • a[rti (now)~ …. • ajpekrivqh (API3S he/she/it answered) •
ou\n (therefore) • ejkeiænoV (MSN that man) ` • eij (if) • aJmartwlovV (sinner) • ejstin (eijmiv PAI3S he/she/it is) • oujk (not)
• oi\da (TAI1S I know)` • e}n (NSNa one) • oi\da (I know) • o{ti (that) • tuflo;V (MSN blind) • w]n (even though I was) •
a[rti (now) • blevpw (blevpw PAI1S I am seeing).
They are saying therefore to the blind again: What you are saying concerning him, because he opened your the eyes?
He and said that prophet he is… This is the son your, whom you are saying that blind he was born? How therefore
he is seeing now? … That man answered therefore: If sinner he is not I know; one I know that blind even though I
was now I am seeing.
Therefore they are saying to the blind man again, “What do you say concerning him, because he opened your
eyes?” And he said, “he is a prophet.” … “Is this your son, whom you say was born blind? Therefore, how is it that
he now sees?” … Therefore that man answered, “If he is a sinner, I do not know; One thing I do know, that even
though I was blind, now I see.”
Additional
11. pisto;n (MSA/NSNa faithful) • to; rh:ma (NSNa the word) • tou:to (NSNa this) ` • dia; (→A on account of) • th;n pivstin
(FSA the faith) • uJmw:n (PG your) • ejn (→D in) • tw/: uiJw/: (MSD the son) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • eijrhvnhn (FSA
peace) • te (and) • kai; (and) • cara;n (FSA joy) • ejn (→D in) • tw/: pneuvmati (NSD the spirit) • tw/: aJgivw/ (MnSD the
holy) • e[cete (e]cw PAI2P you are having).
Faithful the word this; on account of the faith your in the son of the god peace and and joy in the holy spirit you
have.
This word is faithful; on account of your faith in the Son of God, you have both peace and joy in the Holy Spirit.
12. o{te (when) • de; (and) • tw:n lovgwn (MPG of the words) • tw:n kalw:n (MPG of the good) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) •
ajkouvomen (ajkouvw PAI1P we are hearing), • tau:ta (NPNa these) • pavnta (NPNa all) • pisteuvomen (pisteuvw PAI1P
we are believing), • e[cousin (e[cw PAI3P they are having) • ga;r (for) • hJmiæn (PD to us) • th;n ejpaggelivan (FSA the
promise) • th:V aijwnivaV (FSG of the eternal) • zwh:V (FSG of life).
When and of the words of the good of the god we are hearing, these all we are believing, they are having for to us
the promise of the eternal life.
And when we hear God’s good words, we believe them all, because they contain the promise of eternal life for us.
2
The antecedent of aujtw:n in this verse is “these little ones,” which comes before the portion quoted in the workbook.
3
In this verse, uJmw:n modifies ojfqalmoiv (“eyes”). One way to see this is to note the parallel with w\ta uJmw:n (“your ears”)
later on in the verse.
13. kai; (and) • ei\pen (he/she/it said) • kuvrioV (MSN lord) • pro;V (→A to) • Mwu&sh:n (MSA Moses) ` • tiv (NSNa why?) • ouj
(not) • pisteuvousivn (pisteuvw PAI3P they are believing) • moi (SD me) • ejn (→D in) • pa:sin (MnPD all) • toiæV
shmeivoiV (NPD the signs) • oi|V (MnPD which) • blevpousin (blevpw PAI3P they are seeing) • ejn (→D in) • aujtoiæV
(MnPD them)~
And said lord to Moses, why not they are believing me in all the signs which they are seeing in them?
And the Lord said to Moses, “Why are they not believing me in spite of 4 all the signs which they are seeing among
them?”
14. su; (SN you) • ga;r (for) • zwh:V (FSG of life) • kai; (and) • qanavtou (MSG of death) • ejxousivan (FSA power/authority)
• e[ceiV (e[cw PAI2S you are having).
You for of life and of death power/authority you are having.
For you have the power of life and death. OR For you have authority over life and death.
15. kai; (and) • nu:n (now) • ouj (not) • pisteuvetev (pisteuvw PAI2P you are believing) • moi (PD me)~ • ouj (not) • mevgaV
(MSN great) • oJ basileu;V (MSN the king) • th:/ ejxousiva/ (FSD to the authority) • aujtou: (MnSG his)~
And now not you are believing me? Not great the king to the authority his?
And now you are not believing me? Is not the king great in his authority?
16. th;n ajgavphn (MSA the love) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • oujk (not) • e[cete (e[cw PAI2P you are having) • ejn (→D in)
• eJautoiæV (MnPD yourselves).
The love of the god not you are having in yourselves.
You are not having the love of God in yourselves.
17. ejgw; (SN I) • de; (but) • o{ti (because) • th;n ajlhvqeian (FSA the truth) • levgw (levgw PAI1S I am saying), • ouj (not) •
pisteuvetev (pisteuvw PAI2P you are believing) • moi (PD me).
I but because the truth am saying, not you are believing me.
But because I am telling the truth, you are not believing me.
18. ajlla; (but) • dia; (→G through) • th:V cavritoV (FSG the grace) • tou: kurivou (MSG of the lord) • =Ihsou: (MSGd Jesus) •
pisteuvomen (pisteuvw PAI1P we are believing) • swqh:nai (that we are saved).
But through the grace of the lord Jesus we are believing that we are saved.
But we are believing through the grace of the Lord Jesus that we are saved.
OR But we are believing that we are saved through the grace of the Lord Jesus.
19. nu:n (now) • de; (but) • uJpo; (→G by) • ajggevlou (MSG angel) • blevpeiV (blevpw PAI2S you are seeing), • dia; (→G
through) • tou: (MnSG the) • aujtou: (MnSG same) • me;n (indeed) • pneuvmatoV (NSG of spirit).
Now but by angel you are seeing, through the same indeed of spirit.
But now you are seeing by an angel, indeed through the same spirit.
20. =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus) • de; (and) • e[kraxen (he/she/it cried out) • kai; (and) • ei\pen (he/she/it said)` • oJ pisteuvwn (MSN
the one who believes) • eijV (→A in) • ejme; (SA! me) • ouj (not) • pisteuvei (pisteuvw PAI3S he/she/it is believing) • eijV
(→A into/in) • ejme; (SA! me) • ajlla; (but) • eijV (→A in) • to;n pevmyantav (MSA the one who sent) • me (SA me).
Jesus and cried out and said the one who believes in me not is believing in me but in the one who sent me.
And Jesus cried out and said, “The one who believes in me, is not believing in me but in the one who sent me.”
English to Greek
1. they say levgousi(n) (levgw PAI3P)
2. you (plural) have e[cete (e[cw PAI2P)
3. we believe pisteuvomen (pisteuvw PAI1P)
4. he sees blevpei (blevpw PAI3S)
5. you (singular) hear ajkouveiV (ajkouvw PAI2S)
4
“In spite of” is the nuance of ejn in this context (BDAG, 329), although it is not listed in your lexicon.
Contract Verbs
Parsing
• In the leftmost column, we put a bullet ( • ) in front of the personal ending, and another bullet before the contraction
of the contract vowel and connecting vowel.
We are
1. lal • ou: • men 1 Plural Present Active Indicative lalevw PAI1P
speaking
they are
2. ajgap • w: • si 3 Plural Present Active Indicative ajgapavw PAI3P
loving
I am
3. thr • w: • –1 1 Singular Present Active Indicative threvw PAI1S
keeping
you (plural)
4. plhr • ou: • te 2 Plural Present Active Indicative plhrovw PAI2P
are filling
they are
5. zht • ou: • sin 3 Plural Present Active Indicative zhtevw PAI3P
seeking
he/she/it is
6. ajgap • a: • / 3 Singular Present Active Indicative ajgapavw PAI3S
loving
you are
7. kal • eiæ • V 2 Singular Present Active Indicative kalevw PAI2S
calling
he/she/it is
8. plhr • o • iæ 3 Singular Present Active Indicative plhrovw PAI3S
filling
you (plural)
9. lal • eiæ • te 2 Plural Present Active Indicative lalevw PAI2P are
speaking
he/she/it is
10. poi • e • iæ 3 Singular Present Active Indicative poievw PAI3S
doing
Warm-up
a. ta;V ejntola;V (FPA the commandments) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • throu:men (threvw PAI1P we are keeping).
The commandments his we are keeping.
We are keeping his commandments.
b. ouj (not) • poiw: (poievw PAI1S I am doing) • ta; e[rga (NPNa the works) • tou: patrovV (MSG of the father) • mou (SG
my).
Not I am doing the works of the father my.
I am not doing the works of my father.
g. zhtou:sivn (zhtevw PAI3P they are seeking) • se (SA you).

They are seeking you.
d. ajgapa:V/ (ajgapavw PAI2S you are loving) • me (SA me)~

You are loving me?
Do you love me?
1
Notice that the PAI1S is not the same as the lexical form. The lexical form threvw shows the contract vowel epsilon
before contraction, whereas in the PAI1S thrw:, the contract vowel epsilon has contracted with the lengthened personal
ending omega to form omega.
61
e. to; savbbaton (NSNa the Sabbath) • ouj (not) • threiæ (threvw PAI3S he/she/it is keeping).
The Sabbath not he is keeping.
He does not keep the Sabbath.
z. tiv (NSNa why?) • laleiæV (lalevw PAI2S you are speaking) • met= (→G with) • aujth:V (FSG her)~
Why you are speaking with her?
Why are you speaking with her?
h. ajgapw:men (ajgapavw PAI1P we are loving) • ta; tevkna (NPNa the children) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god).
We are loving the children of the god.
We love the children of God.
Translation
1. Tiv (NSNa why?) • dev (but) • me (SA me) • kaleiæte (kalevw PAI2P you are calling)` • kuvrie (MSV lord), • kuvrie
(MSV lord), • kai; (and) • ouj (not) • poieiæte (poievw PAI2P you are doing) • a} (NPNa which) • levgw (PAI1S I am
saying)~
Why but me you are calling “lord, lord,” and not you are doing which I am saying?
But why are you calling me “Lord, Lord,” and are not doing what I say?
2. oiJ maqhtai; (MPN the disciples) • ei\pan (they said) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him)` • dia; tiv (why?) • ejn (→D in) • parabolaiæV
(FPD parables) • laleiæV (lalevw PAI2S you are speaking) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them)~
The disciples said to him, “Why in parables you are speaking to them?”
The disciples said to him, “Why are you speaking to them in parables?”
3. hJmeiæV (PN we) • oi[damen (oi[da 1P we know) • o{ti (that/because) • metabebhvkamen (we have passed) • ejk (→G from)
• tou: qanavtou (MSG of death) • eijV (→A into/in) • th;n zwhvn (FSA the life), • o{ti (because) • ajgapw:men (ajgapavw
PAI1P we are loving) • tou;V ajdelfouvV (MPA the brothers).
We know that we have passed from the death into the life, because we are loving the brothers.
We know that we have passed from death into life, because we are loving2 the brothers.3
4. oJ path;r (MSN the father) • ajgapa:/ (ajgapavw PAI3S he/she/it loves) • to;n uiJo;n (MSA the son) • kai; (and) • pavnta
(NPNa all) • devdwken (he/she/it has given) • ejn (→D in) • th:/ ceiri; (FSD the hands) • aujtou: (MnSG his).
The father loves the son and all he has given in the hands his.
The Father loves the Son and has given everything into his hands.
2
In answer to the question asked in the workbook, because ajgapw:men is present tense, it is either continuous or
undefined aspect, but continuous aspect is the default. Continuous aspect fits this context because we find assurance of
our salvation when we look at our behavior patterns and see consistent, ongoing patterns of loving our fellow Christians.
3
This verse raises a controversial translation issue. Tou;V ajdelfouvV is masculine, yet refers in this context to all fellow
Christians, including women and children. This is an example of a “generic masculine” word in Greek. Historically,
English has also had generic masculines, and so in the past (KJV, RSV, NASB, NIV) it was translated into English as
“brethren” or “brothers.” However, there is a recent movement to remove all generic masculines from the English
language, thereby restricting the meaning of all masculine words so that they always refer only to males, and never to
groups that include females in addition to males. Under such guidelines, to refer to a group that includes both sexes,
terminology must be used that cannot be construed as referring only to males. Unfortunately, English has a paucity of
such words, and so using such “gender-inclusive” (a.k.a. “non-sexist”) guidelines requires the use of circumlocutions in
certain circumstances, such as using plurals (e.g., “they”) instead of singulars (e.g., “he”). This is fairly well accepted
when composing new text, but it is controversial in translation because of the possibility of changing the meaning. So
when faced with a text such as this one, how shall we translate it? The KJV and NASB use “brethren;” the ESV and NIV
use “brothers;” the NLT (New Living Translation) uses “our brothers and sisters;” the NRSV uses “one another;” the
TNIV uses “each other.” Each translation has its weaknesses. The first four translations might be misunderstood to refer
only to males, and they might give unnecessary offense to some readers. The last two translations avoid those problems,
but do not convey the nuances of family that the first five do. The NLT avoids both sets of problems, but it makes
explicit something that was only implicit before, that tou;V ajdelfouvV refers to tou;V ajdelfou;V hJmw:n. Using “the brothers
and sisters” or “the siblings” avoids those problems but may sound stilted. How you translate depends upon your
purpose, your audience, and your beliefs. In addition, in texts where it is controversial whether there is significance to
the masculine overtones of a Greek masculine, translation becomes even more controversial. Therefore, prayerfully
study and translate the texts in context, and be gracious to those who differ with you!
Exercise 17 – Track 1: Contract Verbs 63
5. aujtoi; (MPN they) • ejk (→G from) • tou: kovsmou (MSG of the world) • eijsivn (PAI3P they are), • dia; (→A on account
of) • tou:to (NSNa this) • ejk (→G from) • tou: kovsmou (MSG of the world) • lalou:sin (lalevw PAI3P they are
speaking) • kai; (and) • oJ kovsmoV (MSN the world) • aujtw:n (MfnPG them – direct object of ajkouvei) • ajkouvei (ajkouvw
PAI3S he/she/it is listening).
They from the world are, on account of this from the world they are speaking and the world to them is listening.
They are from the world; on account of this, they are speaking from the world, and the world is listening to them.
6. su; (SN you) • pisteuveiV (PAI2S you are believing) • o{ti (that) • ei|V (MSN one) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • oJ qeovV
(MSN the god), • kalw:V (well) • poieiæV (poievw PAI2S you are doing)` • kai; (and) • ta; daimovnia (NPNa the demons) •
pisteuvousin (pisteuvw PAI3P they are believing) • kai; (and) • frivssousin (they shudder).
You are believing that one is the god, well you are doing; and the demons are believing and they shudder.
You are believing that God is one. You are doing well; the demons are also believing and they shudder.
7. oJ (MSN the) • mh; (not) • ajgapw:n (one who loves) • me (SA me) • tou;V lovgouV (MPA the words) • mou (SG my) • ouj
(not) • threiæ (threvw PAI3S he/she/it is keeping)` • kai; (and) • oJ lovgoV (MSN the word) • o}n (MSA which) • ajkouvete
(PAI2P you are hearing) • oujk (not) • e[stin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • ejmo;V (MSN mine).
The not one who loves me the words my not is keeping, and the word which you are hearing not is mine.
The one who does not love me is not keeping my words, and the word which you are hearing is not mine.
8. tiv (NSNa what?) • poiou:men (poievw PAI1P we are doing) • o{ti (because) • ou|toV (MSN this) • oJ a[nqrwpoV (MSN the
man) • polla; (NPNa many) • poieiæ (poievw PAI3S he/she/it is doing) • shmeiæa (NPNa signs)~
What are we doing because this man many is doing signs?
What are we doing because this man is doing many signs?
9. levgei (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • ou\n (therefore) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him) • oJ Pila:toV (MSN the Pilate)` • ejmoi; (MSD
to me) • ouj (not) • laleiæV (lalevw PAI2S you are speaking)~ • oujk (not) • oi\daV (2S you know) • o{ti (that) •
ejxousivan (FSA authority) • e[cw (PAI1S I am having) • ajpolu:saiv (to free) • se (SA you) • kai; (and) • ejxousivan (FSA
authority) • e[cw (PAI1S I am having) • staurw:saiv (to crucify) • se (SA you)~
Is saying therefore to him the Pilate, “To me not you are speaking? Not you know that authority I am having to free
you and authority I am having to crucify you?”
Therefore, Pilate is saying to him, “You are not speaking to me? Do you not realize that I have authority to free you,
and I have authority to crucify you?”
10. ijdou; (behold!) • oiJ maqhtaiv (MPN the disciples) • sou (SG your) • poiou:sin (poievw PAI3P they are doing) • o} (NSNa
which) • oujk (not) • e[xestin (3S it is lawful) • poieiæn (to do) • ejn (→D in) • sabbavtw/ (NSD Sabbath).
Behold, the disciples your are doing which not is lawful to do in Sabbath.
Behold, your disciples are doing that which is not lawful to do on the Sabbath.
Additional
11. eij (if) • ou\n (therefore) • ta;V ejntola;V (FPA the commandments) • kai; (and) • tou;V novmouV (MPA the laws) • tou:
qeou: (MSG of the god) • throu:men (threvw PAI1P we are keeping), • oi[damen (1P we know) • o{ti (that) • e[comen
(PAI1P we are having) • th;n ajgavphn (MSA the love) • th;n megavlhn (FSA the great) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • ejn (→D in)
• taiæV kardivaiV (FPD the hearts) • hJmw:n (PG our).
If therefore the commandments and the laws of the god we are keeping, we know that we are having the love the
great his in the hearts our.
If therefore we are keeping God’s commandments and laws, we know that we have his great love in our hearts.
12. pw:V (how?) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus) • ta; polla; shmeiæa (NPNa the many signs) • poieiæ (poievw he/she/it is doing)
• a} (NPNa which) • blevpete (PAI2P you are seeing)~ • ejpi; (→D on) • th/: ejxousiva/ (FSD the authority) • tou:
pneuvmatoV tou: aJgiou: (MnSG of the holy spirit).
How the Jesus the many signs he is doing which you are seeing? On the authority of the holy spirit.
How is Jesus doing the many signs that you are seeing? On the authority of the Holy Spirit.
13. ejn (→D in) • taiæV hJmevraiV ejkeivnaiV (FPD those days) • oujk (not) • h\n (he/she/it was) • basileu;V (MSN king) • ejn
(→D in) • =Israhvl (MSDx Israel)` • ajnh;r (MSN man) • to; ajgaqo;n (NSNa the good) • ejn (→D in) • ojfqalmoiæV (NPD
eyes) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • poieiæ (poievw PAI3S he/she/it is doing).
In those days not was king in Israel; man the good in eyes his was doing.
In those days a king did not exist in Israel; a man was doing what was good in his own eyes.
14. ajkouveiV (ajkouvw PAI2S you are hearing) • mou (SG me – direct object of ajkouvw), • =Iakwvb (MSVx Jacob), • kai;
(and) • =Israhvl (MSVx Israel), • o}n (MSA whom) • ejgw; (SN I) • kalw: (kalevw PAI1S I am calling)` • ejgwv (SN I) • eijmi
(PAI1S I am) • prw:toV (MSN first) • kai; (and) • ejgwv (SN I) • eijmi (PAI1S I am) • eijV (→A into/in) • to;n aijw:na (MSN
the eternity).
You are hearing me, Jacob, and Israel, whom I am calling; I am first and I am into the eternity.
You are hearing me, Jacob, and Israel, whom I am calling; I am the first, and I am into eternity.
15. ouj (not) • laleiæ (lalevw PAI3S he/she/it is speaking) • peri; (→G concerning) • ejmou: (ejgwv SG! me / ejmovV MnSG my)
• kalav (NPNa good) • ajlla; (but) • … • kakav (NPNa bad).
Not he is speaking concerning me good but… bad.
He is not saying good things about me, but … bad things.
16. eij (if) • ou\n (therefore) • Daui;d (MSNx David) • kaleiæ (kalevw PAI3S he is calling) • aujto;n (MSA him) • kuvrion
(MSA lord), • pw:V (how?) • uiJo;V (MSN son) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is)~
If therefore David is calling him lord, how son his he is?
Therefore, if David is calling him Lord, how is he his son?
17. tiv (NSNa why?) • ou|toV (MSN this) • ou{twV (in this manner) • laleiæ (lalevw PAI3S he/she/it is speaking)~
Why is this speaking in this manner?
Why is this man speaking in this manner?
18. oiJ pavnteV (MPN the all) • ga;r (for) • ta; (NPNa the) • eJautw:n (MfnPG of themselves) • zhtou:sin (zhtevw PAI3P they
are seeking), • ouj (not) • ta; (NPNa the) • =Ihsou: Cristou: (MSG of Jesus Christ).
The all for the of themselves they are seeking, not the of Jesus Christ.
For all are seeking the things of themselves, not the things of Jesus Christ.
19. a} (NPNa which)4 • ejgw; (SN I) • eJwvraka (I have seen) • para; (→D in the presence of) • tw:/ patri; (MSD the father) •
lalw: (lalevw PAI1S I am speaking)5` • kai; (and) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • ou\n (accordingly) • a} (NPNa which) •
hjkouvsate (you heard) • para; (→G from) • tou: patro;V (MSG the father) • poieiæte (poievw PAI2P you are doing) …. •
uJmeiæV (PN you) • poieiæte (poievw PAI2P you are doing) • ta; e[rga (NPNa the works) • tou: patro;V (MSG of the father)
• uJmw:n (PG your).
Which I have seen in the presence of the father I am speaking, and you therefore which you heard from the father
you are doing…. You are doing the works of the father your.
The things which I have seen in the presence of my6 father I am speaking; you accordingly are doing the things
which you heard from your7 father. … You are doing the works of your father.
20. kai; (and) • katedivwxen (he/she/it sought intently) • aujto;n (MSA him) • Sivmwn (MSN Simon) • kai; (and) • oiJ (MPN
the) • met= (→G with) • aujtou: (MnSG him), • kai; (and) • eu|ron (they found) • aujto;n (MSA him) • kai; (and) •
levgousin (PAI3P they are saying) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him) • o{ti (quotation marks) • pavnteV (MPN all) • zhtou:sivn
(zhtevw PAI3P they are seeking) • se (SA you).
And sought intently him Simon and the with him, and they found him and are saying to him, “all are seeking you.”
And Simon and those who were with him sought him intently, and they found him and are saying to him, “Everyone
is seeking you.”
4
The direct object of lalw: is a{.
5
Notice how the PAI1S of a contract verb is not the same as the lexical form because the contract vowel has contracted
with the personal ending. The lexical form is lalevw, but the PAI1S is lalw:!
6
“My” is not explicit, but it is added from the context to clarify the English.
7
“Your” is not explicit, but it is added from the context to clarify the English.
Present Middle/Passive Indicative

Parsing
• In the leftmost column, we separate the tense stem, connecting vowel, and personal ending of verbs with bullets ( • ).
Inflected Person Number Tense / Voice Mood Lexical Parsing Inflected
/ Case Gender Form Code Meaning
he/she/it is
hearing for
1. ajkouv • e Middle or him/her/itself
3 Singular Present Indicative ajkouvw PMpI3S
• tai Passive OR he/she/it
is being
heard
you are
loosing for
2. luv • e • Middle or
2 Plural Present Indicative luvw PMpI2P yourselves
sqe Passive
OR you are
being loosed
3. sunavg • e he/she/it is
3 Singular Present Active Indicative sunavgw PAI3S
•i gathering
(Middle or
4. duvna • • he/she/it is
3 Singular Present Passive) Indicative duvnamai PMpdI3S
tai1 able
Deponent
(Middle or
5. poreu • ov
1 Plural Present Passive) Indicative poreuvomai PMpdI1P we are going
• meqa
Deponent
(Middle or
6. e[rc • e • you (plural)
2 Plural Present Passive) Indicative e[rcomai PMpdI2P
sqe are going
Deponent
(Middle or
you are
7. ajpokrivnh/ 2 Singular Present Passive) Indicative ajpokrivnomai PMpdI2S
answering
Deponent
8. nuxivn Dative Plural Feminine None None nux FPD to nights
we are
loving for
9. ajgap • wv Middle or
1 Plural Present Indicative ajgapavw PMpI1P ourselves
• meqa Passive
OR we are
being loved
(Middle or
10. duvna • •
3 Plural Present Passive) Indicative duvnamai PMpdI3P they are able
ntai
Deponent
Warm-up
a. ajkouvetai (PMpI3S he/she/it is being heard) • ejn (→D in) • uJmiæn (PD to you).
It is being heard in you
It is being heard among you
1
Notice that duvnamai does not use a connecting vowel.
65
b. oiJ tovpoi (MPN the places) • tou: kakou: (MnSG of the bad) • luvontai (PMpI3P they are being destroyed).
The places of the bad are being destroyed.
The places of the bad (person? thing?) are being destroyed.
g. e[rcetai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is going) • eijV (→A into/in) • oi\kon (MSA house)
He is going into house
He is going into a house OR He is going into the house.
d. aujtoi; (MPN they) • pisteuvontai (PMpI3P they are being believed) • uJpo; (→G by) • tw:n daimonivwn (NPG the
demons).
They are being believed by the demons.
e. tivV (MSN who?) • duvnatai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is able) • swqh:nai (to be saved)~
Who is able to be saved?
z. e[rcomai (PMpdI1S I am coming) • wJV (as) • klevpthV (MSN thief).

I am coming as a thief.
h. kai; (and) • oujdeni; (MnSD to no one) • oujde;n (NSNa nothing) • ajpokrivnetai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is answering).
And to no one nothing he is answering.
And he is answering nothing to anyone.2
Translation
1. ouj (not) • ajkouvontai (PMpI3P they are being heard)3 • aiJ fwnai; (FPN the voices) • aujtw:n (MfnPG their).
Not they are being heard the voices their.
Their voices are not being heard.
2. oujc (not) • hJ mhvthr (FSN the mother) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • levgetai (PMpI3S he/she/it is called) • Maria;m (FSNx
Mary)4 • kai; (and) • oiJ ajdelfoi; (MPN the brothers) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • =IavkwboV (MSN James) • kai; (and) • =Iwsh;f
(MSNx Joseph) • kai; (and) • Sivmwn (MSN Simon) • kai; (and) • =IouvdaV (MSN Judas)~
Not the mother his is called Mary, and the brothers his James and Joseph and Simon and Judas?
Is not his mother called Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas?
3. ejgw; (SN I) • pro;V (→A to) • to;n patevra (MSA the father) • poreuvomai (PMpdI1S I am going).
I to the father am going.
I am going to the Father.
4. o{pou (where) • eijmi; (PAI1S I am) • ejgw; (SN I) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • ouj (not) • duvnasqe (PMpdI2P you are able) •
ejlqeiæn (to go).
Where I am, you are not able to go.
5. oJ (MSN the) • de; (and/but) • Pila:toV (MSN Pilate) • pavlin (again) • ejphrwvta (he/she/it began asking) • aujto;n (MSA
him) • levgwn (saying)` • oujk (not) • ajpokrivnh/ (PMpdI2S you are answering)• oujdevn (NSNa nothing)~
The and Pilate again began asking him saying, “not you are answering nothing?”
And Pilate again began asking him, saying, “Are you not answering me something?” 5
2
Notice that Greek has a double negative (nothing to no one), but we changed the “no one” to “any one” when
translating. If we didn’t make the change, we would have switched the meaning because “he answers nothing to nobody”
implies that he answers something to everyone!
3
This is a passive translation. In theory, the verb form could also be middle voice. A middle voice translation is “Their
voices are not hearing for themselves,” but that makes no sense, since voices do not hear.
4
Mariavm, like many names, does not change its form when it changes case, so you have to guess the case based on the
context. We are parsing all of the names in this verse as nominative because when levgw is used in the passive voice to
give someone’s name, the name is written in the nominative case.
5
Note the switch of the double negative. The oujk at the beginning of the question indicates that Pilate expected the
answer “Yes, I will answer you something.” If we were giving a fairly free translation, we could express the thought with
“You’re not going to refuse to answer me, are you?”
Exercise 18 – Track 1: Present Middle/Passive Indicative 67
6. kai; (and) • sunavgontai (PMpI3P they gathered)6 • oiJ ajpovstoloi (MPN the apostles) • pro;V (→A to) • to;n =Ihsou:n
(MSA the Jesus) • kai; (and) • ajphvggeilan (they told) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him) • pavnta (NPNa all) • o{sa (NPNa as much
as) • ejpoivhsan (they did) • kai; (and) • o{sa (NPNa as much as) • ejdivdaxan (they taught).
And the apostles gathered to Jesus and told him all that they did and all that they taught.
7. levgousin (PAI3P they are saying) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him)` • ejrcovmeqa (PMpdI1P we are going) • kai; (also) • hJmeiæV
(PN we) • su;n (→D with) • soiv (SD! you).
They are saying to him, “We are also going with you.”
8. oJ (MSN the) • de; (and/but) • =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus) • ajpokrivnetai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is answering) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to
them) • levgwn (saying)` • ejlhvluqen (he/she/it has come) • hJ w{ra (FSN the hour) • i{na (that) • doxasqh:/ (he/she/it
might be glorified) • oJ uiJo;V (MSN the son) • tou: ajnqrwvpou (MSG of the man).
The and Jesus is answering them saying, “Has come the hour that might be glorified the son of the man.”
And Jesus answered them, saying, “The hour has come, that the Son of Man might be glorified.”
9. oujdei;V (MSN no one) • ga;r (for) • duvnatai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is able) • tau:ta (NPNa these) • ta; shmeiæa (NPNa the
signs) • poieiæn (to do) • a} (NPNa which) • su; (SN you) • poieiæV (PAI2S you are doing), • eja;n mh; (unless) • h\/
(he/she/it is) • oJ qeo;V (MSN the god) • met= (→G with) • aujtou: (MnSG him).
No one for is able these the signs to do which you are doing, unless is the god with him.
For no one is able to do these signs that you are doing, unless God is with him.
10. kai; (and) • oiJ maqhtai; (MPN the disciples) • =Iwavnnou (MSG of John) • kai; (and) • oiJ Farisaiæoi (MPN the Pharisees)
• e[rcontai (PMpdI3P they are going) • kai; (and) • levgousin (PAI3P they are saying) • aujtw/: (MnSD to him)` • dia; tiv
(why?) • oiJ maqhtai; (MPN the disciples) • =Iwavnnou (MSG of John) • kai; (and) • oiJ maqhtai; (MPN the disciples) • tw:n
Farisaivwn (MPG of the Pharisees) • nhsteuvousin (they fast), • oiJ (MPN the) • de; (and/but) • soi; (suv SD! to you /
sovV MPN your) • maqhtai; (MPN disciples) • ouj (not) • nhsteuvousin (they fast)~
And the disciples of John and the Pharisees are going and saying to him, “Why do the disciples of John and the
disciples of the Pharisees fast, but your disciples do not fast?”
Additional
11. oiJ podevV (MPN the feet) • mou (SG my) • poreuvontai (PMpdI3P they are going) • pro;V (→A to) • to;n tovpon (MSA the
place) • ejf= (→D on) • w/| (MnSD which) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus) • laleiæ (PAI3S he/she/it is speaking) • kai; (and)
• oiJ ojfqalmoiv (MPN the eyes) • mou (SG my) • blevpousin (PAI3P they are seeing) • ta; shmeiæa (NPNa the signs) •
aujtou: (MnSG his) • kai; (and) • ta; w\ta (NPNa the ears) • mou (SG my) • ajkouvei (PAI3S he/she/it is hearing) • tw:n
parabolw:n (FPG the parables) • aujtou: (MnSG his).
The feet my are going to the place on which the Jesus is speaking and the eyes my are seeing the signs his and the
ears my is hearing the parables his.
My feet are going to the place on which Jesus is speaking, and my eyes are seeing his signs, and my ears are
hearing his parables.
12. hJmevra/ (FSD in day) • kai; (and) • nukti; (in night) • oiJ ojcloi; (MPN the crowds) • sunavgousin (PAI3P they are
gathering together) • peri; (→A around) • to;n =Ihsou:n (MSA the Jesus), • oi[dasin (3P they know) • ga;r (for) •
ejkeiænoi (MPN those) • o{ti (that/because) • e[rcetai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is going) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • laleiæn (to
speak) • tina;V (MfPA some) • lovgouV (MPA words) • th:V ejlpivdoV (FSG of the hope) • kai; (and) • th:V zwh:V (FSG of
the life).
In the day and in the night the crowds are gathering around Jesus, for they know that he is going to speak to them
some words of hope and of life.
13. kai; (and) • e[rcontai (PMpdI3P they are going) • oiJ a[ggeloi (MPN the angels) • eijV (→A into/in) • to;n tovpon ejkeiænon
(MSA that place) • kai; (and) • lalou:sin (PAI3P they are speaking) • tou;V lovgouV (MPA the words) • eijV (→A into/in)
• ta; w\ta (NPNa the ears) • tou: o[clou (MSG of the crowd).
And are going the angels into that place and are speaking the words into the ears of the crowd.
And the angels are going into that place and are speaking the words into the ears of the crowd.
6
sunavgontai is middle or passive in form, but it is traditionally parsed as a passive and is translated either with a
passive force “be gathered” or with an active force “gather / come together” (BDAG sunavgw 1.b). The sun prefix gives
that active force somewhat of a middle/self-directed flavor.
14. kai; (and) • ei\pen (he/she/it said) • aujth:/ (FSD to her) • oJ a[ggeloV (MSN the angel) • kurivou (MSG of lord), • +Agavr
(FSVx Hagar), • pou: (where) • poreuvh/ (PMpdI2S you are going)~
And said to her the angel of lord, “Hagar, where you are going?”
And the Angel of the Lord said to her, “Hagar, where are you going?”
15. tevloV (NSNa end) • lovgou (MSG of word)` • to; pa:n (NSNa the all) • ajkouvetai (PMpI3S he/she/it is heard)` • to;n qeo;n
(MSA the god) • fobou: (fear!) • kai; (and) • ta;V ejntola;V (FPA the commandments) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • fuvlasse
(keep!) • o{ti (because) • tou:to (NSNa this) • to; o{lon e[rgon (NSNa the whole work) • tou: ajnqrwvpou (MSG of the
man).
End of word; the all is heard; the god fear and the commandments his keep because this the whole work of the man.
This is the end of the word; everything is heard. Fear God and keep his commandments because this is the whole
work of man.
16. kai; (and) • ei\pen (he/she/it said) • Nwemivn (FSNx Naomi)` • ejpistravfhte (turn back!) • … • qugatevreV (FPNv
daughters) • mou (SG my) …. • tiv (NSNa why?) • poreuvesqe (PMpdI2P you are going) • met= (→G with) • ejmou: (SG!
me)~ • mh; (not) • e[ti (still) • moi (SD to me) • uiJoi; (MPN sons) • ejn (→D in) • th:/ koiliva/ (FSD the womb) • mou (SG
my) • kai; (and) • e[sontai (3P they will be) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • eijV (→A into/in) • a[ndraV (MPA husbands)~
And said Naomi, “Turn back… daughters my! … Why you are going with me? Not still to me sons in the womb my
and they will be to you into husbands?”
And Naomi said, “Turn back… my daughters! … Why are you going with me? There are not still sons in my womb
who will be your husbands, are there?”
17. levgei (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus)` • pisteuvete (PAI2P you are
believing) • o{ti (that/because) • duvnamai (PMpdI1S I am able) • tou:to (NSNa this) • poih:sai (to do)~ • levgousin
(PAI3P they are saying) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him)` • naiv (yes), • kuvrie (MSV lord).
He is saying to them the Jesus, “You are believing that I am able this to do?” They are saying to him, “Yes, lord.”
Jesus is saying to them, “You believe that I am able to do this?” And they are saying to him, “Yes, Lord.”
18. kai; (and) • ei\pen (he/she/it said) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him) • Naqanahvl (MSNx Nathaniel) ` • ejk (→G from) • Nazare;t
(FSGx Nazareth) • duvnataiv (PMpdI3S he/she/it is able) • ti (NSNa anything) • ajgaqo;n (MSA/NSNa good) • ei\nai (to
come)~
And said to him Nathaniel, from Nazareth is able anything good to come?
And Nathaniel said to him, “Is anything good able to come from Nazareth?”
19. =Anevbh (he/she/it went up) • de; (and) • kai; (also) • =Iwsh;f (MSNx Joseph) • ajpo; (→G from) • th:V GalilaivaV (FSG
the Galilee) • ejk (→G from) • povlewV (FSG city) • Nazare;q (FSGx of Nazareth) • eijV (→A into/in) • th;n =Ioudaivan
(FSA the Judea) • eijV (→A into/in) • povlin (FSA city) • Daui;d (MSGx of David) • h{tiV (FSN which) • kaleiætai
(PMpI3S he/she/it is called) • Bhqlevem (FSNx Bethlehem).
Went up and also Joseph from the Galilee from city of Nazareth into the Judea into city of David which is called
Bethlehem.
And Joseph also went up from Galilee, from the city of Nazareth, into Judea, into the city of David which is called
Bethlehem.
20. tiv (NSNa why?) • ou|toV (MSN this) • ou{twV (thus) • laleiæ (PAI3S he/she/it is speaking)~ • blasfhmeiæ (PAI3S
he/she/it is blaspheming)` • tivV (MfSN who?) • duvnatai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is able) • ajfievnai (to forgive) •
aJmartivaV (FSG/FPA sins) • eij mh; (except) • ei|V (MSN one) • oJ qeovV (MSN the god)~
Why this thus is speaking? He is blaspheming; who is able to forgive sins except one the god?
Why is this man speaking thus? He is blaspheming! Who is able to forgive sins except one, namely God?
Future Active/Middle Indicative

Parsing
• In the leftmost column, we separate the tense stem, tense formative, connecting vowel, and personal ending of verbs
with bullets ( • ). Where letters combine across bullets, we put the result after the bullet.
1. luv • s • e he/she/it
3 Singular Future Active Indicative luvw FAI3S
•i will loose
2. ajkouv • s you will
2 Singular Future Active Indicative ajkouvw FAI2S
• e • iV hear
3. gennhv •
we will
s•o• 1 Plural Future Active Indicative gennavw FAI1P
beget
men1
4. zhv • s • o they will
3 Plural Future Active Indicative zavw FAI3P
• usi live
5. poreuv •
Middle he/she/it
s•e• 3 Singular Future Indicative poreuvomai FMdI3S
Deponent2 will go
tai
6. blev • y • you will
2 Singular Future Active Indicative blevpw FAI2S
e • iV3 see
you
7. e{ • x • e •
2 Plural Future Active Indicative e]cw FAI2P (plural)
te4
will have
8. kalev • s we will
1 Plural Future Active Indicative kalevw FAI1P
• o • men5 call
9. o{louV Accusative Plural Masculine None None o{loV MPA whole
10. sunav • x they will
•o• 3 Plural Future Active Indicative sunavgw FAI3P gather
usin6 together
1
Notice that the contract vowel alpha lengthens to eta before the tense formative (sigma).
2
Notice that poreuvomai is deponent in both the present and the future tenses. Not all verbs that are deponent in the
present tense are deponent in the future tense. And some verbs that are not deponent in the present tense are deponent in
the future tense. So if you want to be able to translate without looking them up, when you memorize a verb as a
vocabulary word, check that it is consistent in all tenses as to whether or not it is deponent. If it is inconsistent, then you
should memorize in which tenses it is and isn’t deponent.
3
Notice that the final letter of the stem (pi) combines with the tense formative (sigma) to form the letter psi. This follows
the rules from the square of stops that you learned in chapter 10: p + s y.
4
Notice that the final letter of the stem (chi) combines with the tense formative (sigma) to form the letter xsi. This
follows the rules from the square of stops that you learned in chapter 10: c + s x.
5
Notice that kalevw “breaks the rules” in that it is a contract verb, but the contract vowel does not lengthen before a tense
formative. It is actually not lawless, however; there is a rule for it! See footnote 19 on page 164 of the textbook.
6
Notice that the final letter of the stem (gamma) combines with the tense formative (sigma) to form the letter xsi. This
follows the rules from the square of stops that you learned in chapter 10: g + s x.
69
Warm-up
a. pavnteV (MPN all) • pisteuvsousin (FAI3P they will believe) • eijV (→A in) • aujtovn (MSA him).
All will believe in him.
b. aujto;V (MSN he) • peri; (→G concerning) • eJautou: (MnSG himself) • lalhvsei (FAI3S he/she/it will speak).
He concerning himself will speak.
He will speak concerning himself.
g. sunavxw (FAI1S I will gather) • tou;V karpouvV (MPA the fruits) • mou (SG my).
I will gather the fruits my.
I will gather my fruit.
d. e{xei (e[cw FAI3S he/she/it will have) • to; fw:V (NSNa the light) • th:V zwh:V (FSG of the life).
He will have the light of the life.
He will have the light of life.
e. su;n (→D with) • ejmoi; (ejgwv SD! me / ejmovV MnSD to my) • poreuvsontai (FMdI3P they will go).
With me they will go.
They will go with me.
z. blevyete (blevpw FAI2P you will see) • kai; (and) • ouj (not) • lalhvsei (FAI3S he/she/it will speak).
You will see and not he will speak.
You will see, and he will not speak.
h. ajkouvsei (FAI3S he/she/it will hear) • tiV (MfSN anyone) • … th;n fwnh;n (FSA the sound/voice) • aujtou: (MnSG
his/its).
Will hear anyone {subject} … the sound/voice his/its.
Anyone will hear… his voice. OR Anyone will hear its sound.
Translation
1. kuvrion (MSA lord) • to;n qeovn (MSA the god) • sou (SG your) • proskunhvseiV (proskunevw FAI2S you will worship).
Lord the god your you will worship.
You will worship the Lord your God.
2. basileu;V (MSN king) • =Israhvl (MSGx of Israel) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is), • katabavtw (let him come down!) •
nu:n (now) • ajpo; (→G from) • tou: staurou: (MSG the cross) • kai; (and) • pisteuvsomen (FAI1P we will believe) • ejp=
(→A on) • aujtovn (MSA him).
King of Israel he is, let him come down now from the cross and we will believe on him.
He is the King of Israel; let him come down now from the cross and we will believe in him!
3. hJ gunhv (FSN the wife) • sou (SG your) • =Elisavbet (FSNx Elizabeth) • gennhvsei (FAI3S he/she/it will give birth to) •
uiJovn (MSA son) • soi (SD to you) • kai; (and) • kalevseiV (FAI2S you will call) • to; o[noma (NSNa the name) • aujtou:
(MnSG his) • =Iwavnnhn (MSA John).
The wife your Elizabeth will give birth to son to you and you will call the name his John.
Your wife Elizabeth will bear you a son, and you will call his name John.
4. oJ (MSN the) • de; (and/but) • qeovV (MSN god) • mou (SG my) • plhrwvsei (FAI3S he/she/it will fill) • pa:san (FSA all) •
creivan (need) • uJmw:n (PG your) • kata; (→A according to) • to; plou:toV (NSNa the riches) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • ejn
(→D in) • dovxh/ (FSD glory) • ejn (→D in) • Cristw:/ =Ihsou: (MSD Christ Jesus).
The and god my will fill all need your according to the riches his in glory in Christ Jesus.
And my God will fulfill all your needs according to his riches in glory in Christ Jesus.
Exercise 19 – Track 1: Future Active/Middle Indicative 71
5. ajmh;n (truly) • ajmh;n (truly) • levgw (PAI1S I am saying) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • o{ti (that) • e[rcetai (PMpdI3S he/she/it
is coming) • w{ra (FSN hour) • kai; (and) • nu:n (now) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • o{te (when) • oiJ nekroi; (MPN the
dead) • ajkouvsousin (FAI3P they will hear) • th:V fwnh:V (FSG the voice) • tou: uiJou: (MSG of the son) • tou: qeou:
(MSG of the god) • kai; (and) • oiJ ajkouvsanteV (MPN the ones who hear it) • zhvsousin (zavw FAI3P they will live).
Truly, truly I say to you that an hour is coming and now is, when the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God, and
the ones who hear it will live.
6. kai; (and) • e[sesqe (eijmiv FMdI2P you will be) • misouvmenoi (hated) • uJpo; (→G by) • pavntwn (MnPG all) • dia; (→A
on account of) • to; o[nomav (NSNa the name) • mou (SG my).
And you will be hated by all on account of my name.
7. ajmh;n (truly) • ajmh;n (truly) • levgw (PAI1S I am saying) • uJmiæn (PD to you), • oJ pisteuvwn (MSN the one who believes)
• eijV (→A into/in) • ejme; (SA! me) • ta; e[rga (NPNa the works) • a} (NPNa which) • ejgw; (SN I) • poiw: (PAI1S I am
doing) • kajkeiænoV (that one) • poihvsei (FAI3S he/she/it will do) • kai; (and) • meivzona (NPNa greater) • touvtwn
(MfnPG than these) • poihvsei (FAI3S he/she/it will do), • o{ti (that) • ejgw; (SN I) • pro;V (→A to) • to;n patevra (MSA
the father) • poreuvomai (PMpdI1S I am going).
Truly, truly, I say to you, the one who believes in me will do the works which I am doing, and will do greater than
these because I am going to the Father.
8. uJmeiæV (PN you) • proskuneiæte (PAI2P you are worshipping) • o} (NSNa which) • oujk (not) • oi[date (2P you know)` •
hJmeiæV (SN we) • proskunou:men (PAI1P we are worshipping) • o} (NSNa which) • oi[damen (1P we know), • o{ti
(because) • hJ swthriva (FSN the salvation) • ejk (→G from) • tw:n =Ioudaivwn (MPG the Jews) • ejstivn (PAI3S he/she/it
is). • ajlla; (but) • e[rcetai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is coming) • w{ra (FSN hour) • kai; (and) • nu:n (now) • ejstin (PAI3S
he/she/it is), • o{te (when) • oiJ ajlhqinoi; (MPN the true) • proskunhtai; (FPN worshipers) • proskunhvsousin (FAI3P
they will worship) • tw:/ patri; (MSD the father) • ejn (→D in) • pneuvmati (NSD spirit) • kai; (and) • ajlhqeiva/ (FSD
truth).
You are worshipping what you do not know; we are worshipping what we know, because salvation is from the Jews.
But an hour is coming and now is, when the true worshippers will worship the Father in spirit and truth.
9. zhthvsetev (FAI2P you will seek) • me (SA me), • kai; (and) • kaqw;V (as) • ei\pon (I said) • toiæV =IoudaivoiV (MPD to the
Jews) • o{ti (that) • o{pou (where) • ejgw; (SN I) • uJpavgw (I go) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • ouj (not) • duvnasqe (PMpdI2P you
are able) • ejlqeiæn (to go), • kai; (and) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • levgw (PAI1S I am saying).
You will seek me, and as I said to the Jews that where I go you not are able to go, and to you I am saying.
You will seek me, and I am saying to you as I said to the Jews, that where I am going you are not able to go.
10. a[koue (Listen!), • =Israhvl (MSVx Israel), • kuvrioV (MSN lord) • oJ qeo;V (MSN the god) • hJmw:n (PG our) • kuvrioV (MSN
lord) • ei|V (MSN one) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is), • kai; (and) • ajgaphvseiV (FAI2S you will love) • kuvrion (MSA
lord) • to;n qeovn (MSA the god) • sou (SG your) • ejx (→G from) • o{lhV (FSG whole) • th:V kardivaV (FSG the heart) •
sou (SG your) • kai; (and) • ejx (→G from) • o{lhV (FSG whole) • th:V yuch:V (FSG soul) • sou (SG your) • kai; (and) •
ejx (→G from) • o{lhV (FSG whole) • th:V dianoivaV (FSG the mind) • sou (SG your) • kai; (and) • ejx (→G from) • o{lhV
(FSG whole) • th:V ijscuvoV (FSG the strength) • sou (SG your).
Listen, Israel; lord the god our lord one is, and you will love lord the god your from whole the heart your and from
whole the soul your and from whole the mind your and from whole the strength your.
Listen, Israel! The Lord our God is one, and you will love the Lord your God from your whole heart, your whole
soul, your whole mind, and your whole strength.
Additional
11. tivni (MfnSD on what?) • hJmevra/ (FSD day) • hJ mhth;r (FSN the mother) • kai; (and) • oJ pathvr (MSN the father) • sou
(SG your) • poreuvsontai (FMdI3P they will go) • w|de (here) • ajpo; (→G from) • tou: oi[kou (MSG the house) • aujtw:n
(MfnPG their) • para; (→D beside) • th/: qalavssh/ (FSD the lake)~ • th/: trivth/ hJmevra/ (FSD the third day) • meta; (→A
after) • to; savbbaton (NSNa the Sabbath).
On what day will your mother and father proceed here from their house beside the lake? On the third day after the
Sabbath.
12. proskunhvsomen (FAI1P we will worship) • to;n kuvrion (MSA the lord) • to;n basileva (MSA the king) • hJmw:n (PG our)
• dia; (→A on account of) • th;n megalh;n ajgavphn (FSA the great love) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • hJmiæn (PD to us) • kai;
(and) • ta;V ejpaggelivaV (FPA the promises) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • th:V eijrhvnhV (FSG of the peace) • kai; (and) • th:V
dikaiosuvnhV (FSG of the righteousness).
We will worship the Lord our king on account of his great love for us and his promises of peace and righteousness.
13. uiJou;V (MPA sons) • kai; (and) • qugatevraV (FPA daughters) • gennhvseiV (FAI2S you will bear) • kai; (and) • oujk
(not) • e[sontaiv (eijmiv FMdI3P they will be) • soi (SD to you).
Sons and daughters you will bear, and not they will be to you.
You will bear sons and daughters, and they will not be for you.
14. ouj (not) • proskunhvseiV (FAI2S you will worship) • toiæV qeoiæV (MPD the gods) • aujtw:n (MfnPG their) • oujde; (and
not) • poihvseiV (FAI2S you will do) • kata; (→A according to) • ta; e[rga (NPNa the works) • aujtw:n (MfnPG their).
Not you will worship the gods their and not you will do according to the works their.
You will not worship their gods, and you will not do according to their works.
15. kai; (and) • ei\pen (he/she/it said) • kuvrioV (MSN lord) • tw:/ =Abravm (MSD to Abraham)` • e[xelqe (go out!) • ejk (→G
from) • th:V gh:V (FSG the land) • sou (SG your) • … • kai; (and) • ejk (→G from) • tou: oi[kou (MSG the house) • tou:
patrovV (MSG of the father) • sou (SG your) • eijV (→A into) • th;n gh:n (FSA the land) • h}n (FSA which) • a[n (-ever) •
soi (SD to you) • deivxw (I will show) • kai; (and) • poihvsw (FAI1S I will make) • se (SA you) • eijV (→A into) • e[qnoV
(NSNa nation) • mevga (NSNa great) • kai; (and) • eujloghvsw (FAI1S I will bless) • se (SA you) • … kai; (and) • e[sh/
(eijmiv FMdI2S you will be) • eujloghtovV (MSN blessed).
And said lord to Abraham, “Go out from the land your… and from the house of the father your into the land
whichever to you I will show and I will make you into nation great and I will bless you… and you will be blessed.”
And the Lord said to Abraham, “Go out from your land… and from your father’s house into whatever land I will
show you, and I will make you into a great nation and I will bless you, … and you will be blessed.”
16. e[sesqe (eijmiv FMdI2P you will be) • ou\n (therefore) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • tevleioi (MPN perfect) • wJV (as) • oJ path;r (MSN
the father) • uJmw:n (PG your) • oJ oujravnioV (MSN the heaven) • tevleiovV (MSN perfect) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is).
You will be therefore you perfect as the father your the heaven perfect he is.
Therefore, you will be perfect as your Heavenly Father is perfect.
17. dikaiosuvnh (FSN righteousness) • ga;r (for) • qeou: (MSG of god) • ejn (→D in) • aujtw/: (MnSD it) • ajpokaluvptetai
(PMpI3S he/she/it is revealed) • ejk (→G from) • pivstewV (FSG faith) • eijV (→A into/in) • pivstin (FSA faith), • kaqw;V
(as) • gevgraptai (it is written)` • oJ (MSN the) • de; (and/but) • divkaioV (MSN righteous) • ejk (→G from) • pivstewV (FSG
faith) • zhvsetai (FMI3S7 he/she/it will live).
For the righteousness of God is revealed in it from faith into faith, as it is written, “But the righteous one will live
from faith.”
18. Ea;n (if) • ajgapa:tev (PAI2P you are loving) • me (SA me), • ta;V ejntola;V (FPA the commandments) • ta;V ejma;V (FPA
the my) • thrhvsete (FAI2P you will keep).
If you are loving me, the commandments the my you will keep.
19. ei[ (if) • tiV (MfSN anyone) • qevlei (PAI3S he/she/it desires) • prw:toV (MSN first) • ei\nai (to be), • e[stai (eijmiv
FMdI3S he/she/it will be) • pavntwn (MnPG of all) • e[scatoV (MSN last).
If anyone desires first to be, he will be of all last.
If anyone desires to be first, he will be last of all.
20. eu|ron (I have found) • Daui;d (MSAx David) • to;n (MSA the)8 • tou: =Iessaiv (MSG of the Jesse), • a[ndra (MSA man) •
kata; (→A according to) • th;n kardivan (FSA the heart) • mou (SG my), • o}V (MSN who) • poihvsei (FAI3S he/she/it
will do) • pavnta (NPNa all) • ta; qelhvmatav (NPNa the will) • mou (SG my).
I have found David the of the Jesse, man according to the heart my, who will do all the will my.
I have found David, the son of Jesse, a man according to my heart, who will do all of my will.
7
The future active form zhvsw occurs, but the future middle form zhvsetai has active meaning, so some consider zhvsetai
to be middle deponent rather than middle.
8
The word uiJovn (“son”) that goes with the article tovn has been skipped. If you want to use grammatical jargon, you can
say that uiJovn has been elided.
Verbal Roots, and Other Forms of the Future

Parsing
• The “other tense” column gives the inflected form in the other tense (swap future and present).
Inflected Other tense Person # Tense / Voice Mood Lexical Parsing Inflected
You will
1. ajreiæV ai[reiV 2 S Future Active Indicative ai[rw FAI2S
raise
Middle he/she/it
2. o[yetai1 oJra/: 3 S Future Indicative oJravw FMdI3S
Deponent will see
we will
3. ejkbalou:men ejkbavllomen 1 P Future Active Indicative ejkbavllw FAI1P
cast out
they will
4. ejgerou:sin ejgeivrousi(n) 3 P Future Active Indicative ejgeivrw FAI3P
raise up
you will
5. ajpokteneiæte ajpokteivnete 2 P Future Active Indicative ajpokteivnw FAI2P
kill
he/she/it
6. swvsei sw/vzei 3 S Future Active Indicative sw/vzw FAI3S
will save
he/she/it
7. ajposteleiæ ajpostevllei 3 S Future Active Indicative ajpostevllw FAI3S
will send
you will
8. baptivseiV baptivzeiV 2 S Future Active Indicative baptivzw FAI2S
baptize
they are
9. poiou:si poihsou:si(n) 3 P Present Active Indicative poievw PAI3P
doing
you will
10. krineiæte krivnete 2 P Future Active Indicative krivnw FAI2P
judge
Warm-up
a. ejkeiænoV (MSN that) • krineiæ (krivnw FAI3S he/she/it will judge) • aujto;n (MSA him) • ejn (→D in) • th:/ ejscavth/ hJmevra/
(FSD the last day).
That one2 will judge him in the last day.
b. polloi; (MPN many) • ga;r (for) • ejleuvsontai (e[rcomai FMdI3P they will come) • ejpi; (→D on) • tw:/ ojnovmativ (NSD
the name) • mou (SG my).
Many for will come on name.
For many will come in my name.
g. ejn (→D in) • tw:/ ojnovmativ (NSD the name) • mou (SG my) • daimovnia (NPNa demons) • ejkbalou:sin (ejkbavllw FAI3P
they will cast out).
In the name my demons they will cast out.
In my name they will cast out demons.
d. gnwsovmeqa (ginwvskw FMdI1P we will know)3 • th;n ajlhvqeian (FSA the truth).
We will know the truth.
1
Notice that oJravw is not deponent in the present tense, but its future tense form o[yomai is middle deponent.
2
Because ejkeiænoV is acting as a demonstrative pronoun, it seems a little smoother to translate it as “that one” rather than
simply as “that.”
3
Notice that ginwvskw is deponent in the future tense, but not in the present tense.
73
e. ejrw: (levgw FAI1S I will say) • th:/ yuch:/ (FSD to the soul) • mou (SG my).
I will say to my soul.
z. aujto;V (MSN he) • mevnei (mevnw PAI3S he/she/it is remaining) • ejpi; (→A on) • to;n kovsmon (MSA the world) • ajlla;
(but) • su (SN you) • meneiæV (mevnw FAI2S you will remain) • eijV (→A into) • tou;V aijw:naV (MPA the ages).
He is remaining on the world, but you will remain into the ages.
h. pw:V (how?) • pavsaV (FPA all) • ta;V parabola;V (FPA the parables) • gnwvsesqe (ginwvskw FMdI2P you will know);
How all the parables you will know?
How will you understand all the parables?
Translation
1. ejgw; (SN I) • ejbavptisa (I baptized) • uJma:V (PA you) • u{dati (NSD with water), • aujto;V (MSN he) • de; (and/but) •
baptivsei (baptivzw FAI3S he/she/it will baptize) • uJma:V (PA you) • ejn (→D in) • pneuvmati (NSD spirit) • aJgivw/ (MnSD
holy).
I baptized you with water, but he will baptize you in spirit holy.
2. ajposteleiæ (ajpostevllw FAI3S he/she/it will send) • oJ uiJo;V (MSN the son) • tou: ajnqrwvpou (MSG of the man) • tou;V
ajggevlouV (MPA the angels) • aujtou: (MnSG his).
Will send the son of the man the angels his.
3. ejkeiæ (there) • aujto;n (MSA him) • o[yesqe (oJravw FMdI2P you will see), • kaqw;V (as) • ei\pen (he/she/it said) • uJmiæn
(PD to you).
There him you will see, as he said to you.
You will see him there, just as he said to you.
4. ajpekrivqh (he/she/it answered) • =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus) • kai; (and) • ei\pen (he/she/it said) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him)` • ejavn
(if) • tiV (MfSN anyone) • ajgapa:/ (ajgapavw PAI3S he/she/it is loving) • me (SA me) • to;n lovgon (MSA the word) • mou
(SG my) • thrhvsei (threvw FAI3S he/she/it will keep) • kai; (and) • oJ pathvr (MSN the father) • mou (SG my) •
ajgaphvsei (ajgapavw FAI3S he/she/it will love) • aujto;n (MSA him) • kai; (and) • pro;V (→A to) • aujto;n (MSA him) •
ejleusovmeqa (e[rcomai FMdI1P we will come).
Answered Jesus and said to him, “If anyone is loving me the word my he will keep and the father my will love him
and to him we will come).
Jesus answered and said to him, “If anyone loves me, he will keep my word, and my father will love him, and we will
come to him.”
5. tevxetai (he/she/it will bear) • de; (and/but) • uiJovn (MSA son), • kai; (and) • kalevseiV (kalevw FAI2S you will call) • to;
o[noma (NSNa the name) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • =Ihsou:n (MSA Jesus). • aujto;V (MSN he) • ga;r (for) • swvsei (sw/vzw
FAI3S he/she/it will save) • to;n lao;n (MSA the people) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • ajpo; (→G from) • tw:n aJmartiw:n (FPG
the sins) • aujtw:n (MfnPG their).
She will bear and son, and you will call the name his Jesus. He for will save the people his from the sins their.
And she will bear a son, and you will call his name Jesus, for he will save his people from their sins.
6. h] (or) • oujk (not) • oi[date (2P you know) • o{ti (that/because) • oiJ a{gioi (MPN the saints) • to;n kovsmon (MSA the
world) • krinou:sin (krivnw FAI3P they will judge)4~ • … • oujk (not) • oi[date (2P you know) • o{ti (that) • ajggevlouV
(MPA angels) • krinou:men (krivnw FAI1P we will judge) ~
Or not you know that the saints the world will judge? … Not you know that angels we will judge?
Or do you not know that the saints will judge the world? … Do you not know that we will judge angels?
4
The accent is the only thing that distinguishes this from the present tense. The PAI3P is krivnousi(n). What makes the
forms ambiguous in the FAI3P is that the 3P personal ending already has vowel lengthening from the nu that dropped
out at the beginning of the personal ending nsi(n). The accents were probably not in the original manuscripts, so if it
matters, then rely on the context. In this context, the parallel with krinou:men, which is unambiguously future, indicates
that krinou:sin is also likely to be future, as its accent indicates.
Exercise 20 – Track 1: Verbal Roots, and Other Forms of the Future 75
7. pavnteV (MPN all) • pisteuvsousin (pisteuvw FAI3P they will believe) • eijV (→A in) • aujtovn (MSA him), • kai; (and) •
ejleuvsontai (e[rcomai FMdI3P they will come) • oiJ +Rwmaiæoi (MPN the Romans) • kai; (and) • ajrou:sin (ai[rw FAI3P
they will take away) • to;n tovpon (MSA the place) • hJmw:n (PG our).
All will believe in him, and will come the Romans and will take away the place our.
All will believe in him, and the Romans will come and take away our place.
8. =Alla; (but) • ejreiæ (levgw FAI3S he/she/it will say) • tiV (MfSN someone) ` • pw:V (how?) • ejgeivrontai (ejgeivrw
PMpI3P they are raised) • oiJ nekroiv (MPN the dead)~ • poivw/ (in what sort of) • de; (and/but) • swvmati (NSD body) •
e[rcontai (e[rcomai PMpdI3P they are coming)~
But will say someone, “How are raised the dead? In what sort of and body they are coming?”
But someone will say, “How are the dead raised? And in what sort of body are they coming?”
9. levgei (levgw PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him)` • ejk (→G from) • tou: stovmatovV (NSG the mouth) •
sou (SG your) • krinw: (krivnw FAI1S I will judge) • se (SA you), • ponhre; (MSV wicked) • dou:le (MSV slave).
He is saying to him, “From the mouth your I will judge you, wicked slave.”
He is saying to him, “From your own mouth I will judge you, wicked slave.”
10. dia; (→A on account of) • tou:to (NSNa this) • kai; (also) • hJ sofiva (FSN the wisdom) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) •
ei\pen (he/she/it said)` • ajpostelw: (ajpostevllw FAI1S I will send) • eijV (→A into) • aujtou;V (MPA them) • profhvtaV
(MPA prophets) • kai; (and) • ajpostovlouV (MPA apostles), • kai; (and) • ejx (→G of) • aujtw:n (MfnPG them) •
ajpoktenou:sin (ajpokteivnw FAI3P they will kill).
On account of this also the wisdom of the god said, “I will send into them prophets and apostles, and of them they
will kill.
On account of this also, the wisdom of God said, “I will send to them prophets and apostles, and they will kill some
of them.
Additional
11. tiv (NSNa why?) • oiJ kakoi; (MPN the bad) • ajpokteivnousin (ajpokteivnw PAI3P they are killing) • tou;V ajgaqouvV
(MPA the good), • oi} (MPN which) • throu:sin (threvw PAI3P they are keeping) • to;n novmon (MSA the law) • tou: qeou:
(MSG of the god) • kai; (and) • ajgapw:si (ajgapavw PAI3P they are loving) • pavntaV (MPA all)~
Why the bad are killing the good, which are keeping the law of the god and are loving all?
Why are the bad killing the good, who are keeping the law of God and are loving everyone?
12. ejn (→D in) • tw/: stovmativ (NSD the mouth) • mou (SG my) • megalh;n (FSA great) • sofivan (FSA wisdom) • lalhvsw
(lalevw FAI1S I will speak) • kai; (and) • kata; (→A throughout) • th;n o{lhn zwh;n (FSA the whole life) • ejrw: (levgw
FAI1S I will say) • peri; (→G concerning) • th:V dikaiosuvnhV (FSG the righteousness) • te (and) • kai; (also) • th:V
oJdou: (FSG the way) • th:V ajlhqeivaV (FSG of the truth).
In the mouth my great wisdom I will speak and throughout the whole life I will say concerning the righteousness
and also the way of the truth.
With my mouth I will speak great wisdom, and throughout all of life I will speak concerning righteousness and also
the way of truth.
13. kai; (and) • kalevseiV (kalevw FAI2S you will call) • ta; savbbata (NPNa the Sabbaths) • a{gia (NPNa holy) • tw:/ qew:/
(MSD to the god) • sou (SG your) • kai; (and) • oujk (not) • ajreiæV (ai[rw FAI2S you will take up) • to;n povda (MSA the
foot) • sou (SG your) • ejp= (→D on) • e[rgw/ (NSD work) • oujde; (and not) • lalhvseiV (lalevw FAI2S you will speak) •
lovgon (MSA word) • ejn (→D in) • ojrgh:/ (FSD wrath) • ejk (→G from) • tou: stovmatovV (NSG the mouth) • sou (SG
your).
And you will call the Sabbaths holy to the god your and not you will take up the foot your on work and not you will
speak word in wrath from the mouth your.
And you will call the Sabbaths holy to your God, and you will not take up your foot to work, and you will not speak
a word in wrath from your mouth.
14. oJ qeovV (MSN the god) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • kuvrioV (MSN lord), • kai; (and) • aujto;V (MSN he) • oi\den (3S
he/she/it knows), • kai; (and) • =Israh;l (MSNx Israel) • aujto;V (MSN himself) • gnwvsetai (ginwvskw FAI3S he/she/it
will know).
The god is lord, and he knows, and Israel himself will know.
God is Lord, and he knows, and Israel himself will know.
15. to; u{dwr (NSNa the water) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • pistovn (MSA/NSNa faithful)` • basileva (MSA king) • meta; (→G with)
• dovxhV (FSG glory) • o[yesqe (oJravw FMdI2P you will see), • kai; (and) • hJ yuch; (FSN the soul) • uJmw:n (PG your) •
melethvsei (meletavw FAI3S he/she/it will cultivate) • fovbon (MSA fear) • kurivou (MSG of lord).
The water his faithful; king with glory you will see, and the soul your will cultivate fear of lord.
His water is faithful; you will see the king with glory, and your soul will cultivate the fear of the Lord.
16. kai; (and) • ta; tevkna (NPNa the children) • aujth:V (FSG her) • ajpoktenw: (ajpokteivnw FAI1S I will kill) • ejn (→D in)
• qanavtw/ (MSD death). • kai; (and) • gnwvsontai (ginwvskw FMdI3P they will know) • pa:sai (FPN all) • aiJ
ejkklhsivai (FPN the congregations) • o{ti (that) • ejgwv (SN I) • eijmi (PAI1S I am) • oJ ejraunw:n (MSN the one who
searches) • nefrou;V (MPA minds) • kai; (and) • kardivaV (FPA hearts), • kai; (and) • dwvsw (I will give) • uJmiæn (PD to
you) • eJkavstw/ (MSD each) • kata; (→A according to) • ta; e[rga (NPNa the works) • uJmw:n (PG your).
And the children her I will kill in death. And will know all the congregations that I am the one who searches minds
and hearts, and I will give to you each according to the works your.
And I will kill her children in death. And all the congregations will know that I am the one who searches minds and
hearts, and I will give to each of you according to your works.
17. Mh; (not) • movnon (MSA/NSNa only) • ou\n (therefore) • aujto;n (MSA him) • kalw:men (let us call) • kuvrion (MSA lord),
• ouj (not) • ga;r (for) • tou:to (NSNa this) • swvsei (sw/vzw FAI3S he/she/it will save) • hJma:V (PA us).
Not only therefore him let us call lord, not for this will save us.
Therefore, let us not only call him “Lord,” for this will not save us.
18. makavrioi (MPN blessed) • oiJ kaqaroi; (MPN the clean) • th:/ kardiva/ (FSD in heart), • o{ti (because) • aujtoi; (MPN they)
• to;n qeo;n (MSA the god) • o[yontai (oJravw FMdI3P they will see).
Blessed the clean in heart, because they the god will see.
Blessed are the clean in heart, because they will see God.
19. =All= (but) • ejreiæ (levgw FAI3S he/she/it will say) • tiV (MfSN someone) ` • su; (SN you) • pivstin (FSA faith) • e[ceiV
(PAI2S you are having), • kajgw; (SN and I) • e[rga (NPNa works) • e[cw (PAI1S I am having). • deiæxovn (Show!) • moi
(SD to me) • th;n pivstin (FSA the faith) • sou (SG your) • cwri;V (→G without) • tw:n e[rgwn (NPG the works), • kajgwv
(SN and I) • soi (SD to you) • deivxw (I will show) • ejk (→G from) • tw:n e[rgwn (NPG the works) • mou (SG my) • th;n
pivstin (FSA the faith). • su; (SN you) • pisteuveiV (PAI2S you are believing) • o{ti (that) • ei|V (MSN one) • ejstin
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • oJ qeovV (MSN the god), • kalw:V (well) • poieiæV (poievw PAI2S you are doing). • kai; (and) • ta;
daimovnia (NPNa the demons) • pisteuvousin (pisteuvw PAI3P they are believing) • kai; (and) • frivssousin (frivssw
PAI3P they are trembling).
But will say someone, “You faith are having, and I works am having.” Show me the faith your without the works,
and I to you will show from the works my the faith. You are believing that one is the god, well you are doing. And
the demons are believing and they are trembling.
But someone will say, “You have faith, and I have works.” Show me your faith without the works, and I will show
you faith from my works. You believe that God is one; you are doing well. The demons also believe, and they are
trembling.
20. eja;n (if) • ta;V ejntolavV (FPA the commandments) • mou (SG my) • thrhvshte (you keep), • meneiæte (mevnw FAI2P you
will remain) • ejn (→D in) • th:/ ajgavph/ (FSD the love) • mou (SG my), • kaqw;V (even as) • ejgw; (SN I) • ta;V ejntola;V
(FPA the commandments) • tou: patrovV (MSG of the father) • mou (SG my) • tethvrhka (I have kept) • kai; (and) •
mevnw (PAI1S I am remaining) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • ejn (→D in) • th:/ ajgavph/ (FSD the love).
If the commandments my you keep, you will remain in the love my, even as I the commandments of the father my I
have kept and I am remaining his in the love.
If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, even as I have kept my father’s commandments, and I
am remaining in his love.
Chapters 15 - 20
Grammar
1. Define the following three aspects, clearly differentiating among them.
a. Continuous aspect describes the action of the verb as an ongoing process. E.g., “The car was slowing down.”
b. Undefined aspect describes the action of the verb as a simple event, without commenting on whether or not it
is a process. Undefined aspect gives the minimum amount of information about the action of a verb. E.g., “The
car slowed down.”
c. Punctiliar aspect describes the action of a verb as occurring at a single point of time. E.g., “The car hit the
brick wall.” Punctiliar aspect is the opposite of continuous aspect. Punctiliar aspect is a category of English
grammar, not of Greek grammar.
2. Write out the twelve forms of luvw, present active and passive
Present Active
1st sg luvw 1st pl luvomen
nd nd
2 sg luveiV 2 pl luvete
3rd sg luvei 3rd pl luvousi(n)
Present Passive
st
1 sg luvomai 1st pl luovmeqa
2nd sg luvh/ 2nd pl luvesqe
rd rd
3 sg luvetai 3 pl luvontai
3. Write out the Master Verb Chart

Aug/ Tense Conn.
Tense Redup Tense stem formative vowel Personal endings First singular
Pres act pres o/e prim act luvw
Pres mid/pas pres o/e prim mid/pas luvomai
Future act fut act s o/e prim act luvsw
Liquid future act fut act es o/e prim act menw:
Future mid fut act s o/e prim mid/pas poreuvsomai
4. What are “The Big Five” contraction rules?
a. ou is formed by eo, oe, and oo.
b. ei is formed by ee.
c. w is formed by almost any combination of omicron or omega with any other vowel, except for rule “a” above.
d. a is formed from ae.
e. h is formed from ea.
77
5. What vowels form the following contractions?

a. ei e+e
b. ei  e + ei
c. a  a + e (or a + a, or a + h)
d. ou  o + o
e. ou  o + e
f. ou  e + o
g. w  a + w (or a + o, e + w, o + w, w + a, o + a, w + e, or w + o)
6. How do you form the following English tenses with the verb “eat”?
a. Present active continuous – “is eating.”
b. Present passive punctiliar – “is eaten.”
7. Define what a “deponent” verb is and give one example.

• A deponent verb is middle or passive in form, but active in meaning.
• E.g., e[rcomai is middle or passive in form, since it uses the middle/passive personal ending mai, and its meaning
“I come” is active.
8. Write out the “Square of Stops,” and what happens to each class of stop when followed by a sigma.
Labial p b f y
Velar k g c x
Dental t d q s
9. What is the difference between a verbal “root” and “stem”?
• A verb has one root 1 and six tense stems2 that are derived from the root.
• A stem is the form of the root in a particular tense. The connecting vowel, personal endings, and other pieces of
a verb are added on to the tense stem rather than on to the root.
• Mounce always prefaces the root with an asterisk. E.g., *lu
10. What are the three basic ways in which tense stems are formed from verbal roots?
a. Pattern 1: Root not modified.
• Therefore, the present tense stem = verbal root.
• E.g., luvw uses the present tense stem lu, which is the verbal root *lu.
b. Pattern 2: Root modified regularly
• Therefore, the present tense stem is the verbal root modified according to some pattern
• E.g., bavllw uses the present tense stem ball, which is derived from the verbal root *bal by adding a
second lambda.
c. Pattern 3: Different roots
• These verbs fit under one of the above two patterns, but use different roots to form different tense stems.
• E.g., ejrcomai uses the present tense stem ejrc, which is the same as one of the verb’s roots *ejrc. But the
future tense stem of e[rcomai is ejleuq, which is the same as another of the verb’s roots *ejleuq.
1
There are a few verbs that have multiple roots. See question 10 part (c) below.
2
Some verbs do not occur in certain tenses, and therefore lack the corresponding tense stems.
Chapters 15 - 20: Review #4 – Track 1 79
Parsing
1. ajkouvete (ajkouvw PAI2P you (plural) are hearing)
2. ajkouvseiV (ajkouvw FAI2S you (singular) will hear)
3. poreuvetai (poreuvomai PMpdI3S he/she/it is going)
4. ou{stinaV (o{stiV MPA whomever)
5. zhvsousin (zavw FAI3P they will live)
6. throu:mai (threvw PMpI1S I am keeping for myself / I am being kept)
7. gnwvsetai (ginwvskw FMdI3S he/she/it will know)
8. e[sontai (eijmiv FMdI3P they will be)
9. ajgapw:men (ajgapavw PAI1P we are loving)
10. blevyetai (blevpw FMI3S he/she/it will see)
11. lalw: (lalevw PAI1S I am speaking)
12. o[yh/ (oJravw FMdI2S you (singular) will see)
13. plhroiæ (plhrovw PAI3S “he/she/it is filling” OR PMpI2S “you are filling for yourself” or “you are being
filled”)
14. swvsw (sw/vzw FAI1S I will save)
Translation: John 12:27-36

12:27 Nu:n (now) • hJ yuchv (FSN the soul) • mou (SG my) • tetavraktai (he/she/it has been troubled), • kai; (and) • tiv
(NSNa what?) • ei[pw (I can say)~ • pavter (MSV father), • sw:sovn (save!) • me (SA me) • ejk (→G from) • th:V w{raV (FSG
the hour) • tauvthV (FSG this)~ • ajlla; (but) • dia; (→A on account of) • tou:to (NSNa this) • h\lqon (I came) • eijV (→A
into/in) • th;n w{ran (FSA the hour) • tauvthn (FSA this). • 12:28 pavter (MSV father), • dovxasovn (glorify!) • sou (SG your)
• to; o[noma (NSNa the name). • h\lqen (he/she/it came) • ou\n (then) • fwnh; (FSN voice) • ejk (→G from) • tou: oujranou:
(MSG the heaven)` • kai; (both) • ejdovxasa (I glorified) • kai; (and) • pavlin (again) • doxavsw (FAI1S I will glorify). •
12:29 oJ (MSN the) • ou\n (then) • o[cloV (MSN crowd) • oJ eJstw;V (MSN the one that was standing) • kai; (and) • ajkouvsaV
(hearing) • e[legen (he/she/it was saying) • bronth;n (FSA thunder) • gegonevnai (that it was), • a[lloi (MPN others) • e[legon
(they were saying)` • a[ggeloV (MSN angel) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him) • lelavlhken (he/she/it has spoken). • 12:30 ajpekrivqh
(he/she/it answered) • =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus) • kai; (and) • ei\pen (he/she/it said)` • ouj (not) • di= (→A on account of) • ejme;
(SA! me) • hJ fwnh; (FSN the voice) • au{th (FSN this) • gevgonen (he/she/it came) • ajlla; (but) • di= (→A on account of) •
uJma:V (FPA you). • 12:31 nu:n (now) • krivsiV (FSN judgment) • ejsti;n (eijmiv PAI3S he/she/it is) • tou: kovsmou (MSG of the
world) • touvtou (MnSG of this) , • nu:n (now) • oJ a[rcwn (MSN the ruler) • tou: kovsmou (MSG of the world) • touvtou (MnSG
of this) • ejkblhqhvsetai (he/she/it will be cast out) • e[xw (out)` • 12:32 kajgw; (SN and I) • eja;n (if) • uJywqw: (I am lifted
up) • ejk (→G from) • th:V gh:V (SG the world), • pavntaV (MSA all) • eJlkuvsw (I will draw) • pro;V (→A to) • ejmautovn (MSA
myself). • 12:33 tou:to (NSNa this) • de; (and/but) • e[legen (he/she/it was saying) • shmaivnwn (signifying) • poivw/ (MnSD
what) • qanavtw/ (MSD death) • h[mellen (he/she/it was about) • ajpoqnhv/skein (to die).
12:34 =Apekrivqh (he/she/it answered) • ou\n (then) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him) • oJ o[cloV (MSN the crowd)` • hJmeiæV (PN we)
• hjkouvsamen (we heard) • ejk (→G from) • tou: novmou (MSG the law) • o{ti (that/because) • oJ Cristo;V (MSN the Christ) •
mevnei (PAI3S he/she/it is remaining) • eijV (→A into/in) • to;n aijw:na (MSA the eternity), • kai; (and) • pw:V (how?) • levgeiV
(PAI2S you are saying) • su; (SN you) • o{ti (that) • deiæ (it is necessary) • uJywqh:nai (to be lifted up) • to;n uiJo;n (MSA the
son) • tou: ajnqrwvpou (MSG of the man)~ • tivV (MSN who?) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • ou|toV (MSN this) • oJ uiJo;V (MSN
the son) • tou: ajnqrwvpou (MSG of the man)~ • 12:35 ei\pen (he/she/it said) • ou\n (therefore) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • oJ
=Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus)` • e[ti (yet) • mikro;n (MSA little) • crovnon (MSA time) • to; fw:V (NSNa the light) • ejn (→D in) •
uJmiæn (PD to you) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is). • peripateiæte (walk!) • wJV (as long as) • to; fw:V (NSNa the light) • e[cete
(PAI2P you are having), • i{na (in order that) • mh; (not) • skotiva (FSN darkness) • uJma:V (PA you) • katalavbh/ (he/she/it
might overtake)` • kai; (and) • oJ peripatw:n (MSN the one walking) • ejn (→D in) • th:/ skotiva/ (FSD the darkness) • oujk
(not) • oi\den (3S he/she/it knows) • pou: (where) • uJpavgei (PAI3S he/she/it is going). • 12:36 wJV (as long as) • to; fw:V
(NSNa the light) • e[cete (PAI2P you are having), • pisteuvete (PAIm2P continually believe!)3 • eijV (→A into/in) • to; fw:V
(NSNa the light), • i{na (in order that) • uiJoi; (MPN sons) • fwto;V (NSG of light) • gevnhsqe (you might be).
12:27 “Now the soul my has been troubled, and what I can say? ‘Father, save me from the hour this’? But on
account of this I came into the hour this. 12:28 Father, glorify your the name.” Came then voice from the heaven, “Both I
glorified and again I will glorify.” 12:29 The then crowd the one that was standing and hearing was saying thunder it
was, others were saying angel to him has spoken. 12:30 Answered Jesus and said, “Not on account of me the voice this
came but on account of you. 12:31 Now judgment is of the world this, now the ruler of the world this will be cast out;
12:32 and I if I am lifted up from the world all I will draw to myself.” 12:33 This and he was saying signifying what
death he was about to die.
12:34 Answered then to him the crowd, “We heard from the law that the Christ is remaining into the eternity, and
how you are saying you that it is necessary to be lifted up the son of the man? Who is this the son of the man?” 12:35
Said then to them the Jesus, “yet little time the light in you is. Walk as long as the light you are having, in order that not
darkness you might overtake, and the one walking in the darkness not knows where he is going. 12:36 As long as the
light you are having, believe in the light, in order that sons of light you might be.”
12:27 Now my soul has been troubled, and what can I say? ‘Father, save me from this hour’? But for this reason I
came to this hour. 12:28 Father, glorify your name!” Then a voice came from heaven, “I have both glorified it and I will
also glorify it again.” 12:29 Then the crowd that was standing and hearing was saying that it was thunder. And others
were saying that an angel had spoken to him. 12:30 Jesus answered and said, “This voice came not for my sake but for
yours. 12:31 Now judgment is on this world; now the ruler of this world will be cast out. 12:32 And if I am lifted up from
the world, I will draw all people to myself.” 12:33 He was saying this, signifying what sort of death he was about to die.
12:34 The crowd then answered him, “We have heard from the law that the Christ remains into eternity; how are
you saying that it is necessary for the Son of Man to be lifted up? Who is this Son of Man?” 12:35 Then Jesus said to
them, “The light is among you for a little while longer. Walk as long as you have the light, in order that darkness will not
overtake you. The one walking in the darkness does not know where he is going. 12:36 As long as you have the light,
believe in the light, in order that you might be sons of the light.”
3
The form could be indicative or imperative mood. The context clarifies that it is imperative. We’ll cover the imperative
mood in chapter 33.
Imperfect Indicative
Parsing
Person Tense / Lexical Parsing Inflected
Inflected / Case Number Gender Voice Mood Form Code Meaning
you were
1. ejbavptizeV 2 Singular Imperfect Active Indicative baptivzw IAI2S
baptizing
I was
Singular hearing /
2. h[kouon 1 or 3 Imperfect Active Indicative ajkouvw IAI1S/3P
or Plural they were
hearing
you were
3. hjqevlete 2 Plural Imperfect Active Indicative qevlw IAI2P
willing
you were
Middle or
4. ejswv/zesqe 2 Plural Imperfect Indicative sw/vzw IMpI2P being
Passive
saved
he/she/it
5. ejpoivei 3 Singular Imperfect Active Indicative poievw IAI3S
was doing
I was
casting
Singular out / they
6. ejxevballon 1 or 3 Imperfect Active Indicative ejkbavllw IAI1S/3P
or Plural were
casting
out
7. h\san 3 Plural Imperfect Active Indicative eijmiv IAI3P they were
(Middle
or I was
8. ejporeuovmhn 1 Singular Imperfect Indicative poreuvomai IMpdI1S
Passive) going
Deponent
they will
9. e{xousi 3 Plural Future Active Indicative e[cw FAI3P
have
I was
Singular asking /
10. ejphrwvtwn 1 or 3 Imperfect Active Indicative ejperwtavw IAI1S/3P
or Plural they were
asking
Warm-up
a. ejbavptizen (baptivzw IAI3S he/she/it was baptizing) • aujtou;V (MPA them).

He was baptizing them.
b. daimovnia (NPNa demons) • polla; (NPNa many) • ejxevballon (ejkbavllw IAI1S/3P I was casting out / they were
casting out).
Demons many I was casting out. OR Demons many they were casting out.
I was casting out many demons. OR1 They were casting out many demons.
g. ejbaptivzonto (baptivzw IMpI3P they were being baptized) • uJp= (→G by) • aujtou: (MnSG him).
They were being baptized by him.
1
Because of the ambiguity between the 1S and 3P forms of the imperfect, this sentence can be translated both ways.
We’ve shown both possibilities here, but usually will only give the one that fits the context.
81
d. h[rconto (e[rcomai IMpdI3P they were coming) • pro;V (→A to) • aujtovn (MSA him).
They were coming to him.
e. oujk (not) • … ejkrinovmeqa (krivnw IMpI1P we were judging for ourselves / we were being judged).
Not … we were judging for ourselves. OR Not … we were being judged.
We were not judging for ourselves. OR2 We were not being judged.
z. eij (if) • ga;r (for) • ejpisteuvete (pisteuvw IAI2P you were believing) • Mwu&seiæ (MSD Moses), • pisteuvsete (pisteuvw
FAI2P you will believe) • ejmoiv (SD! me).
For if you were believing Moses, you would believe me.
h. ejlavlei (lalevw IAI3S he/she/it was speaking) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • to;n lovgon (MSA the word).
He was speaking the word to them.
Translation
1. ejkeiænoV (MSN he)3 • de; (and/but) • e[legen (IAI3S he/she/it was saying) • peri; (→G concerning) • tou: naou: (MSG the
temple) • tou: swvmatoV (NSG of the body) • aujtou: (MnSG his).
He but he was saying concerning the temple of the body his.
But he was speaking concerning the temple of his body.
2. kai; (and) • pa:V (MSN all) • oJ o[cloV (MSN the crowd) • h[rceto (e[rcomai IMpdI3S it was coming) • pro;V (→A to) •
aujtovn (MSA him), • kai; (and) • ejdivdasken (IAI3S he/she/it was teaching) • aujtouvV (MPA them).
And all the crowd was coming to him, and he was teaching them.
And the whole crowd was coming to him, and he was teaching them.
3. h[kouon (IAI1S/3P they were hearing) • de; (and/but) • tau:ta (NPNa these) • pavnta (NPNa all) • oiJ Farisaiæoi (MPN
the Pharisees).
They were hearing and these all the Pharisees.
And the Pharisees were hearing all4 of these things.
4. h\san (eijmiv IAI3P they were) • ga;r (for) • polloi; (MPN many) • kai; (and) • hjkolouvqoun (IAI1S/3P I was
following / they were following) • aujtw:/ (MnSD him).
For there were many, and they were following him. OR For there were many, and I was following him.
5. hjgavpa (IAI3S he/she/it was loving) • de; (and/but) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus) • th;n Mavrqan (FSA the Martha) • kai;
(and) • th;n ajdelfh;n (FSA the sister) • aujth:V (FSG her) • kai; (and) • to;n Lavzaron (MSA the Lazarus).
Was loving and the Jesus the Martha and the sister her and the Lazarus.
And Jesus was loving Martha, her sister, and Lazarus.
6. kai; (and) • ejphrwvta (IAI3S he/she/it was asking) • aujtovn (MSA him)` • tiv (NSNa what?) • o[nomav (NSNa name) • soi
(SD to you)~ • kai; (and) • levgei (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • aujtw/: (MnSD to him)` • Legiw;n (MSN Legion) • o[nomav
(NSNa name) • moi (SD to me), • o{ti (because) • polloiv (MPN many) • ejsmen (PAI1P we are).
And he was asking him, “What name to you?” And he is saying to him, “Legion name to me, because many we are.”
And he was asking him, “What is your name?” And he was5 saying to him, “Legion is my name because we are
many.”
2
Because of the ambiguity between the middle and passive forms of the imperfect, this sentence can be translated both
ways. We’ve shown both possibilities here, but usually will only give the one that fits the context.
3
The word ejkeiænoV is usually translated as “that,” but here it is functioning as a personal pronoun rather than as a
demonstrative pronoun, so we translate it as “he” instead. See section 13.9 on page 110 of BBG.
4
pavnta modifies tau:ta, not Farisai:oi, because it is neuter.
5
levgei is literally “he is saying” (present tense) rather than “he was saying.” The Greek present tense is often used in
narrative literature to describe a past event, and should then be translated with an English past tense verb. This use of the
Greek present tense is called the “historical present.” The fact that levgei (a present tense verb) is in a past tense narrative
(as shown by the preceding imperfect verb ejphrwvta) suggests that levgei is a historical present, and should thus be
translated as “was saying” rather than “is saying.” See Wallace, Greek Grammar Beyond the Basics, pp. 526ff.
Exercise 21 – Track 1: Imperfect Indicative 83
7. aujto;V (MSN he) • ga;r (for) • ejgivnwsken (IAI3S he/she/it was knowing) • tiv (NSNa what) • h\n (eijmiv IAI3S he/she/it
was) • ejn (→D in) • tw:/ ajnqrwvpw/ (MSD the man).
He for was knowing what was in the man.
For he knew what was in the man.
8. ejphrwvtwn (IAI1S/3P they were asking) • aujto;n (MSA him) • oiJ maqhtai; (MPN the disciples) • aujtou: (MnSG his) •
th;n parabolhvn (FSA the parable).
Were asking him the disciples his the parable.
His disciples were asking him about the parable.
9. kai; (and) • meta; (→A after) • tau:ta (NPNa these) • periepavtei (IAI3S he/she/it was walking) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the
Jesus) • ejn (→D in) • th:/ Galilaiva/ (FSD the Galilee)` • ouj (not) • ga;r (for) • h[qelen (IAI3S he/she/it was willing) •
ejn (→D in) • th:/ =Ioudaiva/ (FSD the Judea) • peripateiæn (to walk), • o{ti (because) • ejzhvtoun (IAI1S/3P they were
seeking) • aujto;n (MSA him) • oiJ =Ioudaiæoi (MPN the Jews) • ajpokteiænai (to kill).
And after these he was walking the Jesus in the Galilee; not for he was willing in the Judea to walk, because they
were seeking him the Jews to kill.
And after these things Jesus was walking in Galilee, for he was unwilling to walk in Judea because the Jews were
seeking to kill him.
10. OiJ (MPN the) • me;n (indeed) • ou\n (then) • sunelqovnteV (when they had come together) • hjrwvtwn (IAI1S/3P they
were asking) • aujto;n (MSA him) • levgonteV (saying)` • kuvrie (MSV lord), • eij (if) • ejn (→D in) • tw/: crovnw/ (MSD the
time) • touvtw/ (MnSD to this) • ajpokaqistavneiV (are you restoring) • th;n basileivan (FSA the kingdom) • tw/: =Israhvl
(MSD to Israel)~
The indeed then when they had come together they were asking him, saying, “Lord, if in the time this are you
restoring the kingdom to Israel?”
Then indeed when they had come together, they were asking him, saying, “Lord, are you restoring the kingdom to
Israel at this time?”
Additional
11. o{te (when) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus) • ejn (→D in) • taiæV sunagwgaiæV (FPD the synagogues) • tw:n =Ioudaivwn (MPG
of the Jews) • ejdivdasken (IAI3S he/she/it was teaching) • ejpi; (→D on) • panti; (MnSD each) • tw/: sabbavtw/ (NSD the
Sabbath), • oiJ Farisaiæoi (MPN the Pharisees) • ejphrwvtwn (IAI1S/3P they were asking) • tivni (MfnSD what) •
ejxousiva/ (FSD authority) • ejkeivnouV (MPA those) • tou;V lovgouV (MPA the words) • laleiæ (PAI3S he/she/it is saying).
When the Jesus in the synagogues of the Jews was teaching on each the Sabbath, the Pharisees were asking what
authority those the words he is saying.
When Jesus was teaching in the synagogues of the Jews on every Sabbath, the Pharisees were asking in what
authority he was saying6 those words.
12. oiJ a[nqrwpoi (MPN the people) • oi} (MPN who) • didavskousin (PAI3P they are teaching) • to;n lovgon (MSA the word)
• tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • aujtoi; (MPN they) • ejdidavskonto (IMpI3P they were being taught) • mh; (not) •
khruvssein (to preach) • ejn (→D in) • pollw/: (much) • crovnw/ (MSD time)~
The people who are teaching the word of the god they were being taught not to preach in much time?
The people who are teaching the word of God, were they being taught not to preach for a long time?
6
The word laleiæ is in the Greek present tense, so it is typically translated “he is saying.” In this sentence, however, it is
the content of an indirect discourse, so proper English style requires that it be translated with the English past progressive
tense (“he was saying”). See the advanced information in chapter 32 (§32.18–32.19) on pages 308–309 for more
information on this peculiarity of English grammar.
13. oJ (MSN he) • de; (and/but) • oujk (not) • h[qelen (IAI3S he/she/it was willing), • ei\pen (he/she/it said) • de; (and/but) •
th:/ gunaiki; (FSD to the wife) • tou: kurivou (MSG of the lord) • aujtou: (MnSG his)` • oJ kuvrioV (MSN the lord) • mou (SG
my) • ouj (not) • ginwvskei (PAI3S he/she/it is knowing) • di= (→A on account of) • ejme; (SA! me) • oujde;n (NSNa
nothing) • ejn (→D in) • tw:/ oi[kw/ (MSD the house) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • kai; (and) • pavnta (NPNa all) • o{sa (NPNa
whatever) • ejsti;n (PAI3S he/she/it is) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him) • e[dwken (he/she/it has given) • eijV (→A into/in) • ta;V
ceiæravV (FPA the hands) • mou (SG my) …. • tovte (then) • pw:V (how?) • poihvsw (FAI1S I will do) • to; rJh:ma (NSNa
the word) • to; ponhro;n (NSNa the evil) • tou:to (NSNa this)~
The but not he was willing, he said but to the wife of the lord his, the lord my not is knowing on account of me
nothing in the house his and all whatever is to him he has given in the hands my… . then how I will do the word the
evil this?
But he was not willing, and he said to the wife of his master, “Because of me, my Lord is not concerned about
anything in his house, and he has placed everything that he has into my hands…. How then could I do this evil
thing?”
14. kai; (and) • hjrwvta (IAI3S he/she/it was asking) • aujto;n (MSA him) • oJ basileu;V (MSN the king) • krufaivwV
(secretly) • eijpeiæn (to say) • eij (if) • e[stin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • lovgoV (MSN word) • para; (→G from) • kurivou (MSG
lord), • kai; (and) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said)` • e[stin (PAI3S he/she/it is).
And was asking him the king secretly to say if is word from lord, and he said it is.
And the king was asking him secretly to say if there is a word from the Lord, and he said, “There is.”
15. kai; (and) • aujth; (FSN she) • ejlavlei (IAI3S he/she/it was speaking) • ejn (→D in) • th:/ kardiva/ (FSD the heart) •
aujth:V (FSG her) … • kai; (and) • fwnh; (FSN voice) • aujth:V (FSG her) • oujk (not) • hjkouveto (IMpI3S he/she/it was
being heard).
And she was speaking in the heart her… and voice her not was being heard.
And she was speaking in her heart… and her voice was not being heard.
16. hjrwvtwn (IAI1S/3P they were asking) • aujto;n (MSA him) • oiJ (MPN the) • peri; (→A around) • aujto;n (MSA him) •
su;n (→D with) • toiæV dwvdeka (MPD the twelve) • ta;V parabolavV (FPA the parables).
They were asking him the around him with the twelve the parables.
Those around him with the twelve were asking him about the parables.
17. ajlhqw:V (truly) • ou|toV (MSN this) • oJ a[nqrwpoV (MSN the man) • uiJo;V (MSN son) • qeou: (MSG of god) • h\n (IAI3S
he/she/it was).
Truly this the man son of god was.
Truly this man was a son of a god / the son of a god / a son of God / the Son of God.7
18. parabolaiæV (FPD to parables) • pollaiæV (FPD many) • ejlavlei (IAI3S he/she/it was speaking) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to
them) • to;n lovgon (MSA the word) • kaqw;V (just as) • hjduvnanto (IMpdI3P they were being able) • ajkouvein (to
listen).
To parables many he was speaking to them the word just as they were being able to listen.
He was speaking the word to them in many parables, just as they were able to listen.
19. =Agaphtoiv (MPNv beloved), • oujk (not) • ejntolh;n (FSA commandment) • kainh;n (FSA new) • gravfw (PAI1S I am
writing) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • ajll= (but) • ejntolh;n (FSA commandment) • palaia;n (FSA old) • h}n (FSA which) •
ei[cete (e[cw IAI2P you were having) • ajp= (→G from) • ajrch:V (FSG beginning).
Beloved, not commandment new I am writing to you but commandment old which you were having from beginning.
Beloved, I am not writing a new commandment to you, but an old commandment, which you have had since the
beginning.
20. ejdivdasken (IAI3S he/she/it was teaching) • ga;r (for) • tou;V maqhta;V (MPA the disciples) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • kai;
(and) • e[legen (IAI3S he/she/it was saying) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • o{ti (quotation marks) • oJ uiJo;V (MSN the son) •
tou: ajnqrwvpou (MSG of the man) • paradivdotai (he/she/it will be betrayed) • eijV (→A into/in) • ceiæraV (FPA hands)
• ajnqrwvpwn (MPG of people), • kai; (and) • ajpoktenou:sin (ajpokteivnw FAI3P they will kill) • aujtovn (MSA him).
He was teaching for the disciples his and was saying to them, “The son of the man will be betrayed into hands of
people, and they will kill him.”
For he was teaching his disciples and saying to them, “The Son of Man will be betrayed into the hands of people,
and they will kill him.”
7
Because there are no articles, and because the speaker is a Roman soldier who had just witnessed the earthquake, the
darkness, and how Jesus behaved on the cross, one can make a case for several of these grammatical possibilities.
Exercise 22
Second Aorist Active/Middle Indicative

Parsing
1. h[lqomen1 1 Plural Aorist Active Indicative e[rcomai AAI1P we went
Middle we
2. ejgenovmeqa 1 Plural Aorist Indicative givnomai AMdI1P
Deponent became
3. ajpeqavnete 2 Plural Aorist Active Indicative ajpoqnh/vskw AAI2P you died
you went
4. eijsh:lqeV 2 Singular Aorist Active Indicative eijsevrcomai AAI2S
in
he/she/it
5. e[balen 3 Singular Aorist Active Indicative bavllw AAI3S
threw
Singular I had /
6. e[scon 1 or 3 Aorist Active Indicative e[cw AAI1S/3P
or Plural they had
7. e[gnwn2 1 Singular Aorist Active Indicative ginwvskw AAI1S/3P I knew
I found /
Singular
8. eu|ron 1 or 3 Aorist Active Indicative euJrivskw AAI1S/3P they
or Plural
found
9. ajpeqavnomen 1 Plural Aorist Active Indicative ajpoqnh/vskw AAI1P we died
Middle I was
10. ejginovmhn 1 Singular Imperfect Indicative givnomai IMdI1S
Deponent becoming
Warm-up
a. h\lqen (e[rcomai AAI3S he/she/it went) • pro;V (→A to) • to;n =Ihsou:n (MSA the Jesus).
He went to Jesus.
b. prosh:lqon (prosevrcomai AAI1S/3P they came to) • aujtw:/ (MnSD him) • oiJ maqhtaiv (MPN the disciples).
The disciples came to him.
g. e[balen (bavllw AAI3S he/she/it threw) • aujtou;V (MPA them) • eijV (→A into/in) • th;n gh:n (FSA the earth).
He threw them into the earth.
d. pneu:ma (NSNa spirit) • a{gion (MSA/NSNa holy) • ejlavbete (lambavnw AAI2P you received);
Spirit holy you received?
Did you receive the Holy Spirit?
e. oiJ profh:tai (MPN the prophets) • ajpevqanon (ajpoqnh/vskw AAI1S/3P they died).
The prophets died.
1
Notice that e[rcomai is not deponent in the aorist tense, even though it is deponent in the present tense.
2
Based on the normal pattern for second aorist verbs, we would expect that this form could also be the third person
plural form “they knew.” A peculiarity of the verb ginwvskw, however, is that the aorist active indicative third person
plural form is always (in the GNT and LXX) spelled e[gnwsan, following the pattern of a first aorist verb (chapter 23).
Thus ginwvskw is a second aorist except in the third person plural active, where it is a first aorist. See footnote 17 on page
200 of the textbook.
85
z. eijsh:lqen (eijsevrcomai AAI3S he/she/it went) • eijV (→A into/in) • ghæn (FSA land) • =Israhvl (MSGx of Israel).
He went into the land of Israel.
h. eu|reV (euJrivskw AAI2S you found) • ga;r (for) • cavrin (FSA grace) • para; (→D in the presence of) • tw/: qew/: (MSD
the god).
For you found grace in the presence of God.
Translation
1. Cristo;V (MSN Christ) • ajpevqanen (AAI3S he/she/it died) • uJpe;r (→G in behalf of) • tw:n aJmartiw:n (FPG the sins) •
hJmw:n (PG our) • kata; (→A according to) • ta;V grafavV (FPA the scriptures).
Christ died on behalf of our sins according to the Scriptures.
2. kai; (and) • ejxh:lqon (AAI1S/3P they went out) • oiJ maqhtai; (MPN the disciples) • kai; (and) • h\lqon (AAI1S/3P they
went) • eijV (→A into/in) • th;n povlin (FSA the city) • kai; (and) • eu|ron (AAI1S/3P they found) • kaqw;V (just as) •
ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them).
And the disciples went out and came into the city and found things just as he said to them.
3. kai; (and) • fwnh; (FSN voice) • ejgevneto (givnomai AMdI3S he/she/it came) • ejk (→G from) • tw:n oujranw:n (MPG the
heavens)` • su; (SN you) • ei\ (PAI2S you are) • oJ uiJovV (MSN the son) • mou (SG my) • oJ ajgaphtovV (MSN the beloved).
And a voice came from the heavens, “You are my beloved son.”
4. didavskale (MSV teacher), • ei[domevn (oJravw AAI1P we saw) • tina (MfSA/NPNa someone) • ejn (→D in) • tw:/
ojnovmativ (NSD the name) • sou (SG your) • ejkbavllonta (who was casting out) • daimovnia (NPNa demons).
Teacher, we saw someone who was casting out demons in your name.
5. oJ (MSN the) • de; (and/but) • =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him)` • tiv
(NSNa why?) • me (SA me) • levgeiV (PAI2S you are saying) • ajgaqovn (MSA good)~ • oujdei;V (MSN no one) • ajgaqo;V
(MSN good) • eij mh; (except) • ei|V (MSN one) • oJ qeovV (MSN the god).
The but Jesus said to him, “Why me you are saying good? No one good except one the god.”
But Jesus said to him, “Why are you calling me ‘good’? No one is good except one, namely, God.”
6. kai; (and) • ejzhvtoun (zhtevw IAI1S/3P they were seeking) • aujto;n (MSA him) • krath:sai (to arrest) • … e[gnwsan
(ginwvskw AAI3P they knew)3 • ga;r (for) • o{ti (that) • pro;V (→A against) • aujtou;V (MPA them) • th;n parabolh;n
(FSA the parable) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said).
And they were seeking to arrest him… for they knew that he spoke the parable against them.
7. kai; (and) • pollavkiV (often) • kai; (and) • eijV (→A into) • pu:r (NSA fire) • aujto;n (MSA him) • e[balen (AAI3S
he/she/it threw) • kai; (and) • eijV (→A into/in) • u{data (NPNa waters).
And often and into fire him it threw and into waters.
And it often threw him both into fire and into water.
8. ou[te (and not) • oi\da (I know) • ou[te (and not) • ejpivstamai (I understand) • su; (SN you) • tiv (NSNa what) • levgeiV
(PAI2S you are saying). • kai; (and) • ejxh:lqen (AAI3S he/she/it went out) • e[xw (outside).
I neither know nor understand what you are saying. And he went outside.
9. oi{tineV (MPN whoever) • ajpeqavnomen (AAI1P we died) • th:/ aJmartiva/ (FSD to sin), • pw:V (how?) • e[ti (still) • zhvsomen
(FAI1P we will live) • ejn (→D in) • aujth:/ (FSD it4)~
Whoever we died to sin, how still we will live in it?
We who died to sin, how will we still live in it?
3
Notice that e[gnwsan uses san instead of nu for its AAI3P personal ending. There are a few verbs that do this, and it
removes the ambiguity between the AAI1S and AAI3P.
4
aujth/: is feminine because its antecedent is aJmartiva/ (“sin”). Since we think of “sin” as an “it” in English, we translate
aujth/: as “it” in this sentence, even though we normally think of aujth/: as “she.”
Exercise 22: Second Aorist Active/Middle Indicative 87
10. ajpekrivqh (API3S he/she/it answered) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus) • kai; (and) • ei\pen (levgw
AAI3S he/she/it said)` • ajmh;n (amen) • ajmh;n (amen) • levgw (PAI1S I am saying) • uJmiæn (PD to you), • zhteiætev
(PAI2P you are seeking) • me (SA me) • oujc (not) • o{ti (because) • ei[dete (oJravw AAI2P you saw) • shmeiæa (NPNa
signs), • ajll= (but) • o{ti (because) • ejfavgete (you ate) • ejk (→G from) • tw:n a[rtwn (MPG the breads) • kai; (and) •
ejcortavsqhte (you were satisfied).
Jesus answered them and said, “Truly, truly, I am telling you, you are seeking me not because you saw signs, but
because you ate the bread and were satisfied.”
Additional
11. ejn (→D in) • tw/: oijkw/: (MSD the house) • ejn (→D in) • w|/ (MnSD which) • oiJ maqhtai; (MPN the disciples) • to;n a[rton
(MSA the bread) • ajpo; (→G from) • th:V ceiro;V (FSG the hand) • tou: =Ihsou: (MSG of the Jesus) • e[labon (AAI1S/3P
they received), • ei\pon (levgw AAI1S/3P they spoke) • su;n (→D with) • ajllhvvloiV (MnPD each other) • kai; (and) • tw/:
kurivw/ (MSD the lord) • aujtw:n (MfnPG their).
In the house in which the disciples the bread from the hand of the Jesus they received, they spoke with each other
and the lord their.
In the house in which the disciples received the bread from the hand of Jesus, they spoke with each other and their
Lord.
12. oiJ o[cloi (MPN the crowd) • prosh:lqon (AAI1S/3P they went into) • th;n povlin (FSA the city) • kai; (and) • ejn (→D
in) • th/: sunagwvgh/ (FSD the synagogue) • sunhvgagon (sunavgw AAI1S/3P they gathered together) • o{ti (because) • oJ
Pau:loV (MSN the Paul) • ejdivdaske (IAI3S he/she/it was teaching) • th;n ajlhqeivan (FSA the truth) • peri; (→G
concerning) • =Ihsou: (MSGd Jesus) • tou: Cristou: (MSG of the Christ) • te (and) • kai; (and) • tou: kurivou (MSG of the
lord).
The crowd went into the city and in the synagogue they gathered together because the Paul was teaching the truth
concerning Jesus the Christ and and the lord.
The crowd went into the city and gathered together in the synagogue because Paul was teaching the truth
concerning both Jesus Christ and also the Lord.
13. kai; (and) • ajpevqanen (AAI3S he/she/it died) • Saouvl (MSNx Saul) • kai; (and) • treiæV (three) • uiJoi; (MPN sons) •
aujtou: (MnSG his) • ejn (→D in) • th:/ hJmevra/ (FSD the day) • ejkeivnh/ (FSD that) • kai; (and) • pa:V (MSN all) • oJ oi\koV
(MSN the house) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • ejpi; (→A on) • to; aujto; (NSNa the same) ajpevqanen (AAI3S he/she/it died).
And died Saul and three sons his in the day that and all the house his on the same he died.
And Saul and his three sons died on that day, and his entire house died at the same time.
14. eijsh:lqen (AAI3S he/she/it went in) • de; (and/but) • Nw:e (MSNx Noah) • kai; (and) • oiJ uiJoi; (MPN the sons) • aujtou:
(MnSG his) • kai; (and) • hJ gunh; (FSN the wife) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • kai; (and) • aiJ • gunaiækeV (FPN the wives) • tw:n
uiJw:n (MPG of the sons) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • met= (→G with) • aujtou: (MnSG him) • eijV (→A into/in) • th;n kibwto;n
(FSA the ark) • dia; (→A on account of) • to; u{dwr (NSNa the water).
Went in and Noah and the sons his and the wife his and the wives of the sons his with him into the ark on account of
the water.
And Noah, his sons, his wife, and his sons’ wives went into the ark with him because of the water.
15. ejn (→D in) • ajgavph/ (FSD love) • proselavbeto (AMI3S he/she/it received) • hJma:V (PA us) • oJ despovthV (MSN the
ruler)` • dia; (→A on account of) • th;n ajgavphn (FSA the love), • h}n (FSA which) • e[scen (e[cw AAI3S he/she/it had) •
pro;V (→A to) • hJma:V (PA us), • to; ai|ma (NSNa the blood) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • e[dwken (he/she/it gave) • uJpe;r (→G
in behalf of) • hJmw:n (PG us) • =Ihsou:V Cristo;V (MSN Jesus Christ) • oJ kuvrioV (MSN the lord) • hJmw:n (PG our) • ejn
(→D in) • qelhvmati (NSD will) • qeou: (MSG of god), • kai; (and) • th;n savrka (FSA the flesh) • uJpe;r (→G on behalf
of) • th:V sarko;V (FSG the flesh) • hJmw:n (PG our) • kai; (and) • th;n yuch;n (FSA the life) • uJpe;r (→G on behalf of) •
tw:n yucw:n (FPG the lives) • hJmw:n (PG our).
In love received us the ruler; on account of the love which he had towards us, the blood his he gave in behalf of us
Jesus Christ the lord our in will of god, and the flesh on behalf of the flesh our and the life on behalf of the lives our.
In love the ruler received us; because of the love which he had for us, Jesus Christ, our Lord, gave his blood on our
behalf by the will of God, and his flesh on behalf of our flesh, and his life on behalf of our lives.
16. +O (MSN the) • ou\n (therefore) • =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus) • … h\lqen (AAI3S he/she/it went) • eijV (→A into/in) •
Bhqanivan (FSA Bethany), • o{pou (where) • h\n (IAI3S he/she/it was) • LavzaroV (MSN Lazarus), • o}n (MSA whom) •
h[geiren (AAI3S he/she/it raised)5 • ejk (→G from) • nekrw:n (MPG dead) • =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus).
Therefore Jesus… went into Bethany, where Lazarus was, whom Jesus raised from the dead.
17. ejn (→D in) • tw:/ kovsmw/ (MSD the world) • h\n (IAI3S he/she/it was), • kai; (and) • oJ kovsmoV (MSN the world) • di=
(→G through) • aujtou: (MnSG him) • ejgevneto (AMdI3S he/she/it was made), • kai; (and) • oJ kovsmoV (MSN the world) •
aujto;n (MSA him) • oujk (not) • e[gnw (AAI3S he/she/it knew).6
He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him.
18. meta; (→A after) • tau:ta (NPNa these) • h\lqen (AAI3S he/she/it went) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus) • kai; (and) • oiJ
maqhtai; (MPN the disciples) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • eijV (→A into/in) • th;n =Ioudaivan (FSA the Judea) • gh:n (FSA
region) • kai; (and) • ejkeiæ (there) • dievtriben (he/she/it was spending time) • met= (→G with) • aujtw:n (MfnPG them) •
kai; (and) • ejbavptizen (IAI3S he/she/it was baptizing).
After these things, Jesus and his disciples went into the region of Judea, and there he was spending time with them
and was baptizing.
19. pevnte (five) • ga;r (for) • a[ndraV (MPA husbands) • e[sceV (AAI2S you had) • kai; (and) • nu:n (now) • o}n (MSA whom)
• e[ceiV (PAI2S you are having) • oujk (not) • e[stin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • sou (SG your) • ajnhvr (MSN husband).
Five for husbands you had and now whom you are having not is your husband.
For you have had five husbands, and the one whom you now have is not your husband.
20. ei\pon (levgw AAI1S/3P they said) • ªou\n (then)º • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him) • oiJ =Ioudaiæoi (MPN the Jews)` • nu:n (now) •
ejgnwvkamen (we know) • o{ti (that) • daimovnion (NSNa demon) • e[ceiV (PAI2S you are having). • =Abraa;m (MSNx
Abraham) • ajpevqanen (AAI3S he/she/it died) • kai; (and) • oiJ profh:tai (MPN the prophets), • kai; (and) • su; (SN
you) • levgeiV (PAI2S you are saying)` • ejavn (if) • tiV (MfSN anyone) • to;n lovgon (MSA the word) • mou (SG my) •
thrhvsh/ (he/she/it might keep), • ouj (not) • mh; (not) • geuvshtai (he/she/it might taste)7 • qanavtou (MSG of death) •
eijV (→A into/in) • to;n aijw:na (MSA the eternity).
ªThenº the Jews said to him, “Now we know that you have a demon. Abraham died, and the prophets did also. And
you are saying, ‘If anyone keeps my word, he will certainly not taste death, even into eternity.’”8
5
h[geiren is a 1st aorist liquid, which is in the next chapter. The form could also be imperfect.
6
The reason that this ends in omega is that it is a “root aorist,” which uses neither a tense formative nor a connecting
vowel. Instead, the stem ends in omega, and the personal ending is added directly on to the stem. In the third person
singular, the personal ending, as expected, is –(n), and in this case the movable nu does not occur.
7
The parsing is aorist middle deponent subjunctive, third person singular, which you will learn in chapter 31.
8
The Greek is idiomatic, so we need to be somewhat free in our translation. One thing to try to communicate in the
translation is that ouj mhv plus the aorist subjunctive is the strongest way to negate something in Greek. What is being
denied is the possibility that the person would ever taste death (Wallace, p. 468). This is a preview of what we’ll cover in
chapter 31.
Exercise 23
First Aorist Active/Middle Indicative

Parsing
Person / Tense / Lexical Parsing Inflected
Inflected Case Number Gender Voice Mood Form Code Meaning
we
1. ejpisteuvsamen 1 Plural Aorist Active Indicative pisteuvw AAI1P
believed
2. hjkouvsate 2 Plural Aorist Active Indicative ajkouvw AAI2P you heard
he/she/it
3. ejzhvthse 3 Singular Aorist Active Indicative zhtevw AAI3S
sought
4. ejplhvrwsan 3 Plural Aorist Active Indicative plhrovw AAI3P they filled
Middle he/she/it
5. ejleuvsetai 3 Singular Future Indicative e[rcomai FMdI3S
deponent will go
6. e[scomen 1 Plural Aorist Active Indicative e[cw AAI1P we had
he/she/it
7. ejgravyato 3 Singular Aorist Middle Indicative gravfw AMI3S wrote for
–self
you
8. ejbavptisaV 2 Singular Aorist Active Indicative baptivzw AAI2S
baptized
9. h\lqan1 3 Plural Aorist Active Indicative e[rcomai AAI3P they went
10. hjrxavmeqa 1 Plural Aorist Middle Indicative a[rcw AMI1P we began
Warm-up
a. polloi; (MPN many) • ejpivsteusan (pisteuvw AAI3P they believed) • eijV (→A in) • to; o[noma (NSNa the name) •
aujtou: (MnSG his).
Many believed in his name.
b. e[grayen (gravfw AAI3S he/she/it wrote) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • th;n ejntolh;n (FSA the commandment) • tauvthn (FSA
this).
He wrote this commandment to you.
g. kai; (and) • eujqu;V (immediately) • ejkavlesen (kalevw AAI3S he/she/it called) • aujtouvV (MPA them).
And immediately he called them.
d. ejkhvruxan (khruvssw AAI3P they preached) • … kai; (and) • daimovnia (NPNa demons) • polla; (NPNa many) •
ejxevballon (ejkbavllw IAI1S/3P they were casting out).
They preached, … and they were casting out many demons.
e. h[geiren (ejgeivrw AAI3S he/she/it raised)2 • aujthvn (FSA her).

He raised her.
1
This word is typically spelled h\lqon. Spelling it as is done here, with an alpha instead of an omicron, happens
sometimes with a few second aorist verbs that sometimes use first aorist endings. Using first aorist personal endings
eliminates the ambiguity between the 1S and 3P, because the 1S ending is “–,” resulting in h\lqa, whereas the 3P ending
is nu, resulting in h\lqan.
2
This is a liquid first aorist.
89
z. oJ (MSN the) • de; (and/but) • … ajpekrivnato (ajpokrivnomai AMdI3S he/she/it answered) • oujdevn (NSNa nothing).
The but answered nothing.
But he answered nothing.
h. h\lqen (e[rcomai AAI3S he/she/it went) • ou\n (therefore) • kai; (and) • h\ren (ai[rw AAI3S he/she/it took) • to; sw:ma
(NSNa the body) • aujtou: (MnSG his).
Therefore, he went and took his body.
Translation
1. ejpivsteusa (AAI1S I believed), • dio; (therefore) • ejlavlhsa (AAI1S I spoke), • kai; (and) • hJmeiæV (PN we) •
pisteuvomen (PAI1P we are believing), • dio; (therefore) • kai; (also) • lalou:men (PAI1P we are speaking).
I believed, therefore I spoke, and we are believing, therefore also we are speaking.
2. ejgw; (SN I) • ejbavptisa (AAI1S I baptized) • uJma:V (PA you) • u{dati (NSD in water), • aujto;V (MSN he) • de; (and/but) •
baptivsei (FAI3S he/she/it will baptize) • uJma:V (PA you) • ejn (→D in) • pneuvmati (NSD spirit) • aJgivw/ (NSD holy).
I baptized you in water, but he will baptize you in the Holy Spirit.
3. kaqw;V (even as) • ejme; (SA! me) • ajpevsteilaV (AAI2S you sent) • eijV (→A into/in) • to;n kovsmon (MSA the world), •
kajgw; (SN and I) • ajpevsteila (AAI1S I sent) • aujtou;V (MPA them) • eijV (→A into/in) • to;n kovsmon (MSA the world).
Even as you sent me into the world, I also sent them into the world.
4. [Hkousen (AAI3S he/she/it heard) • =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus) • o{ti (that) • ejxevbalon (AAI1S/3P they cast out) • aujto;n
(MSA him) • e[xw (outside) • kai; (and) • euJrw;n (after finding) • aujto;n (MSA him) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said)`
• su; (SN you) • pisteuveiV (PAI2S you are believing) • eijV (→A in) • to;n uiJo;n (MSA the son) • tou: ajnqrwvpou (MSG of
the man)~
Jesus heard that they threw him out, and after finding him, he said to him, “Do you believe in the Son of Man?”
5. levgei (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • o{ti (quotation marks) • h\ran (AAI3P they took) • to;n
kuvrioV (MSN lord) • mou (SG my), • kai; (and) • oujk (not) • oi\da (I know) • pou: (where) • e[qhkan (they laid) • aujtovn
(MSA him).
She is saying to them, “They took my lord, and I do not know where they laid him.”
6. kai; (and) • ajph:lqen (AAI3S he/she/it went) • kai; (and) • h[rxato (AMI3S he/she/it began) • khruvssein (to preach) •
ejn (→D in) • th:/ Dekapovlei (FSD the Decapolis) • o{sa (NPNa as much as) • ejpoivhsen (AAI3S he/she/it did) • aujtw:/
(MnSD to him) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus).
And he went and began to preach in the Decapolis how much Jesus did for3 him.
7. levgei (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them)` • e[rcesqe (come!) • kai; (and) • o[yesqe (oJravw FMdI2P
you will see). • h\lqan (e[rcomai AAI3P they went) • ou\n (then) • kai; (and) • ei\dan (oJravw AAI3P they saw) • pou:
(where) • mevnei (PAI3S he/she/it is remaining) • kai; (and) • par= (→D in the presence of) • aujtw:/ (MnSD him) •
e[meinan (AAI3P they remained) • th;n hJmevran (FSA the day) • ejkeivnhn (FSA that).
He is saying to them, “Come, and you will see.” Then they went and saw where he is staying, and they spent that
day with him.
8. ejxh:lqen (AAI3S he/she/it went out) • kai; (and) • ajph:lqen (AAI3S he/she/it departed) • eijV (→A into/in) • e[rhmon
(lonely) • tovpon (MSA place) • kajkeiæ (and there) • proshuvceto (IMpdI3S he/she/it was praying). • kai; (and) • eu|ron
(AAI1S/3P they found) • aujto;n (MSA him) • kai; (and) • levgousin (PAI3P they are saying) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him) •
o{ti (quotation marks) • pavnteV (MPN all) • zhtou:sivn (PAI3P they are seeking) • se (SA you).
He went out and departed into a lonely place and was praying there. And they found him and are saying to him,
“Everyone is seeking you.”
9. kai; (and) • sunavgontai (PMpI3P they gathered themselves / they were gathered) • oiJ ajpovstoloi (MPN the apostles)
• pro;V (→A to) • to;n =Ihsou:n (MSA the Jesus) • kai; (and) • ajphvggeilan (AAI3P they reported) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him)
• pavnta (NPNa all) • o{sa (NPNa as much as) • ejpoivhsan (AAI3P they did) • kai; (and) • o{sa (NPNa as much as) •
ejdivdaxan (AAI3P they taught).
And the apostles gathered themselves to Jesus, and they reported to him all that they did and all that they taught.
3
aujtw/: is in the dative case, but it is not the indirect object, so we don’t use the key word “to.” Instead, it is a “dative of
advantage” (Wallace, pp. 142-144), so we use the key word “for.”
Exercise 23: First Aorist Active/Middle Indicative 91
10. polloi; (MPN many) • ejrou:sivn (levgw FAI3P they will say) • moi (SD to me) • ejn (→D in) • ejkeivnh/ (FSD that) • th:/
hJmevra/ (FSD the day)` • kuvrie (MSV lord) • kuvrie (MSV lord), • ouj (not) • tw:/ (MnSD to the) • sw:/ (sovV NSD your) •
ojnovmati (NSD to name) • ejprofhteuvsamen (AAI1P we prophesied), • kai; (and) • tw:/ (MnSD to the) • sw:/ (sovV NSD
your) • ojnovmati (NSD to name) • daimovnia (NPNa demons) • ejxebavlomen (AAI1P we cast out), • kai; (and) • tw:/
(MnSD to the) • sw:/ (sovV NSD your) • ojnovmati (NSD to name) • dunavmeiV (FPNa works of power) • polla;V (FPA
many) • ejpoihvsamen (AAI1P we did)~ • kai; (and) • tovte (then) • oJmologhvsw (I will say) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) •
o{ti (quotation marks) • oujdevpote (never) • e[gnwn (ginwvskw AAI1S I knew) • uJma:V (PA you).
Many will say to me in that day, “Lord, lord, did we not prophesy in your name, and in your name cast out demons,
and in your name do many miracles?” And then I will say to them, “I never knew you.”
Additional
11. oiJ ponhroi; (MPN the evil) • eJpta; (seven) • ajndra;V (MPA men) • kai; (and) • mivan (FSA one) • gunaiæka (FSA woman)
• ajpevkteinan (AAI3P they killed), • oJ (MSN the) • de; (and/but) • lao;V (MSN people) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • ejn
(→D in) • th/: ejkklhsiva/ (FSD the church) • e[menen (IAI3S he/she/it was remaining) • o{ti (because) • ejkeiæ (there) •
h[kousan (AAI3P they heard) • to; eujaggevlion (NSNa the gospel) • th:V zwh:V (FSG of the life).
The evil ones killed seven men and one woman, but the people of God were remaining in the church because they
heard the gospel of life there.
12. oJ (MSN the) • ga;r (for) • PevtroV (MSN Peter) • e[graye (AAI3S he/she/it wrote) • toiæV (MnPD to the) • ejn (→D in) •
=Ierousalh;m (FSDx Jerusalem) • o{ti (that/because) • dunavmeiV (FPNa works of power) • polla;V (FPA many) • kai;
(and) • megavlaV (FPA great) • poieiæ (PAI3S he/she/it is doing) • ejn (→D in) • tw:/ aJgivw/ pneuvmati (NSD the holy
spirit)` • dovxa (FSN glory) • tw/: qew/: (MSD to the god).
The for Peter wrote to the in Jerusalem that/because works of power many and great he is doing in the holy spirit;
glory to the god.
For Peter wrote to those in Jerusalem that he is doing great and many miracles in the Holy Spirit. Glory be to God!
13. kai; (and) • ejpoivhsen (AAI3S he/she/it made) • aujto;n (MSA him) • e{na (MSA one) • tw:n fivlwn (MfnPG of the friends)
• aujtou: (MnSG his) • kai; (and) • ejdovxasen (AAI3S he/she/it glorified) • aujto;n (MSA him) • dovxh/ (FSD to glory) •
megavlh/ (FSD to great).
And he made him one of his friends and glorified him with great glory.
14. kai; (and) • oujk (not) • hjkouvsate (AAI2P you heard) • th:V fwnh:V (FSG the voice) • kurivou (MSG of lord) • h|V (FSG
by which) • ajpevsteilevn (AAI3S he/she/it sent) • me (SA me) • pro;V (→A to) • uJma:V (PA you).
And you did not obey the voice of the Lord, by which he sent me to you.
15. kai; (and) • e[grayen (AAI3S he/she/it wrote) • Mwu&sh:V (MSN Moses) • th;n wj/dh;n (FSA the song) • tauvthn (FSA this)
• ejn (→D in) • ejkeivnh/ (FSD that) • th:/ hJmevra/ (FSD the day) • kai; (and) • ejdivdaxen (AAI3S he/she/it taught) • aujth;n
(FSA it – refers to th;n wj/dh;n) • tou;V uiJou;V (MPA the sons) • =Israhvl (MSGx of Israel).
And wrote Moses the song this in that the day and he taught it the sons of Israel.4
And Moses wrote this song in that day, and he taught it to the sons of Israel.
16. kai; (and) • ejlavlhsan (AAI3P they said) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him) • to;n lovgon (MSA the word) • tou: kurivou (MSG of
the lord) • su;n (→D with) • pa:sin (MnPD all) • toiæV (MnPD the) • ejn (→D in) • th:/ oijkiva/ (FSD the house) • aujtou:
(MnSG his).
And they said to him the word of the lord with all the in the house his.
And they spoke the word of the Lord to him, along with all those in his house.
17. a[llouV (MPA others) • e[swsen (AAI3S he/she/it saved), • eJauto;n (MSA himself) • ouj (not) • duvnatai (PAI3S
he/she/it is able) • sw:sai (to save).
He saved others, but he is not able to save himself.
18. pavnteV (MPN all) • ga;r (for) • aujto;n (MSA him) • ei\don (oJravw AAI1S/3P they saw) • kai; (and) • ejtaravcqhsan (they
were troubled). • oJ (MSN the) • de; (and/but) • eujqu;V (immediately) • ejlavlhsen (AAI3S he/she/it spoke) • met= (→G
with) • aujtw:n (MfnPG them).
For they all saw him and were troubled. And immediately he spoke with them.
4
This is a double accusative of person and thing.
19. pavter (MSV father) • divkaie (MSV righteous), • kai; (and) • oJ kovsmoV (MSN the world) • se (SA you) • oujk (not) •
e[gnw (AAI3S he/she/it knew), • ejgw; (SN I) • dev (but) • se (SA you) • e[gnwn (AAI1S I knew), • kai; (and) • ou|toi (MPN
these) • e[gnwsan (AAI3P they knew) • o{ti (that) • suv (SN you) • me (SA me) • ajpevsteilaV (AAI2S you sent).
Father righteous, and the world you not it knew, I but you knew, and these knew that you me sent.
Righteous Father, the world did not know you, but I knew you, and these knew that you sent me.
20. nu:n (now) • de; (and/but) • zhteiætev (PAI2P you are seeking) • me (SA me) • ajpokteiænai (to kill) • a[nqrwpon (MSA
man) • o}V (MSN who) • th;n ajlhvqeian (FSA the truth) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • lelavlhka (I have spoken) • h}n (FSA
which) • h[kousa (AAI1S I heard) • para; (→G from) • tou: qeou: (MSG the god)` • tou:to (NSNa this) • =Abraa;m (MSN
Abraham) • oujk (not) • ejpoivhsen (AAI3S he/she/it did). • uJmeiæV (PN you) • poieiæte (PAI2P you are doing) • ta; e[rga
(NPNa the works) • tou: patro;V (MSG of the father) • uJmw:n (PG your). • ei\pan (levgw AAI3P they said) • ªou\n (then)º •
aujtw:/ (MnSD to him)` • hJmeiæV (PN we) • ejk (→G from) • porneivaV (FSG/FPA fornication) • ouj (not) • gegennhvmeqa
(we have been born)` • e{na (MSA one) • patevra (MSA father) • e[comen (PAI1P we are having) • to;n qeovn (MSA the
god). • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus)` • eij (if) • oJ qeo;V (MSN
the god) • path;r (MSN father) • uJmw:n (PG your) • h\n (IAI3S he/she/it was) • hjgapa:te a]n (you would love) • ejmev
(SA! me), • ejgw; (SN I) • ga;r (for) • ejk (→G from) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • ejxh:lqon AAI1S/3P I came).
Now but you are seeking me to kill man who the truth to you I have spoken which I heard from the god; this
Abraham not he did. You are doing the works of the father your. They said ªthenº to him, “We from fornication not
have been born; one father we are having the god.” He said to them the Jesus, “If the god father your he was you
would love me, I for from the god I came.”
But now you are seeking to kill me, a man who has spoken to you the truth which I heard from God; Abraham did
not do this. You are doing the works of your father.” ªThenº they said to him, “We were not born from fornication;
We have one father, namely God.” Jesus said to them, “If God were your father, you would love me, for I came from
God.”
Exercise 24
Aorist and Future Passive Indicative

Parsing
Person Tense / Parsing Inflected
Inflected / Case Number Gender Voice Mood Lexical Form Code Meaning
we were
1. ejpisteuvqhmen 1 Plural Aorist Passive Indicative pisteuvw API1P
believed
you were
2. ejblhvqhte1 2 Plural Aorist Passive Indicative bavllw API2P
thrown
he/she/it
3. thrhqhvsetai 3 Singular Future Passive Indicative threvw FPI3S will be
kept
you will
4. kriqhvsesqe 2 Plural Future Passive Indicative krivnw FPI2P
be judged
you were
5. hjkouvsqhte 2 Plural Aorist Passive Indicative ajkouvw API2P
heard
he/she/it
6. sunhvcqh 3 Singular Aorist Passive Indicative sunavgw API3S was
gathered
Passive they
7. ajpekrivqhsan2 3 Plural Aorist Indicative ajpokrivnomai APdI3P
Deponent answered
you will
8. blevyeiV 2 Singular Future Active Indicative blevpw FAI2S
see
he/she/it
9. ejgravfh 3 Singular Aorist Passive Indicative gravfw API3S was
written
you will
10. swqhvsesqe 2 Plural Future Passive Indicative sw/vzw FPI2P
be saved
Warm-up
a. ejpisteuvqhsan (pisteuvw API3P they were entrusted)3 • tou;V lovgouV (MPA the words) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god).
They were entrusted the words of the god.
They were entrusted with4 the words of God.
b. ejkeiæ (there) • soi (SD to you) • lalhqhvsetai (lalevw FPI3S he/she/it will be told) • peri; (→G concerning) • pavntwn
(MnPG all).
There to you it will be told concerning all.
There it will be told to you about everything.
1
Notice that the aorist passive tense stem blh is not the same as the aorist active tense stem bal.
2
In the aorist tense, ajpokrivnomai is both middle deponent and passive deponent, meaning that it is never written in the
aorist active, and that both the aorist middle and the aorist passive have active meaning.
3
The textbook (page 137) teaches that pisteuvw means “believe, have faith (in), trust.” None of those meanings fit this
sentence very well. pisteuvw can also mean “to entrust,” which does fit this context, so it is used in this translation.
4
The word “with” was added to clarify the meaning of the accusative “the words.” That use of an accusative is
technically called an “accusative of retained object;” it is a somewhat rare use of the accusative that occurs with passive
verbs. See Wallace, p. 197 for more explanation about this use of the accusative case.
93
g. khrucqhvsetai (khruvssw FPI3S he/she/it will be preached) • tou:to (NSNa this) • to; eujaggevlion (NSNa the good
news).
It will be preached this the good news.
This gospel will be preached.
d. ejgenhvqhte (givnomai API2P you became) • ejggu;V (near) • ejn (→D in) • tw/: ai{mati (NSD the blood) • tou: Cristou:
(MSG of the Christ).
You became near by the blood of Christ.
e. ejn (→D in) • touvtw/ (MnSD this) • ejdoxavsqh (doxavzw API3S he/she/it was glorified) • oJ pathvr (MSN the father) • mou
(SG my).
In this my father was glorified.
z. oJ oi\kovV (MSN the house) • mou (SG my) • oi\koV (MSN house) • proseuch:V (FSG of prayer) • klhqhvsetai (kalevw
FPI3S he/she/it will be called).
My house will be called a house of prayer.
h. ejcavrhsan (caivrw APdI3P they rejoiced) • cara;n (FSA joy) • megavlhn (FSA great).
They rejoiced with great joy.
Translation
1. kai; (and) • sunhvcqhsan (API3P they were gathered) • polloi; (MPN many) • … kai; (and) • ejlavlei (IAI3S he/she/it
was speaking) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • to;n lovgon (MSA the word).
And many were gathered… and he was speaking the word to them.
2. oJ (MSN the) • de; (and/but) • ajgapw:n (MSN one who loves) • me (SA me) • ajgaphqhvsetai (FPI3S he/she/it will be
loved) • uJpo; (→G by) • tou: patrovV (MSG the father) • mou (SG my), • kajgw; (SN and I) • ajgaphvsw (FAI1S I will
love) • aujtovn (MSA him).
And the one who loves me will be loved by my father, and I will love him.
3. kai; (and) • ejgevneto (givnomai AMI3S it happened) • ejn (→D in) • ejkeivnaiV (FPD those) • taiæV hJmevraiV (FPD the days)
• h\lqen (ejrcomai AAI3S he/she/it came) • =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus) • ajpo; (→G from) • Nazare;t (FSGx Nazareth) • th:V
GalilaivaV (FSG of the Galilee) • kai; (and) • ejbaptivsqh (API3S he/she/it was baptized) • eijV (→A in) • to;n
=Iordavnhn (MSA the Jordan) • uJpo; (→G by) • =Iwavnnou (MSG John).
And it came to pass in those days that Jesus came from Nazareth of Galilee and was baptized in the Jordan by John.
4. h[gagen (AAI3S he/she/it led) • aujto;n (MSA him) • pro;V (→A to) • to;n =Ihsou:n (MSA the Jesus) …. • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN
the Jesus) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said)` • su; (SN you) • ei\ (PAI2S you are) • Sivmwn (MSN Simon) • oJ uiJo;V
(MSN the son) • =Iwavnnou (MSG of John), • su; (SN you) • klhqhvsh/ (FPI2S you will be called) • Khfa:V (MSN
Cephas), • o} (NSNa which) • eJrmhneuvetai (is translated as) • PevtroV (MSN Peter).
He led him to Jesus…. Jesus said, “You are Simon, the son of John; you will be called ‘Cephas’” (which is
translated as ‘Peter’).
5. oujk (not) • e[stin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • w|de (here), • hjgevrqh (ejgeivrw API3S he/she/it was raised) • ga;r (for) • kaqw;V
(just as) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said).
He is not here, for he was raised, just as he said.
6. kai; (and) • ejporeuvqhsan (APdI3P they went) • e{kastoV (MSN each) • eijV (→A into/in) • to;n oi\kon (MSA the house) •
aujtou: (MnSG his), • =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus) • de; (and/but) • ejporeuvqh (APdI3S he/she/it went) • eijV (→A into/in) • to;
o[roV (NSNa the mountain) • tw:n ejlaiw:n (FPG of the olives).
And each went into his own house, but Jesus went into the Mount of Olives.
7. e[legen (IAI3S he/she/it was saying) • ga;r (for) • o{ti (quotation marks) • eja;n (if) • a{ywmai (FMI1S I will touch)5 •
ka]n (even) • tw:n iJmativwn (NPG the cloaks) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • swqhvsomai (FPI1S I will be healed).
For she was saying, “If I touch even his garments, I will be healed.”
5
Actually the form could also be aorist middle subjunctive, which is what it is in this text. See chapter 31!
Exercise 24: Aorist and Future Passive Indicative 95
8. oJ (MSN the) • me;n (indeed) • uiJo;V (MSN son) • tou: ajnqrwvpou (MSG of the man) • uJpavgei (PAI3S he/she/it is going) •
kaqw;V (just as) • gevgraptai (he/she/it is written) • peri; (→G concerning) • aujtou: (MnSG him), • oujai; (woe) • de;
(but) • tw:/ ajnqrwvpw/ (MSD to the man) • ejkeivnw/ (MnSD that) • di= (→G through) • ou| (MnSG whom) • oJ uiJo;V (MSN the
son) • tou: ajnqrwvpou (MSG of the man) • paradivdotai (he/she/it is betrayed)` • kalo;n (MSA/NSNa good) • aujtw:/
(MnSD to him) • eij (if) • oujk (not) • ejgennhvqh (API3S he/she/it was born) • oJ a[nqrwpoV (MSN the man) • ejkeiænoV
(MSN that).
Indeed the Son of Man is going just as it is written concerning him, but woe to that man through whom the Son of
Man is betrayed; it would be better for him if that man had not been born.
9. pavlin (again) • de; (and/but) • o[yomai (FMdI1S I will see) • uJma:V (PA you), • kai; (and) • carhvsetai (caivrw FMdI3S
he/she/it will rejoice) • uJmw:n (PG your) • hJ kardiva (FSN the heart), • kai; (and) • th;n cara;n (FSA the joy) • uJmw:n (PG
your) • oujdei;V (MSN no one) • ai[rei (PAI3S he/she/it is taking) • ajf= (→G from) • uJmw:n (PG you).
But I will see you again, and your heart will rejoice, and no one is taking your joy from you.
10. kai; (and) • ejzhvtoun (IAI1S/3P they were seeking) • aujto;n (MSA him) • krath:sai (to arrest), • kai; (and) •
ejfobhvqhsan (API3P they were afraid) • to;n o[clon (MSA the crowd), • e[gnwsan (AAI3P they knew) • ga;r (for) • o{ti
(that/because) • pro;V (→A against) • aujtou;V (MPA them) • th;n parabolh;n (FSA the parable) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S
he/she/it said).
And they were seeking to arrest him, but they were afraid of the crowd, for they knew that he spoke the parable
against them.
Additional
11. ejcavrhmen (caivrw APdI1P we rejoiced) • ga;r (for) • ejgw; (SN I) • kai; (and) • hJ gunhv (FSN the wife) • mou (SG my) •
o{ti (that/because) • meta; (→A after) • eJpta; (seven) • hJmevraV (FPA days) • e{xomen (FAI1P we will have) • oijkivan
(FSA house) • ejpi; (→D on) • toiæV o[resin (NPD the mountains) • toiæV (MnPD the) • peri; (→A around) • tauvthn (FSA
this) • th;n povlin (FSA the city).
We rejoiced for I and the wife my because after seven days we will have house on the mountains the around this the
city.
For I and my wife rejoiced because after seven days we will have a house in the mountains around this city.
12. o{te (when) • oiJ dou:loi (MPN the servants) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • ejn (→D in) • taiæV sunagwvgaiV (FPD the
synagogues) • to; eujaggevlion (NSNa the Gospel) • e[khvruxan (AAI3P they preached), • tine;V (MfPN some) • ejk (→G
from) • th:V povlewV (FSG the city) • ejblhvqhsan (API3P they were thrown) • uJpo; (→G by) • tw:n Farisaivwn (MPG
the Pharisees) • kai; (and) • a[lloi (MPN others) • ajpektavnqhsan (API3P they were killed).
When the servants of the god in the synagogues the Gospel they preached, some from the city were thrown by the
Pharisees and others were killed.
When the servants of God preached the Gospel in the synagogues, some were thrown from the city by the Pharisees,
and others were killed.
13. ei\den (oJravw AAI3S he/she/it saw) • de; (and/but) • =Israh;l (MSNx Israel) • th;n ceiæra (FSA the hand) • th;n megavlhn
(FSA the great) • a} (NPNa which) • ejpoivhsen (AAI3S he/she/it did) • kuvrioV (MSN lord) • toiæV AijguptivoiV (MPD to the
Egyptians), • ejfobhvqh (APdI3S he/she/it was afraid) • de; (and/but) • oJ lao;V (MSN the people) • to;n kuvrion (MSA the
lord) • kai; (and) • ejpivsteusan (AAI3P they believed) • tw:/ qew:/ (MSD the god) • kai; (and) • Mwu&sh:/ (MSD Moses) •
tw:/ qeravponti (MSD the servant) • aujtou: (MnSG his).
Saw and Israel the hand the great which did lord to the Egyptians, he was afraid but the people the lord and they
believed the god and Moses the servant his.
And Israel saw the great hand which the Lord used against the Egyptians. And the people feared the Lord and
believed God and Moses his servant.
14. kai; (and) • fobhqhvsontai (FPI3P they will fear) • ta; e[qnh (NPNa the nations) • to; o[noma (NSNa the name) •
kurivou (MSG of lord) • kai; (and) • pavnteV (MPN all) • oiJ basileiæV (MPN the kings) • th:V gh:V (FSG of the earth) • th;n
dovxan (FSA the glory) • sou (SG your).
And the nations will fear the name of the Lord, and all the kings of the earth will fear your glory.
15. kai; (and) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • =Adavm (MSN Adam)` • tou:to (NSNa this) • nu:n (now) • ojstou:n (NSNa
th:V sarkovV (FSG the flesh) • mou (SG my), • au{th (FSN she) • klhqhvsetai (FPI3S he/she/it will be called) • gunhv
(FSN woman) • o{ti (because) • ejk (→G from) • tou: ajndro;V (MSG the husband) • aujth:V (FSG her) • ejlhvmfqh
(lambavnw API3S he/she/it was taken)6 • au{th (FSN she).
And Adam said, “This now is bone from my bones and flesh from my flesh; she will be called ‘woman’ because she
16. kai; (and) • ejfobhvqhsan (APdI3P they were afraid) • fovbon (MSA fear) • mevgan (MSA great) • kai; (and) • e[legon
(IAI1S/3P they were saying) • pro;V (→A to) • ajllhvlouV (MPA each other)` • tivV (MfSN who?) • a[ra (then) • ou|tovV
(MSN this) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is)~
And they were afraid with a great fear, and were saying to each other, “Who then is this?”
17. o{soi (MPN as many as) • de; (and/but) • e[labon (AAI1S/3P they received) • aujtovn (MSA him), • e[dwken (he/she/it
gave) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • ejxousivan (FSA authority) • tevkna (NPNa children) • qeou: (MSG of god) • genevsqai
(to become), • toiæV pisteuvousin (MPD to those who believe) • eijV (→A into/in) • to; o[noma (NSNa the name) • aujtou:
(MnSG his), • oi} (MPN which) • oujk (not) • ejx (→G from) • aiJmavtwn (NPG blood) • oujde; (and not) • ejk (→G from) •
qelhvmatoV (NSG will) • sarko;V (FSG of flesh) • oujde; (and not) • ejk (→G from) • qelhvmatoV (NSG will) • ajndro;V
(MSG of man) • ajll= (but) • ejk (→G from) • qeou: (MSG god) • ejgennhvqhsan (gennavw API3P they were born).
As many as but they received him, he gave to them authority children of god to become, to those who believe in the
name his, which not from blood and not from will of flesh and not from will of man but from god they were born.
But as many as received him, to them he gave authority to become children of God, to those who believe in his
name, who were born, not from blood, nor from the will of the flesh, nor from the will of man, but from God.
18. Makavrioi (MPN blessed) • oiJ ptwcoi; (MPN the poor) • tw:/ pneuvmati (NSD in the spirit)
o{ti (because) • aujtw:n (MfnPG their) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • hJ basileiva (FSN the kingdom) • tw:n
oujranw:n (MPG of the heavens).
makavrioi (MPN blessed) • oiJ kaqaroi; (MPN the clean) • th:/ kardiva/ (FSD in the heart),
o{ti (because) • aujtoi; (MPN they) • to;n qeo;n (MSA the god) • o[yontai (oJravw FAI3P they will see).
makavrioi (MPN blessed) • oiJ eijrhnopoioiv (MPN the peacemakers),
o{ti (because) • aujtoi; (MPN they) • uiJoi; (MPN sons) • qeou: (MSG of god) • klhqhvsontai (FPI3P they will be
called).
Blessed are the poor in spirit, because theirs is the Kingdom of Heaven.
Blessed are the peacemakers, because they will be called sons of God.
19. oiJ (MPN the) • de; (and/but) • uiJoi; (MPN sons) • th:V basileivaV (FSG of the kingdom) • ejkblhqhvsontai (FPI3P they
will be thrown out) • eijV (→A into/in) • to; skovtoV (NSNa the darkness).
But the sons of the kingdom will be thrown out into the darkness.
20. ou[pw (not yet) • ga;r (for) • h\n (IAI3S he/she/it was) • pneu:ma (NSNa spirit), • o{ti (that/because) • =Ihsou:V (MSN
Jesus) • oujdevpw (not yet) • ejdoxavsqh (API3S he/she/it was glorified).
Not yet for was spirit because Jesus not yet was glorified.
For the Spirit was not yet given,7 because Jesus was not yet glorified.
6
ejlhvmfqh can be derived from lambavnw by following all of the rules. The aorist passive tense stem is lhmb. When you
add the tense formative qh to the tense stem, the beta and the theta combine according to the rules. bq fq. So ej + lhmb
+ qh + – ejlhmbqh ejlhmfqh. It works!
7
Literally this is “for the Spirit was not yet.” We’ve added “given” because it is clear from the larger context of the book
that the Spirit already exists, but that the Spirit was not yet given to the believers.
Exercise 25
Perfect Indicative
Parsing
Inflected / Case Number Gender Voice Mood Form Code Meaning1
we have
been
believed /
Middle
we have
1. pepisteuvmeqa 1 Plural Perfect or Indicative pisteuvw TMpI1P
been
Passive
entrusted
(with
something)
2. hjgavphka 1 Singular Perfect Active Indicative ajgapavw TAI1S I have loved
Middle
you have
3. gegevnnhsai 2 Singular Perfect or Indicative gennavw TMpI2S
been born
Passive
Middle
you have
4. kevklhsqe 2 Plural Perfect or Indicative kalevw TMpI2P
been called
Passive
he/she/it has
5. hjkolouvqhken 3 Singular Perfect Active Indicative ajkolouqevw TAI3S
followed
they have
6. e[gnwkan2 3 Plural Perfect Active Indicative ginwvskw TAI3P come to
know
he/she/it
7. ajpevqanen 3 Singular Aorist Active Indicative ajpoqnh/vskw AAI3S
died
we have
8. ajkhkovamen 1 Plural Perfect Active Indicative ajkouvw TAI1P
heard
you have
9. seswvkate 2 Plural Perfect Active Indicative sw/vzw TAI2P
saved
you have
10. gevgrafaV 2 Singular Perfect Active Indicative gravfw TAI2S
written
Warm-up
a. pepivsteuken (pisteuvw TAI3S he/she/it has believed) • eijV (→A into/in) • to; o[noma (NSNa the name).
He has believed in the name.
b. qeo;n (MSA god) • oujdei;V (MSN no one) • eJwvraken (oJravw TAI3S he/she/it has seen).
No one has seen God.
g. peplhvrwtai (plhrovw TMpI3S he/she/it has been fulfilled) • oJ kairovV (MSN the time).
The time has been fulfilled.
1
For forms that can be middle or passive, we generally give the meaning of the passive in the parsing questions.
2
Although the standard primary active ending third person plural is nsi(n), some verbs use nu in the TAI3P, and
ginwvskw is one of them.
97
d. ejgw; (SN I) • eijV (→A into/in) • tou:to (NSNa this) • gegevnnhmai (gennavw TMpI1S I have been born) • kai; (and) • eijV
(→A into/in) • tou:to (NSNa this) • ejlhvluqa (e[rcomai TAI1S I have come).
I into this I have been born and into this I have come.
For this purpose I have been born, and for this purpose I have come.
e. bevblhtai (bavllw TMpI3S he/she/it has been thrown) • eijV (→A into/in) • th;n qavlassan (FSA the sea).
He has been thrown into the sea.
z. e[comen (PAI1P we are having) • tau:ta (NPNa these) • a} (NPNa which) • h/jthvkamen (aijtevw TAI1P we have asked) •
ajp= (→G from) • aujtou: (MnSG him).
We have these things which we have requested from him.
h. oJ didavskaloV (MSN the teacher) • tou: kovsmou (MSG of the world) • touvtou (MnSG of this) • kevkritai (krivnw
TMpI3S he/she/it has been judged).
The teacher of this world has been judged.
Translation
1. ejgw; (SN I) • pepivsteuka (TAI1S I have believed) • o{ti (that) • su; (SN you) • ei\ (PAI2S you are) • oJ cristo;V (MSN
the Christ) • oJ uiJo;V (MSN the son) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god).
I have believed that you are the Christ, the Son of God.
2. ajpavggeilon (Tell!) • aujtoiæV (MnPD them) • o{sa (NPNa as much as) • oJ kuvriovV (MSN the lord) • soi (SD for you) •
pepoivhken (TAI3S he/she/it has done).
Tell them how much the Lord has done for you.
3. ouj (not) • duvnatai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is able) • aJmartavnein (to sin), • o{ti (because) • ejk (→G from) • tou: qeou:
(MSG the god) • gegevnnhtai (TMpI3S he/she/it has been born).
He is not able to sin, because he has been born from God.
4. kajgw; (SN and I) • eJwvraka (oJravw TAI1S I have seen), • kai; (and) • memartuvrhka (TAI1S I have testified) • o{ti
(that) • ou|tovV (MSN this) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • oJ uiJo;V (MSN the son) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god).
I have seen and I have also testified that this is the Son of God.
5. hJ pivstiV (FSN the faith) • sou (SG your) • sevswkevn (TAI3S he/she/it has healed) • se (SA you). • kai; (and) • ejswvqh
(API3S he/she/it was healed) • hJ gunh; (FSN the woman) • ajpo; (→G from) • th:V w{raV ejkeivnhV (FSG that hour).
“Your faith has healed you.” And the woman was healed from that hour.
6. oJ pisteuvwn (MSN the one who believes) • eijV (→A into/in) • aujto;n (MSA him) • ouj (not) • krivnetai (PMpI3S
he/she/it is judged)` • oJ (MSN the) • de; (and/but) • mh; (not) • pisteuvwn (MSN one who believes) • h[dh (already) •
kevkritai (TMpI3S he/she/it was judged), • o{ti (because) • mh; (not) • pepivsteuken (TAI3S he/she/it has believed) •
eijV (→A in) • to; o[noma (NSNa the name) • tou: monogenou:V (MSG of the only) • uiJou: (MSG son) • tou: qeou: (MSG of
the god).
The one who believes in him is not judged, but the one who does not believe has already been judged because he did
not believe in the name of the only Son of God.
7. toiæV pa:sin (MnPD to the all) • gevgona (givnomai TAI1S I have become) • pavnta (NPNa all things).
I have become all things to all people.
Exercise 25: Perfect Indicative 99
8. au{th (FSN this) • dev (but) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • hJ krivsiV (FSN the judgment) • o{ti (that) • to; fw:V (NSNa the
light) • ejlhvluqen (e[rcomai TAI3S he/she/it has come) • eijV (→A into/in) • to;n kovsmon (MSA the world) • kai; (and) •
hjgavphsan (AAI3P they loved) • oiJ a[nqrwpoi (MPN the people) • ma:llon (more) • to; skovtoV (NSNa the darkness) • h]
(than) • to; fw:V (NSNa the light)` • h\n (IAI3S he/she/it was)3 • ga;r (for) • aujtw:n (MfnPG their) • ponhra; (NPNa evil)
• ta; e[rga (NPNa the deeds).
And this is the judgment, that the light has come into the world, and the people loved the darkness instead of the
light because their deeds were3 evil.
9. ajlla; (but) • levgw (PAI1S I am saying) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • o{ti (that) • kai; (and) • =HlivaV (MSN Elijah) • ejlhvluqen
(e[rcomai TAI3S he/she/it has come) , • kai; (and) • ejpoivhsan (AAI3P they did) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him) • o{sa (NPNa
as much as) • h[qelon (IAI1S/3P they were wanting), • kaqw;V (just as) • gevgraptai (TMpI3S it has been written) •
ejp= (→A concerning) • aujtovn (MSA him).
But I am saying to you that Elijah has indeed 4come, and they did to him whatever they were wanting to do, just as it
has been written concerning him.
10. ajlla; (but) • e[gnwka (TAI1S I have known) • uJma:V (PA you) • o{ti (that) • th;n ajgavphn (FSA the love) • tou: qeou:
(MSG of the god) • oujk (not) • e[cete (PAI2P you are having) • ejn (→D in) • eJautoiæV (MnPD yourselves). • ejgw; (SN I) •
ejlhvluqa (e[rcomai TAI1S I have come) • ejn (→D in) • tw:/ ojnovmati (NSD the name) • tou: patrovV (MSG of the father) •
mou (SG my), • kai; (and) • ouj (not) • lambavnetev (PAI2P you are receiving) • me (SA me).
But I have known you, that you do not have the love of God in yourselves. I have come in the name of my father, and
you are not receiving me.
Additional
11. o{ti (because) • pepisteuvkamen (TAI1P we have believed) • th;n ajlhqeivan (FSA the truth) • peri; (→G concerning) •
tou: =Ihsou: (MSG the Jesus), • baptisqhsovmeqa (FPI1P we will be baptized) • ejn (→D in) • toiæV u{dasin (MnPD the
waters) • th:V qalavsshV (FSG of the lake) • uJpo; (→G by) • tou: =Iwavnnou (MSG the John) • tou: ajpostovlou (MSG the
apostle).
Because we have believed the truth about Jesus, we will be baptized in the water of the lake by John, the apostle.
12. aiJ (FPN the) • ou\n (therefore) • glw:ssai (FPN tongues) • tw:n stomavtwn (NPG of the mouths) • hJmw:n (PG our) •
memartuvrhkan (TAI3P they have testified) • peri; (→G concerning) • tou: kurivou (MSG of the lord) • tw:n oujranw:n
(MPG of the heavens) • o{ti (that/because) • hJma:V (PA us) • sevswken (TAI3S he/she/it has saved) • ajpo; (→G from) •
tw:n aJmartiw:n (FPG the sins) • hJmw:n (PG our) • dia; (→G through) • tou: ai{matoV (NSG the blood) • tou: uiJou: (MSG of
the son) • aujtou: (MSG his).
Therefore the tongues of our mouths have testified about the Lord of the Heavens, that (or “because”) he has saved
us from our sins through the blood of his son.
13. kai; (and) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • =Israh;l (MSNx Israel) • pro;V (→A to) • =Iwshvf (MSAx Joseph)` •
ajpoqanou:mai (FMdI1S I will die) • ajpo; (→G from) • tou: (MnSG the) • nu:n (now), • ejpei; (because) • eJwvraka (oJravw
TAI1S I have seen) • to; provswpovn (NSNa the face) • sou (SG your) • e[ti (still) • ga;r (for) • su; (SN you) • zh:V/
(PAI2S you are living).
And Israel said to Joseph, “From now on, I will (gladly) die, because I have seen your face, because you are still
alive.”
3
Note that the neuter plural subject ta; e[rga takes a singular verb h\n. This may look strange, but it is very common.
Greek often uses a singular verb with a neuter plural subject; when it does so, it indicates that the plural subject is being
viewed as a group rather than as multiple individual items. The singular Greek verb must be translated as an English
plural verb.
4
“Indeed” is used to translate kai;. The textbook (page 19) lists “and, even, also, namely” as the meanings of kai;, but
none of those fit this context well. The BDAG lexicon lists one of the uses of kai; as “emphasizing a fact as surprising or
unexpected or noteworthy,” which is how it seems to be used here. In the context (Mark 9), the disciples are confused
about the appearance of Elijah, and Jesus explains that John the Baptist is the fulfillment of the prophesy about Elijah’s
return. The kai; seems to mark this as surprising, unexpected, or noteworthy. To try to convey this in English I translated
kai; as “indeed” in this sentence, as it is done in the NASB. The NET Bible translates it as “certainly.” The ESV and the
NIV omit the kai; in translation.
14. kai; (and) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • Mwu&sh:V (MSN Moses) • pro;V (→A to) • to;n qeovvn (MSA the god)` •
ijdou; (behold!) • ejgw; (SN I) • ejleuvsomai (e[rcomai FMdI1S I will go) • pro;V (→A to) • tou;V uiJou;V (MPA the sons) •
=Israh;l (MSGx of Israel) • kai; (and) • ejrw: (levgw FAI1S I will say) • pro;V (→A to) • aujtouvV (MPA them)` • oJ qeo;V
(MSN the god) • tw:n patevrwn (MPG of the fathers) • uJmw:n (PG your) • ajpevstalkevn (TAI3S he/she/it has sent) • me
(SA me) • pro;V (→A to) • uJma:V (PA you)` • ejrwthvsousivn (FAI3P they will ask) • me (SA me)` • tiv (NSNa what?) •
o[noma (NSNa name) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him), • tiv (NSNa what?) • ejrw: (levgw FAI1S I will say) • pro;V (→A to) •
aujtouvV (MPA them)~
And Moses said to God, “Behold, I will go to the sons of Israel and say to them, ‘The God of your fathers has sent
me to you.’ And they will ask me, ‘What is his name?’ Then what will I say to them?”
15. kai; (and) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • kuvrioV (MSN lord) • pro;V (→A to) • Mwu&sh:n (MSA Moses) ` • kai;
(and) • tou:tovn (MSA this) • soi (SD to you) • to;n lovgon (MSA the word) • o}n (MSA which) • ei[rhkaV (levgw TAI2S
you have said) • poihvsw (FAI1S I will do), • eu{rhkaV (euJrivskw TAI2S you have found) • ga;r (for) • cavrin (FSA
grace) • ejnwvpiovn (→G before) • mou (SG me) • kai; (and) • oi\dav (TAI1S I have known) • se (SA you) • para; (→A
more than / above) • pavntaV (MPA all).
And the Lord said to Moses, “I will do this thing also which you have requested, because you have found favor
before me, and I have known you above all.”
16. ta; rJhvmata (NPNa the words) • a} (NPNa which) • ejgw; (SN I) • lelavlhka (TAI1S which I have spoken) • uJmiæn (PD to
you) • pneu:mav (NSNa spirit) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • kai; (and) • zwhv (FSN life) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is).
The words which I have spoken to you are spirit and are life.
17. kai; (and) • hJmeiæV (PN we) • pepisteuvkamen (TAI1P we have believed) • kai; (and) • ejgnwvkamen (TAI1P we have
known) • o{ti (that) • su; (SN you) • ei\ (PAI2S you are) • oJ a{gioV (MSN the holy one) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god).
And we have believed and have come to know that you are the Holy One of God.
18. ajmh;n (Amen) • ajmh;n (amen) • levgw (PAI1S I am saying) • soi (SD to you) • o{ti (that) • o} (NSNa which) • oi[damen
(TAI1P we know)5 • lalou:men (PAI1P we are speaking) • kai; (and) • o} (NSNa what) • eJwravkamen (oJravw TAI1P we
have seen) • marturou:men (PAI1P we are testifying), • kai; (and) • th;n marturivan (FSA the testimony) • hJmw:n (PG
our) • ouj (not) • lambavnete (PAI2P you are receiving).
Truly, truly I say to you, we are speaking about what we know, and we are testifying about what we have seen, but
you are not accepting our testimony.
19. uJmeiæV (PN you) • ajpestavlkate (TAI2P you have sent) • pro;V (→A to) • =Iwavnnhn (MSA John), • kai; (and) •
memartuvrhken (TAI3S he/she/it has testified) • th:/ ajlhqeiva/ (FSD to the truth)` • ejgw; (SN I) • de; (and/but) • ouj (not) •
para; (→G from) • ajnqrwvpou (MSG man) • th;n marturivan (FSA the testimony) • lambavnw (PAI1S I am receiving), •
ajlla; (but) • tau:ta (NPNa these things) • levgw (PAI1S I am saying) • i{na (in order that) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • swqh:te
(you might be saved).
You have sent to John, and he has testified concerning the truth. The testimony that I receive is not from man, but I
am saying these things in order that you might be saved.
20. tovte (then) • levgei (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus)` • u{page (Depart!),
• satana: (MSV Satan)` • gevgraptai (TMpI3S he/she/it is written) • gavr (for)` • kuvrion (MSA lord) • to;n qeovn (MSA
the god) • sou (SG your) • proskunhvseiV (FAI2S you will worship).
Then Jesus says to him, “Depart, Satan! For it is written, ‘You will worship the Lord, your God.’”
5
oi[damen can either be parsed as a perfect or as a present. The form is actually perfect, but the meaning is equivalent to a
present. The perfect meaning is “We are in a state of knowing due to a previously completed action of learning.” This
means the same thing as the present meaning “We know.” Your teacher may prefer that you parse it as present. See
footnote 159 on page 393 of the textbook and footnote 14 on page 144 for further explanation.
Chapters 21 - 25
Review #5
Grammar
Aug/ Tense Tense Conn. Personal
Tense Redup stem formative vowel endings First singular
Imperfect active e pres o/e sec act e[luon
nd
2 future passive aor pas hs o/e prim mid/pas ajpostalhvsomai
1st aorist active e aor act sa sec act e[lusa
Liquid aorist active e aor act a sec act e[meina
2nd aorist middle e aor act o/e sec mid/pas ejgenovmhn
st
1 aorist passive e aor pas qh sec act ejluvqhn
1st perfect active le perf act ka prim act levluka
nd 1
2 perfect active ge perf act a prim act gevgona
Perfect middle/passive le perf pas prim mid/pas levlumai
2. Write out the twelve forms of luvw, imperfect active and passive
Imperfect Active
1st sg e[luon 1st pl ejluvomen
nd nd
2 sg e[lueV 2 pl ejluvete
3rd sg e[lue(n) 3rd pl e[luon
Imperfect Passive
st
1 sg ejluovmhn 1st pl ejluovmeqa
2nd sg ejluvou 2nd pl ejluvesqe
rd rd
3 sg ejluveto 3 pl ejluvonto
3. When are primary and secondary endings used?

a. Primary endings are used in all finite verbs2 except for those with absolute past time.3 Of the tenses we’ve
learned thus far, they are used in the present, future, and perfect tenses.
b. Secondary endings are used in all verbs with absolute past time; namely for the indicative mood, in the
imperfect and aorist tenses.4
1
We list the reduplication in the chart as ge rather than le because the paradigm verb for 2nd perfects is givnomai rather
than luvw.
2
By saying “finite verbs” we are excluding participles and infinitives.
3
Advanced information: Primary endings are also not used in the imperative and optative moods. The imperative mood
(chapter 33) has its own personal endings. The optative mood (chapter 35) uses secondary personal endings.
101
4. What are the three basic rules of augmentation?

a. Verbs beginning with a consonant augment by prefixing an epsilon with a smooth breathing mark.
(E.g., lu ejlu)
b. Verbs beginning with a vowel augment by lengthening the vowel.
Alpha and epsilon lengthen to eta. (E.g., ejrc hjrc).
Omicron lengthens to omega. (E.g., oJmo wJmo ).
Other vowels are unchanged.
c. Verbs beginning with a diphthong augment by lengthening the first vowel of the diphthong.
(E.g., aijt h/t).
But some diphthongs do not augment at all.
5. What are three clues as to the difference between the present and second aorist (active and middle) forms of the
same verb?
a. Augment – The second aorist has an augment, but the present does not.5
b. Tense stem – The second aorist (active and middle) uses the aorist active tense stem, but the present uses the
present tense stem.
c. Personal endings – The second aorist uses secondary personal endings, but the present uses primary personal
endings. 6
6. What is the primary significance of the following tenses?7

a. The imperfect tense describes an event as a continuous action in past time.
b. The aorist tense describes an event as occurring in the past without specifying whether it was continuous or
nor, or whether it has any effect on the present or not.
c. The perfect tense describes a present state that results from a previously completed action.
7. Give three different uses of the middle voice

a. Deponent – Most of the time (about 75% in the New Testament), the middle voice is deponent, indicating that
it is used as a substitute for the active voice. A deponent middle has active meaning, and occurs only in verbs
that do not occur in the active voice in that tense. For example, e[rcomai is deponent in the present tense,
meaning that it never occurs in the active voice in the present tense, and the meaning of the middle voice is “I
come,” which is an active meaning.
b. Separate meaning – Some verbs have a different meaning in the middle voice than in the active. For example,
a[rcw (present active) means “I rule,” whereas a[rcomai (present middle) means “I begin.”
4
Advanced information: Secondary endings are also used in the pluperfect tense (chapter 25 advanced information),
which is absolute past time. They are also used in the optative mood (chapter 35 advanced information), in all tenses,
even though the optative mood does not have absolute past time in any tense.
5
For future reference when you reach chapter 31: This distinction only holds true in the indicative mood.
6
For future reference when you reach chapter 31: This distinction only holds true in the indicative mood.
7
All references to time are from the view point of the writer or speaker, and they only hold true as general rules in the
indicative mood.
Chapters 21 - 25: Review #5 103
c. Self interest – For some verbs in the middle voice, the subject performs the action of the verb in some way that
affects the subject. For example, in Matthew 27:5, the middle voice is used to state that Judas hanged himself.
Parsing
1. hjkolouvqoun (ajkoluqevw IAI1S/3P I was following / they were following)
2. eijsh:lqen (eijsevrcomai AAI3S he/she/it went in)
3. ejkhvruxaV (khruvssw AAI2S you preached)
4. zhthqhvsetai (zhtevw FPI3S he/she/it will be sought)
5. e[labon (lambavnw AAI1S/3P I took / they took)
6. pepisteuvkate (pisteuvw TAI2P you have believed)
7. ejpisteuveto (pisteuvw IMpI3S he/she/it was being believed)
8. ejgravfh (gravfw API3S he/she/it was written)
9. ejgevnou (givnomai AMdI2S you were)
10. hjgavpwn (ajgapavw IAI1S/3P I was loving / they were loving)
11. h[cqhsan (a[gw API3P they were led)
12. ejmeivnamen (mevnw AAI1P we remained)
13. ejlhvluqa (e[rcomai TAI1S I have come)

9:18 oujk (not) • ejpivsteusan (AAI3P they believed) • ou\n (therefore) • oiJ =Ioudaiæoi (MPN the Jews) • peri; (→G
concerning) • aujtou: (MnSG it) • o{ti (that/because) • h\n (IAI3S he/she/it was) • tuflo;V (MSN blind) • kai; (and) •
ajnevbleyen (AAI3S he/she/it received his/her/its sight), • e{wV o{tou (until) • ejfwvnhsan (fwnevw AAI3P they summoned) •
tou;V goneiæV (MPA the parents) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • tou: ajnablevyantoV (MSG of the one who had received sight) • 9:19
kai; (and) • hjrwvthsan (ejrwtavw AAI3P they asked) • aujtou;V (MPA them) • levgonteV (saying), • ou|tovV (MSN this) • ejstin
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • oJ uiJo;V (MSN the son) • uJmw:n (PG your), • o}n (MSA whom) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • levgete (PAI2P you are
saying) • o{ti (that) • tuflo;V (MSN blind) • ejgennhvqh (gennavw API3S he/she/it was born)~ • pw:V (how?) • ou\n (therefore) •
blevpei (PAI3S he/she/it is seeing) • a[rti (now)~ • 9:20 • ajpekrivqhsan (API3P they answered) • ou\n (then) • oiJ goneiæV
(MPN the parents) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • kai; (and) • ei\pan (levgw AAI3P they said)` • oi[damen (TAI1P we know)8 • o{ti
(that/because) • ou|tovV (MSN this) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • oJ uiJo;V (MSN the son) • hJmw:n (PG our) • kai; (and) • o{ti
(that) • tuflo;V (MSN blind) • ejgennhvqh (gennavw API3S he/she/it was born)` • 9:21 • pw:V (how?) • de; (but) • nu:n (now) •
blevpei (PAI3S he/she/it is seeing) • oujk (not) • oi[damen (TAI1P we know), • h] (or) • tivV (MfSN who?) • h[noixen (ajnoivgw
AAI3S he/she/it opened) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • tou;V ojfqalmou;V (MPA the eyes) • hJmeiæV (PN we) • oujk (not) • oi[damen
(TAI1P we know)` • aujto;n (MSA him) • ejrwthvsate (ask!), • hJlikivan (FSA age) • e[cei (PAI3S he/she/it is having), •
aujto;V (MSN he) • peri; (→G concerning) • eJautou: (MnSG of himself) • lalhvsei (FAI3S he/she/it will speak). • 9:22 •
tau:ta (NPNa these) • ei\pan (levgw AAI3P they said) • oiJ goneiæV (MPN the parents) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • o{ti (because) •
ejfobou:nto (IMpdI3P they were fearing) • tou;V =IoudaivouV (MPA the Jews), • h[dh (already) • ga;r (for) • sunetevqeinto
(they had decided) • oiJ =Ioudaiæoi (MPN the Jews) • i{na (that) • ejavn (if) • tiV (MfSN anyone) • aujto;n (MSA him) •
oJmologhvsh/ (he/she/it might confess) • Cristovn (MSA Christ), • ajposunavgwgoV (expelled from the synagogue) • gevnhtai
(he/she/it might be). • 9:23 dia; tou:to (because of this) • oiJ goneiæV (MPN the parents) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • ei\pan (levgw
AAI3P they said) • o{ti (that) • hJlikivan (FSA age) • e[cei (PAI3S he/she/it is having), • aujto;n (MSA him) • ejperwthvsate
(ask!).
9:24 =Efwvnhsan (AAI3P they summoned) • ou\n (therefore) • to;n a[nqrwpon (MSA the man) • ejk (→G from) •
8
oi[damen can either be parsed as a perfect or as a present. The form is actually perfect, but the meaning is equivalent to a
present. The perfect meaning is “We are in a state of knowing due to a previously completed action of learning.” This
means the same thing as the present meaning “We know.” Your teacher may prefer that you parse it as present. See
deutevrou (two) • o}V (MSN who) • h\n (IAI3S he/she/it was) • tuflo;V (MSN blind) • kai; (and) • ei\pan (levgw AAI3P they
said) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him)` • do;V (Give!) • dovxan (FSA glory) • tw:/ qew:/ (MSD to the god)` • hJmeiæV (PN we) • oi[damen
(TAI1P we know)8 • o{ti (that) • ou|toV (MSN this) • oJ a[nqrwpoV (MSN the man) • aJmartwlovV (MSN sinner) • ejstin (PAI3S
he/she/it is). • 9:25 ajpekrivqh (API3S he/she/it answered) • ou\n (therefore) • ejkeiænoV (MSN that)` • eij (if) • aJmartwlovV
(MSN sinner) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • oujk (not) • oi\da (TAI1S I know)` • e}n (NSNa one) • oi\da (TAI1S I know), •
o{ti (that) • tuflo;V (MSN blind) • w]n (although I was) • a[rti (now) • blevpw (PAI1S I am seeing). • 9:26 ei\pon (levgw
AAI1S/3P they said) • ou\n (therefore) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him)` • tiv (NSNa what?) • ejpoivhsevn (AAI3S he/she/it did) • soi
(SD to you)~ • pw:V (how?) • h[noixevn (ajnoivgw AAI3S he/she/it opened) • sou (SG your) • tou;V ojfqalmouvV (MPA the eyes)~
• 9:27 ajpekrivqh (API3S he/she/it answered) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them)` • ei\pon (levgw AAI1S/3P I said) • uJmiæn (PD to you)
• h[dh (already) • kai; (and) • oujk (not) • hjkouvsate (AAI2P you listened)` • tiv (NSNa why?) • pavlin (again) • qevlete
(PAI2P you are wanting) • ajkouvein (to hear)~ • mh; (not) • kai; (and) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • qevlete (PAI2P you are wanting) •
aujtou: (MnSG his) • maqhtai; (MPN disciples) • genevsqai (to become)~ • 9:28 kai; (and) • ejloidovrhsan (AAI3P they hurled
insults at) • aujto;n (MSA him) • kai; (and) • ei\pon (levgw AAI1S/3P they said)` • su; (SN you) • maqhth;V (MSN disciple) • ei\
(PAI2S you are) • ejkeivnou (MnSG of that one), • hJmeiæV (PN we) • de; (but) • tou: Mwu&sevwV (MSG of Moses) • ejsme;n (PAI1P
we are) • maqhtaiv (MPN disciples)` • 9:29 hJmeiæV (PN we) • oi[damen (TAI1P we know)8 • o{ti (that) • Mwu&seiæ (MSD by
Moses) • lelavlhken (TAI3S he/she/it has spoken) • oJ qeovV (MSN the god), • tou:ton (MSA this) • de; (and/but) • oujk (not) •
oi[damen (TAI1P we know)8 • povqen (from where) • ejstivn (PAI3S he/she/it is). • 9:30 • ajpekrivqh (API3S he/she/it
answered) • oJ a[nqrwpoV (MSN the man) • kai; (and) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them)` • ejn
(→D in) • touvtw/ (MnSD to this) • ga;r (for) • to; qaumastovn (MSA/NSNa remarkable) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • o{ti
(that) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • oujk (not) • oi[date (TAI2P you know)8 • povqen (from where) • ejstivn (PAI3S he/she/it is), • kai;
(and) • h[noixevn (AAI3S he/she/it opened) • mou (SG my) • tou;V ojfqalmouvV (MPA the eyes). • 9:31 oi[damen (TAI1P we
know)8 • o{ti (that) • aJmartwlw:n (MfnPG sinners) • oJ qeo;V (MSN the god) • oujk (not) • ajkouvei (PAI3S he/she/it hears), •
ajll= (but) • ejavn (if) • tiV (MfSN anyone) • qeosebh;V (godly person) • h\/ (he/she/it might be) • kai; (and) • to; qevlhma
(NSNa the will) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • poih:/ (he/she/it might do) • touvtou (MnSG this) • ajkouvei (PAI3S he/she/it hears). •
9:32 • ejk (→G from) • tou: aijw:noV (MSG the eternity) • oujk (not) • hjkouvsqh (API3S he/she/it has been heard) • o{ti (that)
• hjnevw/xevn (AAI3S he/she/it has opened) • tiV (MfSN anyone) • ojfqalmou;V (MPA eyes) • tuflou: (MSG of blind) •
gegennhmevnou (who has been born)` • 9:33 eij (if) • mh; (not) • h\n (IAI3S he/she/it was) • ou|toV (MSN this) • para; (→G
from) • qeou: (MSG god), • oujk (not) • hjduvnato (IMpdI3S he/she/it is able) • poieiæn (to do) • oujdevn (NSNa nothing). •
9:34 ajpekrivqhsan (APdI3P they answered) • kai; (and) • ei\pan (AAI3P they said) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him)` • ejn (→D in) •
aJmartivaiV (FPD sins) • su; (SN you) • ejgennhvqhV (gennavw API2S you were born) • o{loV (MSN entirely), • kai; (and) • su;
(SN you) • didavskeiV (PAI2S you are teaching) • hJma:V (PA us)~ • kai; (and) • ejxevbalon (AAI1S/3P they cast out) • aujto;n
(MSA him) • e[xw (outside).
9:18 Therefore, the Jews did not believe it, that he was blind and received his sight, until they summoned the
parents of the one who had received sight 9:19 and asked them, saying, “Is this your son, whom you say was born blind?
Therefore, how is it that now he sees?” 9:20 Then his parents answered and said, “We know that this is our son and that
he was born blind, 9:21 but we do not know how he is now seeing or who opened his eyes. Ask him; he is of age; he will
speak about himself.” 9:22 The parents said these things because they were fearing the Jews, for the Jews had already
decided that if anyone would confess Christ, he would be expelled from the synagogue. 9:23 For this reason, his parents
said, “He is of age; ask him.”
9:24 Then for the second time they summoned the man who was blind and said to him, “Give glory to God; we
know that this man is a sinner.” 9:25 Then he answered them, “I do not know if he is a sinner. I know one thing, that
although I was blind, now I am seeing.” 9:26 Then they said to him, “What did he do to you? How did he open your
eyes?” 9:27 He answered them, “I told you already, and you did not listen. Why are you wanting to hear again? You are
not also wanting to become his disciples, are you?”9 9:28 And they hurled insults at him and said, “You are his disciple,
but we are disciples of Moses. 9:29 We know that God has spoken through Moses, but we do not know where this man
has come from.” 9:30 And the man answered and said to them, “In this is something remarkable, that you do not know
where he is from, and yet he opened my eyes. 9:31 We know that God does not hear sinners, but if anyone is a godly
person and does his will, God hears that person. 9:32 From the beginning of time it has never been heard of anyone
opening the eyes of a person who was born blind. 9:33 If he was not from God, he would not be able to do anything.”
9:34 And they answered and said to him, “You were born entirely in sins, and you are teaching us?” And they threw him
outside.
9
The form of the question indicates that he expects the answer, “No, we do not want to become his disciples.” Indicating
that in English requires changing the idiom somewhat, as is done here.
Exercise 27
Present (Continuous) Adverbial Participles

Parsing
Inflected Case # Gender Voice Mood Form Code Meaning
Present
while
1. ajkouovntwn Genitive P Masculine Active Participle ajkouvw PAPMnPG
hearing
or Neuter
Present
while
2. zhtou:nti Dative S Masculine Active Participle zhtevw PAPMnSD
seeking
or Neuter
Nominative
Present while
3. ajnabaiænon or S Active Participle ajnabaivnw PAPNSNa
Neuter going up
Accusative
Middle while
Present
4. pisteuomevnhn Accusative S or Participle pisteuvw PMpPFSA being
Feminine
Passive believed
of a
5. fwnh:V Genitive S Feminine None None fwnhv FSG
voice
Present while
6. poiou:ntaV Accusative P Active Participle poievw PAPMPA
Masculine doing
Nominative Present while
7. katabaivnonta katabaivnw PAPMSA/
or P Masculine Active Participle going
PAPNPNa
Accusative or Neuter down
they
8. ejmartuvrhsan 3 P Aorist Active Indicative marturevw AAI3P
testified
Present while
9. ou[saV Accusative P None Participle eijmiv PAPFPA
Feminine being
(Middle
Present or while
10. proseucomevnouV Accusative P Participle proseuvcomai PMpdPMPA
Masculine Passive) praying
Deponent
Warm-up
a. ajnabaivnonteV (ajnabaivnw PAPMPN while going up) • eijV (→A into) • +Ierosovluma (FSAx/NPAx Jerusalem)
While going up into Jerusalem
b. ei\don (oJravw AAI1S/3P I saw / they saw) • aujtou;V (MPA them) • uJpavgontaV (uJpavgw PAPMPA while departing)
I saw them while they were departing OR They saw them while they were departing1
g. ajpevsteilan (ajpostevllw AAI3P they sent) • pro;V (→A to) • aujto;n (MSA him) • kalou:nteV (kalevw PAPMPN while
calling) • aujtovn (MSA him).
They sent to him while calling him.2
1
Because the participle is MPA, we know that the one doing the action of the participle is MPA, and therefore the aujtou;V
who were seen rather than the ones doing the seeing.
2
Because the participle is nominative, we know that the subject of the main verb is the one doing the action of the
participle. Conversely, the participle tells us that that subject is masculine plural. From the main verb (ajpevsteilan) we
already knew that the subject was plural, but we did not know that it was masculine. So the participle gave us some
105
d. prosh:lqon (prosevrcomai AAI1S/3P I came / they came) • aujtw/: (MnSD to him) • didavskonti (didavskw PAPMnSD
while teaching) • oiJ ajrciereiæV (MPN the high priests).
The high priests came to him while he was teaching.
e. kai; (and) • kaqhvmenoi (kavqhmai PMpdPMPN while sitting) • ejthvroun (threvw IAI1S/3P they were keeping)3 • aujtovn
(MSA him).
And they were keeping him while they were sitting.
z. mh; (not) • oJrw:nteV (oJravw PAPMPN while seeing) • ajlla; (but) • pisteuvonteV (pisteuvw PAPMPN while believing)
Not while seeing, but while believing
h. blevponteV (blevpw PAPMPN while seeing) • ouj (not) • blevpousin (PAI3P/PAPMnPD they are seeing) • kai; (and) •
ajkouvonteV (ajkouvw PAPMPN while hearing) • oujk (not) • ajkouvousin (PAI3P/PAPMnPD they are hearing).
While seeing, they are not seeing, and while hearing, they are not hearing.
Translation
1. tau:ta (NPNa these) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • ejn (→D in) • sunagwgh:/ (FSD synagogue) • didavskwn
(PAPMSN while teaching) • ejn (→D in) • Kafarnaouvm (FSD Capernaum).
He said these things in a synagogue while teaching in Capernaum.
2. h\lqen (AAI3S he/she/it went) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus) • eijV (→A into/in) • th;n Galilaivan (FSA the Galilee) •
khruvsswn (PAPMSN preaching) • to; eujaggevlion (NSNa the Gospel) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god).
Jesus went into Galilee, preaching the Gospel of God.
3. polloi; (MPN many) • ejleuvsontai (FAI3P they will come) • ejpi; (→D in) • tw:/ ojnovmativ (NSD the name) • mou (SG my)
• levgonteV (PAPMPN saying) • o{ti (that) • ejgwv (SN I) • eijmi (PAI1S I am).
Many will come in my name, saying, “I am he.” OR Many will come in my name, saying, “I am.”
4. ejporeuveto (IMpdI3S he/she/it was going) • ga;r (for) • th;n oJdo;n (FSA the way) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • caivrwn
(PAPMSN rejoicing).
For he was going on his way rejoicing.
5. Pau:loV (MSN Paul) • de; (and/but) • kai; (and) • Barnaba:V (MSN Barnabas) • dievtribon (they stayed) • ejn (→D in) •
=Antioceiva/ (FSD Antioch) • didavskonteV (PAPMPN teaching) • kai; (and) • eujaggelizovmenoi (PMpdPMPN preaching) •
meta; (→G with) • kai; (also) • eJtevrwn (MfnPG other) • pollw:n (MfnPG many) • to;n lovgon (MSA the word) • tou:
kurivou (MSG of the lord).
But Paul and Barnabas stayed in Antioch, teaching and preaching the word of the Lord with many others also.
6. kai; (and) • ajnabaivnwn (PAPMSN going up) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus) • eijV (→A into/in) • +Ierosovluma
(FSAx/NPAx Jerusalem) • parevlaben (he/she/it took) • tou;V dwvdeka (MPA the twelve).
And going up into Jerusalem, Jesus took the twelve.
7. kai; (and) • h\lqen (AAI3S he/she/it went) • khruvsswn (PAPMSN preaching) • eijV (→A in) • ta;V sunagwga;V (FPA the
synagogues) • aujtw:n (MfnPG their) • eijV (→A into/in) • o{lhn (FSA all) • th;n Galilaivan (FSA the Galilee) • kai;
(and) • ta; daimovnia (NPNa the demons) • ejkbavllwn (PAPMSN casting out). • kai; (and) • e[rcetai (PMpdI3S he went)
• pro;V (→A to) • aujto;n (MSA him) • lepro;V (MSN leper) • parakalw:n (PAPMSN calling upon) • aujtovn (MSA him).
And he went in their synagogues in all of Galilee, preaching and casting out demons. And a leper went to him,
calling upon him.
additional information about the subject. This occasionally is very helpful; a self-referencing masculine singular
participle in Hebrews 11:32 is our only way of knowing that the author of Hebrews was male!
3
We know that ejthvroun is third-person plural instead of first-person singular, because the participle is in the nominative
case and is plural. Here is the logic: The participle is plural, therefore the one doing the action of the participle must be
plural. And since the participle is nominative, the one doing the action of the participle is the same one doing the action
of the main verb ejthvroun, and therefore, since the one doing the action of the participle is plural, the subject of the main
verb must also be plural. The subject of the main verb does not always have to be the same gender and case as the one
doing the action of the participle; this is only necessarily true when the participle is nominative.
Exercise 27: Present (Continuous) Adverbial Participles 107
8. +WV (as) • de; (and/but) • h\n (IAI3S he/she/it was) • ejn (→D in) • toiæV +IerosoluvmoiV (MnPD the Jerusalem) • ejn (→D
in) • tw:/ pavsca (NSD the Passover) • ejn (→D in) • th:/ eJorth:/ (FSD the feast), • polloi; (MPN many) • ejpivsteusan
(AAI3P they believed) • eijV (→A into/in) • to; o[noma (NSNa the name) • aujtou: (MnSG his), • qewrou:nteV (PAPMPN
beholding) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • ta; shmeiæa (NPNa the signs) • a} (NPNa which) • ejpoivei (IAI3S he/she/it was doing).
And while he was in Jerusalem during the Passover, during the feast, many believed in his name when they were
beholding his signs which he was doing.
9. tovte (then) • prosh:lqen (AAI3S he/she/it went to) • aujtw/: (MnSD him) • hJ mhvthr (FSN the mother) • tw:n uiJw:n (MPG
of the sons) • Zebedaivou (MSG of Zebedee) • meta; (→G with) • tw:n uiJw:n (MPG the sons) • aujth:V (FSG her) •
proskunou:sa (PAPFSN bowing down) • kai; (and) • aijtou:sav (PAPFSN asking) • ti (NSNa something) • ajp= (→G
from) • aujtou: (MnSG him).
Then the mother of the sons of Zebedee went to him with her sons, bowing down and asking something from him.4
10. dikaiosuvnh (FSN righteousness) • qeou: (MSG of God) • pefanevrwtai (he/she/it has been revealed) • marturoumevnh
(PMpPFSN being witnessed) • uJpo; (→G by) • tou: novmou (MSG the law) • kai; (and) • tw:n profhtw:n (MPG the
prophets).
The righteousness of God has been revealed, being witnessed by the law and the prophets.
Additional
11. eujaggelivzonteV (PAPMPN evangelizing) • to;n lao;n (MSA the people) • ejn (→D in) • th/: =Ierosovluma (FSD the
Jerusalem) • oiJ maqhtai; (MPN the disciples) • ejdovxazon (IAI1S/3P they were glorifying) • to;n =Ihsou:n (MSA the
Jesus) • dia; (→A on account of) • pavnta (NPNa all) • ta; shmeiæa (NPNa the signs) • kai; (and) • ta;V dunameiæV (FPA
the works of power) • aujtou: (MnSG his).
While evangelizing the people in Jerusalem, the disciples were glorifying Jesus on account of all of his signs and
miracles.
12. kaqhvmenoV (PMpdPMSN while sitting) • su;n (→D with) • toiæV dusi;n (MPD the two) • ejn (→D in) • th/: ejkklhsiva/ (FSD
the church) • ou|toV (MSN this) • parekavlhsen (AAI3S he/she/it called upon) • to;n ajndra; (MSA the husband) • kai;
(and) • th;n gunaiæka (FSA the wife) • ajllhloiæV (MnPD to each other) • laleiæn (to speak) • ejn (→D in) • toiæV lovgoiV
(MPD the words) • th:V ajgavphV (FSG of the love).
While sitting with the two in the church, he called upon the husband and the wife to speak to each other in words of
love.
13. h[d/ ei (oi\da LAI3S he/she/it knew)5 • ga;r (for) • oJ qeo;V (MSN the god) • o{ti (that/because) • ejn (→D in) • h|/ (FSD
which) • a]n (-ever) • hJmevra/ (FSD day) • favghte (you might eat) • ajp= (→G from) • aujtou: (MnSG it) •
dianoicqhvsontai (dianoivgw FPI3P they will be opened) • uJmw:n (PG your) • oiJ ojfqalmoiv (MPN the eyes) • kai; (and)
• e[sesqe (FMdI2P you will be) • wJV (as) • qeoi; (MPN gods) • ginwvskonteV (PAPMPN knowing) • kalo;n (MSA good) •
kai; (and) • ponhrovn (MSA evil).
For God knew that in whatever day you eat from it, your eyes will be opened and you will be as gods, knowing good
and evil.
14. kai; (and) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • pro;V (→A to) • tou;V a[ndraV (MPA the men)` • ginwvskousa (PAPFSN
knowing) • ginwvskw (PAI1S I know) • ejgw; (SN I) • o{ti (that/because) • oJ qeo;V (MSN the God) • uJmw:n (PG your) •
paradivdwsin (paradivdwmi PAPMnPD he/she/it is handing over) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • th;n gh:n (FSA the land) • tauvthn
(FSA this).
And she6 said to the men, “I know with certainty7 that your God is handing this land over to you.”
4
The participles are feminine because the one doing the action of the participles is feminine. Therefore the participles
themselves do not indicate whether or not the sons of Zebedee were also bowing down and asking, or whether they were
standing silently beside their mom.
5
This is the pluperfect tense, and means “he/she/it had come to know,” which is the same thing as saying “he/she/it
knew.” The paradigm for this verb is given in section 22.17 on page 201 of the textbook. For more information on the
pluperfect, see the advanced information in section 25.24 on pages 237-238 of the textbook. It is particularly difficult to
parse because it is a second pluperfect, so the tense formative is ei instead of kei, because it uses an unusual
reduplication / augment, and because when you take away those two unusual things, the only letter left is the delta!
6
We know that the speaker is female, because the participles are feminine nominative, and the fact that they are
nominative indicates that the doer of the participles is the subject of the main verb.
7
Adding “with certainty” is an attempt to translate the idiom “knowing, I know” (ginwvskousa ginwvskw) into English.
15. poiou:nteV (PAPMPN doing) • ga;r (for) • to; qevlhma (NSNa the will) • tou: Cristou: (MSG of the Christ) • euJrhvsomen
(euJrivskw FAI1P we will find) • ajnavpausin (FSA rest).
For while doing the will of Christ, we will find rest.
16. kai; (and) • ajpekrivqh (API3S he/she/it answered) • aujtw:/ (MnSD him) • ei|V (MSN one) • ejk (→G from) • tou: o[clou
(MSG the crowd)` • didavskale (MSV teacher), • h[negka (fevrw AAI1S I brought)8 • to;n uiJovn (MSA the son) • mou (SG
my) • pro;V (→A to) • sev (SA you), • e[conta (PAPMSA / PAPNPNa having) • pneu:ma (NSNa spirit) • a[lalon (MSA
mute).
And one from the crowd answered him, “Teacher, I brought my son to you having a mute spirit.”
17. ojfqalmou;V (MPA eyes) • e[conteV (PAPMPN having) • ouj (not) • blevpete (PAI2P you are seeing) • kai; (and) • w\ta
(NPNa ears) • e[conteV (PAPMPN having) • oujk (not) • ajkouvete (PAI2P you are hearing)~
Are you having eyes yet not seeing, and having ears yet not hearing?
18. polla; (NPNa many) • me;n (indeed) • ou\n (then) • kai; (and) • e{tera (NPNa other) • parakalw:n (PAPMSN exhorting)
• eujhggelivzeto (IMpdI3S he/she/it was evangelizing) • to;n laovn (MSA the people).
Then indeed with many other things, exhorting, he was evangelizing the people.
19. aujto;V (MSN he) • diwvdeuen (diodeuvw IAI3S he/she/it was going) • kata; (→A through each) • povlin (FSA city) • kai;
(and) • kwvmhn (FSA village) • khruvsswn (PAPMSN preaching) • kai; (and) • eujaggelizovmenoV (PMpdPMSN
proclaiming good news) • th;n basileivan (FSA the kingdom) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god), • kai; (and) • oiJ dwvdeka
(MPN the twelve) • su;n (→D with) • aujtw:/ (MnSD him).
He was going through each city and village, preaching and proclaiming the news about the Kingdom of God, and
the twelve were with him.
20. Eijselqw;n (after entering) • de; (and/but) • eijV (→A into/in) • th;n sunagwgh;n (FSA the synagogue) • ejparrhsiavzeto
(parrhsiavzomai IMpdI3S he/she/it was speaking boldly) • ejpi; (→A on) • mh:naV (FPA months) • treiæV (three) •
dialegovmenoV (PMpdPMSN arguing) • kai; (and) • peivqwn (peivqw PAPMSN persuading) • ªta; (NPNa the)º • peri; (→G
concerning) • th:V basileivaV (FSG the kingdom) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god).
And after entering into the synagogue, he was speaking boldly for three months, arguing and persuading ªthemº
about the Kingdom of God.
8
To be able to parse fevrw in the aorist, you will need to memorize the “aorist active principle part” h[negka. Once you
have that principle part memorized, you can figure out the person, number, and voice by looking at the personal ending.
In this case, the ending is blank, which marks it as a first aorist in the active voice first-person singular.
Exercise 28
Aorist (Undefined) Adverbial Participles

Parsing
Person / Tense / Lexical Inflected
Inflected Case # Gender Voice Mood Form Parsing Code Meaning
Aorist after she
1. marturhvsasan Accusative S Active Participle marturevw AAPFSA
Feminine testified
Aorist after they
2. marturhvsanteV Nominative P Active Participle marturevw AAPMPN
Masculine testified
Present (Middle
Masculine, or while
3. ejrcomevnwn Genitive P Participle ejrcomai PMpdPMfnPG
Feminine, Passive) going
or Neuter Deponent
Aorist after being
4. grafeivshV Genitive S Passive Participle gravfw APPFSG
Feminine written
they are
3 Present Indicative
taking
5. lambavnousi PAI3P /
P Present Active lambavnw PAPMnPD
(2x) while
Dative Masculine Participle
taking
or Neuter
Aorist after she
6. poihsavsh/ Dative S Active Participle poievw AAPFSD
Feminine did
after they
Aorist
7. ajkousavmenai Nominative P Middle Participle ajkouvw AMPFPN heard for
Feminine
themselves
Aorist
after he/it
8. eijselqovntoV Genitive S Masculine Active Participle eijsevrcomai AAPMnSG
went
or Neuter
after they
Aorist
9. pisteuqevnteV Nominative P Passive Participle pisteuvw APPMPN were
Masculine
believed
you
10. ejpivsteusaV 2 S Aorist Active Indicative pisteuvw AAI2S
believed
Warm-up
a. ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it spoke) • tw:/ ajggelw:/ (MSD to the angel) • kravxanti (kravzw AAPMnSD after it cried out).
He spoke to the angel after it1 cried out.
b. ejlqovnteV (e[rcomai AAPMPN after going) • eijV (→A into/in) • th;n oijkivan (FSA the house) • ei\don (oJravw AAI1S/3P
they saw) • to; paidivon (NSNa the child) • meta; (→G with) • MarivaV (FSG/FPA Mary).
After going into the house, they saw the child with Mary.
g. proselqw;n (prosevrcomai AAPMSN after coming) • ei|V (MSN one) • grammateu;V (MSN scribe) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S
he/she/it said) • aujtw/: (MnSD to him)` • didavskale (MSV teacher).
One scribe, after coming, said to him, “Teacher.”
1
Because the angel and the participle are both MSD, we know that the angel is the one doing the calling out. If the
participle were MSN (or FSN or NSN), the subject of the main verb (the unnamed person speaking to the angel) would be
the one doing the calling out.
109
d. ajrxavmenoV (a[rcw AMPMSN after beginning) • ajpo; (→G from) • th:V GalilaivaV (FSG the Galilee)
After he began in Galilee
e. ei[pon (levgw AAI1S/3P I spoke) • tw:/ ajndri; (MSD to the man) • ajposteivlanti (AAPMnSD after sending) • uJma:V (PA
you) • provV (→A to) • me (SA me).
I spoke to the man after he2 sent you to me.
z. ejlqouvsh/ (e[rcomai AAPFSD after going) • eijV (→A into/in) • th;n oijkivan (FSA the house) • levgei (PAI3S he/she/it is
speaking) • aujth:/ (FSD to her).
After she went into the house, he spoke3 to her.
h. a[ggelon (MSA angel) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • eijselqovnta (eijsevrcomai AAPMSA / AAPNPNa after going in) •
pro;V (→A to) • aujto;n (MSA him) • kai; (and) • eijpovnta (levgw AAPMSA / AAPNPNa after speaking) • aujtw/: (MnSD to
him)
After an angel of God came to him and spoke to him4
Translation
1. kai; (and) • eujqu;V (immediately) • toiæV savbbasin (NPD to the Sabbaths)5 • eijselqw;n (AAPMSN after going in) • eijV
(→A into/in) • th;n sunagwgh;n (FSA the synagogue) • ejdivdasken (IAI3S he/she/it was teaching).
And immediately on the Sabbath, after going into the synagogue, he was teaching.
2. eujqu;V (immediately) • kravxaV (AAPMSN crying out) • oJ path;r (MSN the father) • tou: paidivou (NSG of the child) •
e[legen (IAI3S he/she/it was saying)` • pisteuvw (PAI1S I am believing).
Crying out immediately, the father of the child was saying, “I am believing.”
3. ejlqovnti (AAPMnSD after he went) • de; (and/but) • eijV (→A into/in) • th;n oijkivan (FSA the house) • prosh:lqon
(AAI1S/3P they came) • aujtw/: (MnSD to him).
And after he went into the house, they came to him.
4. ajspasavmenoi (AMdPMPN after greeting) • tou;V ajdelfou;V (MPA the brothers) • ejmeivnamen (AAI1P we remained) •
hJmevran (FSA day) • mivan (one) • par= (→D in the presence of) • aujtoiæV (MnPD them).
After greeting the brothers, we remained with them for one day.
5. proselqovnteV (AAPMPN after coming to) • de; (and/but) • oiJ dou:loi (MPN the slaves) • tou: oijkodespovtou (MSG of the
owner) • ei\pon (AAI1S/3P they said) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him)` • kuvrie (MSV lord), • oujci; (not) • kalo;n (MSA/NSNa
good) • spevrma (NSNa seed) • e[speiraV (AAI2S you sowed)~
And after the slaves of the owner came, they said to him, “Lord, didn’t you sow good seed?”
6. ajkouvsaV (AAPMSN after hearing) • de; (and/but) • oJ +Hrwv/dhV (MSN the Herod) • e[legen (IAI3S he/she/it was saying),
• %On (MSA whom) • ejgw; (SN I) • ajpekefavlisa (I beheaded) • =Iwavnnhn (MSA John), • ou|toV (MSN this) • hjgevrqh
(API3S he/she/it has been raised).
And after he heard, Herod was saying, “The one whom I beheaded – John – this one has been raised!”
7. oJ (MSN the) • de; (and/but) • Sivmwn (MSN Simon) • kai; (also) • aujto;V (MSN himself) • ejpivsteusen (AAI3S he/she/it
believed), • kai; (and) • baptisqei;V (APPMSN after being baptized) • h\n proskarterw:n (he followed after) • tw:/
Filivppw/ (MSD the Phillip), • qewrw:n (PAPMSN looking at) • te (and so) • shmeiæa (NPNa signs) • kai; (and) •
dunavmeiV (FPNa miracles) • megavlaV (FPA great).
And Simon himself also believed, and after being baptized, he followed after Phillip, looking at the signs and great
miracles.
2
Because the participle and the man are both masculine dative, we know that the man is the one doing the action of the
participle.
3
“He spoke” is literally “he is speaking.” The present tense is often used in Greek narrative literature to describe a past
event, and should then be translated with an English past tense verb. This use of the Greek present tense is called the
“historical present.” See Wallace, Greek Grammar Beyond the Basics, pp. 526ff.
4
Advanced information (after reading chapter 29): These participles may be attributive (see chapter 29), in which case
we could translate as “an angel of God who came to him and spoke to him.”
5
to; savbbaton is second declension, but for the plural dative it uses the third declension ending si(n).
Exercise 28: Aorist (Undefined) Adverbial Participles 111
8. kai; (and) • ajpokriqeiæsa (APdPFSN after answering) • hJ mhvthr (FSN the mother) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • ei\pen (levgw
AAI3S he/she/it said)` • oujciv (no), • ajlla; (but) • klhqhvsetai (FPI3S he/she/it will be called) • =IwavnnhV (MSN
John).
And his mother answered and said, “No, but he will be called John.”
9. kai; (and) • ijdw;n (oJravw AAPMSN after beholding) • to;n =Ihsou:n (MSA the Jesus) • ajpo; (→G from) • makrovqen (afar) •
e[dramen (he/she/it ran) • kai; (and) • prosekuvnhsen (AAI3S he/she/it bowed down) • aujtw:/ (MnSD him) • kai; (and) •
kravxaV (AAPMSN after crying out) • fwnh:/ (FSD voice) • megavlh/ (FSD great) • levgei (PAI3S he/she/it is saying), • Tiv
ejmoi; kai; soiv (what to me and to you), • =Ihsou: (MSGdv Jesus) • uiJe; (MSV son) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • tou:
uJyivstou (the Highest)~
And after beholding Jesus from afar, he ran and bowed down before him and crying out with a loud voice he said,6
“What do you have to do with me, Jesus, son of the Most High God?”
10. kai; (and) • ajpokriqei;V (APdPMSN after answering) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus) • e[legen (IAI3S he/she/it was
saying) • didavskwn (PAPMSN while teaching) • ejn (→D in) • tw:/ iJerw:/ (NSD the temple)` • pw:V (how?) • levgousin
(PAI3P they are saying) • oiJ grammateiæV (MPN the scribes) • o{ti (that) • oJ Cristo;V (MSN the Christ) • uiJo;V (MSN son)
• Dauivd (MSGx of David) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is)~ • aujto;V (MSN himself) • Daui;d (MSNx David) • ei\pen (levgw
AAI3S he/she/it said) • ejn (→D in) • tw:/ pneuvmati (NSD the spirit) • tw:/ aJgivw/ (NSD the holy) ` • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S
he/she/it said) • kuvrioV (MSN lord) • tw:/ kurivw/ (MSD to the lord) • mou (SG my)` • kavqou (Sit!) • ejk (→G from) •
dexiw:n (MfnPG right) • mou (SG my) • e{wV (until) • a]n (contingency particle) • qw: (I place) • tou;V ejcqrouvV (MPA the
enemies) • sou (SG your) • uJpokavtw (→G under) • tw:n podw:n (MPG the feet) • sou (SG your).
And Jesus answered and was saying while teaching in the temple, “How is it that the scribes are saying that the
Christ is the son of David? David himself said by the Holy Spirit, ‘The Lord said to my lord, “Sit at my right until I
place your enemies under your feet.”’”
Additional
11. ajspasavmena (AMdPNPNa after greeting) • tou;V patra;V (MPA the fathers) • kai; (and) • ta;V mhtra;V (FPA the mothers)
• aujtw:n (MfnPG their) • ta; paidiva (NPNa the children) • ejxh:lqen (AAI3S he/she/it went out) • su;n (→D with) • toiæV
a[lloiV tevknoiV (NPD the other children).
After greeting their fathers and mothers, the children went out with the other children.
12. oJ (MSN the) • de; (and/but) • =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus) • ejk (→G from) • th:V oijkivaV (FSG the house) • kai; (and) • eijV (→A
into) • to; iJero;n (NSNa the temple) • ejlqw;n (AAPMSN after going) • e[kraxen (AAI3S he/she/it cried out) • ejn (→D in) •
megavlh/ (FSD loud) • fwnh/: (FSD voice)` • pavnteV (MPN all) • oi} (MPN who) • eijV (→A in) • eme; (SA! me) •
pisteuvousin (PAI3P they are believing) • swqhvsontai (FPI3P they will be saved) • ajpo; (→G from) • th:V ejxousivaV
(FSG the authority) • tou: ponhrou: (MnSG of the evil).
And after Jesus went out from the house and into the temple, he cried out in a loud voice, “Everyone who is
believing in me will be saved from the authority of the evil one.”
13. ijdovnteV (oJravw AAPMPN after seeing) • de; (and/but) • oiJ uiJoi; (MPN the sons) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • ta;V
qugatevraV (FPA the daughters) • tw:n ajnqrwvpwn (MPG of the men) • o{ti (that) • kalaiv (FPN beautiful) • eijsin
(PAI3P they are), • e[labon (AAI1S/3P they took) • eJautoiæV (MnPD to themselves) • gunaiækaV (FPA wives) • ajpo;
(→G from) • pasw:n (FPG all), • w|n (MfnPG whom) • ejxelevxanto (ejklevgomai AMdI3P they chose).
And after the sons of God saw the daughters of men, that they are beautiful, they took for themselves wives from all,
whom they chose.
6
levgei is literally “he is saying,” but because a present tense meaning does not fit the context of a past-tense narrative,
this is a Greek historical present, and is translated with an English past tense. See footnote 3 on page 110 of this answer
key.
14. kaqw;V (even as) • kai; (also) • Mwu&sh:V (MSN Moses) • proshuvxato (AMdI3S he/she/it prayed) • pro;V (→A to) •
kuvrion (MSA lord) • kai; (and) • katevbh (AAI3S he/she/it came down) • pu:r (NSNa fire) • ejk (→G from) • tou:
oujranou: (MSG the heaven) • kai; (and) • ta; (NPNa the) • th:V qusivaV (FSG of the sacrifice) • ejdapavnhsen (dapanavw
AAI3S he/she/it consumed) • ou{twV (thus) • kai; (and) • Salwmw;n (MSN Solomon) • proshuvxato (AMdI3S he/she/it
prayed) • kai; (and) • kataba;n (AAPNSNa after coming down) • to; pu:r (NSNa the fire) • ta; (NPNa the) • th:V qusivaV
(FSG of the sacrifice) • ejdapavnhsen (dapanavw AAI3S he/she/it consumed).
Even as also Moses prayed to the Lord and fire came down from heaven and consumed the offerings7 of the
sacrifice, in the same manner also Solomon prayed and after coming down, the fire consumed the offerings of the
sacrifice.
15. kai; (and) • labou:sa (AAPFSN after taking) • tou: karpou: (MSG of the fruit) • aujtou: (MnSG its) • e[fagen (AAI3S
he/she/it ate) • kai; (and) • e[dwken (he/she/it gave) • kai; (also) • tw:/ ajndri; (MSD to the husband) • aujth:V (FSG her) •
met= (→G with) • aujth:V (FSG her) • kai; (and) • e[fagon (AAI3P they ate).
And after taking of its fruit, she ate, and she gave also to her husband with her, and they ate.
16. kai; (and) • hjgevrqh (API3S he/she/it was raised) • kai; (and) • eujqu;V (immediately) • a[raV (ai[rw AAPMSN after
taking up) • to;n kravbatton (MSA the bed) • ejxh:lqen (AAI3S he/she/it went out).
And he was raised, and immediately, after taking up the bed, he went out.
17. ajkouvsaV (AAPMSN after hearing) • de; (and/but) • oJ basileu;V (MSN the king) • +Hrwv/dhV (MSN Herod) • ejtaravcqh
(taravssw API3S he/she/it was disturbed) • kai; (and) • pa:sa (FSN all) • +Ierosovluma (FSN / NPNa Jerusalem) • met=
(→G with) • aujtou: (MnSG him).
And after he heard, King Herod was disturbed, and all Jerusalem with him.
18. kai; (and) • pavlin (again) • ajpelqw;n (AAPMSN after going away) • proshuvxato (AMdI3S he/she/it prayed) • to;n
aujto;n lovgon (MSA the same word) • eijpwvn (AAPMSN after saying). • kai; (and) • pavlin (again) • ejlqw;n (AAPMSN
after going) • eu|ren (euJrivskw AAI3S he/she/it found) • aujtou;V (MPA them) • kaqeuvdontaV (kaqeuvdw PAPMPA while
sleeping).
And again after going away, he prayed, saying the same word. And again, after going he found them sleeping.
19. ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said)` • lavbete (take!), • tou:tov (NSNa this) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • to; sw:mav
(NSNa the body) • mou (SG my). • kai; (and) • labw;n (AAPMSN after taking) • pothvrion (NSNa cup) • eujcaristhvsaV
(eujcaristevw AAPMSN after giving thanks) • e[dwken (he/she/it gave) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them), • kai; (and) • e[pion
(pivnw AAI1S/3P they drank) • ejx (→G from) • aujtou: (MnSG it) • pavnteV (MPN all).
He said, “Take; this is my body.” And after taking the cup and after giving thanks he gave to them, and they all
drank from it.
20. aujto;V (MSN he) • de; (and/but) • ejkbalw;n (AAPMSN after casting out) • pavntaV (MPA all) • paralambavnei (PAI3S
he/she/it is receiving) • to;n patevra (MSA the father) • tou: paidivou (MSG of the child) • kai; (and) • th;n mhtevra (FSA
the mother) • kai; (and) • tou;V (MPA the) • met= (→G with) • aujtou: (MnSG him) • kai; (and) • eijsporeuvetai (PAI3S
he/she/it is going into) • o{pou (where) • h\n (IAI3S it was) • to; paidivon (NSNa the child).
And after he threw everyone out, he is taking8 the father of the child and the mother and those with him, and he is
going8 into where the child was.
7
Literally, “the (blank) of the sacrifice,” where the blank is neuter plural.
8
These verbs are present tense, so they are literally “is taking” and “is going.” But the present tense sounds very strange
in this context in English. The literary genre is narrative about events in the past. In this genre, Greek often describes past
events with the present tense as a literary device to make the action more vivid, as if you were watching it happen right
now. This form is called “the historical present” and is explained in Wallace, pp. 536-532. So a better English translation
is “he took the father… and he went into where the child was.”
Exercise 29
Adjectival Participles
Parsing
Present of her who
1. ferouvshV Genitive S Active Participle fevrw PAPFSG
Feminine is bearing
to him/it
Aorist
who/which
2. ejnecqevnti Dative S Masculine Passive Participle fevrw APPMnSD
was
or Neuter
carried
3. sarxivn Dative P Feminine None None sarx FPD to flesh
Nominative
Aorist
4. poivhsan or S Active Participle poievw AAPNSNa it that did
Neuter
Accusative
Aorist those who
5. balovmenai Nominative P Middle Participle bavllw AMPFPN
Feminine threw
Aorist of those
6. proselqovntwn Genitive P Masculine Active Participle prosevrcomai AAPMnPG who came
or Neuter to
7. ejpoivhsan 3 P Aorist Active Indicative poievw AAI3P they did
Aorist
to those
8. gravyasin Dative P Masculine Active Participle gravfw AAPMnPD
who wrote
or Neuter
they are
3 Present Indicative
preaching
9. khruvssousi PAI3P /
P Present Active khruvssw PAPMnPD to those
(2x)
Dative Masculine Participle who are
or Neuter preaching
Present Middle of the one
10. baptizomevnou Genitive S Masculine or Participle baptivzw PMpPMnSG being
or Neuter Passive baptized
Warm-up
a. oJ zw:n (zavw PAPMnSN the living) • pathvr (MSN father)

The living father
b. tw:/ patri; (MSD to the father) • tw:/ pevmyanti (pevmpw AAPMnSD to the one who sent) • hJma:V (PA us)
To the father who sent us
g. devcetai (devcomai PMpdI3S he/she/it is receiving) • to;n ajposteivlantav (ajpostevllw AAPMSA the one who sent) • me
(SA me).
He is receiving the one who sent me.
d. tw/: (MnSD to the) • ejk (→G from) • nekrw:n (MfnPG dead) • ejgerqevnti (ejgeivrw APPMnSD to the one who was raised)
To the one who was raised from the dead
e. peri; (→G concerning) • tou: rJhvmatoV (NSG the word) • tou: lalhqevntoV (lalevw APPMnSG the one that was spoken)
Concerning the word that was spoken.
113
z. th/: ejrcomevnh/ ( e[rcomai PMpdPFSD the next)1 • hJmevra/ (FSD day)

On the next day
h. qeo;n (MSA god) • to;n gennhvsantav (gennavw AAPMSA/NSNa the one who bore) • se (SA you)
God, the one who bore you.
Translation
1. blevpei (PAI3S he/she/it is seeing) • to;n =Ihsou:n (MSA the Jesus) • ejrcovmenon (PMpdPMSA while coming) • pro;V (→A
to) • aujtovn (MSA him) • kai; (and) • levgei (PAI3S he/she/it is saying)` • i[de (behold) • oJ ajmno;V (MSN the lamb) • tou:
qeou: (MSG of the god) • oJ ai[rwn (PAPMSN the one who is taking away) • th;n aJmartivan (FSA the sin) • tou: kovsmou
(MSG of the world).
He sees Jesus coming toward him and says, “Behold the lamb of God, the one who is taking away the sin of the
world.”
2. oJ lao;V (MSN the people) • oJ kaqhvmenoV (PMpdPMSN the ones sitting) • ejn (→D in) • skovtei (NSD darkness) • fw:V
(NSNa light) • ei\den (oJravw AAI3S he/she/it saw) • mevga (NSNa large).
The people who are sitting in darkness saw a great light.
3. kai; (and) • oJ qewrw:n (PAPMSN the one who is seeing) • ejme; (SA! me) • qewreiæ (PAI3S he/she/it is seeing) • to;n
pevmyantav (AAPMSA the one who sent) • me (SA me).
And the one who is seeing me is seeing the one who sent me.
4. oJ pisteuvsaV (AAPMSN the one who believes)2 • kai; (and) • baptisqei;V (APPMSN is baptized)2 • swqhvsetai (FPI3S
he/she/it will be saved).
The one who believes2 and is baptized2 will be saved.
5. Peripatw:n (PAPMSN walking around) • de; (and/but) • para; (→A beside) • th;n qavlassan (FSA the sea) • th:V
GalilaivaV (FSG of the Galilee) • ei\den (AAI3S he/she/it saw) • duvo (two) • ajdelfouvV (MPA brothers), • Sivmwna
(MSA Simon) • to;n legovmenon (PMpPMSA the one being called) • Pevtron (MSA Peter) • kai; (and) • =Andrevan (MSA
Andrew) • to;n ajdelfo;n (MSA the brother) • aujtou: (MnSG his), • bavllontaV (PAPMPA while casting) • ajmfivblhstron
(net) • eijV (→A into/in) • th;n qavlassan (FSA the sea).
And walking around beside the Sea of Galilee, he saw two brothers, Simon, the one being called “Peter,” and
Andrew his brother, while they were casting a net into the sea.
6. kai; (and) • e[rcontai (PMpdI3P they are coming) • fevronteV (PAPMPN bearing) • pro;V (→A to) • aujto;n (MSA him) •
paralutiko;n (paralytic) • aijrovmenon (PMpPMSA being carried) • uJpo; (→G by) • tessavrwn (four).
And they are coming, bringing to him a paralytic being carried by four.
7. oJ e[cwn (PAPMSN the one having) • ta;V ejntolavV (FPA the commandments) • mou (SG my) • kai; (and) • thrw:n
(PAPMSN keeping) • aujta;V (FPA them) • ejkeiænovV (MSN that one) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • oJ ajgapw:n (PAPMSN
the one who is loving) • me (SA me)` • oJ (MSN the) • de; (and/but) • ajgapw:n (PAPMSN loving) • me (SA me) •
ajgaphqhvsetai (FPI3S he/she/it will be loved) • uJpo; (→G by) • tou: patrovV (MSG of the father) • mou (SG my), •
kajgw; (SN and I) • ajgaphvsw (FAI1S I will love) • aujtovn (MSA him).
The one having my commandments and keeping them – that one is the one who is loving me; and the one loving me
will be loved by my father, and I will love him.
8. oiJ (MPN the) • de; (and/but) • ijdovnteV (AAPMPN the ones who beheld) • aujto;n (MSA him) • ejpi; (→G on) • th:V
qalavsshV (FSG the sea) • peripatou:nta (PAPMSA/NPNa walking around) • e[doxan (dokevw AAI3P they thought) •
o{ti (that) • favntasmav (ghost) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is).
And the ones who beheld him walking around on the sea thought that he was a ghost.
1
Early printings of the workbook have ejcomevnh (without a rho), which is what the Bible (NA27 GNT) has in this verse
(Acts 21:26). ejcomevnh parses as ( e[cw PMpdPFSD) and translates here as “next,” as in “the next day.” Since that meaning
of e[cw is an idiom (see BDAG 11.b.b) that is not mentioned in the textbook (page 137 lists only “I have, hold” for e[cw),
a rho was added to later printings of the workbook, producing ejrcomevnh, in an effort to simplify the verse for students.
2
These are aorist participles, but are presenting a timeless truth, and therefore are best translated into English with the
present tense. See Wallace, pages 615-616, particularly footnote 8.
Exercise 29: Adjectival Participles 115
9. +O decovmenoV (PMpdPMSN the one who is receiving) • uJma:V (PA you) • ejme; (SA! me) • devcetai (PAI3S he/she/it is
receiving), • kai; (and) • oJ (MSN the) • ejme; (SA! me) • decovmenoV (PMpdPMSN receiving) • devcetai (PAI3S he/she/it is
receiving) • to;n ajposteivlantav (AAPMSA the one who sent) • me (SA me). • oJ decovmenoV (PMpdPMSN the one who
receives) • profhvthn (MSA prophet) • eijV (→A into/in) • o[noma (NSNa name) • profhvtou (MSG of prophet) • misqo;n
(MSA reward) • profhvtou (MSG of prophet) • lhvmyetai (FMdI3S he/she/it will receive) , • kai; (and) • oJ decovmenoV
(PMpdPMSN the one who is receiving) • divkaion (MSA/NSNa righteous) • eijV (→A into/in) • o[noma (NSNa name) •
dikaivou (MnSG of righteous) • misqo;n (MSA reward) • dikaivou (MnSG of righteous) • lhvmyetai (FMdI3S he/she/it
will receive).
The one who is receiving you is receiving me, and the one receiving me is receiving the one who sent me. The one
who receives a prophet in the name of a prophet will receive a prophet’s reward, and the one who is receiving a
righteous person in the name of a righteous person will receive a righteous person’s reward.
10. o{te (when) • de; (and/but) • ejpivsteusan (AAI3P they believed) • tw:/ Filivppw/ (MSD the Philip) • eujaggelizomevnw/
(PMpdPMnSD while bringing good news) • peri; (→G concerning) • th:V basileivaV (FSG the kingdom) • tou: qeou:
(MSG of the god) • kai; (and) • tou: ojnovmatoV (NSG of the name) • =Ihsou: Cristou: (MSG of Jesus Christ), •
ejbaptivzonto (IMpI3P they were being baptized) • a[ndreV (MPN men) • te (and) • kai; (also) • gunaiækeV (FPN
women).
And when they believed Philip bringing good news about the Kingdom of God and the name of Jesus Christ, they
were being baptized, both men and women.
Additional
11. oiJ e{pta (MPN the seven) • oiJ (MPN the) • peri; (→A around) • th;n gh:n (FSA the earth) • poreuqevnteV (APdPMPN after
they went) • polla;V hJmevraV (FPA many days) • ajpektavnqhsan (API3P they were killed) • ejn (→D in) • megavlw/
puri; (NSD great fire) • ejrcovmenoi (PMpdPMPN while coming) • ajpo; (→G from) • tw:n oujranw:n (MPG the heavens) •
pro;V (→A to) • tou;V oi[kouV (MPA the houses) • aujtw:n (MfnPG their).
The seven who went around the earth for many days were killed in a great fire while coming from the heavens to
their homes.
12. oiJ fagovnteV (ejsqivw AAPMPN the ones who ate) • te (and so) • kai;; (and) • piovnteV (pivnw AAPMPN who drank) • meta;
(→G with) • tou: kurivou (MSG of the lord) • aujtw:n (MfnPG their) • zw:ntoV (PAPMSG living) • ejcavrhsan (caivrw
APdI3P they rejoiced) • ijdovnteV (oJravw AAPMPN after they beheld) • to;n ejgerqevnta (ejgeivrw APPMSA the one who
was raised) • ejk (→G from) • tw:n nekrw:n (MPG the dead).
The ones who ate and also drank with their living lord rejoiced after they beheld the one who was raised from the
dead.
13. kai; (and) • ejkavlesen (AAI3S he/she/it called) • =Ada;m (MSN Adam) • to; o[noma (NSNa the name) • th:V gunaiko;V
(FSG of the wife) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • Zwh; (MSN life) • o{ti (because) • au{th (FSN this) • mhvthr (FSN mother) •
pavntwn (MnPG of all) • tw:n zwvntwn (PAPMnPG of the living).
And Adam called the name of his wife “Life” because she is the mother of all of the living.
14. ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him)` • su; (SN you) • ei\ (PAI2S you are) • oJ ajnh;r (MSN the man)
• oJ lalhvsaV (AAPMSN the one who spoke) • pro;V (→A to) • th;n gunaiæka (FSA the woman)~ • kai; (and) • ei\pen
(levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • oJ a[ggeloV (MSN the angel)` • ejgwv (SN I).
He said to him, “Are you the man who spoke to the woman? And the angel said, ‘I (am).’”
15. kai; (and) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • oJ qeo;V (MSN the god) • tw:/ Nw:e (MSD to Noah) • kai; (and) • toiæV
uiJoiæV (MPD to the sons) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • met= (→G with) • aujtou: (MnSG him) • levgwn (PAPMSN saying)` • ejgw;
(SN I) • ijdou; (behold) • ajnivsthmi (I am establishing) • th;n diaqhvkhn (FSA the covenant) • mou (SG my) • uJmiæn (PD to
you) • kai; (and) • tw:/ spevrmati (NSD to the descendent) • uJmw:n (PG your) • meq= (→A after) • uJma:V (PA you) • kai;
(and) • pavsh/ yuch:/ (FSD to every life) • th:/ zwvsh/ (AAPFSD to the living) • meq= (→G with) • uJmw:n (PG you) • ajpo;
(→G from) • ojrnevwn (NPG birds) • kai; (and) • ajpo; (→G from) • kthnw:n (NPG domesticated animals) • … o{sa (NPNa
as much as) • meq= (→G with) • uJmw:n (PG you) • ajpo; (→G from) • pavntwn (MnPG all) • tw:n ejxelqovntwn (AAPMnPG
the came out) • ejk (→G from) • th:V kibwtou: (FSG ark).
And God spoke to Noah and to his sons with him, saying, “Behold I am establishing my covenant with you and with
your descendents after you and with every soul that lives with you, from birds and from domesticated animals, as
many as came out from the ark with you.”
16. eij (if) • ou\n (therefore) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • ponhroi; (MPN evil) • o[nteV (PAPMPN being) • oi[date (TAI2P you know)3 •
dovmata (NPNa gifts) • ajgaqa; (NPNa good) • didovnai (to give) • toiæV tevknoiV (NPD to the children) • uJmw:n (PG your),
• povsw/ (MnSD how much) • ma:llon (more) • oJ path;r (MSN the father) • uJmw:n (PG your) • oJ (MSN the) • ejn (→D in) •
toiæV oujranoiæV (MPD to the heavens) • dwvsei (he/she/it will give) • ajgaqa; (NPNa good) • toiæV aijtou:sin (PAPMnPD to
the ones asking) • aujtovn (MSA him).
Therefore, if you, being evil, know to give good gifts to your children, how much more will your father in heaven
give good things to those who are asking him?
17. +O (MSN the) • a[nwqen (from above) • ejrcovmenoV (PMpdMSN one coming) • ejpavnw (→G above) • pavntwn (MnPG all) •
ejstivn (PAI3S he/she/it is)` • oJ w]n (PAPMSN the one being) • ejk (→G from) • th:V gh:V (FSG the earth) • ejk (→G from) •
th:V gh:V (FSG the earth) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • kai; (and) • ejk (→G from) • th:V gh:V (FSG the earth) • laleiæ
(PAI3S he/she/it is speaking).
The one coming from above is above all; the one who is from the earth is from the earth and is speaking from the
earth.
18. kai; (and) • oiJ grammateiæV (MPN the scribes) • oiJ (MPN the) • ajpo; (→G from) • +Ierosoluvmwn (NPG Jerusalem) •
katabavnteV (AAPMPN ones who came down) • e[legon (IAI1S/3P they were saying) • o{ti (that) • Beelzebou;l (MSN
Beelzebul) • e[cei (PAI3S he/she/it has) • kai; (and) • o{ti (that) • ejn (→D in) • tw:/ a[rconti (MSD the ruler) • tw:n
daimonivwn (NPG of the demons) • ejkbavllei (PAI3S he/she/it is casting out) • ta; daimovnia (NPNa the demons).
And the scribes who came down from Jerusalem were saying that he has Beelzebul and that by the ruler of the
demons he is casting out the demons.
19. ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • aujth:/ (FSD to her) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus) ` • ejgwv (SN I) • eijmi (PAI1S I am)
• hJ ajnavstasiV (FSN the resurrection) • kai; (and) • hJ zwhv (FSN the life)` • oJ pisteuvwn (PAPMSN the one who is
believing) • eijV (→A into/in) • ejme; (SA me) • ka]n (even though) • ajpoqavnh/ (he/she/it might die) • zhvsetai (FMI3S4
he/she/it will live), • kai; (and) • pa:V (MSN every) • oJ zw:n (PAPMSN the one living) • kai; (and) • pisteuvwn (PAPMSN
believing) • eijV (→A into/in) • ejme; (SA! me) • ouj (not) • mh; (not) • ajpoqavnh/ (he/she/it might die) • eijV to;n aijw:na
(eternally)` • pisteuveiV (PAI2S you are believing) • tou:to (NSNa this)~ • levgei (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • aujtw:/
(MnSD to him)` • naiv (yes), • kuvrie (MSV lord), • ejgw; (SN I) • pepivsteuka (TAI1S I have believed) • o{ti (that) • su;
(SN you) • ei\ (PAI2S you are) • oJ Cristo;V (MSN the Christ) • oJ uiJo;V (MSN the son) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • oJ
(MSN the) • eijV (→A into/in) • to;n kovsmon (MSA the world) • ejrcovmenoV (PMpdPMSN coming).
Jesus said to her, “I am the resurrection and the life; the one who is believing in me, even though he might die, he
will live, and everyone who is living and believing in me will certainly not ever die. Are you believing this?” She is
saying to him, “Yes, Lord, I have believed that you are the Christ, the Son of God, the one who is coming into the
world.”
20. oJ (MSN the) • mh; (not) • timw:n (timevw PAPMSN one honoring) • to;n uiJo;n (MSA the son) • ouj (not) • tima:/ (PAI3S
he/she/it is honoring) • to;n patevra (MSA the father) • to;n pevmyanta (AAPMSA the one who sent) • aujtovn (MSA him).
• =Amh;n (amen) • ajmh;n (amen) • levgw (PAI1S I am saying) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • o{ti (that/because) • oJ (MSN the) • to;n
lovgon (MSA the word) • mou (SG my) • ajkouvwn (PAPMSN one hearing) • kai; (and) • pisteuvwn (PAPMSN believing) •
tw:/ pevmyantiv (AAPMnSD the one who sent) • me (SA me) • e[cei (PAI3S he/she/it has) • zwh;n aijwvnion (FSA eternal
life) • kai; (and) • eijV (→A into/in) • krivsin (FSA judgment) • oujk (not) • e[rcetai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is coming), •
ajlla; (but) • metabevbhken (TAI3S he/she/it has crossed over) • ejk (→G from) • tou: qanavtou (MSG death) • eijV (→A
into/in) • th;n zwhvn (FSA the life). • ajmh;n (amen) • ajmh;n (amen) • levgw (PAI1S I am saying) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • o{ti
(that) • e[rcetai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is coming) • w{ra (FSN hour) • kai; (and) • nu:n (now) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is)
• o{te (when) • oiJ nekroi; (MPN the dead) • ajkouvsousin (FAI3P they will hear) • th:V fwnh:V (FSG the voice) • tou:
uiJou: (MSG of the son) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • kai; (and) • oiJ ajkouvsanteV (AAPMPN the ones hearing) •
zhvsousin (FAI3P they will live).
The one not honoring the Son is not honoring the Father who sent him. Truly, truly I am saying to you that the one
hearing my word and believing the one who sent me has eternal life and into judgment is not going, but instead has
crossed over from death into life. Truly, truly I am saying to you that an hour is coming and now is when the dead
will hear the voice of the Son of God, and the ones hearing will live.
3
This can be parsed either as perfect or as present. See footnote 159 on page 393 of the textbook and footnote 14 on
page 144 for further explanation.
4
Exercise 30
Perfect Participles and Genitive Absolutes

Parsing
Perfect
Middle having
Masculine,
1. hjgaphmevnwn Genitive P or Participle ajgapavw TMpPMfnPG been
Feminine, or
Passive loved
Neuter
Perfect
having
2. gegennhkovtoV Genitive S Masculine or Active Participle gennavw TAPMnSG
begotten
Neuter
Middle having
Perfect
3. peplhrwmevnh/ Dative S or Participle plhrovw TMpPFSD been
Feminine
Passive filled
he/she/it
4. pepivsteuken 3 S Perfect Active Indicative pisteuvw TAI3S has
believed
Perfect having
5. lelukuiva/ Dative S Active Participle luvw TAPFSD
Feminine loosed
Perfect Middle having
6. bebaptismevnoiV Dative P Masculine or or Participle baptivzw TMpPMnPD been
Neuter Passive baptized
Perfect
having
7. pepoihvkosi Dative P Masculine or Active Participle poievw TAPMnPD
done
Neuter
Middle having
Perfect
8. beblhmevnhn Accusative S or Participle bavllw TMpPFSA been
Feminine
Passive thrown
Perfect Middle having
9. bebaptismevnou Genitive S Masculine or or Participle baptivzw TMpPMnSG been
Neuter Passive baptized
Middle
Perfect having
10. ajpestalmevnaiV Dative P or Participle ajpostevllw TMpPFPD
Feminine been sent
Passive
Warm-up
a. oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • toiæV presbutevroiV (MPD to the elders) • lelukovsi
(luvw TAPMnPD after they had loosed) • to; iJerovn (NSNa the temple).
Jesus spoke to the elders after they had loosed the temple.
b. oiJ katabebhkovteV (katabaivnw TAPMPN the ones having come down) • ajpo; (→G from) • +Ierosoluvmwn (NPG the
Jerusalem)
The ones who have come down from Jerusalem
g. pro;V (→A to) • tou;V pepisteukovtaV (pisteuvw TAPMPA the ones who have believed) • aujtw/:/ (MnSD him)
To the ones who have believed him
117
d. ejsti;n (PAI3S he/she/it is) • gegrammevnon (TMpPMSA/NSNa having been written)` • e[fagen (ejsqivw AAI3S he/she/it
ate) • a[rton (MSA bread) • ejk (→G from) • tou: oujranou: (MSG the heaven).
It is written, “He ate bread from heaven.”
e. !Elegen (levgw IAI3S he/she/it was saying) • … tw/: keklhkovti (kalevw TAPMnSD to the one who called) • aujtovn
(MSA him)
He was saying… to the one who called him
z. genomevnou (givnomai AMpdPMnSG after it came) • sabbavtou (NSG of Sabbath) • aujtoV (MSN he) • e[rcetai (e[rcomai
PMdI3S he/she/it is coming) • eijV (→A into) • th;n sunagwghvn (FSA the synagogue).
After the Sabbath came, he comes into the synagogue.1
h. mh; (not) • eijdovteV (oi\da TAPMPN knowing) • ta;V grafa;V (FPA the Scriptures) • mhde; (and not) • th;n duvnamin (FSA
the power) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god)
Knowing neither the Scriptures nor the power of God
Translation
1. pepisteuvkoteV (TAPMPN having believed) • de; (and/but) • hjkolouvqhsan (AAI3P they followed) • aujtw/: (MnSD him)
• oiJ o[cloi (MPN the crowd).
And after having believed, the crowd followed him.
2. oJ eJwrakw;V (oJravw TAPMSN the one who has seen) • ejme; (SA! me) • eJwvraken (oJravw TAI3S he/she/it has seen) • to;n
patevra (MSA the father).
The one who has seen me has seen the Father.
3. =Egevneto (AMdI3S he/she/it came) • a[nqrwpoV (MSN man), • ajpestalmevnoV (TMpPMSN having been sent) • para;
(→G from) • qeou: (MSG god), • o[noma (NSNa name) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him) • =IwavnnhV (MSN John).
A man came, having been sent from God, whose name was John.
4. to; gegennhmevnon (TMpPNSNa the thing which is born) • ejk (→G from) • th:V sarko;V (FSG the flesh) • savrx (FSN
flesh) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is), • kai; (and) • to; gegennhmevnon (TMpPNSNa the thing which is born) • ejk (→G
from) • tou: pneuvmatoV (NSG the spirit) • pneu:mav (NSNa spirit) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is).
That which is born from the flesh is flesh, and that which is born from the Spirit is spirit.
5. kai; (and) • ejxeplhvssonto (they were amazed) • ejpi; (→D on) • th:/ didach:/ (FSD the teaching) • aujtou: (MnSG his)` •
h\n (IAI3S he/she/it was) • ga;r (for) • didavskwn (PAPMSN teaching)2 • aujtou;V (MPA them) • wJV (as) • ejxousivan (FSA
authority) • e[cwn (PAPMSN having) • kai; (and) • oujc (not) • wJV (as) • oiJ grammateiæV (MPN the scribes).
And they were amazed at his teaching, for he was teaching them as having authority and not as the scribes.
6. kai; (and) • eujqu;V (immediately) • e[ti (still) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • lalou:ntoV (PAPMnSG while speaking) •
paragivnetai (comes) • =IouvdaV (MSN Judas) • ei|V (MSN one) • tw:n dwvdeka (MPG of the twelve) • kai; (and) • met=
(→G with) • aujtou: (MnSG him) • o[cloV (MSN crowd).
And immediately, while he was still speaking, Judas, one of the twelve comes, and a crowd with him.
7. ou[pw (not yet) • ga;r (for) • h\n (IAI3S he/she/it was) • beblhmevnoV (TMpPMSN having been thrown)3 • eijV (→A
into/in) • th;n fulakh;n (FSA the prison) • oJ =IwavnnhV (MSN the John).
For John had not yet been thrown into prison.
1
genomevnou sabbavtou is a genitive absolute because the substantive (sabbavtou) that is doing the action of the participle
(genomevnou) has no grammatical relationship to the main clause (aujtoV e[rcetai eijV th;n sunagwghvn). The best way to
understand what we mean by “no grammatical relationship” is to diagram the sentence. A quicker way is to ask yourself
the question, “why is sabbavtou in the genitive case?” It is not modifying another substantive or performing any of the
other functions that you learned for a genitive until chapter 30. The reason that it is in the genitive is that it is performing
the action of the genitive absolute participle.
2
h\n didavskwn is a periphrastic imperfect. It has roughly the same meaning as ejdidavske(n), which is the IAI3S of
didavskw, but also lets you know the gender of the one doing the action of the participle.
3
h\n beblhmenoV is a periphrastic pluperfect. It means that at a certain point of time in the past (relative to the writer),
John was not in the state of being in prison due to a previously completed action of being thrown into prison.
Exercise 30: Perfect Participles and Genitive Absolutes 119
8. kai; (and) • ejgevneto (AMdI3S he/she/it came) • ejk (→G from) • tou: oujranou: (MSG the heaven) • h|coV (MnSNa sound)
• … kai; (and) • ejplhvrwsen (AAI3S he/she/it filled) • o{lon (MSA whole) • to;n oi\kon (MSA the house) • ou| (MnSG
where) • h\san (IAI3P they were) • kaqhvmenoi (PMpPMPN while sitting).
And a sound came from heaven… and it filled the entire house where they were sitting.
9. tau:ta (NPNa these) • aujtou: (MnSG he) • lalou:ntoV (PAPMnSG while speaking) • polloi; (MPN many) • ejpivsteusan
(AAI3P they believed) • eijV (→A into/in) • aujtovn (MSA him). • e[legen (IAI3S he/she/it was saying) • ou\n (therefore)
• oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus) • pro;V (→A to) • tou;V pepisteukovtaV (TAPMPA the ones who have believed) • aujtw:/
(MnSD him) • =IoudaivouV (MPA Jews)` • eja;n (if) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • meivnhte (you remain) • ejn (→D in) • tw:/ lovgw/ (MSD
the word) • tw:/ ejmw:/ (MnSD the my), • ajlhqw:V (truly) • maqhtaiv (MPN disciples) • mouv (SG my) • ejste (PAI2P you
are).
While he was speaking these things, many believed in him. Therefore Jesus was saying to the Jews who had believed
in him, “If you remain in my word, you are truly my disciples.”
10. kai; (and) • oiJ proavgonteV (PAPMPN ones going before) • kai; (and) • oiJ ajkolouqou:nteV (PAPMPN the ones
following) • e[krazon (IAI1S/3P they were crying out)` • wJsannav (hosanna!)` • eujloghmevnoV (TMpPMSN blessed be)
• oJ ejrcovmenoV (PMpdPMSN the one who is coming) • ejn (→D in) • ojnovmati (NSD name) • kurivou (MSG of lord)` •
eujloghmevnh (TMpPFSN blessed be) • hJ ejrcomevnh (PMpdPFSN the coming) • basileiva (FSN kingdom) • tou: patro;V
(MSG of the father) • hJmw:n (PG our) • Dauivd (MSGx) ` • wJsanna; (hosanna!) • ejn (→D in) • toiæV uJyivstoiV (MPD the
highest).
Both the ones going before and also the ones following were crying out, “Hosanna! Blessed be the one who is
coming in the name of the Lord! Blessed be the coming kingdom of our father David! Hosanna in the highest!”
Additional
11. oiJ (MPN the) • de; (and/but) • presbuvteroi (MPN elders) • tw:n =Ioudaivwn (MPG of the Jews) • eijdovteV (oi\da TAPMPN
having known) • to;n =Ihsou:n (MSA the Jesus) • meta; (→G with) • tw:n maqhtw:n (MPG the disciples) • ejdevxanto
(devcomai AMdI3P they received) • e{na (MSA one) • ejkeivnwn (MnPG of those) • o}V (MSN who) • th;n ejpaggelivan (FSA
the promise) • ejpoivhsen (AAI3S he/she/it made) • aujto;n (MSA him) • paradou:nai (to betray).
And the elders of the Jews, having known Jesus with the disciples, received one of those who had made the promise
to betray him.
12. oiJ pepisteukovteV (TAPMPN the ones having believed) • eijV (→A in) • to;n =Ihsou:n (MSA the Jesus) • Cristianoi; (MPN
Christians) • kalou:ntai (PMpI3P they were called) • o{ti (that/because) • aujto;n (MSA him) • wJV (as) • to;n Cristovn
(MSA the Christ) • te (and) • kai; (also) • to;n kuvrion (MSA the lord) • ginwvskousin (PAI3P/PAPMnPD they know).
The ones who had believed in Jesus were called “Christians” because they know him as the Christ and also as the
Lord.
13. +H cavriV (FSN the grace) • tou: kurivou (MSG of the lord) • hJmw:n (PG our) • =Ihsou: Cristou: (MSG Jesus Christ) • meq=
(→G with) • uJmw:n (PG you) • kai; (and) • meta; (→G with) • pavntwn (MnPG all) • pantach:/ (everywhere) • tw:n
keklhmevnwn (TMpPMnPG the having been called) • uJpo; (→G by) • tou: qeou: (MSG the god) • kai; (and) • di= (→G
through) • aujtou: (MnSG him).
(May) the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you and with all those everywhere who have been called by God
and through him.
14. kai; (and) • meta; (→A after) • tau:ta (NPNa these) • ou{twV (thus) • ajnevgnw (he/she/it read) • =Ihsou:V (MSN
Jesus/Joshua) • pavnta (NPNa all) • ta; rJhvmata (NPNa the words) • tou: novmou (MSG of the law) • touvtou (MnSG this) •
… kata; (→A according to) • pavnta (NPNa all) • ta; gegrammevna (TMpPNPNa the having been written) • ejn (→D in) •
tw:/ novmw/ (MSD the law).
And after all these things thus Joshua read all the words of this law… according to all the things that have been
written in the law.
15. Proseuxamevnou (AMdPMnSG after praying) • mou (SG I) • ejn (→D in) • tw:/ oi[kw/ (MSD the house) • eijsh:lqen (AAI3S
he/she/it entered) • ajnhvr (MSN man) • kai; (and) • hjspavsatov (AMdI3S he/she/it greeted) • me (SA me), • kajgw; (SN
and I) • hjspasavmhn (AMdI1S I greeted) • aujtovn (MSA him).
After4 I prayed in the house, a man entered and greeted me, and I greeted him.
16. oiJ patevreV (MPN the fathers) • hJmw:n (PG our) • to; mavnna (NSNa the manna) • e[fagon (AAI1S/3P they ate) • ejn (→D
in) • th:/ ejrhvmw/ (FSD the desert), • kaqwvV (just as) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • gegrammevnon (TMpPMSA/NSNa it is
written) ` • a[rton (MSA bread) • ejk (→G from) • tou: oujranou: (MSG the heaven) • e[dwken (he/she/it gave) • aujtoiæV
(MnPD to them) • fageiæn (to eat).
Our fathers ate the manna in the desert, just as it is written, “He gave them bread from heaven to eat.”
17. tau:ta (NPNa these) • oujk (not) • e[gnwsan (AAI3P they knew) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • oiJ maqhtai; (MPN the disciples) •
to; prw:ton (NSNa the first), • ajll= (but) • o{te (when) • ejdoxavsqh (API3S he/she/it had been glorified) • =Ihsou:V (MPN
Jesus) • tovte (then) • ejmnhvsqhsan (they remembered) • o{ti (that/because) • tau:ta (NPNa these) • h\n (IAI3S
he/she/it was) • ejp= (→D on) • aujtw:/ (MnSD him) • gegrammevna (TMpPNPNa they were written)5 • kai; (and) • tau:ta
(NPNa these) • ejpoivhsan (AAI3P they did) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him).
His disciples did not understand these things at first, but when Jesus had been glorified then they remembered that
these things had been written and that they did these things to him.
18. ejlqovntoV (AAPMnSG after coming) • tou: lovgou (MSG the word) • gnwvsontai (FMdI3P they will know) • to;n
profhvthn (MSA the prophet) • o}n (MSA whom) • ajpevsteilen (AAI3S he/she/it sent) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • kuvrioV
(MSN lord) • ejn (→D in) • pivstei (FSD faith).
After the word comes, then they will know the prophet whom the Lord sent to them in faith.
19. kai; (and) • e[rcontai (PMpdI3P they are coming) • pavlin (again) • eijV (→A into/in) • +Ierosovluma (FSAx/NPAx
Jerusalem). • kai; (and) • ejn (→D in) • tw:/ iJerw:/ (MSD the temple) • peripatou:ntoV (PAPMnSG while walking around) •
aujtou: (MnSG his) • e[rcontai (PMpdI3P they are coming) • pro;V (→A to) • aujto;n (MSA him) • oiJ ajrciereiæV (MPN the
high priests) • kai; (and) • oiJ grammateiæV (MPN the scribes) • kai; (and) • oiJ presbuvteroi (MPN the elders) • kai; (and)
• e[legon (IAI1S/3P they are saying) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him)` • ejn (→D in) • poiva (NPNa what?) • ejxousiva/ (FSD
authority) • tau:ta (NPNa these) • poieiæV (PAI2S you are doing)~
And they are coming again into Jerusalem, and while he is walking around in the temple the high priests, the
scribes, and the elders are coming to him and saying to him, “In what authority are you doing these things?”
20. kalevsw (FAI1S I will call) • to;n (MSA the) • ouj (not) • laovn (MSA people) • mou (SG my) • laovn (MSA people) • mou
(SG my) • kai; (and) • th;n (FSA the) • oujk (not) • hjgaphmevnhn (TMpPFSA having been loved) • hjgaphmevnhn
(TMpPFSA having been loved).
I will call the not-my-people, “my people,” and the not-having-been-loved, “having-been-loved.”
4
Advanced information: You could also translate this as “While I prayed” because when the main verb is also aorist,
aorist participles often describe action occurring at the same time as the main verb. This is hinted at in section 28.16 on
page 268 of the textbook, and described in more detail in Wallace’s second-year Greek textbook on pages 624-625.
5
h\n … gegrammevna forms a periphrastic pluperfect. At a point in the past (relative to the author) there was a state of
certain things being in written form due to a previously completed action of someone writing them.
Chapters 26-30
Review #6
Grammar
1. What determines the case, number, and gender of a participle?
a. Adjectival: Just like an ordinary adjective! If a participle is used as an adjective (attributive or predicate), then
its case, number, and gender will agree with the word it is modifying. If a participle is used as a substantive,
then its case is set by its function in the clause, and its number and gender are set by what it refers to.1
b. Adverbial: The case, number, and gender of a participle match the substantive that is doing the action of the
participle (for active, middle, and deponent participles) or receiving the action of the participle (for passive
participles that are not deponent).
2. What are the clues that a participle is being used in the following ways?
a. Adjectival: (1) Often, but not always, has the article. (2) Context—an adjectival use makes better sense in the
sentence than an adverbial use.
b. Adverbial: (1) Never has the article. (2) Context—an adverbial use makes better sense in the sentence than an
adjectival use.
c. Substantival: (1) Often , but not always, has the article. (2) Context—if there is no substantive for it to modify,
then it cannot be adjectival. And if it has the article, then it cannot be adverbial.
3. What are the seven questions you ask of any participle you meet?
a. What is the case, number, and gender of the participle, and why? (i.e., What word is it modifying or standing in
the place of? What is doing or receiving the action of the participle?)
b. Is the action (or state of being) in the participle directed toward a verb (adverbial) or a noun (adjectival)?
c. If it is adverbial, do you use “while” or “after”?
d. If it is adjectival, is it attributive or substantival?
e. What is the aspect of the participle? Continuous (present), undefined (aorist), or perfect?
f. What is the voice of the participle?
g. What does the verb mean?
1
For participles that are used as an adjective (attributive or predicate) you can use the same answer that is given for
adverbial participles, since the substantive modifies the word that is doing the action of the participle (or the word that is
receiving the action of the participle if the participle is non-deponent passive). For substantival participles, however, this
answer is does not work, because the substantive doing or receiving the action of the participle is not in the clause.
121
4. What is a genitive absolute? A genitive absolute construction is a noun or pronoun2 and a participle in the genitive
that are not grammatically connected3 to the rest of the sentence.
5. How do you form the following periphrastic verbal forms?
a. Present: (present tense of eijmiv) + (present participle)
b. Future: (future tense of eijmiv) + (present participle)
c. Perfect: (present tense of eijmiv) + (perfect participle)
6. Write out the nominative and genitive singular forms of the participle morpheme (with tense formative and case
endings) of all three genders for the following tenses.
Masculine Feminine Neuter
a. Present active wn, ontoV ousa, oushV on, ontoV

b. First aorist active saV, santoV sasa, sashV san, santoV
c. First aorist passive qeiV, qentoV qeisa, qeishV qen, qentoV
d. Second aorist middle omenoV, omenou omenh, omenhV omenon, omenou
e. First perfect active kwV, kotoV kuia, kuiaV koV, kotoV
f. Perfect middle/passive menoV, menou menh, menhV menon, menou
Parsing
1. qevlontoV (qevlw PAPMnSG while desiring)
2. grafeiæsi (gravfw APPMnPD after being written)
3. lelalhkovteV (lalevw TAPMPN after having spoken)
4. pisteuomevnaV (pisteuvw PMpPFPA while being believed)
5. o[n[ (eijmiv PAPNSNa while being)
6. balovnta (bavllw AAPMSA / AAPNPNa after throwing)
7. decqevnta (devcomai APPMSA / APPNPNa after being received)
8. beblhkovta (bavllw TAPMSA / TAPNPNa after having thrown)
9. luqeivsh/ (luvw APPFSD after being loosed)
10. blevyasa (blevpw AAPFSN after looking)
Translation: Mark 1:1-22

1:1 =Arch; (FSN beginning) • tou: eujaggelivou (NSG of the gospel) • =Ihsou: Cristou: (MSG of Jesus Christ) •
ªuiJou: (MSG of son) • qeou: (MSG of god)º. • 1:2 Kaqw;V (just as) • gevgraptai (TMpI3S he/she/it has been written) • ejn (→D
in) • tw:/ =Hsaiv&a/ (MSD the Isaiah) • tw:/ profhvth/` (MSD the prophet) • ijdou; (behold) • ajpostevllw (PAI1S I am sending) •
to;n a[ggelovn (MSA the messenger) • mou (SG my) • pro; (→G before) • proswvpou (NSG face) • sou (SG your), • o}V (MSN
who) • kataskeuavsei (FAI3S he/she/it will prepare) • th;n oJdovn (FSA the way) • sou (SG your)` • 1:3 fwnh; (FSN voice) •
bow:ntoV (boavw PAPMnSG of one calling) • ejn (→D in) • th:/ ejrhvmw/ (FSD the desert)` • eJtoimavsate (prepare!) • th;n oJdo;n
(FSA the way) • kurivou (MSG of lord), • eujqeivaV (eujquvV FPA straight) • poieiæte (make!) • ta;V trivbouV (trivboV FPA the
2
In rare cases, the noun or pronoun may be absent, but the participle is always present.
3
By “not grammatically connected” we mean that the substantive that is doing (active, middle, or deponent participle) or
receiving (non-deponent passive participle) the action of the participle is not in the rest of the sentence. Instead, the
substantive doing or receiving the action of the participle is the noun or pronoun in the genitive that is part of the genitive
absolute construction.
highways) • aujtou: (MnSG his), • 1:4 ejgevneto (AMdI3S he/she/it appeared) • =IwavnnhV (MSN John) • ªoJ (MSN the)º •
baptivzwn (PAPMSN baptizing) • ejn (→D in) • th:/ ejrhvmw/ (FSD the desert) • kai; (and) • khruvsswn (PAPMSN preaching) •
bavptisma (NSNa baptism) • metanoivaV (FSG/FPA of repentance) • eijV (→A into/in) • a[fesin (FSA forgiveness) •
aJmartiw:n (FPG of sins). • 1:5 kai; (and) • ejxeporeuveto (IMpdI3S he/she/it was going out)4 • pro;V (→A to) • aujto;n (MSA
him) • pa:sa (FSN all) • hJ =Ioudaiva cwvra (FSN the Judean region) • kai; (and) • oiJ +Ierosolumiætai pavnteV (MPN all the
inhabitants of Jerusalem), • kai; (and) • ejbaptivzonto (IMpI3P they were being baptized) • uJp= (→G by) • aujtou: (MnSG
him) • ejn (→D in) • tw:/ =Iordavnh/ potamw:/ (MSD the Jordan river) • ejxomologouvmenoi (PMpPMPN while confessing) • ta;V
aJmartivaV aujtw:n (FPA their sins). • 1:6 kai; (and) • h\n (IAI3S he/she/it was) • oJ =IwavnnhV (MSN the John) • ejndedumevnoV
(ejndeuvw TMpPMSN having clothed himself) • trivcaV (FPA hairs) • kamhvlou (MfSG of camel) • kai; (and) • zwvnhn (FSA
belt) • dermativnhn (FSA leather) • peri; (→A around) • th;n ojsfu;n (FSA the waist) • aujtou: (MnSG his), • kai; (and) •
ejsqivwn (PAPMSN eating) • ajkrivdaV (FPA locusts) • kai; (and) • mevli (NSNa honey) • a[grion (MSA/NSNa wild). • 1:7 kai;
(and) • ejkhvrussen (IAI3S he/she/it was preaching) • levgwn (PAPMSN saying)` • e[rcetai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is coming) •
oJ ijscurovterovV (MSN the greater than) • mou (SG my) • ojpivsw (→G after) • mou (SG me), • ou| (MnSG of whom) • oujk (not)
• eijmi; (PAI1S I am) • iJkano;V (MSN worthy) • kuvyaV (kuvptw AAPMSN after stooping down) • lu:sai (to loosen) • to;n
iJmavnta (MSA the strap) • tw:n uJpodhmavtwn (NPG of the sandals) • aujtou: (MnSG his)` • 1:8 ejgw; (SN I) • ejbavptisa (AAI1S I
baptized) • uJma:V (PA you) • u{dati (NSD by means of water), • aujto;V (MSN he) • de; (but) • baptivsei (FAI3S he/she/it will
baptize) • uJma:V (PA you) • ejn (→D in) • pneuvmati aJgivw/ (NSD holy spirit).
1:9 kai; (and) • ejgevneto (AMdI3S it came to pass) • ejn (→D in) • ejkeivnaiV taiæV hJmevraiV (FPD those days) • h\lqen
(AAI3S he/she/it came) • =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus) • ajpo; (→G from) • Nazare;t (FSGx Nazareth) • th:V GalilaivaV (FSG of the
Galilee) • kai; (and) • ejbaptivsqh (API3S he/she/it was baptized) • eijV (→A in) • to;n =Iordavnhn (MSA the Jordan) • uJpo;
(→G by) • =Iwavnnou (MSG John). • 1:10 kai; (and) • eujqu;V (immediately) • ajnabaivnwn (PAPMSN while coming up) • ejk
(→G from) • tou: u{datoV (NSG the water) • ei\den (oJravw AAI3S he/she/it saw) • scizomevnouV (PMpPMPA being split) •
tou;V oujranou;V (MPA the heavens) • kai; (and) • to; pneu:ma (NSNa the spirit) • wJV (as) • peristera;n (FSA dove) •
katabaiænon (PAPNSNa while coming down) • eijV (→A into/in) • aujtovn (MSA him)` • 1:11 kai; (and) • fwnh; (FSN voice) •
ejgevneto (AMdI3S he/she/it came) • ejk (→G from) • tw:n oujranw:n (MPG the heavens)` • su; (SN you) • ei\ (PAI2S you are) •
oJ uiJovV (MSN the son) • mou (SG my) • oJ ajgaphtovV (MSN the beloved), • ejn (→D in) • soi; (SD! you) • eujdovkhsa (eujdokevw
AAI1S I am pleased).
1:12 kai; (and) • eujqu;V (immediately) • to; pneu:ma (NSNa the spirit) • aujto;n (MSA him) • ejkbavllei (PAI3S
he/she/it is casting out) • eijV (→A into) • th;n e[rhmon (FSA the desert). • 1:13 kai; (and) • h\n (IAI3S he/she/it was) • ejn
(→D in) • th:/ ejrhvmw/ (FSD the desert) • tesseravkonta (forty) • hJmevraV (FPA days) • peirazovmenoV (peiravzw PMpPMSN
being tested) • uJpo; (→G by) • tou: satana: (MSG the Satan), • kai; (and) • h\n (IAI3S he/she/it was) • meta; (→G with) •
tw:n qhrivwn (NPG the wild animals), • kai; (and) • oiJ a[ggeloi (MPN the angels) • dihkovnoun (diakonevw IAI1S/3P they
were serving) • aujtw:/ (MnSD him).
1:14 meta; de; to; paradoqh:nai to;n =Iwavnnhn (and after John had been betrayed) • h\lqen (AAI3S he/she/it went)
• oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus) • eijV (→A into/in) • th;n Galilaivan (FSA the Galilee) • khruvsswn (PAPMSN preaching) • to;
eujaggevlion (NSNa the gospel) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • 1:15 kai; (and) • levgwn (PAPMSN saying) • o{ti (that) •
peplhvrwtai (TMpI3S he/she/it has been fulfilled) • oJ kairo;V (MSN the time) • kai; (and) • h[ggiken (ejggivzw TAI3S
he/she/it has drawn near) • hJ basileiva (FSN the kingdom) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god)` • metanoeiæte (repent!) • kai; (and)
• pisteuvete (PAIm2P continually believe!)5 • ejn (→D in) • tw:/ eujaggelivw/ (NSD the gospel).
1:16 kai; (and) • paravgwn (PAPMSN while passing) • para; (→A alongside of) • th;n qavlassan (FSA the sea) •
th:V GalilaivaV (FSG of the Galilee) • ei\den (oJravw AAI3S he/she/it saw) • Sivmwna (MSA Simon) • kai; (and) • =Andrevan
(MSA Andrew) • to;n ajdelfo;n (MSA the brother) • SivmwnoV (MSG of Simon) • ajmfibavllontaV (PAPMPA while casting) • ejn
(→D in) • th:/ qalavssh/ (FSD sea)` • h\san (IAI3P they were) • ga;r (for) • aJlieiæV (MPN fishermen). • 1:17 kai; (and) •
ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus)` • deu:te (follow!) • ojpivsw (→G
behind) • mou (SG me), • kai; (and) • poihvsw (FAI1S I will make) • uJma:V (PA you) • genevsqai (to be) • aJlieiæV (MPN
fishermen) • ajnqrwvpwn (MPG of men). • 1:18 kai; (and) • eujqu;V (immediately) • ajfevnteV (after leaving) • ta; divktua
(NPNa the nets) • hjkolouvqhsan (AAI3P they followed) • aujtw:/ (MnSD him). • 1:19 kai; (and) • proba;V (probaivnw
AAPMSN after going on) • ojlivgon (a little) • ei\den (oJravw AAI3S he/she/it saw) • =Iavkwbon (MSA James) • to;n (MSA the)6 •
4
Notice that the verb is singular even though there is a compound subject joined by kaiv. In English we would use a
plural verb, but in Greek the verb matches the number of the subject that is closest in word order to the verb. In this case
hJ =Ioudaia cwvra is closest, and it is singular, so the verb is singular.
5
The form is either indicative or imperative mood, but the context clarifies that it is imperative. We will discuss
imperatives in chapter 33.
6
The word uiJovV (“son”) is elided. This is very common when describing a person’s ancestry in Greek.
tou: Zebedaivou (MSG of the Zebedee) • kai; (and) • =Iwavnnhn (MSA John) • to;n ajdelfo;n (MSA the brother) • aujtou: (MnSG
his), • kai; (and) • aujtou;V (MPA them) • ejn (→D in) • tw:/ ploivw/ (NSD the boat) • katartivzontaV (katartivzw PAPMPA
while mending) • ta; divktua (NPNa the nets), • 1:20 kai; (and) • eujqu;V (immediately) • ejkavlesen (AAI3S he/she/it called)
• aujtouvV (MPA them). • kai; (and) • ajfevnteV (after leaving) • to;n patevra (MSA the father) • aujtw:n (MfnPG their) •
Zebedaiæon (MSA Zebedee) • ejn (→D in) • tw:/ ploivw/ (NSD the boat) • meta; (→G with) • tw:n misqwtw:n (MPG the hired
hands) • ajph:lqon (ajpevrcomai AAI1S/3P they went away) • ojpivsw (→G behind) • aujtou: (MnSG him).
1:21 kai; (and) • eijsporeuvontai (PMpdI3P they are going in) • eijV (→A into/in) • Kafarnaouvm (FSAx
Capernaum). • kai; (and) • eujqu;V (immediately) • toiæV savbbasin (NPD on the Sabbaths) • eijselqw;n (AAPMSN after going
in) • eijV (→A into/in) • th;n sunagwgh;n (FSA the synagogue) • ejdivdasken (IAI3S he/she/it began to teach). • 1:22 kai;
(and) • ejxeplhvssonto (ejkplhvssw IMpI3P they were being amazed) • ejpi; (→D on) • th:/ didach:/ (FSD the teaching) •
aujtou: (MnSG his), • h\n (IAI3S he/she/it was) • ga;r (for) • didavskwn (PAPMSN teaching) • aujtou;V (MPA them) • wJV (as) •
ejxousivan (FSA authority) • e[cwn (PAPMSN having) • kai; (and) • oujc (not) • wJV (as) • oiJ grammateiæV (MPN the scribes).
1:1 The beginning of the Gospel of Jesus Christ ªthe Son of Godº. 1:2 Just as it has been written in Isaiah the
Prophet, “Behold! I am sending my messenger before your face, who will prepare your way; 1:3 a voice of one calling
the desert, ‘Prepare the way of the Lord! Make straight his highways!’” 1:4 And John appeared, baptizing7 in the desert
and preaching a baptism of repentance for the forgiveness of sins. 1:5 And all the region of Judea and the inhabitants of
Jerusalem were going out to him and being baptized by him in the Jordan river, confessing their sins. 1:6 And John was
clothed with camel’s hair, and a leather belt was around his waist, and he was eating locusts and wild honey. 1:7 And he
was preaching, saying, “The one greater than me is coming after me, the strap of whose sandals I am not worthy,
stooping down, to loosen. 1:8 I baptized you by means of water, but he will baptize you in the Holy Spirit.”
1:9 And it came to pass in those days that Jesus came from Nazareth of Galilee and was baptized in the Jordan
by John. 1:10 And immediately, while he was coming up from the water, he saw the heavens being split and the Spirit as
a dove coming down on him; 1:11 and a voice came from the heavens, “You are my beloved son; in you I am pleased.”
1:12 And immediately the Spirit is casting him out into the desert 1:13 and he was in the desert for forty days,
being tested by Satan, and he was with the wild animals, and the angels were serving him.
1:14 And after John had been betrayed, Jesus went into Galilee, preaching the Gospel of God 1:15 and saying,
“The time has been fulfilled and the Kingdom of God has drawn near; repent and believe in the Gospel!
1:16 And while he was passing alongside of the Sea of Galilee, he saw Simon and Andrew the brother of Simon
while they were casting nets in the sea, for they were fishermen. 1:17 And Jesus said to them, “Follow me, and I will
make you to be fishers of men. 1:18 And immediately after leaving the nets they followed him. 1:19 and after going on a
little ways, he saw James the son of Zebedee and John his brother, while they were mending the nets in the boat. 1:20
And immediately he called them. And after leaving behind their father Zebedee in the boat with the hired hands, they
went away behind him.
1:21 And they are going into Capernaum. And immediately on the Sabbaths, after going into the synagogue he
began to teach. 1:22 And they were being amazed at his teaching, for he was teaching them as one having authority and
not as the scribes.
7
This can also be translated as “And John the Baptist appeared.” If the article [oJ] is accepted as original, then this latter
translation is definitely correct, because adverbial participles cannot have the article.
Exercise 31
Subjunctive
Parsing
Inflected / Case Number Gender Voice Mood Lexical Form Code Meaning1
“let us be
baptizing” or
1. baptivzwmen 1 Plural Present Active Subjunctive baptivzw PAS1P
“we may be
baptizing”
Middle you are being
2 Singular Present Indicative PMpI2S
or Pass heard
Middle you may be
2. ajkouvh/ (3x) 2 Singular Present Subjunctive ajkouvw PMpS2S
or Pass being heard
he/she/it may
3 Singular Present Active Subjunctive PAS3S
be hearing
“let us go” or
3. e[lqwmen 1 Plural Aorist Active Subjunctive e[rcomai AAS1P
“we may go”
4. peripathvshte 2 Plural Aorist Active Subjunctive peripatevw AAS2P you may go
they may be
5. didacqw:si 3 Plural Aorist Passive Subjunctive didavskw APS3P
taught
6. krinw:2 1 Singular Future Active Indicative krivnw FAI1S I will judge
7. swvsh/V 2 Singular Aorist Active Subjunctive sw/vzw AAS2S you may save
“let us go for
ourselves” or
8. proselqwvmeqa 1 Plural Aorist Middle Subjunctive prosevrcomai AMS1P
“we may go
for ourselves”
they may be
9. ejgeivrwsi 3 Plural Present Active Subjunctive ejgeivrw PAS3P
raising
he/she/it may
10. poihqh/: 3 Singular Aorist Passive Subjunctive poievw APS3S
be done
Warm-up
a. i{na (in order that) • ajgapw:men (ajgapavw PAS1P we may love) • ajllhvlouV (MPA each other)
In order that we may love each other
b. o{tan (when) • e[lqh/ (e[rcomai AAS3S/AMS2S he/she/it would come) • ejn (→D in) • th:/ dovxh/ (FSD the glory) • tou:
patro;V (MSG of the father) • aujtou: (MnSG his)
When he would come in the glory of his father.
g. tau:ta (NPNa these) • levgw (PAIs1S I am saying)3 • i{na (in order that) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • swqh:te (sw/vzw APS2P you
may be saved).
I am saying these things in order that you may be saved.
1
These translations are stilted in an attempt to communicate the aspect clearly. In the subjunctive mood, tenses signify
aspect, not time, whether you use past, present, or future time in English depends on the context.
2
The accent is critical here. The circumflex on the ultima indicates that contraction has occurred: krin + es + o + –
krineso– krinesw krinew krinw:. If the word were accented krivnw then it would be PAIs1S.
3
Because the PAI1S has the long vowel omega at the end, the PAIs1S can be parsed PAIs1S for all verbs.
125
d. qevlomen (qevlw PAI1P we are desiring) • i{na (that) • o} (NSNa what) • eja;n (-ever) • aijthvswmevn (aijtevw AAS1P we may
ask) • se (SA you) • poihvsh/V (poievw AAS2S you would do) • hJmiæn (PD to us).
We are desiring that you would do for us whatever we may ask of you.
e. i{na (in order that) • ajpostevllh/ (ajpostevllw PAS3S / PMpS2S he/she/it may send) • aujtou;V (MPA them)
In order that he might send them.
z. h\ran (ai[rw AAI3P they took up) • ou\n (then) • livqouV (MPA the stones) • i{na (in order that) • bavlwsin (bavllw
AAS3P they may throw) • ejp= (→A on) • aujtovn (MSA him).
Then they took up the stones in order that they may throw them on him.
h. tiv (NSNa what?) • aijthvswmai (aijtevw AMS1S I might ask for myself)~
What shall I ask for myself?
Translation
1. kai; (and) • ejn (→D in) • touvtw/ (MnSD this) • ginwvskomen (PAI1P we know) • o{ti (that) • ejgnwvkamen (TAI1P we
have come to know) • aujtovn (MSA him), • eja;n (if) • ta;V ejntola;V (FPA the commandments) • aujtou: (MnSG his) •
thrw:men (PAS1P we may be keeping).
And in this we know, that we have come to know him, if we are keeping his commandments.
2. ajmh;n (amen) • levgw (PAI1S I am saying) • uJmiæn (PD to you), • o}V a]n (MSN whoever) • mh; (not) • devxhtai (AMdS3S
he/she/it may receive) • th;n basileivan (FSA the kingdom) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • wJV (as) • paidivon (NSNa
child)4, • ouj (not) • mh; (not) • eijsevlqh/ (AAS3S / AMS2S he/she/it would enter in) • eijV (→A into/in) • aujthvn (FSA it).
Truly I am saying to you, whoever does not receive the Kingdom of God as a child most certainly will not enter it.
3. hjrwvta (IAI3S he/she/it was asking) • aujto;n (MSA him) • i{na (that) • to; daimovnion (NSNa demon) • ejkbavlh/
(AAS3S/AMS2S he/she/it would cast out) • ejk (→G from) • th:V qugatro;V (FSG the daughter) • aujth:V (FSG her).
She was asking him that the demon he would cast out from her daughter.
She was asking him to cast the demon out from her daughter.
4. au{th (FSN this) • dev (and) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • hJ aijwvnioV zwh; (FSN the eternal life) • i{na (that) •
ginwvskwsin (PAS3P they would be knowing) • se; (SA you) • to;n movnon ajlhqino;n qeo;n (MSA the only true god) •
kai; (and) • o}n (MSA whom) • ajpevsteilaV (AAI2S you sent) • =Ihsou:n Cristovn (MSA Jesus Christ).
And this is eternal life, that they would be knowing you, the only true God, and Jesus Christ, whom you sent.
5. kai; (and) • pavnta (NPNa all) • o{sa a]n (whatever as much as) • aijthvshte (AAS2P you may ask) • ejn (→D in) • th:/
proseuch:/ (FSD the prayer) • pisteuvonteV (PAPMPN believing) • lhvmyesqe (FMdI2P you will receive).
And all whatever as much as you would ask in prayer while believing, you will receive.
6. meta; (→A after) • tou:to (NSNa this) • levgei (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • toiæV maqhtaiæV (MPD to the disciples)` •
a[gwmen (PAS1P let us go) • eijV (→A into/in) • th;n =Ioudaivan (FSA the Judea) • pavlin (again).
After this he is saying to the disciples, “Let us go into Judea again.”
7. Ou{twV (in this manner) • ga;r (for) • hjgavphsen (AAI3S he/she/it loved) • oJ qeo;V (MSN the god) • to;n kovsmon (MSA
the world), • w{ste (so that) • to;n uiJo;n (MSA the son) • to;n monogenh: (MSA the only) • e[dwken (he/she/it gave), • i{na
(in order that) • pa:V (MSN every) • oJ pisteuvwn (PAPMSN the one believing) • eijV (→A into/in) • aujto;n (MSA him) • mh;
(not) • ajpovlhtai (AMS3S he/she/it might perish) • ajll= (but) • e[ch/ (PAS3S he/she/it would be having) • zwh;n
aijwvnion (FSA life eternal). • ouj (not) • ga;r (for) • ajpevsteilen (AAI3S he/she/it sent) • oJ qeo;V (MSN the god) • to;n
uiJo;n (MSA the son) • eijV (→A into/in) • to;n kovsmon (MSA the world) • i{na (in order that) • krivnh/ (PAS3S/PMpS2S
he/she/it might judge) • to;n kovsmon (MSA the world), • ajll= (but) • i{na (in order that) • swqh:/ (APS3S he/she/it may
be saved) • oJ kovsmoV (MSN the world) • di= (→G through) • aujtou: (MSG him).
For in this manner God loved the world, that he gave the only son in order that everyone who is believing in him
would not perish but would be having eternal life. For God did not send the Son into the world in order that he
might judge the world, but in order that the world might be saved through him.
4
paidivon is in the nominative case because it is the subject of an understood verb (“as a child receives it”).
Exercise 31: Subjunctive 127
8. kai; (and) • ejzhvtoun (IAI1S/3P they were seeking) • oiJ ajrciereiæV (MPN the high priests) • kai; (and) • oiJ grammateiæV
(MPN the scribes) • pw:V (how?) • aujto;n (MSA him) • … ajpokteivnwsin (PaAS3P they might kill).
And the high priests and the scribes were seeking how they might kill him.
9. oiJ patevreV (MPN the fathers) • uJmw:n (PG your) • e[fagon (AAI1S/3P they ate) • ejn (→D in) • th:/ ejrhvmw/ (desert) • to;
mavnna (NSNa the manna) • kai; (and) • ajpevqanon (AAI1S/3P they died)` • ou|tovV (MSN this) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it
is) • oJ a[rtoV (MSN the bread) • oJ (MSN the) • ejk (→G from) • tou: oujranou: (MSG the heaven) • katabaivnwn (PAPMSN
coming down), • i{na (that) • tiV (MfSN anyone) • ejx (→G from) • aujtou: (MnSG him) • favgh/ (AAS3S/AMS2S he/she/it
may eat) • kai; (and) • mh; (not) • ajpoqavnh/ (AAS3S/AMS2S he/she/it may die). • ejgwv (SN I) • eijmi (PAI1S I am) • oJ
a[rtoV (MSN the bread) • oJ zw:n (PAPMSN the living) • oJ (MSN the) • ejk (→G from) • tou: oujranou: (MSG the heaven) •
katabavV (AAPMSN came down)` • ejavn (if) • tiV (MfSN anyone) • favgh/ (AAS3S/AMS2S he/she/it may eat) • ejk (→G
from) • touvtou (MnSG this) • tou: a[rtou (MSG the bread) • zhvsei (FAI3S he/she/it will live) • eijV to;n aijw:na
(eternally), • kai; (and) • oJ a[rtoV (MSN the bread) • de; (and/but) • o}n (MSA which) • ejgw; (SN I) • dwvsw (I will give) • hJ
savrx (FSN the flesh) • mouv (SG my) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • uJpe;r (→G in behalf of) • th:V (FSG the) • tou:
kovsmou (MSG of the world) • zwh:V (FSG of life). • =Emavconto (they were quarreling) • ou\n (therefore) • pro;V (→A
with) • ajllhvlouV (MPA each other) • oiJ =Ioudaiæoi (MPN the Jews) • levgonteV` (PAPMPN saying) • pw:V (how?) •
duvnatai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is able) • ou|toV (MSN this) • hJmiæn (PD to us) • dou:nai (to give) • th;n savrka (FSA the
flesh) • ªaujtou: (MnSG his)º • fageiæn (to eat)~ • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • ou\n (therefore) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to
them) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus) ` • ajmh;n (amen) • ajmh;n (amen) • levgw (PAIs1S I am saying) • uJmiæn (PD to you), •
eja;n (if) • mh; (not) • favghte (AAS2P you may eat) • th;n savrka (FSA the flesh) • tou: uiJou: (MSG of the son) • tou:
ajnqrwvpou (MSG of the man) • kai; (and) • pivhte (pivnw AAS2P you may drink) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • to; ai|ma (NSNa
the blood), • oujk (not) • e[cete (PAI2P you are having) • zwh;n (FSA life) • ejn (→D in) • eJautoiæV (MnPD yourselves).
“Your fathers ate the manna in the desert and they died; This is the coming-down-from-Heaven bread that anyone
from it may eat and not die. I am the living bread that came down from Heaven; if anyone eats from this bread, he
will live eternally, and the bread which I will give on behalf of the life of the world is my flesh.” Then the Jews were
quarreling with each other saying, “How is this man able to give us ªhisº flesh to eat?” Then Jesus said to them,
“Truly, truly I am saying to you, if you do not eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood, you are not
having life in yourselves.”
10. eij (if) • nekroi; (MPN dead) • oujk (not) • ejgeivrontai (PMpI3P they are being raised), • favgwmen (AAS1P let us eat) •
kai; (and) • pivwmen (AAS1P let us drink), • au[rion (tomorrow) • ga;r (for) • ajpoqnhv/skomen (PAI1P we are dying).
If the dead are not raised, let us eat and let us drink, for tomorrow we die.
Additional
11. poiw:men (PAS1P let us do) • polu; (NSNa much) • e[rgon (NSNa work) • ejn (→D in) • th/: glwvssh/ (FSD the language) •
tauvth/ (FSD this) • i{na (in order that) • genwvmeqa (givnomai AMdS1P we may become) • oiJ khruvssonteV (PAPMPN the
ones preaching) • to;n lovgon (MSA the word) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • ejn (→D in) • pavsh/ (FSD all) • ajlhqeiva/
(FSD truth).
Let us do much work in this language in order that we may become the ones preaching the word of God in all truth.
12. o{tan (whenever) • blevyw (FAI1S/AAS1S I may see) • ta; paidiva (NPNa the children) • mou (SG my) • ajgapou:nta
(PAPMSA/PAPNPNa loving) • ajllhvlouV (MPA each other), • hJ ejmh; kardiva (FSN the my heart) • caivrei (PAI3S
he/she/it rejoices) • kai; (and) • hJ ejmh; yuch; (FSN the my soul) • proseuvcetai (PMpdI3S he/she/it prays) • tw/: qew/:
(MSD to the god).
Whenever I see my children loving each other, my heart rejoices and my soul prays to God.
13. eja;n (if) • de; (and/but) • mh; (not) • pisteuvswsivn (AAS3P they may believe) • soi (SD you) • mhde; (and not) •
ajkouvswsin (AAS3P they hear) • th:V fwnh:V (FSG the voice) • tou: shmeivou (NSG of the sign) • tou: prwvtou (NSG of
the first) • pisteuvsousivn (FAI3P they will believe) • soi (SD you) • th:V fwnh:V (FSG the voice) • tou: shmeivou (NSG
of the sign) • tou: ejscavtou (NSG of the last).
And if they do not believe you and do not hear the voice of the first sign, they will believe you [and hear] the voice of
the last sign.
14. kai; (and) • latreuvsete (FAI2P you will worship) • ejkeiæ (there) • qeoiæV (MPD gods) • eJtevroiV (MnPD other), • e[rgoiV
(NPD works) • ceirw:n (MPG of hands) • ajnqrwvpwn (MPG of men) • xuvloiV (NPD wood) • kai; (and) • livqoiV (MPD
stones), • oi} (MPN which) • oujk (not) • o[yontai (FMdI3P they will see) • oujde; (and not) • mh; (not) • ajkouvswsin
(AAS3P they would hear) • ou[te (and not) • mh; (not) • favgwsin (AAS3P they would eat).
And there you will worship other gods, the works of the hands of men, wood and stones, which will not see, and most
certainly do not hear, and most certainly do not eat.
15. to;n kuvrion (MSA the lord) • =Ihsou:n Cristovn (MSA Jesus Christ), • ou| (MnSG which) • to; ai|ma (NSNa the blood) •
uJpe;r (→G in behalf of) • hJmw:n (PG us) • ejdovqh (API3S he/she/it was given), • fobwvmeqa (PMpdS1P let us fear).
Let us fear the Lord Jesus Christ, whose blood was given on our behalf.
16. %OV a]n (MSN whoever) • e}n (NSNa one) • tw:n toiouvtwn paidivwn (NPG of these children) • devxhtai (AMdS3S he/she/it
receives) • ejpi; (→D on the basis of) • tw:/ ojnovmativ (NSD the name) • mou (SG my), • ejme; (SA! me) • devcetai (PMpdI3S
he/she/it is receiving)` • kai; (and) • o}V a]n (MSN whoever) • ejme; (SA! me) • devchtai (PMpdS3S he/she/it is receiving),
• oujk (not) • ejme; (SA! me) • devcetai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is receiving) • ajlla; (but) • to;n ajposteivlantav (AAPMSA the
one who sent) • me (SA me).
Whoever receives one of these children on the basis of my name is receiving me, and whoever is receiving me is not
receiving me but the one who sent me.
17. ajmh;n (amen) • de; (and/but) • levgw (PAI1S I am saying) • uJmiæn (PD to you), • o{pou (where) • eja;n (-ever) • khrucqh:/
(APS3S he/she/it may be preached) • to; eujaggevlion (NSNa the gospel) • eijV (→A into/in) • o{lon (MSA whole) • to;n
kovsmon (MSA the world), • kai; (also) • o} (NSNa what) • ejpoivhsen (AAI3S he/she/it did) • au{th (FSN this) •
lalhqhvsetai (FPI3S he/she/it will be told) • eijV (→A in) • mnhmovsunon (NSNa memory) • aujth:V (FSG of her).
And truly I am saying to you, wherever the Gospel is preached in the whole world, what this woman did will be told
in memory of her.
18. eja;n (if) • de; (and/but) • ejn (→D in) • tw:/ fwti; (NSD the light) • peripatw:men (PAS1P we may be walking) • wJV (as) •
aujtovV (MSN he) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • ejn (→D in) • tw:/ fwtiv (NSD the light), • koinwnivan (FSA fellowship) •
e[comen (PAI1P we are having) • met= (→G with) • ajllhvlwn (MfnPG one another) • kai; (and) • to; ai|ma (NSNa the
blood) • =Ihsou: (MSG of Jesus) • tou: uiJou: (MSG the son) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • kaqarivzei (PAI3S he/she/it is
purifying) • hJma:V (PA us) • ajpo; (→G from) • pavshV aJmartivaV (FSG all sin). • eja;n (if) • ei[pwmen (AAS1P we may say)
• o{ti (that) • aJmartivan (FSA sin) • oujk (not) • e[comen (PAI1P we are having), • eJautou;V (MPA ourselves) •
planw:men (planavw PAIs1P we are deceiving) • kai; (and) • hJ ajlhvqeia (FSN the truth) • oujk (not) • e[stin (PAI3S
he/she/it is) • ejn (→D in) • hJmiæn (PD us).
And if we are walking in the light as he is in the light, we are having fellowship with one another and the blood of
Jesus his son is purifying us from all sin. If we say that we are not having sin, we are deceiving ourselves and the
truth is not in us.
19. ajmh;n (amen) • levgw (PAI1S I am saying) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • o{ti (that) • oujkevti (no longer) • ouj (not) • mh; (not) •
pivw (pivnw AAS1S I would drink) • ejk (→G from) • tou: genhvmatoV (NSG the product) • th:V ajmpevlou (FSG of the
grapevine) • e{wV (until) • th:V hJmevraV ejkeivnhV (FSG that day) • o{tan (whenever) • aujto; (NSNa it) • pivnw (PAIs1S I
would drink) • kaino;n (MSA/NSNa new) • ejn (→D in) • th:/ basileiva/ (FSD the kingdom) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god).
Amen I am saying to you that I most certainly will not drink from the product of the grapevine until that day when I
drink it new in the Kingdom of God.
20. ajpekrivqh (API3S he/she/it answered) • =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus)` • eja;n (if) • ejgw; (SN I) • doxavsw (FAI1S/AAS1S I
glorify) • ejmautovn (MSA myself), • hJ dovxa (FSN the glory) • mou (SG my) • oujdevn (nothing) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it
is)` • e[stin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • oJ pathvr (MSN the father) • mou (SG my) • oJ doxavzwn (PAPMSN the one who is
glorifying) • me (SA me), • o}n (MSA whom) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • levgete (PAI2P you are saying) • o{ti (that/because) •
qeo;V (MSN god) • hJmw:n (PG our) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is), • kai; (and) • oujk (not) • ejgnwvkate (TAI2P you have
known) • aujtovn (SA him), • ejgw; (SN I) • de; (and/but) • oi\da (TAI1S I know) • aujtovn (MSA him). • ka]n (and if) •
ei[pw (levgw AAS1S I would say) • o{ti (that) • oujk (not) • oi\da (TAI1S I know) • aujtovn (MSA him), • e[somai
(FMdI1S I will be) • o{moioV (MSN like) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • yeuvsthV (MSN liar)` • ajlla; (but) • oi\da (TAI1S I know)
• aujto;n (MSA him) • kai; (and) • to;n lovgon (MSA the word) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • thrw: (PAI1S I am keeping).
Jesus answered, “If I glorify myself, my glory is nothing; the one who is glorifying me is my father, of whom you are
saying, ‘He is our God.’ You have not known him, but I know him, and if I would say, “I do not know him,” I would
be a liar like you, but I know him and I am keeping his word.
Exercise 32
Infinitive
Parsing
1. fageiæn None None Aorist Active Infinitive ejsqivw AAN to eat
to speak
2. lalhvsasqai None None Aorist Middle Infinitive lalevw AMN for
oneself
3. peplhrwkevnai None None Perfect Active Infinitive plhrovw TAN to fulfill
4. levgein None None Present Active Infinitive levgw PAN to say
5. sw:sai None None Aorist Active Infinitive sw/vzw AAN to save
Middle
to be
6. doxavzesqai None None Present or Infinitive doxavzw PMpN
glorified
Passive
Middle
7. teqewrh:sqai None None Perfect or Infinitive qewrevw TMpN to be seen
Passive
8. ajgapa:n None None Present Active Infinitive ajgapavw PAN to love
to be
9. grafh:nai None None Aorist Passive Infinitive gravfw APN
written
10. plhrw:sai None None Aorist Active Infinitive plhrovw AAN to fulfill
Warm-up
a. ajpevsteilen (ajpostevllw AAI3S he/she/it sent) • aujtou;V (MPA them) • khruvssein (khruvssw PAN to preach) • th;n
basileivan (FSA the kingdom) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god).
He sent them to preach1 the Kingdom of God.
b. eijV (→A into/in) • th;n basileivan (FSA the kingdom) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • eijselqeiæn (eijsevrcomai AAN to
enter)
To enter into the Kingdom of God
g. tivV (MfSN who?) • duvnatai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is able) • swqh:nai (sw/vzw APN to be saved)~
Who is able to be saved?
d. deiæ (it is necessary) • khrucqh:nai (khruvssw APN to be preached) • to; eujaggevlion (NSNa the gospel – subject of the
infinitive).
It is necessary for the Gospel to be preached.
e. eijV to; ajpokteiænai (ajpokeivnw AAN in order to kill)2 • aujtovn (MSA him)
In order to kill him OR In order for him to kill
1
Because khruvssein is a present participle, it has continuous aspect. This continuous aspect is difficult to communicate
in translation. “To be preaching” might work, but it is very stilted English.
2
ajpokteivnw takes a liquid first aorist, so it uses the liquid aorist active tense formative alpha and the liquid aorist active
infinitive morpheme iota, giving the form ajpokteiænai.
129
z. kai; (and) • ejn tw/: speivrein (speivrw PAN while sowing) • aujto;n (MSA him – subject of the infinitive)
And while he was sowing
h. ajlla; (but) • meta; to; ejgerqh:naiv (ejgeivrw APN after being raised) • me (SA me)
But after my being raised OR But after I was raised
Translation
1. kai; (and) • pavlin (again) • h[rxato (ajrcw AMdI3S he began) • didavskein (PAN to teach) • para; (→A beside) • th;n
qavlassan (FSA the lake).
And again he began to teach beside the lake.
2. o}V (MSN who) • ga;r (for) • eja;n (-ever) • qevlh/ (PAS3S/PMpS2S may desire) • th;n yuch;n (FSA the life) • aujtou: (MnSG
his) • sw:sai (AAN to save) • ajpolevsei (he/she/it will lose) • aujthvn (FSA it).
For whoever desires to save his life will lose it.
3. kai; (and) • levgei (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them)` • e[xestin (it is lawful) • toiæV savbbasin (NPD
on the Sabbaths) • ajgaqo;n (MSA/NSNa good) • poih:sai (AAN to do) • h] (or) • kakopoih:sai (AAN to do evil), • yuch;n
(FSA life) • sw:sai (AAN to save) • h] (or) • ajpokteiænai (AAN to kill)~
And he is saying to them, “Is it lawful on the Sabbaths to do good or to do evil, to save life or to kill?”
4. h\lqen (AAI3S he/she/it came) • ga;r (for) • oJ uiJo;V (MSN the son) • tou: ajnqrwvpou (MSG of the man) • zhth:sai (AAN
to seek) • kai; (and) • sw:sai (AAN to save) • to; ajpolwlovV (NSNa the lost).
For the Son of Man came to seek and to save the lost.
5. kai; (and) • ejpoivhsen (AAI3S he/she/it appointed) • dwvdeka (twelve) • … i{na (in order that) • w\sin (eijmiv PAS3P they
would be) • met= (→G with) • aujtou: (MnSG him) • kai; (and) • i{na (in order that) • ajpostevllh/ (PAS3S/PMpS2S
he/she/it might send) • aujtou;V (MPA them) • khruvssein (PAN to preach) • kai; (and) • e[cein (PAN to have) • ejxousivan
(FSA authority) • ejkbavllein (PAN to cast out) • ta; daimovnia (NPNa the demons).
And he appointed twelve… in order that they might be with him and in order that he might send them to preach and
to have authority to cast out the demons.
6. ajmh;n (amen) • ga;r (for) • levgw (PAI1S I am saying) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • o{ti (that) • polloi; (MPN many) • profh:tai
(MPN prophets) • kai; (and) • divkaioi (MPN righteous) • ejpequvmhsan (they desired) • ijdeiæn (AAN to see) • a} (NPNa
what) • blevpete (PAI2P you are seeing) • kai; (and) • oujk (not) • ei\dan (AAI3P they saw), • kai; (and) • ajkou:sai
(AAN to hear) • a} (NPNa what) • ajkouvete (PAI2P you are hearing) • kai; (and) • oujk (not) • h[kousan (AAI3P they
heard).
For truly I am saying to you that many prophets and righteous people desired to see what you are seeing and they
did not see it, and to hear what you are hearing and they did not hear it.
7. aujto;V (MSN he) • de; (and/but) • =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus) • oujk (not) • ejpivsteuen (IAI3S he/she/it was entrusting) •
aujto;n (MSA him) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • dia; to; aujto;n ginwvskein (PAN because of the him3 to know) • pavntaV
(MPA all).
But Jesus was not entrusting himself to them because he knew all people.
8. ( i{na (in order that)… ) • euJreqw: (APS1S I might be found) • ejn (→D in) • aujtw:/ (MnSD him), • mh; (not) • e[cwn
(PAPMSN having) • ejmh;n (FSA my) • dikaiosuvnhn (FSA righteousness) • th;n (FSA the) • ejk (→G from) • novmou (MSG
law) • ajlla; (but) • th;n (FSA the) • dia; (→G through) • pivstewV (FSG faith) • Cristou: (MSG of Christ), • th;n (FSA
the) • ejk (→G from) • qeou: (MSG god) • dikaiosuvnhn (FSA righteousness) • ejpi; (→D on) • th:/ pivstei (FSD the faith),
• tou: (MnSG of the) • gnw:nai (AAN to know)4 • aujto;n (MSA him) • kai; (and) • th;n duvnamin (FSA the power) • th:V
ajnastavsewV (FSG of the resurrection) • aujtou: (MnSG his).
(in order that…) I might be found in him, not having my own from-the-law righteousness but the through-the-faith-
in-Christ righteousness, the from-God righteousness on the basis of faith, that I would know him and the power of
his resurrection.
3
aujtovn (“him”) is the subject of the infinitive ginvwskein.
4
gnw:nai looks like somewhat like an aorist passive infinitive because of the infinitive morpheme nai, but if it were
aorist passive, it would have the first aorist passive tense formative qh, which it doesn’t have in this verse.
Exercise 32: Infinitive 131
9. ajlla; (but) • meta; to; ejgerqh:naiv (APN after the to be raised) • me (SA me – subject of the infinitive) • proavxw (I will
go before) • uJma:V (PA you) • eijV (→A into/in) • th;n Galilaivan (FSA the Galilee).
But after I am raised, I will go before you into Galilee.
10. =Abraavm (MSN Abraham) • … ejpivsteusen (AAI3S he/she/it believed) • eijV to; genevsqai (AMdN in order to become) •
aujto;n (MSA him – subject of the infinitive) • patevra (MSA father – predicate accusative of the infinitive) • pollw:n
(MnPG of many) • ejqnw:n (NPG nations).
Abraham … believed in order that he would become the father of many nations.
Additional
11. au{th (FSN this) • hJ gunh; (FSN woman) • livqon (MSA stone) • kalo;n (MSA/NSNa precious) • e[cein (PAN to have) •
qevlei (PAI3S he/she/it is desiring) • ejpi; (→D on) • th/: ceiri; (FSD the hand) • aujth:V (FSG her) • dexamevnh (AMdPFSN
after receiving) • aujto;n (MSA him/it) • ajpo; (→G from) • tou: hjgaphkovtoV (TAPMnSG the one who has loved) • aujthvn
(FSA her).
This woman is desiring to have a precious stone on her hand after receiving it from the one who has loved her.
12. poreuqw:men (APdS1P let us go) • ga;r (for) • pro;V (→A to) • thvn qalavsshn (FSA the lake) • eijV to; euJrivskein (PAN
in order to find) • w|de (here) • tina;V (MfPA some) • hJmevraV (FPA days) • ajgaqa;V (FPA good) • ejn (→D in) • tw/: hJlivw/
(MSD the sun).
For let us go to the lake in order to find here some good days in the sun.
13. kai; (and) • katevbh (AAI3S he/she/it came down) • kuvrioV (MSN lord) • ijdeiæn (oJravw AAN to see) • th;n povlin (FSA the
city) • kai; (and) • to;n puvrgon (MSA tower) • o}n (MSA which) • wj/kodovmhsan (AAI3P they built) • oiJ uiJoi; (MPN the
sons) • tw:n ajnqrwvpwn (MPG of the people).
And the Lord came down to see the city and the tower which the sons of the people had built.
14. ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • de; (and/but) • =Abraa;m (MSN Abraham) • peri; (→G concerning) • SavrraV
(FSG/FPA Sarah) • th:V gunaiko;V (FSG the wife) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • o{ti (that) • ajdelfhv (FSN sister) • mouv (SG my)5
• ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is), • ejfobhvqh (APdI3S he/she/it feared) • ga;r (for) • eijpeiæn (levgw AAN to say) • o{ti (that) •
gunhv (FSN wife) • mouv (SG my) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • mhvpote (lest) • ajpokteivnwsin (PaAS3P they would
kill) • aujto;n (MSA him) • oiJ a[ndreV (MPN the men) • th:V povlewV (FSG of the city) • di= (→A on account of) • aujthvn
(FSA her).
But Abraham said concerning his wife Sarah, “She is my sister,” because he feared to say, “She is my wife,” lest
the men of the city kill him on account of her.
15. kai; (and) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • kuvrioV (MSN lord) • oJ qeovV (MSN the god) ` • ouj (not) • mh; (not) •
katameivnh/ (AAS3S/AMS2S he/she/it will stay) • to; pneu:mav (NSNa the spirit) • mou (SG my) • ejn (→D in) • toiæV
ajnqrwvpoiV (MPD the people) • touvtoiV (MnPD these) • eijV to;n aijw:na (forever) • dia; to; ei\nai (PAN because they are)
• aujtou;V (MPA they – subject of the infinitive) • savrkaV (FPA flesh), • e[sontai (FMdI3P they will be) • de; (and/but)
• aiJ hJmevrai (FPN the days) • aujtw:n (MfnPG their) • eJkato;n ei[kosi e[th (120 years).
And the Lord God said, my spirit most certainly will not stay in these people forever because they are flesh, but their
days will be 120 years.
16. ajpekrivqh (APdI3S he/she/it answered) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them)` • ei\pon (levgw AAI1S/3P I said) • uJmiæn (PD to you)
• h[dh (already) • kai; (and) • oujk (not) • hjkouvsate (AAI2P you listened)` • tiv (NSNa why?) • pavlin (again) • qevlete
(PAI2P you are desiring) • ajkouvein (PAN to hear)~ • mh; (not) • kai; (also) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • qevlete (PAI2P you are
desiring) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • maqhtai; (MPN disciples) • genevsqai (AMdN to be)~
He answered them, “I told you already and you did not listen; why are you desiring to hear again? You are not also
desiring to be his disciples, are you?”6
5
This is not necessarily the emphatic form of the article, even though it has the accent. It picked up an accent from the
word ejstin that followed it.
6
Because the final question begins with mhv, it expects the answer, “No, we are not desiring to be his disciples.” Adding
“are you” at the end of the question is one way to communicate this expectation in English.
17. oiJ (MPN the) • de; (and/but) • ajrciereiæV (MPN high priests) • kai; (and) • o{lon (MSA/NSNa whole) • to; sunevdrion
(NSNa the Sanhedrin) • ejzhvtoun (IAI1S/3P they were seeking) • kata; (→G against) • tou: =Ihsou: (MSG the Jesus) •
marturivan (FSA testimony) • eijV to; qanatw:sai (AAN in order to kill) • aujtovn (MSA him), • kai; (and) • oujc (not) •
hu{riskon (IAI1S/3P they were finding).
And the high priests and the whole Sanhedrin were seeking testimony against Jesus in order to kill him, and they
were not finding any.
18. kai; (and) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus) ` • deu:te (follow!)
• ojpivsw (→G behind) • mou (SG me), • kai; (and) • poihvsw (FAI1S I will make) • uJma:V (PA you) • genevsqai (AMdN to
be) • aJlieiæV (fishermen) • ajnqrwvpwn (MPG of people).
And Jesus said to them, “Follow behind me, and I will make you to be fishermen of people.”
19. e[leoV (MSN mercy) • qevlw (PAIs1S I am desiring) • kai; (and) • ouj (not) • qusivan (FSA sacrifice)` • ouj (not) • ga;r
(for) • h\lqon (AAI1S/3P I came) • kalevsai (AAN to call) • dikaivouV (MPA righteous) • ajlla; (but) • aJmartwlouvV
(MPA sinners).
I am desiring mercy and not sacrifice; for I did not come to call righteous people but sinners.
20. =Anevbh (AAI3S he/she/it came up) • de; (and/but) • kai; (and) • =Iwsh;f (MSNx Joseph) • ajpo; (→G from) • th:V
GalilaivaV (FSG the Galilee) • ejk (→G from) • povlewV (FSG city) • Nazare;q (FSGx of Nazareth) • eijV (→A into/in) •
th;n =Ioudaivan (FSA the Judea) • eijV (→A into/in) • povlin (FSA city) • Daui;d (MSGx of David) • h{tiV (FSN which) •
kaleiætai (PMpI3S he/she/it is called) • Bhqlevem (FSNx Bethlehem), • dia; to; ei\nai (PAN because to be) • aujto;n
(MSA him – subject of the infinitive) • ejx (→G from) • oi[kou (MSG house) • kai; (and) • patria:V (FSG lineage) •
Dauivd (MSGx of David).
And Joseph also came up from Galilee from the city of Nazareth into Judea into the city of David which is called
Bethlehem, because he was from the house and lineage of David.
Exercise 33
Imperative
Parsing
1. a[koue 2 Singular Present Active Imperative ajkouvw PAM2S hear!
you are
Middle Indicative
written
2. gravfesqe (2x) 2 Plural Present or gravfw PMpIm2P
Passive be
Imperative
written!
3. qevlhson 2 Singular Aorist Active Imperative qevlw AAM2S desire!
they must
4. blepevtwsan 3 Plural Present Active Imperative blevpw PAM3P
see!
you are
5. pisteuveiV 2 Singular Present Active Indicative pisteuvw PAI2S
believing
you
Indicative
6. ei[pete (2x)1 2 Plural Aorist Active levgw AAIm2P spoke
Imperative speak!
None None Active Infinitive AAN to ask
7. aijth:sai (2x) Aorist aijtevw ask for
2 Singular Middle Imperative AMM2S
yourself!
Middle
be
8. lalou: 2 Singular Present or Imperative lalevw PMpM2S
spoken!
Passive
be cast
9. ejkblhvqhti 2 Singular Aorist Passive Imperative ejkbavllw APM2S
out!
they must
10. gnwsqhvtwsan 3 Plural Aorist Passive Imperative ginwvskw APM3P be
known!
Warm-up
a. fevrete (fevrw PAIm2P you are bringing / bring!) • aujto;n (MSA him) • provV (→A to) • me (SA me).
You are bringing him to me. OR Bring him to me!
b. ajkolouvqei (ajkolouqevw PAM2S follow!)2 • moi (SD me).

Follow me!
g. mh; (not) • fobeiæsqe (fobevomai PMpdIm2P be afraid!).3

Do not be afraid!
d. ai[thsovn (aijtevw AAM2S ask!) • me (SA me) • o} eja;n (NSNa whatever) • qevlh/V (qevlw PAS2S you would desire).
Ask me whatever you desire.
1
This is an unusual ambiguity. Normally the augment distinguishes between the AAI2P and AAM2P. But, the aorist of
levgw (ei[pon) begins with the same letters regardless of whether it is in the indicative mood (where it augments) or the
non-indicative moods (where it does not augment). So there is an ambiguity.
2
If this were accented ajkolouqeiæ, it would be (PAI3S he/she/it is following).
3
We know that it is not indicative (and therefore imperative) because it is negated by mhv instead of by ouj.
133
e. u{page (uJpavgw PAM2S go!), • hJ pivstiV (FSN the faith) • sou (SG your) • sevswkevn (TAI3S he/she/it has saved) • se
(SA you).
Go! Your faith has saved you.
z. ejgeivresqe (ejgeivrw PMpIm2P rise!),4 • a[gwmen (a[gw PAS1P let us go).

Rise, let us go!
h. uJpavgete (uJpavgw PAIm2P go!) • ei[pate (levgw AAIm2P tell)5 • toiæV maqhtaiæV (MPD the disciples) • aujtou: (MnSG his).
Go and tell his disciples!
Translation
1. a[koue (PAM2S hear!), • =Israhvl (MSVx Israel), • kuvrioV (MSN lord) • oJ qeo;V (MSN the god) • hJmw:n (PG our) • kuvrioV
(MSN lord) • ei|V (MSN one) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is).
Hear, Israel, the Lord our God is one Lord.
2. kai; (and) • e[legen (IAI3S he/she/it was saying) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them)` • o{pou eja;n (wherever) • eijsevlqhte
(AAS2P you may enter) • eijV (→A into/in) • oijkivan (FSA house), • ejkeiæ (there) • mevnete (PAIm2P stay!) • e{wV a]n
(until whenever) • ejxevlqhte (AAS2P you may leave).
And he was saying to them, “Whenever you enter into a house, stay there until whenever you leave.”
3. mh; (not) • fobou: (PMpdM2S be afraid), • movnon (MSA only) • pivsteue (PAM2S believe).
Do not be afraid, only believe.
4. ei[te (whether) • ou\n (therefore) • ejsqivete (PAIm2P you are eating) • ei[te (whether) • pivnete (PAIm2P you are
drinking) • ei[te (whether) • ti (NSNa whatever) • poieiæte (PAIm2P you are doing), • pavnta (NPNa all) • eijV (→A in) •
dovxan (FSA glory) • qeou: (MSG of God) • poieiæte (PAIm2P do!).
Therefore, whether you are eating, or drinking, or whatever you are doing, do everything for the glory of God.
5. e[xelqe (AAM2S depart) • ejx (→G from) • aujtou: (MnSG him) • kai; (and) • mhkevti (no longer) • eijsevlqh/V (AAS2S you
would enter) • eijV (→A into/in) • aujtovn (MSA him).
Depart from him and no longer enter into him.
6. Mh; (not) • ajgapa:te (PAIm2P love!) • to;n kovsmon (MSA the world) • mhde; (and not) • ta; (NPNa the) • ejn (→D in) •
tw:/ kovsmw/ (MSD the world). • ejavn (if) • tiV (MfSN anyone) • ajgapa:/ (PAIs3S/PMpIs2S he/she/it may love) • to;n
kovsmon (MSA the world), • oujk (not) • e[stin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • hJ ajgavph (FSN the love) • tou: patro;V (MSG of the
father) • ejn (→D in) • aujtw:/ (MnSD him).
Do not love the world or the things in the world. If anyone loves the world, the love of the Father is not in him.
7. tiv (NSNa which?) • gavr (for) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • eujkopwvteron (easier), • eijpeiæn (levgw AAN to say)` •
ajfiventaiv (they are forgiven) • sou (SG your) • aiJ aJmartivai (FPN the sins), • h] (or) • eijpeiæn (levgw AAN to say)` •
e[geire (PAM2S rise!) • kai; (and) • peripavtei (PAI3S/PAM2S walk around)~ • i{na (in order that) • de; (and/but) •
eijdh:te (oi\da TAS2P you would know) • o{ti (that) • ejxousivan (FSA authority) • e[cei (PAI3S he/she/it has) • oJ uiJo;V
(MSN the son) • tou: ajnqrwvpou (MSG of the man) • ejpi; (→G on) • th:V gh:V (FSG the earth) • ajfievnai (to forgive) •
aJmartivaV (FSG/FPA sins) • tovte (then) • levgei (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • tw:/ paralutikw:/ (MSD to the paralytic)` •
ejgerqei;V (APdPMSN after rising) • a\rovn (aijrwv AAM2S take up) • sou (SG your) • th;n klivnhn (FSA the bed) • kai;
(and) • u{page (PAM2S depart!) • eijV (→A into/in) • to;n oi\kovn (MSA the house) • sou (SG your).
“For which is easier, to say, ‘Your sins are forgiven,’ or to say, ‘Rise and walk around’? But in order that you
would know that the Son of Man has authority on the earth to forgive sins….” Then he is saying to the paralytic,
“After rising, take up your bed and depart into your house.”
4
Although you might think that ejgeivresqe is middle, meaning, “raise yourself up,” the lexicons list it has having the
meaning “get up!” in the passive imperative, so that is how we have parsed it here.
5
This is the same word as in parsing number six, above. levgw takes both a first aorist (spelled with tense formative alpha
as if it were liquid) ei[pa and a second aorist (spelled with an omicron) ei[pon.
Exercise 33: Imperative 135
8. kai; (and) • ajpokriqei;V (APdPMSN answering) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus) • levgei (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) •
aujtoiæV (MnPD to them)` • e[cete (PAIm2P have!) • pivstin (FSA faith) • qeou: (MSG of God). • ajmh;n (amen) • levgw
(PAI1S I am saying) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • o{ti (that) • o}V a]n (MSN whoever) • ei[ph/ (AAS3S/AMS2S would say) • tw:/
o[rei (mountain) • touvtw/ (MnSD to this)` • a[rqhti (ai[rw APM2S be taken up) • kai; (and) • blhvqhti (bavllw APM2S be
thrown) • eijV (→A into/in) • th;n qavlassan (FSA the sea), • kai; (and) • mh; (not) • diakriqh:/ (he/she/it wavers) • ejn
(→D in) • th:/ kardiva/ (FSD the heart) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • ajlla; (but) • pisteuvh/ (PAS3S/PMpS2S he/she/it would
believe) • o{ti (that) • o} (NSNa what) • laleiæ (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • givnetai (PMpdI3S he/she/it happens), •
e[stai (FMdI3S he/she/it will be) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him). • dia; tou:to (for this reason) • levgw (PAI1S I am saying) •
uJmiæn (PD to you), • pavnta (NPNa all) • o{sa (NPNa whatever) • proseuvcesqe (PMpdIm2P you are praying) • kai; (and)
• aijteiæsqe (PMpIm2P you are asking for yourselves), • pisteuvete (PAIm2P believe) • o{ti (that) • ejlavbete (AAI2P
you received), • kai; (and) • e[stai (FMdI3S he/she/it will be) • uJmiæn (PD to you).
And Jesus answering said to them, “Have faith in God! Truly I am saying to you that whoever would say to this
mountain, ‘be taken up and be thrown into the sea,’ and does not waver in his heart but believes that what he is
saying is happening, it will happen for him. For this reason I am saying to you, whatever you are praying and
asking for, believe that you received it, it will happen for you.”
9. levgei (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus)` • eja;n (if) • aujto;n (MSA him) •
qevlw (PAIs1S I would desire) • mevnein (PAN to remain) • e{wV (until) • e[rcomai (PMpdI1S I am coming), • tiv (NSNa
what?) • pro;V (→A to) • sev (SA! you)~ • suv (SN you) • moi (SD to me) • ajkolouvqei (PAM2S follow!).6
Jesus is saying to him, “If I desire him to remain until I am coming, what is that to you? You follow me!”
10. kai; (and) • ga;r (for) • ejgw; (SN I) • a[nqrwpovV (MSN man) • eijmi (PAI1S I am) • uJpo; (→A under) • ejxousivan (FSA
authority) • … kai; (and) • levgw (PAI1S I am saying) • touvtw/ (MnSD to this)` • poreuvqhti (APM2S go!), • kai; (and) •
poreuvetai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is going), • kai; (and) • a[llw/ (MnSD to another)` • e[rcou (PMpdM2S come!), • kai;
(and) • e[rcetai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is coming), • kai; (and) • tw:/ douvlw/ (MSD to the slave) • mou (SG my)` • poivhson
(AAM2S do!) • tou:to (NSNa this), • kai; (and) • poieiæ (PAI3S he/she/it is doing).
For I also am a man under authority, … and I am saying to this one, “Go!” and he goes, and to another, “Come!”
and he comes, and to my slave, “Do this!” and he does it.
Additional
11. oiJ peripatou:nteV (PAPMPN the ones walking) • ejn (→D in) • th/: oJdw/: (FSD the way) • th:V dikasiosuvnhV (FSG of the
righteousness) • ajpo; (→G from) • tw:n kakw:n (MfnPG the evil) • ajpelqevtwsan (AAM3P go out!) • kai; (and) •
ginevsqwsan (PMpdM3P become!) • dou:loi (MPN slaves) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • ejn (→D in) • fovbw/ (MSD fear)
• kai; (and) • ejlpivdi (FSD hope).
The ones walking in the way of righteousness must go out from evil and become slaves of God in fear and hope.
12. oJ (MSN the) • de; (and/but) • Pau:loV (MSN Paul) • tou;V (MPA the) • ejn (→D in) • taiæV ejkklhsivaiV (FPD the churches)
• ejdivdasken (IAI3S he/she/it was teaching)` • pisteuvsate (AAM2P believe!) • eijV (→A in) • to;n =Ihsou:n Crivston
(MSA the Jesus Christ) • kai; (and) • za:te (PAIm2P live!) • kata; (→A according to) • to; qevlhma (NSNa the will) • tou:
kurivou (MSG of the lord) • hJmw:n (PG our).
But Paul was teaching the people in the churches, “Believe in Jesus Christ and live according to the will of our
lord!”
13. kai; (and) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • oJ qeovV (MSN the god)` • genhqhvtw (APdM3S he/she/it must become) •
fw:V (NSNa light), • kai; (and) • ejgevneto (AMdI3S he/she/it was) • fw:V (NSNa light).
And God said, “Light must be!” and light was.
14. eijpavtwsan (levgw AAM3P they must say) • pavnteV (MPN all) • oiJ fobouvmenoi (PMpdPMPN the ones fearing) • to;n
kuvrion (MSA the lord) • o{ti (that/because) • ajgaqovV (MSN good) • o{ti (that/because) • eijV to;n aijw:na (eternally) • hJ
ajgavph (FSN the love) • aujtou: (MnSG his).
All the ones fearing the Lord must say that (he is) good because his love (is) eternal.
15. su; (SN you) • ou\n (therefore) • pivsteue (PAM2S trust!) • tw:/ dikaivw/ (MSD the righteous), • to; (NSNa the) • ga;r (for) •
divkaion (NSNa the righteous) • ojrqh;n (FSA straight) • oJdo;n (FSA way) • e[cei (PAI3S they have). • kai; (and) • su;
(SN you) • th:/ ojrqh:/ oJdw:/ (FSD the straight way)• poreuvou (PMpdM2S walk!).
Therefore believe the righteous, for the righteous have the straight way. And walk in the straight way.
6
If this were accented ajkolouqeiæ, it would be PAI3S.
16. Caivrete (PAIm2P rejoice!) • ejn (→D in) • kurivw/ (MSD lord) • pavntote (always)` • pavlin (again) • ejrw: (levgw FAI1S
I will say), • caivrete (PAIm2P rejoice!).
Rejoice in the Lord always! Again I will say, “Rejoice!”
17. o}V (MSN who) • e[cei (PAI3S he/she/it has) • w\ta (NPNa ears) • ajkouvein (PAN to hear) • ajkouevtw (PAM3S he/she/it
must hear).
Whoever has ears to hear, he must hear!
18. poreuvou (PMpdM2S Go!) , • kai; (and) • ajpo; (→G from) • tou: (MnSG the) • nu:n (now) • mhkevti (no longer) •
aJmavrtane (PAM2S sin!).
Go! And from now on, no longer sin!
19. +WV (as) • ou\n (therefore) • parelavbete (AAI2P you received) • to;n Cristo;n =Ihsou:n (MSA the Christ Jesus) • to;n
kuvrion (MSA the lord), • ejn (→D in) • aujtw:/ (MnSD him) • peripateiæte (PAIm2P walk!).
Therefore as you received Christ Jesus the Lord, walk in him!
20. Mh; (not) • tarassevsqw (PMpM3S it must be troubled!) • uJmw:n (PG your) • hJ kardiva (FSN the heart)` • pisteuvete
(PAIm2P you are believing / believe!) • eijV (→A into/in) • to;n qeovn (MSA the God) • kai; (and) • eijV (→A into/in) •
ejme; (SA! me) • pisteuvete (PAIm2P believe!).
Do not let your hearts be troubled; believe in God, and believe also in me.
OR Do not let your hearts be troubled; you are believing in God, believe also in me.
Exercise 34
mi Verbs; Indicative of divdwmi

Parsing
he/she/it
1. divdwsi 3 Singular Present Active Indicative divdwmi PAI3S
is giving
2. e[dwkan 3 Plural Aorist Active Indicative divdwmi AAI3P they gave
he/she/it
3. devdwken 3 Singular Perfect Active Indicative divdwmi TAI3S
has given
you will
4. dwvsete 2 Plural Future Active Indicative divdwmi FAI2P
give
you were
5. ejdivdouV 2 Singular Imperfect Active Indicative divdwmi IAI2S
giving
they are
6. didovasi 3 Plural Present Active Indicative divdwmi PAI3P
giving
they have
7. devdwkan 3 Plural Perfect Active Indicative divdwmi TAI3P
given
8. dwvsw 1 Singular Future Active Indicative divdwmi FAI1S I will give
9. ejdwvkamen 1 Plural Aorist Active Indicative divdwmi AAI1P we gave
we have
10. dedwvkamen 1 Plural Perfect Active Indicative divdwmi TAI1P
given
Warm-up
a. oJ (MSN the) • de; (and/but) • qeo;V (MSN god) • divdwsin (divdwmi PAI3S he/she/it is giving) • aujtw/: (MnSD to him) •
sw:ma (NSNa body).
And God is giving a body to him.
b. dia; (→G through) • tou: pneuvmatoV (NSG the spirit) • divdotai (divdwmi PMpI3S he/she/it is given) • lovgoV (MSN
word) • sofivaV (FSG/FPA of wisdom).
The word of wisdom is given through the Spirit.
g. dwvsomen (divdwmi FAI1P we will give) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • fageiæn (AAN to eat)~
We will give them (something) to eat?
d. kai; (and) • e[dwka (divdwmi AAI1S I gave) • aujth/: (FSD to her) • crovnon (MSA time).
And I gave time to her.
e. dwvsousin (divdwmi FAI3P they will give) • shmeiæa (NPNa signs) • megavla (NPNa great).
They will give great signs.
z. th;n dovxan (FSA the glory) • th;n ejmhvn (FSA the my), • h}n (FSA which) • devdwkavV (divdwmi TAI2S you have given) •
moi (SD to me)
My glory, which you have given to me
h. ejdovqh (divdwmi API3S he/she/it was given) • moi (SD to me) • pa:sa (FSN all) • ejxousiva (FSN authority).
All authority was given to me.
137
Translation
1. oJ (MSN the) • de; (and/but) • ajpokriqei;V (APdPMSN after answering) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • aujtoiæV
(MnPD to them), • o{ti (that/because) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • devdotai (TMpI3S he/she/it has been given) • gnw:nai (AAN
to know) • ta; musthvria (NPNa the mysteries) • th:V basileivaV (FSG of the kingdom) • tw:n oujranw:n (MPG of the
heavens), • ejkeivnoiV (MnPD to them) • de; (and/but) • ouj (not) • devdotai (TMpI3S he/she/it has been given).
He answered and said to them, “To know the mysteries of the Kingdom of Heaven has been given to you, but to them
it has not been given.”
2. th;n duvnamin (FSA the power) • kai; (and) • ejxousivan (FSA authority) • aujtw:n (MfnPG their) • tw:/ qhrivw/ (NSD to the
beast) • didovasin (PAI3P they are giving).
They give their power and authority to the beast.
3. oiJ patevreV (MPN the fathers) • hJmw:n (PG our) • to; mavnna (NSNa the manna) • e[fagon (AAI1S/3P they ate) • ejn (→D
in) • th:/ ejrhvmw/ (FSD the desert), • kaqwvV (just as) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • gegrammevnon (TMpPNSNa/MSA it has
been written)` • a[rton (MSA bread) • ejk (→G from) • tou: oujranou: (MSG the heaven) • e[dwken (AAI3S he/she/it
gave) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • fageiæn (AAN to eat). • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • ou\n (therefore) • aujtoiæV
(MnPD to them) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus)` • ajmh;n (truly) • ajmh;n (truly) • levgw (PAI1S I am saying) • uJmiæn (PD to
you), • ouj (not) • Mwu&sh:V (MSN Moses) • devdwken (TAI3S he/she/it has given) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • to;n a[rton (MSA
the bread) • ejk (→G from) • tou: oujranou: (MSG the heaven), • ajll= (but) • oJ pathvr (MSN the father) • mou (SG my) •
divdwsin (PAI3S he/she/it is giving) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • to;n a[rton (MSA the bread) • ejk (→G from) • tou: oujranou:
(MSG the heaven) • to;n ajlhqinovn (MSA the true).
“Our fathers ate the manna in the desert, just as it is written, ‘He gave them bread from heaven to eat.’” Then Jesus
said to them, “Truly, truly I am saying to you, Moses has not given you bread from heaven, but my father is giving
you the true bread from heaven.”
4. kai; (and) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him) • oJ diavboloV` (MSN the devil)` • soi; (SD! to
you) • dwvsw (FAI1S I will give) • th;n ejxousivan (FSA the authority) • tauvthn (FSA this) • a{pasan (FSA all) • kai;
(and) • th;n dovxan (FSA the glory) • aujtw:n (MfnPG their), • o{ti (because) • ejmoi; (MSD! to me) • paradevdotai
(TMpI3S he/she/it has been given) • kai; (and) • w|/ (MnSD to whom) • eja;n (-ever) • qevlw (PAI1S I am willing) •
divdwmi (PAI1S I am giving) • aujthvn (FSA it).
And the Devil said to him, “To you I will give all this authority and its glory, because to me it has been given and to
whomever I wish I give it.”
5. oJ novmoV (MSN the law) • dia; (→G through) • Mwu&sevwV (MSG Moses) • ejdovqh (API3S he/she/it was given), • hJ cavriV
(FSN the grace) • kai; (and) • hJ ajlhvqeia (FSN the truth) • dia; (→G through) • =Ihsou: Cristou: (MSG Jesus Christ) •
ejgevneto (AMdI3S he/she/it came into being).
The law was given through Moses; grace and truth came through Jesus Christ.
6. oiJ loipoi; (MPN the rest) • e[mfoboi (terrified) • ejgevnonto (AMdI3P they became) • kai; (and) • e[dwkan (AAI3P they
gave) • dovxan (FSA glory) • tw:/ qew:/ (MSD to the god) • tou: oujranou: (MSG of the heaven).
The rest became terrified and gave glory to the God of heaven.
7. ta; rJhvmata (NPNa the words) • a} (NPNa which) • e[dwkavV (AAI2S you gave) • moi (SD to me) • devdwka (TAI1S I
have given) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them), • kai; (and) • aujtoi; (MPN they) • e[labon (AAI1S/3P they received) • kai; (and)
• e[gnwsan (AAI3P they knew) • ajlhqw:V (truly) • o{ti (that/because) • para; (→G from) • sou: (SG you) • ejxh:lqon
(AAI1S/3P I came out), • kai; (and) • ejpivsteusan (AAI3P they believed) • o{ti (that) • suv (SN you) • me (SA me) •
ajpevsteilaV (AAI2S you sent).
The words which you gave to me I have given to them, and they received them and truly knew that I came forth from
you, and they believed that you sent me.
8. blevpete (PAIm2P look!) • ou\n (therefore) • pw:V (how?) • ajkouvete (PAIm2P you are hearing)` • o}V a]n (MSN whoever)
• ga;r (for) • e[ch/ (PAS3S he/she/it may have), • doqhvsetai (FPI3S he/she/it will be given) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him), •
kai; (and) • o}V a]n (MSN whoever) • mh; (not) • e[ch/ (PAS3S he/she/it may have), • kai; (even) • o} (NSNa what) • dokeiæ
(PAI3S he/she/it thinks) • e[cein (PAN to have) • ajrqhvsetai (ai[rw FPI3S he/she/it will be taken away) • ajp= (→G
from) • aujtou: (MSG him).
Therefore watch how you are hearing; for whoever has (more) will be given to him, and whoever does not have,
even what he thinks he has will be taken away from him.
Exercise 34: mi Verbs; Indicative of divdwmi 139
9. eij (if) • ou\n (therefore) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • ponhroi; (MPN evil) • uJpavrconteV (PAPMPN being) • oi[date (TAI2P you
know)1 • dovmata (NPNa gifts) • ajgaqa; (NPNa good) • didovnai (to give) • toiæV tevknoiV (NPD to the children) • uJmw:n
(PG your), • povsw/ (how much) • ma:llon (more) • oJ path;r (MSN the father) • ªoJ (MSN the)º • ejx (→G from) • oujranou:
(MSG heaven) • dwvsei (FAI3S he/she/it will give) • pneu:ma (NSNa spirit) • a{gion (MSA/NSNa holy) • toiæV aijtou:sin
(PAPMnPD to the ones asking) • aujtovn (MSA him).
Therefore, if you, being evil, know to give good gifts to your children, how much more will the heavenly Father give
the Holy Spirit to the ones asking him.
10. dia; tou:to (because of this) • levgw (PAI1S I am saying) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • o{ti (that) • ajrqhvsetai (FPI3S he/she/it
will be taken) • ajf= (→G from) • uJmw:n (PG you) • hJ basileiva (FSN the kingdom) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • kai;
(and) • doqhvsetai (FPI3S he/she/it will be given) • e[qnei (NSD to a nation) • poiou:nti (PAPMnSD doing) • tou;V
karpou;V (MPA the fruits) • aujth:V (FSG of it).
For this reason I am saying to you that the Kingdom of God will be taken from you and it will be given to a nation
doing its fruits.
Additional
11. oiJ (MPN the) • mh; (not) • pisteuvonteV (PAPMPN the ones believing) • eijV (→A in) • to;n =Ihsou:n (MSA the Jesus) •
ajpwvlesan (ajpovllumi AAI3P they destroyed) • tou;V du;o puvrgouV (MPA the two towers) • ejn (→D in) • th/: megavlh/
povlei (FSD the great city) • i{na (in order that) • pro;V (→A to) • th;n gh:n (FSA the land) • pevswsin (pivptw AAS3P
they would fall) • kai; (and) • polloi; (MPN many) • ajpoqavnwsin (AAS3P they would die).
The ones who were not believing in Jesus destroyed the two towers in the great city in order that they would fall to
the ground and many would die.
12. tw:n ajpostovlwn (MPG of the apostles) • eijV (→A into) • to;n o{lon kovsmon (MSA the whole world) • ajpelqovntwn
(AAPMnPG after going out) • polloi; (MPN many) • o[cloi (MPN crowds) • ta;V kardivaV (FPA the hearts) • aujtw:n
(MfnPG their) • tw/: kurivw/ (MSD to the lord) • e[dwkan (AAI3P they gave) • dia; (→A on account of) • to;n lovgon (MSA
the word) • to;n khrucqevnta (APPMSA the proclaimed) • aujtoiæV (MnPD by them).
After the apostles went out into the whole world, many crowds gave their hearts to the Lord on account of the word
that was proclaimed by them.
13. kai; (and) • labou:sa (AAPFSN after taking) • tou: karpou: (MSG of the fruit) • aujtou: (MnSG its) • e[fagen (AAI3S
he/she/it ate) • kai; (and) • e[dwken (AAI3S he/she/it gave) • kai; (also) • tw:/ ajndri; (MSD to the husband) • aujth:V (FSG
her) • met= (→G with) • aujth:V (FSG her) • kai; (and) • e[fagon (AAI1S/3P they ate).
And after taking of its fruit she ate and also gave to her husband with her, and they ate.
14. kai; (and) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • oJ =Adavm (MSN the Adam)` • hJ gunhv (FSN the woman) • h}n (FSA
which) • e[dwkaV (AAI2S you gave) • met= (→G with) • ejmou: (SG me) • au{th (FSN this) • moi (SD to me) • e[dwken
(AAI3S he/she/it gave) • ajpo; (→G from) • tou: xuvlou (MSG the tree) • kai; (and) • e[fagon (AAI1S/3P I ate).
And Adam said, “The woman which you gave (to be) with me, she gave to me from the tree and I ate.”
15. tovpon (MSA place) • e[dwken (AAI3S he/she/it gave) • oJ despovthV (MSN the ruler) • toiæV boulomevnoiV (PMpdPMnPD to
the ones willing) • ejpistrafh:nai (APN to be turned back) • ejp= (→A on) • aujtovn (MSA him).
The ruler gave a place to the ones who are willing to be turned back to him.
16. kai; (and) • e[dwkan (AAI3P they gave) • klhvrouV (MPA lots) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • kai; (and) • e[pesen (pivptw
AAI3S he/she/it fell) • oJ klh:roV (MSN the lot) • ejpi; (→A on) • Maqqivan (MSA Matthias).
And they gave lots to them and the lot fell to Matthias.
17. eujloghvsw (FAI1S I will bless) • de; (and/but) • aujth;n (FSA her) • kai; (and) • dwvsw (FAI1S I will give) • soi (SD to
you) • ejx (→G from) • aujth:V (FSG her) • tevknon (NSNa child) • kai; (and) • eujloghvsw (FAI1S I will bless) • aujtovn
(MSA him) • kai; (and) • e[stai (FMdI3S he/she/it will be) • eijV (→A into/in) • e[qnh (NSNa nation) • kai; (and) •
basileiæV (MPN kings) • ejqnw:n (NPG of nations) • ejx (→G from) • aujtou: (MnSG him) • e[sontai (FMdI3P they will be).
And I will bless her, and will give you a child through her, and I will bless him, and he will be a nation, and kings of
nations will come from him.
1
oi[date can either be parsed as a perfect or as a present. The form is actually perfect, but the meaning is equivalent to a
present. The perfect meaning is “You are in a state of knowing due to a previously completed action of learning.” This
means the same thing as the present meaning “You know.” Your teacher may prefer that you parse it as present. See
18. w|/ (MnSD to whom) • me;n (on the one hand) • ga;r (for) • dia; (→G through) • tou: pneuvmatoV (NSG the spirit) •
divdotai (PMpI3S he/she/it is given) • lovgoV (MSN word) • sofivaV (FSG/FPA of wisdom), • a[llw/ (MnSD to another) •
de; (and/but) • lovgoV (MSN word) • gnwvsewV (FSG of knowledge) • kata; (→A according to) • to; aujto; pneu:ma (NSNa
the same spirit).
For to one a word of wisdom is given through the Spirit, and to another a word of knowledge according to the same
Spirit.
19. ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him) • oJ qeovV (MSN the god) ` • ajnablevyaV (AAPMSN after
looking up) • toiæV ojfqalmoiæV (MPD to the eyes) • sou (SG your), • i[de (behold) • ajpo; (→G from) • tou: tovpou (MSG
the place) • ou| (MnSG where) • nu:n (now) • su; (SN you) • ei\ (PAI2S you are), • pro;V (→A to) • … ajnatola;V (FPA
east) • kai; (and) • qavlassan (FSA sea)` • o{ti (that) • pa:san (FSA all) • th;n gh:n (FSA the earth) • h}n (FSA which) •
su; (SN you) • oJra:V/ (oJravw PAI2S you are seeing), • soi; (SD! to you) • dwvsw (FAI1S I will give) • aujth;n (FSA her)
• kai; (and) • tw:/ spevrmativ (NSD to the seed) • sou (SG your) • e{wV aijw:noV (eternally).
God said to him, “After looking up with your eyes, behold from the place where now you are, to … the east and the
sea; because all the earth which you are seeing, I will give it to you and to your seed eternally.”
20. to;n kuvrion (MSA the lord) • =Ihsou:n Cristovn (MSA Jesus Christ), • ou| (MnSG of whom) • to; ai|ma (NSNa the blood) •
uJpe;r (→G on behalf of) • hJmw:n (PG us) • ejdovqh (API3S he/she/it was given), • ejntrapw:men (ejntrevpw PAS1P let us
respect).
Let us respect the Lord Jesus Christ, whose blood was given on our behalf.
Exercise 35
Additional mi Verbs; Nonindicative Forms

Parsing
he/she/it
1. didw/: 3 Singular Present Active Subjunctive divdwmi PAS3S would
give
he/she/it
is
2. i{sthsi 3 Singular Present Active Indicative i{sthmi PAI3S
causing
to stand
Indicative “you are
3. tivqete 2 Plural Present Active or tivqhmi PAIm2P putting”
Imperative or “put!”
you are
4. deiknuveiV 2 Singular Present Active Indicative deivknumi PAI2S
showing
you
5. dw:te 2 Plural Aorist Active Subjunctive divdwmi AAS2P would
give
you let
6. ajfh:kaV 2 Singular Aorist Active Indicative ajfivhmi AAI2S
go
he/she/it
7. ejtevqh 3 Singular Aorist Passive Indicative tivqhmi API3S
was put
we will
8. ajnasthvsomen 1 Plural Future Active Indicative ajnivsthmi FAI1P
raise
he/she/it
9. didovtw 3 Singular Present Active Imperative divdwmi PAM3S must
give!
Perfect Middle
having
10. eJstamevnou Genitive Singular Masculine or Participle i{sthmi TMpPMnSG
stood
or Neuter Passive
Warm-up
a. mhde; (and not) • divdote (divdwmi PAIm2P give!)1 • tovpon (MSA place).
Do not give a place!
b. o} (NSNa what) • eja;n (-ever) • doqh/: (divdwmi APS3S he/she/it may be given) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • ejn (→D in) • ejkeivnh/
th/: w{ra/ (FSD that hour)
Whatever may be given to you in that hour
g. dovte (divdwmi AAM2P give!) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • fageiæn (AAN to eat).
Give to them to eat!
d. dou:nai (divdwmi AAN to give) • th;n yuch;n (FSA the life)

To give the life
1
Because it is negated with mhv, we know that it is not indicative.
141
e. dia; (→G through) • pneuvmatoV (NSG spirit) • aJgivou (MnSG holy) • tou: doqevntoV (APPMnSG who was given) • hJmiæn
(PD to us)
Through the Holy Spirit who was given to us
z. pw:V (how?) • ou\n (therefore) • staqhvsetai ( i{sthmi FPI3S he/she/it will stand) • hJ basileiva (FSN the kingdom) •
aujtou: (MnSG his)~
Therefore how will his kingdom stand?
h. i[de (behold) • oJ tovpoV (MSN the place) • o{pou (where) • e[qhkan (tivqhmi AAI3P they placed) • aujtovn (MSA him).
Behold the place where they placed him.
Translation
1. divdote (PAIm2P give!), • kai; (and) • doqhvsetai (FPI3S he/she/it will be given) • uJmiæn (PD to you).
Give, and it will be given to you.
2. qhvsw (FAI1S I will put) • to; pneu:mav (NSNa the spirit) • mou (SG my) • ejp= (→A on) • aujtovn (MSA him).
I will put my spirit on him.
3. ajpekrivqhsan (APdI3S they answered) • ou\n (therefore) • oiJ =Ioudaiæoi (MPN the Jews) • kai; (and) • ei\pan (levgw
AAI1S/3P they said) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him)` • tiv (NSNa what?) • shmeiæon (NSNa sign) • deiknuveiV (PAI2S you are
showing) • hJmiæn (PD to us) • o{ti (that/because) • tau:ta (NPNa these) • poieiæV (PAI2S you are doing)~
Therefore, the Jews answered and said to him, “What sign are you showing to us, because you are doing these
things?”
4. tau:ta (NPNa these) • ejlavlhsen (AAI3S he/she/it said) • =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus), • kai; (and) • ejpavraV (ejpaivrw AAPMSN
after lifting up) • tou;V ojfqalmou;V (MPA the eyes) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • eijV (→A into/in) • to;n oujrano;n (MSA the
heaven) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said)` • pavter (MSV father), • ejlhvluqen (e[rcomai TAI3S he/she/it has come)
• hJ w{ra (FSN the hour)` • dovxasovn (AAM2S glorify!) • sou (SG your) • to;n uiJovn (MSA the son), • i{na (in order that) •
oJ uiJo;V (MSN the son) • doxavsh/ (AAS3S/AMS2S he/she/it would glorify) • sev (SA you), • kaqw;V (just as) • e[dwkaV
(AAI2S you gave) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him) • ejxousivan (FSA authority) • pavshV (FSG of all) • sarkovV (FSG flesh), • i{na
(in order that) • pa:n (NSNa all) • o} (NSNa whom) • devdwkaV (TAI2S you have given) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him) • dwvsh/
(AAS3S/AMS2S he/she/it would give) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • zwh;n (FSA life) • aijwvnion (MfSA eternal).
Jesus said these things, and after lifting up his eyes into heaven he said, “Father, the hour has come; glorify your
son, in order that the Son may glorify you; just as you gave authority over all flesh to him, in order that he would
give eternal life to all whom you have given to him.”
5. cavriV (FSN grace) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • kai; (and) • eijrhvnh (FSN peace) • ajpo; (→G from) • qeou: (MSG god) • patro;V
(MSG father) • hJmw:n (PG our) • kai; (and) • kurivou =Ihsou: Cristou: (MSG lord Jesus Christ) • tou: dovntoV (AAPMnSG
the one who gave) • eJauto;n (MSA himself) • uJpe;r (→G on behalf of) • tw:n aJmartiw:n (FPG the sins) • hJmw:n (PG our).
Grace to you and peace from God our father and the Lord Jesus Christ, the one who gave himself on behalf of our
sins.
6. tovte (then) • paralambavnei (PAI3S he/she/it is taking) • aujto;n (MSA him) • oJ diavboloV (MSN the devil) • eijV (→A
into/in) • th;n aJgivan povlin (FSA the holy city) • kai; (and) • e[sthsen (AAI3S he/she/it caused to stand) • aujto;n (MSA
him) • ejpi; (→A on) • to; pteruvgion (NSNa the highest point) • tou: iJerou: (MSG of the temple).
Then the Devil took2 him into the holy city and caused him to stand on the highest point of the temple.
7. =Egwv (SN I) • eijmi (PAI1S I am) • oJ poimh;n (MSN the shepherd) • oJ kalovV (MSN the good)` • oJ poimh;n (MSN the
shepherd) • oJ kalo;V (MSN the good) • th;n yuch;n (FSA the life) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • tivqhsin (PAI3S he/she/it
places) • uJpe;r (→G on behalf of) • tw:n probavtwn (NPG the sheep).
I am the good shepherd; the good shepherd lays down his life on behalf of the sheep.
2
Literally “he is taking,” but the context indicates that it is a historical present, and hence should be translated with the
English past tense.
Exercise 35: Additional mi Verbs; Nonindicative Forms 143
8. e[grayen (AAI3S he/she/it wrote) • de; (and/but) • kai; (and) • tivtlon (MSA inscription) • oJ Pila:toV (MSN the Pilate) •
kai; (and) • e[qhken (AAI3S he/she/it placed) • ejpi; (→G on) • tou: staurou: (MSG the cross)` • h\n (IAI3S he/she/it
was) • de; (and/but) • gegrammevnon (TMpPMSA/NSNa having been written), • =Ihsou:V oJ NazwraiæoV (MSN Jesus the
Nazarene) • oJ basileu;V (MSN the king) • tw:n =Ioudaivwn (MPG of the Jews).
And Pilate also wrote an inscription and placed it on the cross; and the thing that had been written was, “Jesus the
Nazarene, the King of the Jews.”
9. eij (if) • ou\n (therefore) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • ponhroi; (MPN evil) • o[nteV (eijmiv PAPMPN being) • oi[date (TAI2P you
know)3 • dovmata (NPNa gifts) • ajgaqa; (NPNa good) • didovnai (PAN to give) • toiæV tevknoiV (NPD to the children) •
uJmw:n (PG your), • povsw/ (how much) • ma:llon (more) • oJ path;r (MSN the father) • uJmw:n (PG your) • oJ (MSN the) • ejn
(→D in) • toiæV oujranoiæV (MPD the heavens) • dwvsei (FAI3S he/she/it will give) • ajgaqa; (NPNa good) • toiæV
aijtou:sin (PAPMnPD to the ones asking) • aujtovn (MSA him).
Therefore, if you, being evil, know to give good gifts to your children, how much more will your father in the
heavens give good things to the ones who are asking him.
10. eijpev (levgw AAM2S tell!) • moi (SD to me) • pou: (where) • e[qhkaV (AAI2S you placed) • aujtovn (MSA him), • kajgw; (SN
and I) • aujto;n (MSA him) • ajrw: (ai[rw FAI1S I will take away).
Tell me where you placed him, and I will take him away.
11. to;n a[rton (MSA the bread) • hJmw:n (PG our) • to;n ejpiouvsion (MSA daily) • divdou (PAM2S give!).
Give our daily bread.
12. kai; (and) • e[sthsan (AAI3P they stood) • ejpi; (→A on) • tou;V povdaV (MPA the feet) • aujtw:n (MfnPG their), • kai;
(and) • fovboV (MSN fear) • mevgaV (MSN great) • ejpevpesen (AAI3S he/she/it fell) • ejpi; (→A on) • tou;V qewrou:ntaV
(PAPMPA the ones who are watching) • aujtouvV (MPA them).
And they stood on their feet, and a great fear fell on the ones who were watching them.
13. ijdou; (behold!) • e{sthka (TAI1S I stand) • ejpi; (→A on) • th;n quvran (FSA the door) • kai; (and) • krouvw (I knock)` •
ejavn (if) • tiV (MfSN anyone) • ajkouvsh/ (AAS3S/AMS2S he/she/it would hear) • th:V fwnh:V (FSG the voice) • mou (SG
my) • kai; (and) • ajnoivxh/ (AAS3S/AMS2S he/she/it would open) • th;n quvran (FSA the door), • ªkai; (and)º •
eijseleuvsomai (FMdI1S I will enter) • pro;V (→A to) • aujto;n (MSA him) • kai; (and) • deipnhvsw (FAI1S I will eat) •
met= (→G with) • aujtou: (MnSG him) • kai; (and) • aujto;V (MSN he) • met= (→G with) • ejmou: (MSG me).
Behold, I stand at the door and knock; if anyone hears my voice and opens the door, I will come in to him and eat
with him, and he with me.
14. ou{twV (thus) • ga;r (for) • ejntevtaltai (he/she/it has commanded) • hJmiæn (PD to us) • oJ kuvrioV (MSN lord)` • tevqeikav
(TAI1S I have placed) • se (SA you) • eijV (→A into/in) • fw:V (NSNa light) • ejqnw:n (NPG of nations) • tou: ei\naiv (PAN
to be) • se (SA you) • eijV (→A into/in) • swthrivan (FSA salvation) • e{wV (until) • ejscavtou (NSG of end) • th:V gh:V
(FSG of the earth).
For thus the Lord commanded us, “I have placed you as a light of nations for you to be unto salvation to the end of
the earth.”
15. ejqeavsanto (they saw) • to; mnhmeiæon (NSNa the tomb) • kai; (and) • wJV (how) • ejtevqh (API3S he/she/it was placed) •
to; sw:ma (NSNa the body) • aujtou: (MnSG his).
They saw the tomb and how his body was placed.
16. ejzhvtoun (IAI1S/3P they were seeking) • aujto;n (MSA him) • eijsenegkeiæn (to bring) • kai; (and) • qeiænai (AAN to
place) • ªaujto;n (MSA him)º • ejnwvpion (→G before) • aujtou: (MnSG him).
They were seeking to bring him and to place ªhimº before him.
3
oi[date and oi[damen can either be parsed as a perfect or as a present. The forms are actually perfect, but the meaning is
equivalent to a present. The perfect meaning of oi[date is “You are in a state of knowing due to a previously completed
action of learning.” This means the same thing as the present meaning “You know.” Your teacher may prefer that you
parse it as present. See footnote 159 on page 393 of the textbook and footnote 14 on page 144 for further explanation.
17. trevcei (he/she/it runs) • ou\n (therefore) • kai; (and) • e[rcetai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is coming) • pro;V (→A to) •
Sivmwna Pevtron (MSA Simon Peter) • kai; (and) • pro;V (→A to) • to;n a[llon maqhth;n (MSA the other disciple) • o}n
(MSA whom) • ejfivlei (filevw IAI3S he/she/it was loving) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus) • kai; (and) • levgei (PAI3S
he/she/it was saying) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them)` • h\ran (ai[rw AAI3P they took away) • to;n kuvrion (MSA the lord) •
ejk (→G from) • tou: mnhmeivou (NSG the tomb) • kai; (and) • oujk (not) • oi[damen (TAI1P we know)3 • pou: (where) •
e[qhkan (AAI3P they placed) • aujtovn (MSA him).
Therefore she is running and coming to Simon Peter and to the other disciple whom Jesus was loving, and she was
saying to them, “They took away the Lord from the tomb and we do not know where they placed him!”
18. di= (→G through) • ou| (MnSG whom) • kai; (also) • th;n prosagwgh;n (FSA the access) • ejschvkamen (e[cw TAI1P we
have received)• ªth:/ pivstei (FSD to the faith)º • eijV (→A into/in) • th;n cavrin tauvthn (FSA the grace this) • ejn (→D in)
• h|/ (FSD which) • eJsthvkamen (TAI1P we have stood) • kai; (and) • kaucwvmeqa (we boast) • ejp= (→D on the basis of)
• ejlpivdi (FSD hope) • th:V dovxhV (FSG of the glory) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god).
Through whom also we have received access by faith into this grace in which we have stood and we are boasting on
the basis of hope of the glory of God.
19. tau:ta (NPNa these) • de; (and/but) • aujtw:n (MfnPG their) • lalouvntwn (PAPMnPG while speaking) • aujto;V (MSN he)
• e[sth (AAI3S he/she/it stood) • ejn (→D in) • mevsw/ (MnSD middle) • aujtw:n (MfnPG of them) • kai; (and) • levgei
(PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them)` • eijrhvnh (FSN peace) • uJmiæn (PD to you).
And while they were saying these things, he stood in the middle of them and is saying to them, “Peace be to you.”
20. oujc (not) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • me (SA me) • ejxelevxasqe (you choose), • ajll= (but) • ejgw; (SN I) • ejxelexavmhn (I chose) •
uJma:V (PA you) • kai; (and) • e[qhka (AAI1S I placed) • uJma:V (PA you) • i{na (in order that) • uJmeiæV (PN you) •
uJpavghte (PAS2P you would go) • kai; (and) • karpo;n (MSA fruit) • fevrhte (PAS2P you would bear) • kai; (and) • oJ
karpo;V (MSN the fruit) • uJmw:n (PG your) • mevnh/ (PAS3S/PMpS2S he/she/it would remain), • i{na (in order that) • o{
(NSNa what) • ti a]n (NSNa whatever) • aijthvshte (AAS2P you would ask) • to;n patevra (MSA the father) • ejn (→D in)
• tw:/ ojnovmativ (NSD the name) • mou (SG my) • dw:/ (AAS3S he/she/it would give) • uJmiæn (PD to you).
You did not choose me, but I chose you and I placed you in order that you would go and bear fruit and that your
fruit would remain, in order that whatever you would ask the Father in my name he would give to you.
21. ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • de; (and/but) • pro;V (→A to) • aujtouvV (MPA them)` • oujc (not) • uJmw:n (PG your) •
ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • gnw:nai (AAN to know) • crovnouV (MPA times) • h] (or) • kairou;V (MPA seasons) • ou}V
(MPA which) • oJ path;r (MSN the father) • e[qeto (AMI3S he/she/it placed) • ejn (→D in) • th:/ ijdiva/ ejxousiva/ (FSD the
one’s-own authority).
But he said to them, “It is not yours to know the times or seasons which the father placed in his own authority.
22. ajpekrivqh (API3S he/she/it answered) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • oJ =IwavnnhV (MSN the John) • levgwn (PAPMSN
saying)` • ejgw; (SN I) • baptivzw (PAI1S I am baptizing) • ejn (→D in) • u{dati (NSD water)` • mevsoV (MSN middle) •
uJmw:n (PG of you) • e{sthken (TAI3S he/she/it stands) • o}n (MSA whom) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • oujk (not) • oi[date (TAI2P
you know)3.
John answered them saying, “I am baptizing with water; in the midst of you stands one whom you do not know.”
23. meivzona (FSA greater) • tauvthV (FSG of this) • ajgavphn (FSA love) • oujdei;V (MSN no one) • e[cei (PAI3S he/she/it is
having), • i{na (that) • tiV (MfSN anyone) • th;n yuch;n (FSA the life) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • qh:/ (tivqhmi AAS3S/AMS2S
he/she/it would put or place) • uJpe;r (→G in behalf of) • tw:n fivlwn (MSG the friends) • aujtou: (MnSG his).
Greater love than this no one has, that someone would lay down his life on behalf of his friends.
24. tw:/ (MnSD to the) • de; (and/but) • qew:/ (MSD god) • cavriV (FSN grace) • tw:/ didovnti (PAPMnSD to the one giving) • hJmiæn
(PD to us) • to; niækoV (victory) • dia; (→G through) • tou: kurivou (MSG of the lord) • hJmw:n (PG our) • =Ihsou: Cristou:
(MSG Jesus Christ).
But thanks be to God, to the one giving to us the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ.
25. eij (if) • de; (and/but) • kai; (also) • oJ satana:V (MSN the Satan) • ejf= (→A against) • eJauto;n (MSA himself) •
diemerivsqh (he/she/it is divided), • pw:V (how?) • staqhvsetai (FPI3S he/she/it will stand) • hJ basileiva (FSN the
kingdom) • aujtou: (MnSG his)~ • o{ti (because) • levgete (PAI2P you are saying) • ejn (→D in) • Beelzebou;l
(Beelzebul) • ejkbavllein (PAN to cast out) • me (SA me – subject of the infinitive) • ta; daimovnia (NPNa the demons).
But if Satan also is divided against himself, how will his kingdom stand? Because you are saying that by Beelzebul I
am casting out the demons.
Exercise 35: Additional mi Verbs; Nonindicative Forms 145
Additional
26. eja;n (if) • iJstw:men (PAS1P we are standing) • ejpi; (→D on) • th/: oJdw/: (FSD the road) • tw:n aJmartanovntwn (PAPMPG of
the sinners), • ouj (not) • ejdexavmeqa (AMdI1P we received) • th;n cavrin (FSA the grace) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) •
ajll= (but) • ajpolesovmeqa (FMI1P we will perish) • ejn (→D in) • tw/: aijwnivw/ puriv (NSD the eternal fire).
If we are standing on the road of sinners, we did not receive the grace of God but will perish in the eternal fire.
27. ejpei; (since) • ginwvskomen (PAI1S we are knowing) • nu:n (now) • th;n +Ellhnikh;n glw:ssan (FSA the Greek
language), • ajnoivxanteV (AAPMPN after opening) • th;n kaih;n diaqh;khn (FSA the new covenant) • didaskwvmeqa
(PMpS1P let us be taught) • nu:n (now) • khruvssein (PAN to preach) • tou;V lovgouV (MPA the words) • th:V ajlhqeivaV
(FSG of the truth).
Since now we know the Greek language, after opening the new covenant, let us be taught now to preach the words of
truth.
28. kai; (and) • e[qeto (AMI3S he/she/it placed) • aujtou;V (MPA them) • oJ qeo;V (MSN the god) • ejn (→D in) • tw:/
sterewvmati (NSD the firmament) • tou: oujranou: (MSG of the heaven), • w{ste faivnein (PAN so that to shine) • ejpi;
(→G on) • th:V gh:V (FSG the earth) • kai; (and) • a[rcein (PAN to rule) • th:V hJmevraV (FSG of the day) • kai; (and) • th:V
nukto;V (FSG of the night) • kai; (and) • diacwrivzein (to divide) • ajna; mevson (between) • tou: fwto;V (NSG of the
light) • kai; (and) • ajna; mevson (between) • tou: skovtouV (NSG the darkness), • kai; (and) • ei\den (oJravw AAI3S
he/she/it saw) • oJ qeo;V (MSN the god) • o{ti (that) • kalovn (MSA good).
And God placed them in the firmament of heaven so that they would shine on the earth and rule over the day and
over the night and divide between the light and the darkness. And God saw that (it was) good.
29. kai; (and) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • oJ =Adavm (MSN the Adam)` • hJ gunhv (FSN the woman) • h}n (FSA
whom) • e[dwkaV (AAI2S you gave) • met= (→G with) • ejmou: (SG me) • au{th (FSN this) • moi (SD to me) • e[dwken
(AAI3S he/she/it gave) • ajpo; (→G from) • tou: xuvlou (NSG the tree) • kai; (and) • e[fagon (AAI1S/3P I ate).
And Adam said, “The woman whom you gave (to be) with me, she gave to me from the tree and I ate.”
30. kai; (and) • e[cqran (enmity) • qhvsw (FAI1S I will place) • ajna; mevson (between) • sou (SG you) • kai; (and) • ajna;
mevson (between) • th:V gunaiko;V (FSG the woman) • kai; (and) • ajna; mevson (between) • tou: spevrmatovV (NSG the
seed) • sou (SG your) • kai; (and) • ajna; mevson (between) • tou: spevrmatoV (NSG the seed) • aujth:V (FSG her), • aujtovV
(MSN he) • sou (SG your) • thrhvsei (FAI3S he/she/it will guard) • kefalhvn (FSA head) • kai; (and) • su; (SN you) •
thrhvseiV (FAI3S he/she/it will guard) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • ptevrnan (FSA heel).
And I will place enmity between you and the woman, and between your seed and her seed; he will guard (your) head
and you will guard his heel.

Chapters 31-35
Review #7
Grammar
1. What is the basic significance of tenses in non-indicative moods? Aspect. (Not time)
2. What are the two ways a subjunctive verb is used in independent clauses?
a. Hortatory subjunctive. (E.g., “Let us pray.”)
b. Deliberative subjunctive. (E.g., “What should we eat?”)
3. What are the two ways a subjunctive verb is used in dependent clauses?
a. i{na clauses. (E.g., “I am studying in order that I may learn.”)
b. Certain types of conditional clauses.
4. What are the two kinds of third class conditional sentences? How can you tell them apart?
a. Present general. Uses the present indicative in the apodosis.
Context indicates that there is an axiomatic truth in the protasis (the “if” part).
b. Future more probable. Can use any tense or mood in the apodosis, including the present indicative.
Context indicates that the protasis is a likely occurrence rather than an axiomatic truth.
5. How do you translate the following prepositions when they are used with an articular infinitive?
a. diav – “Because”
b. eijV – “In order that”
c. provV – “In order that”
6. What are the three ways in which you can indicate purpose with an infinitive?
a. Articular infinitive preceded by eijV or provV
b. Articular infinitive with the article in the genitive.
c. Infinitive without either an article or a preposition.
7. What are the five ways to state a prohibition and other types of negation, and what are the nuances of each?
a. ouj with the indicative, or mhv with a non-indicative form (other than those below). This is simple negation.
b. mhv plus the present imperative. The present tense prohibits continuous actions.
c. mhv plus the aorist imperative. The aorist tense prohibits undefined actions.
d. mhv plus the aorist subjunctive. This prohibits an undefined action more strongly than (a) above.
e. ouj mhv plus the aorist subjunctive is the strongest negation, and denies that there is any possibility of the event.1
1
This construction is relevant to a current theological debate. John 13:38 uses this construction to deny that there is any
possibility that a rooster would crow before Peter denied Jesus three times; it thereby portrays Jesus as claiming definite
(not probabilistic) foreknowledge about an event that was apparently contingent on future free-will acts.
147
8. What are the five mi verb rules?

a. mi verbs reduplicate their initial stem letter to form the present,
and separate the reduplicated consonant with an iota. (E.g., *do dido)
b. mi verbs do not ordinarily use a connecting (i.e., “thematic”) vowel in the indicative.
c. mi verbs employ three different personal endings in the present active.

(I.e., mi, V, si, men, te, asi instead of –, s, i, men, te, nsi)
d. The stem vowel of mi verbs can lengthen, shorten, or drop out (ablaut).
e. Most of the mi verbs use ka as their tense formative in the aorist.
Parsing
1. poivhsqe (poievw PMpS2P you would be making for yourself / you would be being made)
2. pisteuvein (pisteuvw PAN to be believing)
3. e[rchtai (e[rcomai PMpdS3S he/she/it would be coming)
4. gra:yai (gravfw AAN / AMM2S to write / you must write for yourself!)
5. krinevtwsan (krivnw PAM3P they must be judging)
6. e[lqwmen (e[rcomai AAS1P let us come)
7. divdwsi (divdwmi PAI3S he/she/it is giving)
8. ajpestavlqai (ajpostevllw TMpN to have sent for oneself / to have been sent)
9. devdwken (divdwmi TAI3S he/she/it has given)
10. parakavlesai (parakalevw AAN / AMM2S to call / call for yourself!)
11. tivqemen (tivqhmi PAI1P we are putting)
12. iJsta:sai (i{sthmi PAPFPN ones standing)
Translation: Matthew 13:1-23

13:1 =En (→D in) • th:/ hJmevra/ ejkeivnh/ (FSD that day) • ejxelqw;n (AAPMSN after going out) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the
Jesus) • th:V oijkivaV (FSG of the house) • ejkavqhto (kavqhmai IMpdI3S he/she/it was sitting) • para; (→A beside) • th;n
qavlassan (FSA the sea)` • 13:2 kai; (and) • sunhvcqhsan (sunavgw API3P they were gathered) • pro;V (→A to) • aujto;n
(MSA him) • o[cloi polloiv (MPN great crowd), • w{ste (so that) • aujto;n (MSA him) • eijV (→A into/in) • ploiæon (NSNa boat)
• ejmbavnta (ejmbaivnw AAPMSA/NPNa after getting in) • kaqh:sqai (PMpdN to sit), • kai; (and) • pa:V (MSN all) • oJ o[cloV (MSN
the crowd) • ejpi; (→A on) • to;n aijgialo;n (MSA the beach) • eiJsthvkei ( i{sthmi LAI3S he/she/it had stood).2
13:3 kai; (and) • ejlavlhsen (AAI3S he/she/it said) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • polla; (NPNa many) • ejn (→D in) •
parabolaiæV (FPD parables) • levgwn (PAPMSN saying)` • ijdou; (behold!) • ejxh:lqen (AAI3S he/she/it went out) • oJ speivrwn
(PAPMSN the one sowing) • tou: speivrein (PAN to sow).3 • 13:4 kai; (and) • ejn tw:/ speivrein (PAN while sowing)4 • aujto;n
(MSA him) • a} (NPNa which) • me;n (on the one hand)5 • e[pesen (AAI3S he/she/it fell) • para; (→A beside) • th;n oJdovn (FSA
the road), • kai; (and) • ejlqovnta (AAPNPNa after coming) • ta; peteina; (NPNa the birds) • katevfagen (AAI3S he/she/it
consumed) • aujtav (NPNa them). • 13:5 a[lla (but) • de; (and on the other hand) • e[pesen (AAI3S he/she/it fell) • ejpi; (→A
2
This is a pluperfect active. It is built on the perfect active tense stem e{sth, but has been augmented to ei{sth, and has
the tense formative kappa and the connecting vowels ei. Since it is absolute past time, it uses secondary personal
endings, and the ending “–” is for the third person singular. See section 25.24 on pages 237-238 of the textbook.
3
Remember that tou: + infinitive can indicate purpose.
4
Remember that ejn tw/: + infinitive can indicate “while ….”
5
This mevn forms a coordinating conjunction with most of the occurrences of dev in this paragraph.
on) • ta; petrwvdh (NPNa the rocky ground) • o{pou (where) • oujk (not) • ei\cen (IAI3S he/she/it was having) • gh:n
pollhvn (FSA much soil), • kai; (and) • eujqevwV (immediately) • ejxanevteilen (ejxanatevllw AAI3S he/she/it sprang up) •
dia; to; mh; e[cein (AAN because it did not have)6 • bavqoV (NSNa depth) • gh:V (FSG of soil)` • 13:6 hJlivou (MSG sun) • de;
(and/but) • ajnateivlantoV (ajnatevllw AAPMnSG after rising)7 • ejkaumativsqh (kaumativzw API3S he/she/it was burned
up) • kai; (and) • dia; to; mh; e[cein (PAN because it did not have) • rJivzan (FSA root) • ejxhravnqh (xhraivnw API3S it was
dried up). • 13:7 a[lla (but) • de; (and on the other hand) • e[pesen (AAI3S he/she/it fell) • ejpi; (→A on) • ta;V ajkavnqaV
(FPA the thorns), • kai; (and) • ajnevbhsan (ajnabaivnw AAI3P they came up) • aiJ a[kanqai (FPN the thorns) • kai; (and) •
e[pnixan (pnivgw AAI3P they choked) • aujtav (NPNa them). • 13:8 a[lla (but) • de; (and on the other hand) • e[pesen
(AAI3S he/she/it fell) • ejpi; (→A on) • th;n gh:n (FSA the soil) • th;n kalh;n (FSA the good) • kai; (and) • ejdivdou (IAI3S it
was giving) • karpovn (NSNa fruit), • o} (MSN which) • me;n (on the one hand) • eJkatovn (one hundred), • o} (MSN which) • de;
(on the other hand) • eJxhvkonta (sixty), • o} • de; (and/but) • triavkonta (thirty). • 13:9 oJ e[cwn (PAPMSN the one having) •
w\ta (NPNa ears) • ajkouevtw (PAM3S he/she/it must hear!).
13:10 kai; (and) • proselqovnteV (AAPMPN after coming) • oiJ maqhtai; (MPN the disciples) • ei\pan (levgw AAI3P
they asked) • aujtw:/ (MnSD him) ` • dia; tiv (why?) • ejn (→D in) • parabolaiæV (FPD parables) • laleiæV (PAI2S you speak)
• aujtoiæV (MnPD to them)~ • 13:11 oJ (MSN he) • de; (and/but) • ajpokriqei;V (APPMPN answering) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S
he/she/it said) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them)` • o{ti (that) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • devdotai (TMpI3S he/she/it has been given) •
gnw:nai (AAN to know) • ta; musthvria (NPNa the mysteries) • th:V basileivaV (FSG of the kingdom) • tw:n oujranw:n (MPG
of the heavens), • ejkeivnoiV (MnPD to those) • de; (and/but) • ouj (not) • devdotai (TMpI3S it has been given) . • 13:12 o{stiV
(MSN whoever) • ga;r (for) • e[cei (PAI3S he/she/it has), • doqhvsetai (FPI3S he/she/it will be given) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to
him) • kai; (and) • perisseuqhvsetai (FPI3S he/she/it will have more than enough) ` • o{stiV (MSN whoever) • de;
(and/but) • oujk (not) • e[cei (PAI3S he/she/it has), • kai; (and) • o} (NSNa which) • e[cei (PAI3S he/she/it has) • ajrqhvsetai
(ai[rw FPI3S he/she/it will be taken away) • ajp= (→G from) • aujtou: (MnSG him). • 13:13 dia; tou:to (for this reason) • ejn
(→D in) • parabolaiæV (MPD parables) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • lalw: (PAIs1S I am speaking), • o{ti (that) • blevponteV
(PAPMPN while seeing) • ouj (not) • blevpousin (PAI3P/PAPMnPD they are seeing) • kai; (and) • ajkouvonteV (PAPMPN
while hearing) • oujk (not) • ajkouvousin (PAI3P/PAPMnPD they are hearing) • oujde; (and not) • sunivousin (sunivhmi
PAI3P/PAPMnPD they are understanding), • 13:14 kai; (and) • ajnaplhrou:tai (ajnaplhrovw PMpI3S he/she/it is fulfilled)
• aujtoiæV (MnPD in them) • hJ profhteiva (FSN the prophesy) • =Hsai<ou (MSG of Isaiah) • hJ levgousa (PAPFSN the saying)`
ajkoh:/ (ajkohv FSD hearing) • ajkouvsete (FAI2P you will hear) • kai; (and) • ouj (not) • mh; (not) • sunh:te (sunivhmi
AAS2P you would understand),
kai; (and) • blevponteV (PAPMPN seeing) • blevyete (FAI2P you will see) • kai; (and) • ouj (not) • mh; (not) • i[dhte
(oJravw AAS2P you would see).
13:15 ejpacuvnqh (pacuvnw API3S he/she/it became dull) • ga;r (for) • hJ kardiva (FSN the heart) • tou: laou:
touvtou (MSG this people),
kai; (and) • toiæV wjsi;n (NPD to the ears) • barevwV (with difficulty) • h[kousan (AAI3P they heard)
kai; (and) • tou;V ojfqalmou;V (MPA the eyes) • aujtw:n (MfnPG their) • ejkavmmusan (AAI3P they closed),
mhvpote (lest) • i[dwsin (oJravw AAS3P they would see) • toiæV ojfqalmoiæV (MPD with the eyes)
kai; (and) • toiæV wjsi;n (NPD with the ears) • ajkouvswsin (AAS3P they would hear)
kai; (and) • th:/ kardiva/ (FSD with the heart) • sunw:sin (sunivhmi AAS3P they would understand) • kai; (and) •
ejpistrevywsin (AAS3P they would turn back)
kai; (and) • ijavsomai (FMdI1S I will heal) • aujtouvV (MPA them).
13:16 uJmw:n (PG your) • de; (and/but) • makavrioi (MPN blessed) • oiJ ojfqalmoi; (MPN the eyes) • o{ti (because) •
blevpousin (PAI3P/PAPMnPD they are seeing) • kai; (and) • ta; w\ta (NPNa the ears) • uJmw:n (PG your) • o{ti (because) •
ajkouvousin (PAI3P/PAPMnPD they are hearing). • 13:17 ajmh;n (truly) • ga;r (for) • levgw (PAIs1S I am saying) • uJmiæn (PD
to you) • o{ti (that/because) • polloi; (MPN many) • profh:tai (MPN prophets) • kai; (and) • divkaioi (MPN righteous ones) •
ejpequvmhsan (ejpiqumevw AAI3P they desired) • ijdeiæn (oJravw AAN to see) • a} (NPNa what) • blevpete (PAIm2P you are
seeing) • kai; (and) • oujk (not) • ei\dan (AAI3P they saw), • kai; (and) • ajkou:sai (AAN to hear) • a} (NPNa what) •
ajkouvete (PAIm2P you are hearing) • kai; (and) • oujk (not) • h[kousan (AAI3P they heard).
13:18 +UmeiæV (PN you) • ou\n (therefore) • ajkouvsate (AAM2P hear!) • th;n parabolh;n (FSA the parable) • tou:
speivrantoV (PAPMnSG of the one sowing). • 13:19 panto;V (MnSG of all) • ajkouvontoV (PAPMnSG of the ones hearing) •
to;n lovgon (MSA the word) • th:V basileivaV (FSG of the kingdom) • kai; (and) • mh; (not) • sunievntoV (sunivhmi PAPMnSG
understanding) • e[rcetai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is coming) • oJ ponhro;V (MSN the evil) • kai; (and) • aJrpavzei (PAI3S
6
Remember that dia; tov + infinitive can indicate the reason for something.
7
hJlivou de ajnateilantoV is a genitive absolute construction because it is in the genitive, and the substantive doing the
action of the participle (the sun) does not have any grammatical role in the main clause.
he/she/it snatches) • to; ejsparmevnon (TMpPMSA/NSNa the thing that was sown) • ejn (→D in) • th:/ kardiva/ (FSD the heart) •
aujtou: (MnSG his), • ou|tovV (MSN this) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • oJ (MSN the) • para; (→A beside) • th;n oJdo;n (FSA the
road) • spareivV (APPMSN the thing that was sown). • 13:20 oJ (MSN the) • de; (and/but) • ejpi; (→A on) • ta; petrwvdh (NPNa
the rocky soil) • spareivV (APPMSN the thing that was sown), • ou|tovV (MSN this) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • oJ (MSN the)
• to;n lovgon (MSA the word) • ajkouvwn (PAPMSN hearing) • kai; (and) • eujqu;V (immediately) • meta; (→G with) • cara:V
(FSG joy) • lambavnwn (PAPMSN receiving) • aujtovn (MSA it), • 13:21 oujk (not) • e[cei (PAI3S he/she/it has) • de; (and/but)
• rJivzan (FSA root) • ejn (→D in) • eJautw:/ (MnSD itself) • ajlla; (but) • provskairovV (MfSN temporary) • ejstin (PAI3S
he/she/it is), • genomevnhV (AMdPFSG being) • de; (and/but) • qlivyewV (qlivyiV FSG of suffering) • h] (or) • diwgmou: (MSG
persecution) • dia; (→A on account of) • to;n lovgon (MSA the word) • eujqu;V (immediately) • skandalivzetai (PMpI3S
he/she/it falls away). • 13:22 oJ (MSN the) • de; (and/but) • eijV (→A into/in) • ta;V ajkavnqaV (FPA the thorns) • spareivV
(APPMSN the thing that was sown), • ou|tovV (MSN this) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • oJ (MSN the) • to;n lovgon (MSA the
word) • ajkouvwn (PAPMSN hearing), • kai; (and) • hJ mevrimna (FSN the worry) • tou: aijw:noV (MSG of the age) • kai; (and) •
hJ ajpavth (FSN the deceitfulness) • tou: plouvtou (NSG of the wealth) • sumpnivgei (PAI3S he/she/it chokes) • to;n lovgon
(MSA the word) • kai; (and) • a[karpoV (MSN unfruitful) • givnetai (PMpdI3S he/she/it becomes). • 13:23 oJ (MSN the) • de;
(and/but) • ejpi; (→A on) • th;n kalh;n gh:n (FSA the good soil) • spareivV (APPMSN the thing that was sown), • ou|tovV (MSN
this) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • oJ (MSN the) • to;n lovgon (MSA the word) • ajkouvwn (PAPMSN the one hearing) • kai;
(and) • sunieivV (sunivhmi PAPMSN understanding),8 • o}V (MSN which) • dh; (indeed) • karpoforeiæ (PAI3S he/she/it
produces a crop) • kai; (and) • poieiæ (PAI3S he/she/it produces) • o} me;n (some) • eJkatovn (one hundred), • o} de; (and
others) • eJxhvkonta (sixty), • o} de; (and others) • triavkonta (thirty).
13:1 In that day after he went out of the house Jesus was sitting beside the sea; 13:2 and a great crowd gathered
to him so that after getting into a boat to sit down, the whole crowd had stood on the beach.
13:3 And he told them many things in parables, saying, “Behold the one sowing went out to sow. 13:4 And
while he was sowing, some fell beside the road, and the birds came and consumed them. 13:5 But other seed fell on the
rocky ground where it did not have much soil, and immediately it sprang up because it did not have deep soil; 13:6 and
after the sun rose it was scorched, and it dried up because it did not have root. 13:7 But other seed fell among the thorns,
and they choked them. 13:8 But other seed fell on the good soil, and it was giving fruit, some one hundred, some sixty,
and some thirty. 13:9 The one having ears must hear!
13:10 And after the disciples came to him, they asked him, “Why are you speaking to them in parables?” 13:11
And he answered and said to them, “To you has been given to know the mysteries of the Kingdom of Heaven, but to
them it has not been given. 13:12 For whoever has, it will be given to him and he will have more than enough. But to
whoever is not having, even what he has will be taken away from him. 13:13 For this reason I am speaking to them in
parables, because while seeing they are not seeing and while hearing they are not hearing and not understanding, 13:14
and the prophesy of Isaiah is fulfilled in them, saying,
Hearing you will hear and certainly not understand,
And seeing you will see and certainly not see.
13:15 For the heart of this people became dull,
and their ears heard with difficulty,
and they closed their eyes,
lest they would see with the eyes
and hear with the ears
and understand with the heart and turn back
and I would heal them.
13:16 But your eyes are blessed because they are seeing, and your ears because they are hearing. 13:17 For truly
I am saying to you that many prophets and righteous people desired to see what you are seeing and they did not see, and
to hear what you are hearing and they did not hear.
13:18 Therefore, hear the parable of the one sowing. 13:19 When the ones hearing the word of the Kingdom
and are not understanding it, the evil one comes and snatches the thing that was sown in his heart, this is the thing that
was sown beside the road. 13:20 And regarding the thing that was sown on the rocky soil, this is the one who is hearing
the word and immediately receiving it with joy, 13:21 but it does not have root in itself but instead is temporary, and
when suffering or persecution occurs on account of the word immediately he falls away. 13:22 And the one that was
sown into the thorns, this is the one hearing the word, and the worry of the age and the deceitfulness of wealth chokes the
word and it becomes unfruitful. 13:23 But the one that was sown on the good soil is the one hearing the word and
understanding it, who indeed also produces a crop, some one hundred, others sixty, and others thirty.
8
Remember that the stem vowels of mi verbs can change. If there were no vowel change, the form would be sunih + nt
+ V sunihntV sunihV. The tricky thing is that if it were accented sunieiæV then it would be PAI2S.
Present Active Indicative

Parsing
they are
1. levgousin 3 Plural Present Active Indicative levgw PAI3P
saying
he/she/it
2. e[cei 3 Singular Present Active Indicative e[cw PAI3S
is having
we are
3. pisteuvomen 1 Plural Present Active Indicative pisteuvw PAI1P
believing
you
(singular)
4. luveiV 2 Singular Present Active Indicative luvw PAI2S
are
loosing
I am
5. ajkouvw 1 Singular Present Active Indicative ajkouvw PAI1S
hearing
they are
6. blevpousi 3 Plural Present Active Indicative blevpw PAI3P
seeing
7. e[rgoiV Dative Plural Neuter None None e[rgon NPD to works
you are
8. levgete 2 Plural Present Active Indicative levgw PAI2P
saying
he/she/it
9. luvei 3 Singular Present Active Indicative luvw PAI3S
is loosing
you
(singular)
10. pisteuveiV 2 Singular Present Active Indicative pisteuvw PAI2S
are
believing
Warm-up
a. pisteuvw (pisteuvw PAI1S I am believing).

I am believing
b. th;n fwnh;n (FSA the sound/voice) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • ajkouveiV (ajkouvw PAI2S you are hearing).
The voice his you are hearing.
You are hearing his voice.
g. pisteuvete (pisteuvw PAI2P you are believing) • eijV (→A into/in) • to;n qeo;n (MSA the god).
You are believing in the god.
You believe in God.
d. to; provswpon (NSNa the face) • tou: ajgaphtou: (MSG of the beloved) • mou (SG my) • blevpousin (blevpw PAI3P they
are seeing).
The face of the beloved my they are seeing.
They are seeing the face of my beloved.
e. tovte (then) • ajkouvomen (ajkouvw PAI1P we are hearing) • to;n novmon (MSA the law) • meta; (→G with) • caraæV
(FSG/FPA joy).
Then we are hearing the law with joy.
151
z. to;n (MSA the) • de; (and/but) • novmon (MSA law) • tou: kuriou: (MSG of the lord) • ouj (not) • luvete (luvw PAI2P you
are destroying).
The but law of the lord not you are destroying.
But you are not destroying the law of the Lord.
h. blevpei (blevpw PAI3S he/she/it is seeing) • to;n =Ihsou:n (MSA the Jesus).
He is seeing the Jesus.
He sees Jesus.
Translation
1. th;n ajgavphn (MSA the love) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • oujk (not) • e[cete (PAI2P you are having).
The love of the god not you are having.
You do not have the love of God.
2. oJ PevtroV (MSN the Peter) • levgei (levgw PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • aujtw/: (MnSD to him)` • su; (SN you) • ei\ (PAI2S
you are) • oJ cristovV (MSN the Christ).
The Peter is saying to him, “You are the Christ.”
Peter is saying to him, “You are the Christ.”
3. su; (SN you) • pisteuveiV (PAI2S you are believing) • eijV (→A into/in) • to;n uiJo;n (MSA the son) • tou: ajnqrwvpou
(MSG of the man)~
You are believing in the son of the man?
Are you believing in the Son of Man?
4. ejxousivan (FSA authority) • e[cei (PAI3S he/she/it is having) • oJ uiJo;V (MSN the son) • tou: ajnqrwvpou (MSG of the man)
• ajfievnai (to forgive) • aJmartivaV (FSG/FPA sins).
Authority is having the son of the man to forgive sins.
The Son of Man has authority to forgive sins.
5. blevpw (PAI1S I am seeing) • Twbian (MSA Tobiah) • to;n uiJovn (MSA the son) • mou (SG my).
I am seeing Tobiah the son my.
I am seeing Tobiah my son.
6. ei\pen (he/she/it said) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus) • … nu:n (now) • de; (and/but) • levgete
(PAI2P you are saying) • o{ti (that/because) • blevpomen (PAI1P we are seeing).
He said to them the Jesus… now but you are saying that we are seeing.
Jesus said to them, “… And now you say, ‘We see’?”
7. oujk (not) • ajkouvete (PAI2P you are hearing), • o{ti (that/because) • ejk (→G from) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • oujk
(not) • ejstev (PAI2P you are).
Not you are hearing because from the god not you are.
You do not hear because you are not from God.
8. levgousin (PAI3P they are saying) • tw:/ tuflw:/ (MnSD to the blind) • pavlin (again)` • tiv (what) • su; (SN you) • levgeiV
(PAI2S you are saying) • peri; (→G concerning) • aujtou: (MnSG him).
They are saying to the blind again, “What you are saying concerning him.”
9. kai; (and) • ei\pen (he/she/it said) • Daui;d (MSNx David) • pro;V (→A to) • Saouvl (MSAx Saul)` • tiv (why) • ajkouveiV
(PAI2S you are hearing) • tw:n lovgwn (MPG of the words) • tou: o[clou (MSG of the crowd)~
And said David to Saul, “Why are you hearing the words of the crowd?”
And David said to Saul, “Why are you listening to the words of the crowd?”
10. ojfqalmoi; (eyes) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • kai; (and) • ouj (not) • blevpousin (PAI3P they are seeing), • w\ta (ears) •
aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • kai; (and) • oujk (not) • ajkouvousin (PAI3P they are hearing).
Eyes to them and not they are seeing, ears to them and not they are hearing.
They have eyes, and are not seeing; they have ears, and are not hearing.
OR Although they have eyes, they are not seeing; although they have ears, they are not hearing.
Exercise 16 – Track 2: Present Active Indicative 153
Additional
11. o{ti (that/because) • ejn (→D in) • tw/: oi[kw/ (MSD the house) • ejsti;n (PAI3S he/she/it is) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus), •
oiJ o[cloi (MPN the crowd) • ajkouvousin (PAI3P they are hearing) • tw:n lovgwn (MPG of the words) • tou: qeou: (MSG
of the god) • kai; (and) • oiJ tufloi; (MPN the blind) • blevpousin (PAI3P they are seeing).
Because in the house is the Jesus, the crowd are hearing the words of the god and the blind they are seeing.
Because Jesus is in the house, the crowd is hearing the words of God, and the blind are seeing.
12. th;n cara;n (FSA the joy) • tou: kurivou (MSG of the lord) • ejn (→D in) • taiæV kardivaiV (FPD the hearts) • tw:n
ajgaphtw:n (MfnPG of the beloved) • blevpeiV (PAI2S you are seeing)~
The joy of the lord in the hearts of the beloved you are seeing?
Are you seeing the joy of the Lord in the hearts of the beloved?
13. kai; (and) • ei\pen (he/she/it said) • kuvrioV (MSN lord) • pro;V (→A to) • Mwu&sh:n (MSA Moses)` • tiv (why?) • ouj (not)
• pisteuvousivn (PAI3P they are believing) • moi (SD to me) • ejn (→D in) • pa:sin (MnPD all) • toiæV shmeivoiV (MPD the
signs) • oi|V (that) • blevpousin (PAI3P they are seeing) • ejn (→D in) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them)~
And said lord to Moses, “Why not they are believing me in all the signs that they are seeing in them?”
And the Lord said to Moses, “Why aren’t they believing me, based on all the signs that they are seeing among
them?”
14. su; (SN you) • ga;r (for) • zwh:V (FSG of life) • kai; (and) • qanavtou (MSG of death) • ejxousivan (FSA authority/power)
• e[ceiV (PAI2S you are having).
You for of life and of death authority/power you are having.
For you have authority over life and death. OR For you have authority over life and death.
15. kai; (and) • ajkouvousin (PAI3P they are hearing) • oiJ ajdelfoi; (MPN the brothers) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • kai; (and) • oJ
oi\koV (MSN the house) • tou: patro;V (MSG of the father) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • kai; (and) • katabaivnousin (PAI3P
they are coming down) • pro;V (→A to) • aujto;n (MSA him).
And they are hearing the brothers his and the house of the father his and they are coming down to him.
This brothers and his father’s house are hearing and coming down to him.
16. ajpo; (→G from) • de; (and/but) • karpou: (MSG of fruit) • tou: xuvlou (NSG of the tree) • o{ (which) • ejstin (PAI3S
he/she/it is) • ejn (→D in) • mevsw/ (MnSD middle) • tou: paradeivsou (MSG of the paradise) • ei\pen (he/she/it said) • oJ
qeovV (MSN the god)` • ouj (not) • favgesqe (you will eat) • ajp= (→G from) • aujtou: (MnSG it)1.
From but of fruit of the tree which is in middle of the paradise he said the god, “Not you will eat from it.”
But from the fruit of the tree which is in the middle of Paradise, God said, “You will not eat from it.”
17. ejgw; (SN I) • de; (and/but) • o{ti (that/because) • th;n ajlhvqeian (FSA the truth) • levgw (PAI1S I am saying), • ouj (not) •
pisteuvete (PAI2P you are believing) • moi (SD me).
I but because that the truth I am saying, not you are believing me.
But because I am telling the truth, you are not believing me.
18. ajlla; (but) • dia; (→G through) • th:V cavritoV (FSG the grace) • tou: kurivou (MSG of the lord) • =Ihsou: (MSG Jesus) •
pisteuvomen (PAI1P we are believing) • swqh:nai (that we are saved).
But through the grace of the Lord Jesus we are believing that we are saved.
19. tovte (then) • levgei (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • aujtw/: (MnSD to him) • oJ Pila:toV (MSN the Pilate)` • oujk (not) •
ajkouveiV (PAI2S you are hearing) • povsa (how many things) • sou (SG you) • katamarturou:sin (PAI3P they are
testifying against)~
Then is saying to him the Pilate, “Not you are hearing how many things you they are testifying against?
Then Pilate says to him, “Don’t you hear how many things they are testifying against you?”
20. =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus) • de; (and/but) • e[kraxen (he/she/it cried out) • kai; (and) • ei\pen (he/she/it said)` • oJ pisteuvwn
(MSN the one who believes) • eijV (→A into/in) • ejme; (SA! me) • ouj (not) • pisteuvei (PAI3S he/she/it is believing) •
eijV (→A into/in) • ejme; (SA! me) • ajlla; (but) • eijV (→A into/in) • to;n pevmyantav (MSA the one who sent) • me (SA
me).
But Jesus cried out and said, “The one who believes in me is not believing in me but in the one who sent me.”
1
The antecedent of aujtou: is karpou: (fruit). Since the antecedent is masculine, aujtou: is masculine, so literally we
might translate it as “him.” But in English (unlike Greek), we think of fruit as being an “it” rather than a “he” (because
English uses “natural gender”), so we should translate aujtou: into English as “it.”
English to Greek
1. they say = levgousi(n) (levgw PAI3P)
2. you (plural) have = e[cete (e[cw PAI2P)
3. we believe = pisteuvomen (pisteuvw PAI1P)
4. he sees = blevpei (blevpw PAI3S)
5. you (singular) hear = ajkouveiV (ajkouvw PAI2S)
Contract Verbs
Parsing
we are
1. lalou:men 1 Plural Present Active Indicative lalevw PAI1P
speaking
they are
2. ajgapw:si 3 Plural Present Active Indicative ajgapavw PAI3P
loving
I am
3. thrw: 1 Singular Present Active Indicative threvw PAI1S
keeping
you
4. plhrou:te 2 Plural Present Active Indicative plhrovw PAI2P (plural)
are filling
they are
5. zhtou:sin 3 Plural Present Active Indicative zhtevw PAI3P
seeking
he/she/it
6. ajgapa:/ 3 Singular Present Active Indicative ajgapavw PAI3S
is loving
you are
7. kaleiæV 2 Singular Present Active Indicative kalevw PAI2S
calling
he/she/it
8. plhroiæ 3 Singular Present Active Indicative plhrovw PAI3S
is filling
Nominative
9. daimovnia or Plural Neuter None None daimovnion NPNa demons
Accusative
he/she/it
10. poieiæ 3 Singular Present Active Indicative poievw PAI3S
is doing
Warm-up
a. ouj (not) • lalw: (lalevw PAI1S I am speaking)1.

I am not speaking
b. aJmartivan (FSA sin) • ouj (not) • poieiæV (poievw PAI2S you are doing).
Sin not you are doing.
You are not doing sin.
g. aujtou;V (MPA them) • ajgapw:sin (ajgapavw PAI3P they are loving).

They are loving them.
d. ta;V ejntola;V (FPA the commandments) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • throu:men (threvw PAI1P we are keeping).
The commandments his we are keeping.
We are keeping his commandments.
e. =Ihsou:n (MSA Jesus) • zhteiæte (zhtevw PAI2P you are seeking).

Jesus you are seeking.
You are seeking Jesus.
1
Notice that the lexical form lalevw is not the same as the PAI1S for contract verbs. For contract verbs, the lexical form
(e.g., lalevw) always shows the contract vowel. But in the text, the contract vowel will have always already contracted
(e.g., the PAI1S form lalw:).
155
z. Daui;d (MSN David) • kaleiæ (kalevw PAI3S he/she/it is calling) • aujto;n (MSA him).
David is calling him.
h. levgousin (PAI3P they are saying) • ga;r (for) • kai; (and) • ouj (not) • poiou:sin (poievw PAI3P they are doing).
They are saying for and not they are doing.
For they are saying but are not doing.
Translation
1. oJ path;r (father) • ajgapa:/ (PAI3S he/she/it loves) • to;n uiJovn (MSA the son).
The father loves the son.
2. oujk (not) • ajnqrwvpoiV (MPD to people) • laleiæ (PAI3S he/she/it is speaking) • ajlla; (but) • qew/: (MSD to god).
Not to people he is speaking but to god.
He is not speaking to people but to God.
3. oi\da (1S I know) • aujto;n (MSA him) • kai; (and) • to;n lovgon (MSA the word) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • thrw: (PAI1S I
am keeping).
I know him and the word his I am keeping.
I know him and am keeping his word.
4. ouj (not) • ga;r (for) • oi[dasin (3P they know) • tiv (what) • poiou:sin (PAI3P they are doing).
Not for they know what they are doing.
For they do not know what they are doing.
5. Tiv (why?) • dev (but/and) • me (me) • kaleiæte (PAI2P you are calling)` • kuvrie (MSV lord), • kuvrie (MSV lord), • kai;
(and) • ouj (not) • poieiæte (PAI2P you are doing) • a} (what) • levgw (PAI1S I am saying)~
Why but me you are calling lord, lord, and not you are doing what I am saying?
But why are you calling me, “Lord, lord,” and are not doing what I am saying?
6. ejk (→G from) • tou: kovsmou (MSG of the world) • lalou:sin (PAI3P they are speaking) • kai; (and) • oJ kovsmoV (MSN
the world) • aujtw:n (MfnPG them) • ajkouvei (PAI3S he/she/it is hearing).
From the world they are speaking and the world them is hearing.
They are speaking from the world, and the world is hearing them.
7. oi[damen (1P we know) • o{ti (that/because) • metabebhvkamen (we have passed) • ejk (→G from) • tou: qanavtou (MSG
the death) • eijV (→A into/in) • th;n zwhvn (FSA the life), • o{ti (because) • ajgapw:men (PAI1P we are loving) • tou;V
ajdelfouvV (MPA the brothers).
We know that we have passed from the death into the life because we are loving the brothers.
We know that we have passed from death into life because we are loving the brothers.
8. levgei (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • tw:/ Sivmwni Pevtrw/ (MSD to the Simon Peter) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus)` • Sivmwn
(MSN Simon) • =Iwavnnou (MSG of John), • ajgapa:V/ (PAI2S you are loving) • me (SA me)~
He is saying to the Simon Peter the Jesus, “Simon of John, you are loving me?”
Jesus is saying to Simon Peter, “Simon, son of John, do you love me?”
9. levgei (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • ou\n (therefore) • aujtw/: (MnSD to him) • oJ Pila:toV (MSN the Pilate)` • ejmoi; (SD!
to me) • ouj (not) • laleiæV (PAI2S you are speaking)~ • oujk (not) • oi\daV (2S you know) • o{ti (that/because) •
ejxousivan (FSA authority) • e[cw (PAI1S I am having)~
He is saying therefore to him the Pilate, “To me not you are speaking? Not you know that authority I am having?”
Therefore, Pilate is saying to him, “Are you not speaking to me? Do you not know that I have authority?”
10. su; (SN you) • pisteuveiV (PAI2S you are believing) • o{ti (that/because) • ei|V (one) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • oJ
qeovV (MSN the god), • kalw:V (well) • poieiæV (PAI2S you are doing) ` • kai; (and) • ta; daimovnia (NPNa the demons) •
pisteuvousin (PAI3P they are believing) • kai; (and) • frivssousin (they tremble).
You are believing that one is the god, well you are doing; and the demons are believing and they tremble.
You believe that God is one; you are doing well. And the demons also believe, and they tremble.
Exercise 17 – Track 2: Contract Verbs 157
Additional
11. tou;V novmouV (MPA the laws) • kai; (and) • ta;V ejntola;V (FPA the commandments) • throu:men (PAI1P we are
keeping), • o{ti (because) • ajgapw:men (PAI1P we are loving) • to;n kuvrion (MSA the lord) • kai; (and) • pisteuvomen
(PAI1P we are believing) • eijV (→A in) • to;n uiJo;n (MSA the son) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god).
The laws and the commandments we are keeping because we are loving the lord and we are believing in the son of
the god.
We are keeping the laws and the commandments because we love the Lord and we believe in the Son of God.
12. ejn (→D in) • th/: prwvth/ hJmevra/ (FSD the first day) • tou: sabbavtou (NSG of the week) • to;n lovgon (MSA the word) •
tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • lalw: (PAI1S I am speaking) • toiæV pistoiæV (MPD to the believers).
In the first day of the week the word of the god I am speaking to the believers.
On the first day of the week I am speaking the word of God to the believers.
13. ajkouveiV (PAI2S you are hearing) • mou (SG me), • =Iakwvb (MSNx Jacob), • kai; (and) • =Israhvl (MSNx Israel), • o}n
(MSA whom) • ejgw; (SN I) • kalw: (PAI1S I am calling)` • ejgwv (SN I) • eijmi (PAI1S I am) • prw:toV (MSN first) • kai;
(and) • ejgwv (SN I) • eijmi (PAI1S I am) • eijV (→A into/in) • to;n aijw:na (MSA the eternity).
You are hearing me, Jacob, and Israel, whom I am calling; I am first and I am into the eternity.
You hear me, Jacob and Israel, whom I call. I am the first, and I am forever.
14. ouj (not) • laleiæ (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • peri; (→G concerning) • ejmou: (SG! me) • kalav (NPNa good) • ajlla;
(but) • … kakav (NPNa bad).
Not he is saying concerning me good but … bad.
He is not saying good things about me but … bad.
15. levgei (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • de; (and/but) • kuvrioV (MSN lord)` • ijdouv (behold), • poiw: (PAI1S I am doing) • ta;
e[scata (NPNa the last) • wJV (like) • ta; prw:ta (NPNa the first).
He is saying but lord, “Behold, I am doing the last like the first.”
But the Lord is saying, “Behold, I am making the last things like the first things.”
16. eij (if) • ou\n (therefore) • Daui;d (MSNx David) • kaleiæ (PAI3S he/she/it is calling) • aujto;n (MSA him) • kuvrion (MSA
lord), • pw:V (how?) • uiJo;V (MSN son) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is)~
If therefore David is calling him lord, how son his he is?
Therefore, if David is calling him “Lord,” how is he his son?
17. oJ (MSN the) • mh; (not) • ajgapw:n (MSN one who loves) • me (SA) • tou;V lovgouV (MPA the words) • mou (SG my) • ouj
(not) • threiæ (PAI3S he/she/it is keeping)` • kai; (and) • oJ lovgoV (MSN the word) • o}n (MSA that) • ajkouvete (PAI2P
you are hearing) • oujk (not) • e[stin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • ejmo;V (ejmovV MSN my) • ajlla; (but) • tou: (MSG of the)… •
patrovV (MSG father).
The not one who loves me the words my not he is keeping, and the word that you are hearing not is my but of the …
father.
The one who does not love me is not keeping my words, and the word that you are hearing is not mine, but the
father’s.
18. kai; (and) • katedivwxen (he/she/it sought intently) • aujto;n (MSA him) • Sivmwn (MSN Simon) • kai; (and) • oiJ (MPN
the) • met= (→G with) • aujtou: (MnSG him), • kai; (and) • eu|ron (they found) • aujto;n (MSA him) • kai; (and) •
levgousin (PAI3P they are saying) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him) • o{ti (quotation marks) • pavnteV (all) • zhtou:sivn (PAI3P
they are seeking) • se (SA you).
And he sought intently him Simon and the with him, and they found him and they are saying to him, “All are
seeking you.”
And Simon and those with him sought him intently, and they found him, and are saying to him, “Everyone is seeking
you.”
19. oiJ maqhtai; (MPN the disciples) • levgousin (PAI3P they are saying) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him)` • dia; tiv (for what
reason?) • ejn (→D in) • parabolaiæV (FPD parables) • laleiæV (PAI2S you are speaking) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them)~
The disciples are saying to him, “For what reason in parables you are speaking to them?”
The disciples are saying to him, “Why are you speaking to them in parables?”
20. oJ dou:loV (MSN the slave) • oujk (not) • oi\den (3S he/she/it knows) • tiv (what) • poieiæ (PAI3S he/she/it is doing) •
aujtou: (MnSG his) • oJ kuvrioV (MSN lord).
The slave not knows what is doing his the lord.
The slave does not know what his lord is doing.
Present Middle/Passive Indicative

Parsing
Inflected / Case Number Gender Voice Mood Lexical Form Code Meaning1
he/she/it is
Middle or
1. ajkouvetai 3 Singular Present Indicative ajkouvw PMpI3S being
Passive
heard
you
Middle or (plural)
2. luvesqe 2 Plural Present Indicative luvw PMpI2P
Passive are being
loosed
(Middle
or I am
3. e[rcomai 1 Singular Present Indicative e[rcomai PMpdI1S
Passive) going
Deponent
(Middle
or he/she/it is
4. ajpokrivnetai 3 Singular Present Indicative ajpokrivnomai PMpdI3S
Passive) answering
Deponent
(Middle
or they are
5. poreuvontai 3 Plural Present Indicative poreuvomai PMpdI3P
Passive) going
Deponent
(Middle
you
or
6. e[rcesqe 2 Plural Present Indicative e[rcomai PMpdI2P (plural)
Passive)
are going
Deponent
(Middle you
or (singular)
7. ajpokrivnh/ 2 Singular Present Indicative ajpokrivnomai PMpdI2S
Passive) are
Deponent answering
he/she/it is
8. sunavgei 3 Singular Present Active Indicative sunavgw PAI3S
gathering
we are
Middle or
9. ajgapwvmeqa 1 Plural Present Indicative ajgapavw PMpI1P being
Passive
loved
(Middle
or they are
10. duvnantai 3 Plural Present Indicative duvnamai PMpdI3P
Passive) able
Deponent
Warm-up
a. sunavgetai (sunavgw PMpI3S he/she/it is being gathered) • pro;V (→A to) • aujto;n (MSA him) • o[cloV (MSN crowd).
Is being gathered to him crowd.
A crowd is being gathered to him.
b. e[rcetai (e[rcomai PMpdI3S he/she/it is going) • eijV (→A into/in) • oi\kon (MSA house).
He is going into a house.
1
For forms that could be either middle or passive, we list the passive meaning.
159
g. kaleiætai (kalevw PMpI3S it is being called) • Bhqlevem (MSN Bethlehem).

It is called Bethlehem.
d. levgousin (levgw PAI3P they are saying) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him)` • ejrcovmeqa (e[rcomai PMpdI1P we are coming).
They are saying to him, “We are coming.”
e. oJ (MSN the) • de; (and/but) • =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus) • ajpokrivnetai (ajpokrivnomai PMpdI3S he/she/it is answering) •
aujtoiæV (MnPD to them).
The but Jesus is answering them.
But Jesus is answering them.
z. e[rcontai (e[r] comai PMpdI3P they are going) • pro;V (→A to) • to;n =Ihsou:n (MSA the Jesus).
They are going to Jesus.
h. kai; (and) • poreuvesqe (poreuvomai PMpdI2P you are going) • eijV (→A into/in) • to;n tovpon (MSA the place).
And you are going into the place.
Translation
1. kai; (and) • sunavgontai (PMpI3P they are being gathered) • oiJ ajpovstoloi (MPN the apostles) • pro;V (→A to) • to;n
=Ihsou:n (MSA the Jesus).
And they are being gathered the apostles to the Jesus.
And the apostles are being gathered to Jesus.
2. levgousin (PAI3P they are saying) • aujtw/: (MnSD to him)` • dunavmeqa (PMpdI1P we are able).
They are saying to him, “We are able.”
3. tovte (then) • e[rcetai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is going) • met= (→G with) • aujtw:n (MfnPG them) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the
Jesus).
Then Jesus is going with them.
4. o{pou (where) • eijmi; (PAI1S I am) • ejgw; (SN I) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • ouj (not) • duvnasqe (PMpdI2P you are able) •
ejlqeiæn (to go).
Where I am, you are not able to go.
5. poreuvomai (PMpdI1S I am going) • eJtoimavsai (to prepare) • tovpon (MSA place) • uJmiæn (PD for you).
I am going to prepare a place for you.
6. nu:n (now) • de; (and/but) • pro;V (→A to) • se; (you) • e[rcomai (PMpdI1S I am going) • kai; (and) • tau:ta (NPNa
these) • lalw: (PAI1S I am speaking) • ejn (→D in) • tw:/ kovsmw/ (MSD the world).
Now but to you I am going and these I am speaking in the world.
But now I am coming to you, and am speaking these things in the world.
7. mh; (not) • ga;r (for) • ejk (→G from) • th:V GalilaivaV (FSG the Galilee) • oJ cristo;V (MSN the Christ) • e[rcetai
(PMpdI3S he/she/it is coming)~
Not for from the Galilee the Christ is coming?
For the Christ is not coming from Galilee, right?2
8. levgei (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus)` • pisteuvete (PAI2P you are
believing) • o{ti (that) • duvnamai (PMpdI1S I am able) • tou:to (NSNa this) • poih:sai (to do)~ • levgousin (PAI3P
they are saying) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him)` • naiv (yes).
He is saying to them the Jesus, “You are believing that I am able this to do?” They are saying to him, “Yes.”
Jesus is saying to them, “Do you believe that I am able to do this?” And they are saying to him, “Yes.”
2
Because the Greek question begins with mhv, it expects the answer, “No, the Christ is not coming from Galilee.” Adding
“, right” at the end of the question is one way to communicate this expectation in English.
Exercise 18 – Track 2: Present Middle/Passive Indicative 161
9. kai; (and) • ga;r (for) • ejgw; (SN I) • a[nqrwpovV (MSN man) • eijmi (PAI1S I am) • uJpo; (→A under) • ejxousivan (FSA
authority), • kai; (and) • levgw (PAI1S I am saying) • touvtw/ (MnSD to this)` • poreuvqhti (go!), • kai; (and) •
poreuvetai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is going), • kai; (and) • a[llw/ (MnSD to another)` • e[rcou (come!), • kai; (and) •
e[rcetai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is coming), • kai; (and) • tw/: douvlw/ (MSD to the slave) • mou (SG my)` • poivhson (do!) •
tou:to (NSNa this), • kai; (and) • poieiæ (PAI3S he/she/it is doing).
And for I man I am under authority, and I am saying to this, “Go!” and he is going, and to another, “Come!” and he
is coming, and to the slave my, “Do this!” and he is doing.
For I am also a man under authority, and I say to this one, “Go!” and he goes, and to another, “Come!” and he
comes, and to my slave, “Do this!” and he does it.
10. kai; (and) • ei\pen (he/she/it said) • aujth:/ (FSD to her) • oJ a[ggeloV (MSN the angel) • kurivou (MSG of lord)` • +Aga;r
(FSN Hagar) • … povqen (from where?) • e[rch/ (PMpdI2S you are coming) • kai; (and) • pou: (where?) • poreuvh/
(PMpdI2S you are going)` • kai; (and) • ei\pen (he/she/it said)` • ajpo; (→G from) • proswvpou (NSG face) • SavraV
(FSG of Sarah) • th:V kurivaV (FSG the mistress).
And said to her the angel of lord, “Hagar… from where are you coming and where are you going,” and she said,
“From face of Sarah the mistress.”
And the angel of the Lord said to her, “Hagar… from where are you coming, and where are you going?” And she
said, “From the face of Sarah, my mistress.”
Additional
11. eijV (→A into) • th;n oijkivan (FSA the house) • ejrcovmeqa (PMpdI1P we are going), • oi[damen (1P we know) • ga;r
(for) • o{ti (that) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus) • toiæV o[cloiV (MPD to the crowd) • ejkeiæ (there) • laleiæ (PAI3S he/she/it
is speaking).
Into the house we are going, we know for that the Jesus to the crowd there is speaking.
We are going into the house, because we know that Jesus is speaking to the crowd there.
12. oJ (MSN the) • de; (and/but) • =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus) • ajpokrivnetai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is answering) • toiæV ponhroiæV
(MnPD the evil) • o{ti (that) • uJpo; (→G by) • tw:n pistw:n (FPG the believers) • ajgapa:tai (PMpI3S he/she/it is being
loved.
The but Jesus is answering the evil that by the believers he is being loved.
But Jesus is answering the evil (men? things?) that he is being loved by the believers.
13. kai; (and) • e[rcontai (PMpdI3P they are going) • oiJ a[ggeloi (MPN the angels) • eijV (→A into/in) • to;n tovpon (MSA
the place) • ejkeiænon (MSA that) • kai; (and) • lalou:sin (PAI3P they are speaking) • tou;V lovgouV (MPA the words) •
eijV (→A into/in) • ta; w\ta (NPNa the ears) • tou: o[clou (MSG of the crowd).
And the angels are going into that place and are speaking the words into the ears of the crowd.
14. oujk (not) • eijsi;n (PAI3P they are) • lovgoi (MPN words) • o{ti (that/because) • oujk (not) • ajkouvontai (PMpI3P they
are being heard) • aiJ fwnai; (FPN the sounds) • aujtw:n (MfnPG their).
They are not words because their sounds are not being heard.
15. genea; (FSN generation) • poreuvetai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is going) • kai; (and) • genea; (FSN generation) • e[rcetai
(PMpdI3S is coming) • kai; (and) • hJ gh: (FSN the earth) • eijV (→A into/in) • to;n aijw:na (MSA the eternity) • e{sthken
(he/she/it remains).
A generation goes and a generation comes and the earth remains into eternity.
16. kardiva/ (FSD with heart) • ga;r (for) • pisteuvetai (PMpI3S he/she/it is being believed) • eijV (→A into/in) •
dikaiosuvnhn (FSA righteousness), • stovmati (NSD with mouth) • de; (and/but) • oJmologeiætai (PMpI3S he/she/it is
being confessed) • eijV (→A into/in) • swthrivan (FSA salvation).
For with the heart it is believed unto righteousness, and with the mouth it is confessed unto salvation.
17. kai; (and) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • oJ ajnh;r (MSN the man) • oJ presbuvthV (MSN the elder)` • pou: (where?)
• poreuvh/ (PMpdI2S you are going) • kai; (and) • povqen (from where) • e[rch/ (PMpdI2S you are coming)~
And the old man said, “Where are you going and from where are you coming?”
18. tiv (NSNa why?) • ou|toV (MSN this) • ou{twV (thus) • laleiæ (PAI3S he/she/it is speaking?)~ • blasfhmeiæ (PAI3S
he/she/it is blaspheming)` • tivV (MfSN who?) • duvnatai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is able) • ajfievnai (to forgive) •
aJmartivaV (FPA sins) • eij mh; (except) • ei|V (MSN one) • oJ qeovV (MSN the god)~
Why is this man speaking this way? He is blaspheming! Who is able to forgive sins except one, namely God?
19. pisteuvontai (PMpI3P they are believed) • ta; e[rga (NPNa the works) • tou: satana: (MSG of the Satan), • kosmw:/
(MSD to the world) • luvetai (PMpI3S he/she/it is being loosed) • de; (and/but) • hJ kakh; zw;n (FSN the evil life) •
aujtou: (MnSG his) • tw:/ =Ihsou: (MSD by the Jesus).
The works of Satan are believed, and his evil life is being loosed to the world by Jesus.
20. kai; (and) • ei\pen (he/she/it said) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him) • Naqanahvl (MSNx Nathaniel)` • ejk (→G from) • Nazare;t
(FSGx Nazareth) • duvnataiv (PMpdI3S he/she/it is able) • ti (what) • ajgaqo;n (MSA good) • ei\nai (to come)~
And Nathaniel said to him, “What good is able to come from Nazareth?”
Imperfect Indicative
Parsing
you
(singular)
1. ejpivsteueV 2 Singular Imperfect Active Indicative pisteuvw IAI2S
were
believing
you
(plural)
2. hjkouvete 2 Plural Imperfect Active Indicative ajkouvw IAI2P
were
hearing
we were
3. hjkolouqou:men 1 Plural Imperfect Active Indicative ajkolouqevw IAI1P
following
(Middle
he/she/it
or
4. h[rceto 3 Singular Imperfect Indicative e[rcomai IMpdI3S was
Passive)
going
Deponent
(Middle
or they were
5. ejporeuvonto 3 Plural Imperfect Indicative poreuvomai IMpdI3P
Passive) going
Deponent
you
(singular)
Middle or
6. ejplhrou:1 2 Singular Imperfect Indicative plhrovw IMpI2S were
Passive
being
filled
you
(plural)
7. ejdidavskete 2 Plural Imperfect Active Indicative didavskw IAI2P
were
teaching
(Middle
or I was
8. ejporeuovmhn 1 Singular Imperfect Indicative poreuvomai IMpdI1S
Passive) going
Deponent
he/she/it
was
9. periepavtei 3 Singular Imperfect Active Indicative peripatevw IAI3S
walking
around
I was
1 Singular
asking /
10. ejphrwvtwn or or Imperfect Active Indicative ejphrwtavw IAI1S/3P
they were
3 Plural
asking
Warm-up
a. ejzhtou:men (zhtevw IAI1P we were seeking) • aujtovn (MSA him).

We were seeking him.
1
The accent is critical here. If it were accented ejplhvrou, then it would be IAI3S, meaning “he/she/it was filling.”
163
b. ejpoiveiV (poievw IAI2S you were making) • to;n kovsmon (MSA the world).
You were making the world.
g. hjkolouvqoun (ajkolouqevw IAI1S/3P I was following / they were following) • aujtw:/ (MnSD him).
I was following him. OR They were following him.
d. oiJ Farisaiæoi (MPN the Pharisees) • e[blepon (blevpw IAI1S/3P they were looking) • pro;V (→A towards) • aujtovn
(MSA him).
The Pharisees were looking towards him.
e. ejgw; (SN I) • de; (and/but) • … hjrcovmhn (e[rcomai IMpdI1S I was coming) • ejk (→G from) • MesopotamivaV (FSG/FPA
Mesopotamia).
And I … was coming from Mesopotamia.
z. ejporeuvonto (poreuvomai IMpdI3P they were going) • kai; (and) • ejlavloun (lalevw IAI1S/3P they were talking).
They were going and talking.
h. oiJ novmoi (MPN the laws) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • uJpo; (→G by) • tou: =Ihsou: (MSG the Jesus) • ejpoiou:nto (poievw
IMpI3P they were being done).
The laws of God were being done by Jesus.
Translation
1. aujto;V (MSN he) • ejdivdasken (IAI3S he/she/it was teaching) • ejn (→D in) • taiæV sunagwgaiæV (FPD the synagogues) •
aujtw:n (MfnPG their).
He was teaching in their synagogues.
2. ejpoivei (IAI3S he/she/it was doing) • wJV (as) • h[qele (IAI3S he/she/it was desiring).
He was doing just as he desired.
3. oJ a[nqrwpoV (MSN the man) • uiJo;V (MSN son) • qeou: (MSG of god) • h\n (PAI3S he/she/it was).
The man son of god was.
The man was a son of a god / the son of a god / a son of God / the Son of God.2
4. parabolaiæV (FPD with parables) • pollaiæV (many) • ejlavlei (IAI3S he/she/it was speaking) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to
them) • to;n lovgon (MSA the word) • kaqw;V (just as) • hjduvnanto (IMpdI3P they were able) • ajkouvein (to listen).
With many parables he was speaking the word to them just as they were able to listen.
5. kai; (and) • aujth; (FSN she) • ejlavlei (IAI3S he/she/it was speaking) • ejn (→D in) • th:/ kardiva/ (FSD the heart) •
aujth:V (FSG her) … • kai; (and) • fwnh; (FSN voice) • aujth:V (FSG her) • oujk (not) • hjkouveto (IMpI3S he/she/it was
being heard).
And she was speaking in her heart… and her voice was not being heard.
6. oJ … PevtroV (MSN the Peter) • ejthreiæto (IMpI3S he/she/it was being kept) • ejn (→D in) • th/: fulakh/: (FSD the
prison).
Peter was being kept in the prison.
7. hjgavpa (IAI3S he/she/it was loving) • de; (and/but) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus) • th;n Mavrqan (FSA the Martha) • kai;
(and) • th;n ajdelfh;n (FSA the sister) • aujth:V (FSG her) • kai; (and) • to;n Lavzaron (MSA the Lazarus).
And Jesus was loving Martha, her sister, and Lazarus.
8. hjrwvtwn (IAI1S/3P they were asking) • aujto;n (MSA him) • oiJ (MPN the) • peri; (→A around) • aujto;n (MSA him) •
su;n (with) • toiæV dwvdeka (twelve) • ta;V parabolavV (FPA the parables).
Those around him, together with the twelve, were asking him about the parables.
2
Exercise 21 – Track 2: Imperfect Indicative 165
9. levgei (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus)` • eij (if) • tevkna (NPNa
children) • tou: =Abraavm (MSG of the Abraham) • ejste (PAI2P you are), • ta; e[rga (NPNa the works) • tou: =Abraa;m
(MSG of the Abraham) • ejpoieiæte (IAI2P you were doing).
Is saying to them the Jesus, “If children of the Abraham you are, the works of the Abraham you were doing.”
Jesus is saying to them, “If you were children of Abraham, you would do the works of Abraham.”
10. kai; (and) • meta; (→A after) • tau:ta (NPNa these) • periepavtei (IAI3S he/she/it was walking around) • oJ =Ihsou:V
(MSN the Jesus) • ejn (→D in) • th:/ Galilaiva/ (FSD the Galilee)` • ouj (not) • ga;r (for) • h[qelen (IAI3S he/she/it was
desiring) • ejn (→D in) • th:/ =Ioudaiva/ (FSD the Judea) • peripateiæn (to walk), • o{ti (because) • ejzhvtoun (IAI1S/3P
they were seeking) • aujto;n (MSA him) • oiJ =Ioudaiæoi (MPN the Jews) • ajpokteiænai (to kill).
And after these things Jesus was walking around in Galilee because he was not desiring to walk in Judea because
the Jews were seeking to kill him.
Additional
11. ejn (→D in) • taiæV hJmevraiV (FPD the days) • tou: =Ihsou: (MSG of the Jesus) • oiJ ponhroi; (MPN the evil) • daimovnia
(NPNa demons) • hjkolouvqoun (IAI1S/3P they were following) • ajlla; (but) • oiJ ajgaqoi; (MPN the good) • to;n
kuvrion (MSA the lord).
In the days of the Jesus the evil {subject} demons {direct object} were following, but the good {subject} the lord
{direct object}.
In the days of Jesus, the evil people were following demons, but the good people were following the Lord.
12. oiJ (MPN the) • de; (and/but) • a[ggeloi (MPN angels) • h[kouon (IAI1S/3P they were hearing) • tou: ajpostovlou (MSG
the apostle), • ejdivdasken (IAI3S he/she/it was teaching) • ga;r (for) • tou;V FarisaivouV (MPA the Pharisees) • ejn
(→D in) • th/: sunagwgh/: (FSD the synagogue).
But the angels were listening to the apostle, for he was teaching the Pharisees in the synagogue.
13. kai; (and) • e[legon (IAI1S/3P they were saying) ` • ajgaqh; (FSN good) • hJ gh: (FSN the land).
And they were saying, “The land is good.”
14. oiJ Leuiætai (MPN the Levites) • ejdivdaskon (IAI1S/3P they were teaching) • to;n novmon (MSA the law) • kurivou (MSG
of lord).
The Levites were teaching the law of the Lord.
15. oJ o[cloV (MSN the crowd) • h[rceto (IMpdI3S he/she/it was coming) • pro;V (→A to) • aujtovn (MSA him), • kai; (and) •
ejdivdasken (IAI3S he/she/it was teaching) • aujtouvV (MPA them).
The crowd was coming to him, and he was teaching them.
16. kai; (and) • ejporeuvesqe (IMpdI2P you were walking around) • ojpivsw (→G behind) • qew:n (MPG gods) • ajllotrivwn
(MPG other).
And you were walking around behind other gods.
And you were following other gods.
17. o{te (when) • h[mhn (IMpdI1S I was) • nhvpioV (MSN child), • ejlavloun (IAI1S/3P I was speaking) • wJV (as) • nhvpioV
(MSN child).
When I was a child, I was speaking as a child.
18. ejphrwvta (IAI3S he/she/it was asking) • aujto;n (MSA him) • kai; (and) • levgei (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • aujtw/:
(MnSD to him)` • su; (SN you) • ei\ (PAI2S you are) • oJ cristo;V (MSN the Christ) • oJ uiJo;V (MSN the son) • tou:
eujloghtou: (MSG of the blessed)~
He was asking him and saying to him, “Are you the Christ, the Son of the Blessed?”
19. =Agaphtoiv (MPN beloved), • oujk (not) • ejntolh;n (FSA commandment) • kainh;n (FSA new) • gravfw (PAI1S I am
writing) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • ajll= (but) • ejntolh;n (FSA commandment) • palaia;n (FSA old) • h}n (that) • ei[cete
(IAI2P you were having) • ajp= (→G from) • ajrch:V (FSG beginning).
Beloved, I am not writing a new commandment to you but an old commandment that you were having from the
beginning.
20. kai; (and) • eujqu;V (immediately) • toiæV savbbasin (NPD on the Sabbaths) • eijselqw;n (after entering) • eijV (→A
into/in) • th;n sunagwgh;n (FSA the synagogue) • ejdivdasken (IAI3S he/she/it was teaching).
And immediately on the Sabbaths after entering into the synagogue, he began to teach.3
3
By adding the words “began to” we are interpreting the imperfect as an “inceptive imperfect.” This is just one example
of the kinds of things you can learn from Wallace (pp. 544-545) in second-year Greek class!
Chapters 15-18, 21
Grammar
1. Define the following three aspects, clearly differentiating among them.
a. Continuous aspect describes the action of the verb as an ongoing process. E.g., “The car was slowing down.”
b. Undefined aspect describes the action of the verb as a simple event, without commenting on whether or not it
is a process. Undefined aspect gives the minimum amount of information about the action of a verb. E.g., “The
car slowed down.”
c. Punctiliar aspect describes the action of a verb as occurring at a single point of time. E.g., “The car hit the
brick wall.” Punctiliar aspect is the opposite of continuous aspect. Punctiliar aspect is a category of English
grammar, not of Greek grammar.
2. Write out the twelve forms of luvw, present active and passive
Present Active
1st sg luvw 1st pl luvomen
nd nd
2 sg luveiV 2 pl luvete
3rd sg luvei 3rd pl luvousi(n)
Present Passive
st
1 sg luvomai 1st pl luovmeqa
2nd sg luvh/ 2nd pl luvesqe
rd rd
3 sg luvetai 3 pl luvontai

Aug/ Tense Personal
Tense Redup Tense stem formative Conn. vowel endings First singular
Pres mid/pas pres o/e prim mid/pas luvomai
Imperf act e pres o/e sec act e[luon
Imperf mid/pas e pres o/e sec mid/pas ejluovmhn
4. What are “The Big Five” contraction rules?
a. ou is formed by eo, oe, and oo.
b. ei is formed by ee.
c. w is formed by almost any combination of omicron or omega with any other vowel, except for rule “a” above.
d. a is formed from ae.
e. h is formed from ea.
167
5. What vowels form the following contractions?

a. ei e+e
b. ei  e + ei
c. a  a + e (or a + a, or a + h)
d. ou  o + o
e. ou  o + e
f. ou  e + o
g. w  a + w (or a + o, e + w, o + w, w + a, o + a, w + e, or w + o)
6. How do you form the following English tenses with the verb “eat”?
a. Present active continuous – “is eating.”
b. Present passive punctiliar – “was eaten.”
7. Define what a “deponent” verb is and give one example.

• A deponent verb is middle or passive in form, but active in meaning.
• E.g., e[rcomai is middle or passive in form, since it uses the middle/passive personal ending mai, and its meaning
“I come” is active.
8. When are primary and secondary endings used?
a. Primary endings are used in all finite verbs1 except for those with absolute past time.2 Of the tenses we’ve
learned thus far, they are used in the present, future, and perfect tenses.
b. Secondary endings are used in all verbs with absolute past time; namely for the indicative mood, in the
imperfect and aorist tenses.3
9. What are the three basic rules of augmentation?

a. Verbs beginning with a consonant augment by prefixing an epsilon with a smooth breathing mark.
(E.g., lu ejlu)
b. Verbs beginning with a vowel augment by lengthening the vowel. Alpha and epsilon lengthen to eta.
(E.g., ejrc hjrc).
Omicron lengthens to omega. (E.g., oJmo wJmo ).
Other vowels are unchanged.
c. Verbs beginning with a diphthong augment by lengthening the first vowel of the diphthong.
(E.g., aijt h/t).
But some diphthongs do not augment at all.
1
By saying “finite verbs” we are excluding participles and infinitives.
2
Advanced information: Primary endings are also not used in the imperative and optative moods. The imperative mood
(chapter 33) has its own personal endings. The optative mood (chapter 35) uses secondary personal endings.
3
Advanced information: Secondary endings are also used in the pluperfect tense (chapter 25 advanced information),
which is absolute past time. They are also used in the optative mood (chapter 35 advanced information), in all tenses,
even though the optative mood does not have absolute past time in any tense.
Chapters 15-18, 21: Review #3 – Track 2 169
Parsing
1. ajkouvete (ajkouvw PAI2P you (plural) are hearing)
2. h[qelen (qevlw IAI3S he/she/it was desiring)
3. poreuvetai (poreuvomai PMpdI3S he/she/it is going)
4. ajgaqaiv (ajgaqovV FPN good)
5. pisteuvei (pisteuvw PAI3S he/she/it is believing)
6. ei\cen (e[cw IAI3S he/she/it was having)
7. throu:mai (threvw PMpI1S I am keeping for myself / I am being kept)
8. ejdivdasken (didavskw IAI3S he/she/it was teaching)
9. hjrwvtoun (ejrwtavw IAI1S/3P I was asking / they were asking)
10. ajgapw:men (ajgapavw PAI1P we are loving)
11. ejduvnato (duvnamai IMpdI3S he/she/it was able)
12. lalw: (lalevw PAI1S I am speaking)
13. peripatou:men (peripatevw PAI1P we are walking around)
14. plhroiæ (plhrovw PAI3S he/she/it is filling)
15. h[rconto (e[rcomai IMpdI3P they were going)
Translation: 1 John 1:5-2:5

1:5 Kai; (and) • e[stin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • au{th (FSN this) • hJ ajggeliva (FSN the message) • h}n (o{V FSA which) •
ajkhkovamen (we have heard) • ajp= (→G from) • aujtou: (MnSG him) • kai; (and) • ajnaggevllomen (we proclaim) • uJmiæn (PD
to you), • o{ti (that) • oJ qeo;V (MSN the god) • fw:V (NSNa light) • ejstin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • kai; (and) • skotiva (FSN
darkness) • ejn (→D in) • aujtw:/ (MnSD him) • oujk (not) • e[stin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • oujdemiva (FSN nothing). • 1:6 =Ea;n
(if) • ei[pwmen (we say) • o{ti (that) • koinwnivan (FSA fellowship) • e[comen (we have) • met= (→G with) • aujtou: (MnSG
him) • kai; (and) • ejn (→D in) • tw:/ skovtei (NSD the darkness) • peripatw:men (we are walking), • yeudovmeqa (we lie) •
kai; (and) • ouj (not) • poiou:men (we do) • th;n ajlhvqeian (FSA the truth)` • 1:7 eja;n (if) • de; (but) • ejn (→D in) • tw:/ fwti;
(NSD the light) • peripatw:men (we walk) • wJV (as) • aujtovV (MSN he) • ejstin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • ejn (→D in) • tw:/ fwtiv
(NSD the light), • koinwnivan (FSA fellowship) • e[comen (we have) • met= (→G with) • ajllhvlwn (MfnPG one another) • kai;
(and) • to; ai|ma (NSNa the blood) • =Ihsou: (MSG of Jesus) • tou: uiJou: (MSG of the son) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • kaqarivzei
(he/she/it cleanses) • hJma:V (PA us) • ajpo; (→G from) • pavshV (FSG all) • aJmartivaV (FSG/FPA sin). • 1:8 eja;n (if) • ei[pwmen
(we say) • o{ti (that) • aJmartivan (FSA sin) • oujk (not) • e[comen (we have), • eJautou;V (eJautou: MPA ourselves) • planw:men
(we deceive) • kai; (and) • hJ ajlhvqeia (FSN the truth) • oujk (not) • e[stin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • ejn (→D in) • hJmiæn (PD us).
• 1:9 eja;n (if) • oJmologw:men (we confess) • ta;V aJmartivaV (FPA the sins) • hJmw:n (PG our), • pistovV (MSN faithful) • ejstin
(eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • kai; (and) • divkaioV (MSN righteous), • i{na (that) • ajfh:/ (he/she/it might forgive) • hJmiæn (PD us) •
ta;V aJmartivaV (FPA the sins) • kai; (and) • kaqarivsh/ (he/she/it will cleanse) • hJma:V (PA us) • ajpo; (→G from) • pavshV
(FSG every) • ajdikivaV (FSG/FPA unrighteousness). • 1:10 eja;n (if) • ei[pwmen (we say) • o{ti (that) • oujc (not) •
hJmarthvkamen (we have sinned), • yeuvsthn (FSA liar) • poiou:men (we make) • aujto;n (MSA him) • kai; (and) • oJ lovgoV
(MSN the word) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • oujk (not) • e[stin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • ejn (→D in) • hJmiæn (PD us).
2:1 Tekniva (NPNav Little children) • mou (SG my), • tau:ta (NPNa these things) • gravfw (I write) • uJmiæn (PD to you)
• i{na (in order that) • mh; (not) • aJmavrthte (you might sin). • kai; (and) • ejavn (if) • tiV (MSN anyone) • aJmavrth/ (he/she/it
sins), • paravklhton (MSA advocate) • e[comen (we have) • pro;V (→A with) • to;n patevra (MSA the father) • =Ihsou:n
Cristo;n (MSA Jesus Christ) • divkaion (MSA righteous) ` • 2:2 kai; (and) • aujto;V (MSN he) • iJlasmovV (MSN atoning
sacrifice) • ejstin (eijmiv 3S he/she/it is) • peri; (→G concerning) • tw:n aJmartiw:n (FPG the sins) • hJmw:n (PG our), • ouj (not)
• peri; (→G concerning) • tw:n hJmetevrwn (MfnPG the our) • de; (and) • movnon (only) • ajlla; (but) • kai; (also) • peri; (→G
concerning) • o{lou (MnSG entire) • tou: kovsmou (MSG the world).
2:3 Kai; (and) • ejn (→D in) • touvtw/ (MnSD this) • ginwvskomen (we know) • o{ti (that) • ejgnwvkamen (we have known)
• aujtovn (MSA him), • eja;n (if) • ta;V ejntola;V (FPA the commandments) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • thrw:men (we keep). • 2:4 oJ
levgwn (MSN the one who says) • o{ti (quotation marks) • e[gnwka (I have known) • aujto;n (MSA him) • kai; (and) • ta;V
ejntola;V (FPA the commandments) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • mh; (not) • thrw:n (is keeping), • yeuvsthV (MSN liar) • ejsti;n (eijmiv
3S he/she/it is) • kai; (and) • ejn (→D in) • touvtw/ (MnSD this) • hJ ajlhvqeia (FSN the truth) • oujk (not) • e[stin (eijmiv 3S
he/she/it is)` • 2:5 o}V (MSN who) • d= (but) • a]n (-ever) • thrh:/ (he/she/it is keeping) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • to;n lovgon (MSA
the word), • ajlhqw:V (truly) • ejn (→D in) • touvtw/ (MnSD this) • hJ ajgavph (FSN the love) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) •
teteleivwtai (he/she/it has been perfected), • ejn (→D in) • touvtw/ (MnSD this) • ginwvskomen (we know) • o{ti (that) • ejn
(→D in) • aujtw:/ (MnSD him) • ejsmen (eijmiv 1P we are).
1:5 And is this the message that we have heard from him and we proclaim to you, that the god light is and darkness
in him not is none. 1:6 If we say that fellowship we have with him, and in the darkness we are walking, we lie and not
we do the truth; 1:7 If but in the light we walk as he is in the light, fellowship we have with one another and the blood of
Jesus the son his cleanses us from every sin. 1:8 If we say that sin not we have, ourselves we deceive and the truth not is
in us. 1:9 If we confess the sins our, faithful he is and righteous, that he might forgive us the sins and he will cleanse us
from every unrighteousness. 1:10 If we say that not we have sinned, liar we make him and the word his not is in us.
2:1 Little children my, these I write to you in order that not you might sin. And if anyone sins, advocate we have
with the father, Jesus Christ righteous; 2:2 And he atoning sacrifice is concerning the sins our, not concerning the our
and only but also concerning entire the world. 2:3 And in this we know that we have known him, if the commandments
his we keep. 2:4 The one who says, “I have known him,” and the commandments his not is keeping, liar is and in this the
truth not is; 2:5 Who but -ever is keeping his the word, truly in this the love of the god has been perfected, in this we
know that in him we are.
1:5 And this is the message that we have heard from him and we proclaim to you, that God is light, and no darkness
at all is in him. 1:6 If we say that we have fellowship with him, and we are walking in the darkness, we lie and do not do
the truth; 1:7 But if we walk in the light as he is in the light, we have fellowship with one another, and the blood of Jesus
his Son cleanses us from every sin. 1:8 If we say that we do not have sin, we deceive ourselves and the truth is not in us.
1:9 If we confess our sins, he is faithful and righteous to forgive us our sins and to cleanse us from every
unrighteousness. 1:10 If we say that we have not sinned, we make him a liar, and his word is not in us.
2:1 My little children, I write these things to you in order that you might not sin. But if anyone sins, we have an
advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous; 2:2 And he is the atoning sacrifice for our sins, and not ours only,
but also for the entire world. 2:3 And in this way we know that we have known him, if we keep his commandments. 2:4
The one who says, “I have known him” and is not keeping his commandments is a liar, and the truth is not in him; 2:5
But whoever is keeping his word, truly in this one the love of God has been perfected. In this way we know that we are in
him.
Third Declension
Write out the master paradigm of all case endings
M F N M/F N
SN V – n V/– –
SG u V u oV oV
SD i i i i i
SA n n n a/n –
PN i i a eV a
PG wn wn wn wn wn
PA uV V a aV a
Parsing
1. sark • iv Dative Singular Feminine None None savrx FSD to a flesh

2. pavsa • V Accusative Plural Feminine None None pa:V FPA all
Nominative
3. sw:ma • – or Singular Neuter None None sw:ma NSNa body
Accusative
4. sarx • iv Dative Plural Feminine None None savrx FPD to flesh
Nominative
5. pneuvmat • a or Plural Neuter None None pneuvma NPNa spirits
Accusative
6. e{n • a Accusative Singular Masculine None None ei|V MSA one
Masculine
7. pa:s • in Dative Plural None None pa:V MnPD to all
or Neuter
flesh
8. savrk • eV Nominative Plural Feminine None None savrx FPN
(plural)
Masculine
9. tivn • aV Accusative Plural or None None tivV MfPA who?
Feminine
10. oujdevn • a Accusative Singular Masculine None None oujdeivV MSA no one
Warm-up
a. pavnteV (pa:V MPN all) • e[rcontai (PMpdI3P they are going) • pro;V (→A to) • aujtovn (MSA him).
All are going to him.
b. dia; (→G through) • to; o[noma (NSNa the name) • mou (my)
Through my name
g. th;n savrka (FSA the flesh) • tou: uiJou: (MSG of the son) • tou: ajnqrwvpou (MSG of the man)
The flesh of the Son of Man
171
d. eijV (→A in) • o[noma (NSNa name) • profhvtou (MSG of prophet)

In name of prophet
In the name of a prophet
e. Ouj (not) • peri; (→G concerning) • pavntwn (MnPG all) • … levgw (PAI1S I am saying).
Not concerning all I am saying.
I am not talking about everyone
z. tina;V (MfPA some) • ejx (→G from) • aujtw:n (MfnPG them)

Some from them
h. oujde;n (NSNa nothing) • ajpokrivnh/ (PMpdI2S you are answering) • tiv (NSNa what?) • ou|toi (MPN these) • levgousin
(PAI3P they are saying)~
Nothing you are answering what these are saying?
You are answering nothing? What are they saying?
Translation
1. pavnta (NPNa all things) • de; (and/but) • poiw: (PAI1S I am doing) • dia; (→A on account of) • to; eujaggevlion (NSNa
the gospel).
All things but I am doing on account of the gospel.
I am doing all things on account of the Gospel.
2. e[legen (IAI3S he/she/it was saying) • peri; (→G concerning) • tou: naou: (NSG the temple) • tou: swvmatoV (NSG of
the body) • aujtou: (MnSG his).
He was speaking concerning the temple of his body.
3. pneu:ma (NSNa spirit) • savrka (FSA flesh) • kai; (and) • ojsteva (NPNa bones) • oujk (not) • e[cei (PAI3S he/she/it is
having).
Spirit flesh and bones not it is having.
A spirit does not have flesh and bones.
4. to; gegennhmevnon (NSNa that which has been born) • ejk (→G from) • th:V sarko;V (FSG the flesh) • savrx (FSN flesh) •
ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is), • kai; (and) • to; gegennhmevnon (NSNa that which has been born) • ejk (→G from) • tou:
pneuvmatoV (NSG the spirit) • pneu:mav (NSNa spirit) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is).
That which has been born from the flesh flesh is, and that which has been born from the spirit spirit is.
That which has been born from the flesh is flesh, and that which has been born from the spirit is spirit.
5. ajpokathvllaxen (he/she/it has reconciled) • ejn (→D in) • tw/: swvmati (NSD the body) • th:V sarko;V (FSG of the flesh)
• aujtou: (MnSG his) • dia; (→G through) • tou: qanavtou (MSG the death).
He has reconciled in the body of the flesh his through the death.
He has reconciled in the body of his flesh through death.
6. tiv (NSNa why?) • me (SA me) • levgeiV (PAI2S you are saying) • ajgaqovn (MSA / NSNa good) ~ • oujdei;V (MSN no one) •
ajgaqo;V (MSN good) • eij mh; (except) • ei|V (MSN one) • oJ qeovV (MSN the god).
Why me you are saying good? No one good except one the god.
Why are you calling me good? No one is good except one, namely God.
7. oujk (not) • ejste; (PAI2P you are) • ejn (→D in) • sarki; (FSD flesh) • ajlla; (but) • ejn (→D in) • pneuvmati (NSD spirit)
, • ei[per (if) • pneu:ma (NSNa spirit) • qeou: (MSG of god) • oijkeiæ (he/she/it dwells) • ejn (→D in) • uJmiæn (PD you). • eij
(if) • dev (but) • tiV (MfSN anyone) • pneu:ma (NSNa spirit) • Cristou: (MSG of Christ) • oujk (not) • e[cei (PAI3S
he/she/it has), • ou|toV (MSN this) • oujk (not) • e[stin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • aujtou: (MnSG his).
Not you are in flesh but in spirit, if spirit of god dwells in you. If but anyone spirit of Christ not has, this not is his.
You are not in the flesh but in the spirit, if the Spirit of God dwells in you. But if anyone does not have the Spirit of
Christ, that person is not his.
Exercise 10 – Track 2: Third Declension 173
8. e[legon (IAI1S/3P they were saying) • ou\n (therefore) • ejk (→G from) • tw:n Farisaivwn (MPG the Pharisees) • tinevV`
(MfPN some) • oujk (not) • e[stin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • ou|toV (MSN this) • para; (→G from) • qeou: (MSG god) • … o{ti
(that/because) • to; savbbaton (NSNa the Sabbath) • ouj (not) • threiæ (PAI3S he/she/it is keeping).
They were saying therefore from the Pharisees some not he is this from god … because the Sabbath not he is
keeping.
Therefore some from the Pharisees were saying, “This person is not from God… because he is not keeping the
Sabbath.”
9. =Agaphtoiv (ajgaphtovV MPN beloved – substantival), • mh; (not) • pantiv (every) • pneuvmati (pneuvma NSD spirit) •
pisteuvete (believe!) • ajlla; (but) • dokimavzete (test!) • ta; pneuvmata (tov pneuvma NPNa the spirits) • eij (if) • ejk (→G
from) • tou: qeou: (MSG the god) • ejstin (eivmi PAI3S he/she/it is), • o{ti (because) • polloi; (poluvV MPN many) •
yeudoprofh:tai (yeudoprofhvthV MPN false prophets) • ejxelhluvqasin (they have gone out) • eijV (→A into) • to;n
kovsmon (oJ kovsmoV MSA the word). • ejn (→D in) • touvtw/ (ou|toV MnSD this) • ginwvskete (PAI2P you are knowing) •
to; pneu:ma (NSNa the spirit) • tou: qeou:: (MSG of the god)˙ • pa:n (pa:V Every) • pneu:ma (NSNa spirit) • o} (o{V NSNa
that) • oJmologeiæ (he/she/it confesses that) • =Ihsou:n Cristo;n (MSA Jesus Christ) • ejn (→D in) • sarki; (sarx FSD
flesh) • ejlhluqovta (he/she/it has come) • ejk (→G from) • tou: qeou: (MSG the god) • ejstin (eijmiv PAI3S he/she/it is), •
kai; (and) • pa:n (pa:V NSNa every) • pneu:ma (NSNa spirit) • o} (o{V NSNa which) • mh; (not) • oJmologeiæ (confesses) •
to;n jIhsou:n (MSA the Jesus) • ejk (→G from) • tou: qeou: (MSG the god) • oujk (not) • e[stin: (eijmiv PAI3S he/she/it is) •
kai; (and) • tou:tov (this) • ejstin (eijmiv PAI3S he/she/it is) • to; (oJ NSNa the)1 • tou: ajnticrivstou (oJ ajnticrivstoV MSG
of the antichrist), • o} (o}V NSNa which) • ajkhkovate (you have heard) • o{ti (that) • e[rcetai (he/she/it is coming), • kai;
(and) • nu:n (now) • ejn (→D in) • tw/: kovsmw/ (oJ kovsmoV MSD the world) • ejsti;n (eijmiv PAI3S he/she/it is) • h[dh
(already).
Beloved, not every spirit believe, but test the spirits if from the god it is.… In this you know the spirit of the god:
every spirit that confesses that Jesus Christ in flesh has come from the god is, and every spirit which does not
confess the Jesus from the god not is: and this is the of the antichrist, which you have heard that it is coming, and
now in the world is already.
Beloved, do not believe every spirit, but test the spirits to discern if they are from God… In this you know the spirit
of God: Every spirit that confesses that Jesus Christ has come in the flesh is from God, and every spirit which does
not confess that Jesus is from God, is not; and this is the spirit of the Antichrist, about whom you have heard that he
is coming, and he is now already in the world.
10. oi\dav (1S I know) • se (you) • tivV (MfSN who) • ei\ (PAI2S you are), • oJ a{gioV (MSN the holy) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the
god).
I know you who you are, the holy of the god.
I know who you are—the Holy One of God.
Additional
11. pavnteV (MPN all) • oiJ pistoi; (MPN the believers) • su;n (→D with) • tw/: kurivw/ (MSD the lord) • peripatou:sin (PAI3P
they are walking) • diva (→A on account of) • to;n qavnaton (MSA the death) • tou: uiJou: (MSG of the son) • tou: qeou:
(MSG of the god).
All the believers with the lord are walking on account of the death of the son of the god.
All the believers are walking with the Lord on account of the death of the Son of God.
12. oJ (MSN the) • de; (and/but) • qeo;V (MSN god) • oi\den (3S he/she/it knows) • ta; ojnovmata (NPNa the names) • tw:n
aJgivwn (MfnSG of the saints) • kai; (and) • kaleiæ (PAI3S he is calling) • tou;V ajgaphtou;V (MPA the beloved) • aujtou:
(MnSG his) • eijV (→A into) • th;n basileivan (FSA the kingdom) • tou: Crivstou (MSG of the Christ).
The but god knows the names of the saints and is calling the beloved his into the kingdom of the Christ.
But God knows the names of the saints and is calling his beloved ones into the Kingdom of Christ.
1
The word that this article modifies has been omitted. Since the word would match the article in gender, number, and
case, the word that has been omitted is NSNa. The neuter singular word that fits the context is pneu:ma (“spirit”).
13. oJ (MSN the) • ga;r (for) • lalw:n (MSN one who speaks) • glwvssh/ (FSD in tongue) • oujk (not) • ajnqrwvpoiV (MPD to
people) • laleiæ (PAI3S he/she/it is speaking) • ajlla; (but) • qew/: (MSD to god)` • oujdei;V (MSN no one) • ga;r (for) •
ajkouvei (PAI3S he/she/it is hearing), • pneuvmati (NSD to spirit) • de; (and/but) • laleiæ (PAI3S he/she/it is speaking) •
musthvria (NPNa mysteries).
The for one who speaks in tongue not to people is speaking but to god; no one for is hearing, to spirit and is
speaking mysteries.
For the one who speaks in a tongue is not speaking to people but to God; for no one understands, and by spirit he is
speaking mysteries.
14. tou:to (NSNa this) • nu:n (now) • … sa;rx (FSN flesh) • ejk (→G from) • th:V sarko;V (FSG flesh) • mou (SG my).
Now this… is flesh from my flesh
15. ejgw; (SN I) • kai; (and) • oJ path;r (MSN the father) • e{n (NSNa one) • ejsmen (PAI1P we are).
I and the father one we are.
I and the Father are one.
16. oi[damen (1P we know) • o{ti (that/because) • oi\daV (2S you know) • pavnta (NPNa all).
We know that you know all things.
17. toiæV (MnPD to the) • pa:sin (MnPD to all) • gevgona (I have become) • pavnta (NPNa all).
To the all I have become all.
To everyone I have become all things.
18. levgei (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • aujtw/: (MnSD to him) • ªoJ (MSN the)º • =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus) ` • ejgwv (SN I) • eijmi
(PAI1S I am) • hJ oJdo;V (FSN the way) • kai; (and) • hJ ajlhvqeia (FSN the truth) • kai; (and) • hJ zwhv (FSN the life)` •
oujdei;V (MSN no one) • e[rcetai (PMpdI3S he/she/it comes) • pro;V (→A to) • to;n patevra (MSA the father) • eij mh;
(except) • di= (→G through) • ejmou: (SG! me).
He is saying to him ªtheº Jesus, “I am the way and the truth and the life; no one comes to the father except through
me.”
Jesus is saying to him, “I am the way and the truth and the life; no one comes to the father except through me.”
19. oujkevti (no longer) • levgw (PAI1S I am saying) • uJma:V (you) • douvlouV (MPA slaves), • o{ti (because) • oJ dou:loV
(MSN the slave) • oujk (not) • oi\den (3S he/she/it knows) • tiv (NSNa what) • poieiæ (PAI3S he/she/it is doing) • aujtou:
(MnSG his) • oJ kuvrioV (MSN lord).
No longer I am calling you slaves, because the slave not what is doing his the lord.
No longer am I calling you slaves, because a slave does not know what his lord is doing.
20. levgei (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • aujtw/: (MnSD to him) • oJ Pila:toV (MSN the Pilate)` • tiv (NSNa what?) • ejstin
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • ajlhvqeia (FSN truth)~ • … kai; (and) • levgei (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to
them)` • ejgw; (SN I) • oujdemivan (FSA nothing) • euJrivskw (PAI1S I am finding) • ejn (→D in) • aujtw/: (MnSD him) •
aijtivan (FSA guilt).
He is saying to him the Pilate, “What is truth?”… And he is saying to them, “I nothing am finding in him guilt.”
Pilate says to him, “What is truth?”… And he says to them, “I find no guilt in him.”
First and Second Person Personal Pronouns

Parsing
to you
1. soi Dative Singular None None None suv SD
(singular)
2. hJmw:n Genitive Plural None None None ejgwv PG our
you
3. uJmeiæV Nominative Plural None None None suv PN
(plural)
4. ejlpivda Accusative Singular Feminine None None ejlpivV FSA hope
you
5. se Accusative Singular None None None suv SA
(singular)
6. cavritaV Accusative Plural Feminine None None cavriV FPA graces
7. hJma:V Accusative Plural None None None ejgwv PA us
8. pivstewV Genitive Singular Feminine None None pivstiV FSG of faith
to you
9. uJmiæn Dative Plural None None None suv PD
(plural)
10. patrovV Genitive Singular Masculine None None pathvr MSG of father
Warm-up
a. oujk (not) • oi\da (TAI1S I know) • uJma:V (PA you).

Not I know you.
I do not know you.
b. su; (SN you) • e[rch/ (PMpdI2S you are coming) • provV (→A to) • me (SA me)~
You are coming to me?
Are you coming to me?
g. e[cete (PAI2P you are having) • pivstin (FSA faith)~

You are having faith?
Do you have faith?
d. ejn (→D in) • tw:/ ojnovmati (NSD the name) • tou: patrovV (MSG of the father) • mou (SG my)
In the name of my father.
e. dia; (→G through) • pivstewV (FSG faith) • ga;r (for) • peripatou:men (PAI1P we are walking).
Through faith for we are walking.
For we are walking by faith.
z. uJmeiæV (PN you) • ejste (PAI2P you are) • to; fw:V (NSNa the light) • tou: kovsmou (MSG of the world).
You are the light of the world.
h. oujde;n (NSNa nothing) • ajpokrivnh/ (PMpdI2S you are answering)~

Nothing you are answering?
Are you answering nothing?
175
Translation
1. ajpekrivqh (API3S he/she/it answered) • Qwma:V (MSN Thomas) • kai; (and) • ei\pen (he/she/it said) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to
him)` • oJ kuvrioV (MSN the lord) • mou (SG my) • kai; (and) • oJ qeovV (MSN the god) • mou (SG my).
Answered Thomas and said to him, “The lord my and the god my.”
Thomas answered and said to him, “My lord and my God!”
2. Pau:loV (MSN Paul) • ajpovstoloV (MSN apostle) • Cristou: =Ihsou: (MSG of Christ Jesus) • kat= (→A according to) •
ejpitagh;n (FSA command) • qeou: (MSG of god) • swth:roV (MSN savior) • hJmw:n (PG our) • kai; (and) • Cristou:
=Ihsou: (MSG Christ Jesus) • th:V ejlpivdoV (FSG the hope) • hJmw:n (PG our).
Paul apostle of Christ Jesus according to command of god savior our and Christ Jesus the hope our.
Paul, an apostle of Christ Jesus, according to the command of God our savior and Christ Jesus our hope.
3. Pau:loV (MSN Paul) • kai; (and) • Silouano;V (MSN Silvanus) • kai; (and) • TimovqeoV (MSN Timothy) • th/: ejkklhsiva/
(FSD to the church) • Qessalonikevwn (MPG of Thessalonians) • ejn (→D in) • qew/: (MSD god) • patri; (MSD father) •
hJmw:n (PG our) • kai; (and) • kurivw/ (MSD lord) • =Ihsou: Cristw/: (MSD Jesus Christ).
Paul and Silvanus and Timothy to the church of Thessalonians in god father our and lord Jesus Christ.
Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, to the church of the Thessalonians, in God our Father, and the Lord Jesus Christ.
4. levgw (PAI1S I am saying) • de; (and/but) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • o{ti (that/because) • oujde; (and not) • Solomw;n (MSN
Solomon) • ejn (→D in) • pavsh/ (FSD all) • th/: dovxh/ (FSD the glory) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • periebavleto (he/she/it was
clothed) • wJV (as) • e}n (NSNa one) • touvtwn (of these).
I am saying and to you that and not Solomon in all the glory his was clothed as one of these.
I am saying to you that not even Solomon in all his glory was clothed as one of these.
5. ouj (not) • to; e[rgon (NSNa the work) • mou (SG my) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • ejste (PAI2P you are) • ejn (→D in) • kurivw/
(MSD lord)~
Not the work my you are in lord?
Are you not my work in the Lord?
6. misqo;n (reward) • oujk (not) • e[cete (PAI2P you are having) • para; (→D in the presence of) • tw:/ patri; (MSD the
father) • uJmw:n (PG your) • tw:/ (MnSD the) • ejn (→D in) • toiæV oujranoiæV (MPD the heavens).
Reward not you are having in the presence of the father your the in the heavens.
You do not have a reward in the presence of your father in heaven.
7. DikaiwqevnteV (having been justified) • ou\n (therefore) • ejk (→G from) • pivstewV (FSG faith) • eijrhvnhn (FSA peace)
• e[comen (PAI1P we are having) • pro;V (→A with) • to;n qeo;n (MSA the god) • dia; (→G through) • tou: kurivou (MSG
of the lord) • hJmw:n (PG our) • =Ihsou: Cristou: (MSG Jesus Christ).
Having been justified therefore from faith peace we are having with the god through the lord our Jesus Christ.
Therefore, having been justified by faith, we are having peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ.
8. poieiæte (PAI2P you are doing) • ta; e[rga (NPNa the works) • tou: patro;V (MSG of the father) • uJmw:n (PG your). •
ei\pan (they said) • ªou\n (then)º • aujtw/: (MnSD to him)… • e{na (MSA one) • patevra (MSA father) • e[comen (PAI1P we
have) • to;n qeovn (MSA the god).
You are doing the works of the father your. They said ªthenº to him… one father we have the god.
“You are doing the works of your father.” ªThenº they said to him… we have one father, namely God.
9. kai; (and) • euJreqw: (I may be found) • ejn (→D in) • aujtw/: (MnSD him), • mh; (not) • e[cwn (having) • ejmh;n (ejmovV FSA
my) • dikaiosuvnhn (FSA righteousness) • th;n (FSA the) • ejk (→G from) • novmou (MSG law) • ajlla; (but) • th;n (FSA
the) • dia; (→G through) • pivstewV (FSG faith) • Cristou: (MSG of Christ), • th;n (FSA the) • ejk (→G from) • qeou:
(MSG god) • dikaiosuvnhn (FSA righteousness) • ejpi; (→D on the basis of) • th/: pivstei (FSD the faith).
And I may be found in him, not having my righteousness the from law but the through faith of Christ, the from god
righteousness on the basis of the faith.
And I may be found in him, not having my own righteousness, the righteousness from the law, but instead having the
righteousness that comes through faith in Christ, the righteousness from God on the basis of faith.
Exercise 11 – Track 2: First and Second Person Personal Pronouns 177
10. ijdou; (behold!) • hJ mhvthr (FSN the mother) • sou (suv SG your) • kai; (and) • oiJ ajdelfoiv (MPN the brothers) • sou (suv
SG your) • ªkai; (and) • aiJ ajdelfaiv (hJ ajdelfhv FPN the sisters) • sou (suv SG your)º • e[xw (outside) • zhtou:sivn (they
seek) • se (suv SA you). • kai; (and) • ajpokriqei;V (answering) • aujtoiæV (aujtovV MnPD them) • levgei (he/she/it says): •
tivV (MSN who?) • ejstin (eijmiv PAI3S he/she/it is) • hJ mhvthr (FSN the mother) • mou (ejgwv SG my) • kai; (and) • oiJ
ajdelfoiv (MPN the brothers) • ªmou (ejgwv SG my)º; • … i[de (behold!) • hJ mhvthr (FSN the mother) • mou (ejgwv SG my) •
kai; (and) • oiJ ajdelfoiv (MPN the brothers) • mou (ejgwv SG my). • o}V (MSN who) • ªga;r (for) º • a]n (-ever) • poihvsh/
(he/she/it does) • to; qevlhma (NSNa the will) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god), • ou|toV (MSN this) • ajdelfovV (MSN brother)
• mou (ejgwv SG my) • kai; (and) • ajdelfh; (FSN sister) • kai; (and) • mhvthr (FSN mother) • ejstivn (eijmiv PAI3S he/she/it
is).
“Behold, the mother your and the brothers your ªand the sisters yourº outside they seek you.” And answering them
he says, “Who is the mother my and the brothers my? … Behold, the mother my and the brothers my. Who
ªforº -ever does the will of the god, this one brother my and sister and mother is.”
“Behold, your mother and your brothers ªand your sistersº seek you outside.” And answering them, he says, “Who
are my mother and my brothers? … Behold my mother and my brothers! ªForº whoever does the will of God is my
brother and sister and mother.”
Additional
11. o{ti (that/because) • oJ path;r (MSN the father) • kai; (and) • hJ mhvthr (FSN the mother) • hJmw:n (PG our) • hJma:V (PA us)
• ajgapw:sin (PAI3P they are loving), • dunavmeqa (PMpdI1P we are able) • cara;n (FSA joy) • ejn (→D in) • taiæV
kardivaiV (FPD the hearts) • hJmw:n (PG our) • eujrivskein (to find).
Because the father and the mother our us are loving, we are able joy in the hearts our to find.
Because our father and our mother are loving, we are able to find joy in our hearts.
12. ejpi; (→D on) • th/: hJmevra/ (FSD the day) • oiJ ajndre;V (MPN the men) • poreuvontai (PMpdI3P they are going) • pro;V
(→A to) • tou;V tovpouV (MPA the place) • tou: e[rgou (NSG of the work) • kai; (and) • ejpi; (→D on) • th/: nukti; (FSD the
night) • e[rcontai (PMpdI3P they are coming) • eijV (→A into) • tou;V oi[kouV (MPA the houses) • aujtw:n (MfnPG
their).
On the day, the men are going to the place of the work and on the night they are coming into the houses their.
In the day, the men go to the workplace, and in the night they come into their houses.
13. Tivma (Honor!) • to;n patevra (MSA the father) • sou (SG your) • kai; (and) • th;n mhtevra (FSA the mother) • sou (SG
your).
Honor your father and your mother.
14. Ouj (not) • pa:V (MSN every) • oJ levgwn (MSN the one who says) • moi (SD to me)` • kuvrie (MSV lord) • kuvrie (MSV
lord), • eijseleuvsetai (he/she/it will enter) • eijV (→A into/in) • th;n basileivan (FSA the kingdom) • tw:n oujranw:n
(MPG of the heavens), • ajll= (but) • oJ poiw:n (the one who is doing) • to; qevlhma (NSNa the will) • tou: patrovV (MSG
of the father) • mou (SG my) • tou: (MnSG the) • ejn (→D in) • toiæV oujranoiæV (MPD the heavens).
Not every the one who says to me, “Lord, lord,” will enter into the kingdom of the heavens, but the one who is doing
the will of the father my the in the heavens.
Not everyone who says to me, “Lord, lord,” will enter into the Kingdom of Heaven, but only the one who does the
will of my father in Heaven.
15. ei|V (MSN one) • gavr (for) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • uJmw:n (PG your) • oJ didavskaloV (MSN the teacher), • pavnteV
(MPN all) • de; (and/but) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • ajdelfoiv (MPN brothers) • ejste (PAI2P you are).
One for is your the teacher, all and you brothers you are.
For one is your teacher, and all of you are brothers.
16. ajpekrivqh (API3S he/she/it answered) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus)` • ei\pon (I told) • uJmiæn
(PD you) • kai; (and) • ouj (not) • pisteuvete (PAI2P you are believing). • ta; e[rga (NPNa the works) • a{ (that) • ejgw;
(SN I) • poiw: (PAI1S I am doing) • ejn (→D in) • tw/: ojnovmati (NSD the name) • tou: patrovV (MSG of the father) • mou
(SG my) • tau:ta (NPNa these) • martureiæ (PAI3S he/she/it testifies)1 • peri; (→G concerning) • ejmou: (ejgwv SG! me /
ejmovV MnSG my). • ajlla; (but) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • ouj (not) • pisteuvete (PAI2P you are believing), • o{ti (because) •
oujk (not) • ejste; (PAI2P you are) • ejk (→G from) • tw:n probavtwn (NPG the sheep) • tw:n ejmw:n (oJ ejmovV MnPG of the
mine).
Jesus answered them, “I told you, and you do not believe. The works that I am doing in the name of my father, these
testify concerning me. But you do not believe because you are not from my sheep.”
17. Eujcaristw: (PAI1S I am giving thanks) • tw/: qew/: (MSD to the god) • mou (SG my) • … ajkouvwn (because I hear of) •
sou (SG your) • th;n ajgavphn (MSA the love) • kai; (and) • th;n pivstin (FSA the faith), • h}n (which) • e[ceiV (PAI2S you
are having) • pro;V (→A to) • to;n kuvrion (MSA the lord) • =Ihsou:n (MSA Jesus) • kai; (and) • eijV (→A into/in) •
pavntaV (MPA all) • tou;V aJgivouV (MPA the saints).
I am giving thanks to the god my… because I hear of your the love and the faith, which you are having to the lord
Jesus and into all the saints.
I am giving thanks to my God… because I hear of your love and faith, which you have toward the Lord Jesus and to
all the saints.
18. Pavnta (NPNa all) • moi (SD to me) • paredovqh (they were given) • uJpo; (→G by) • tou: patrovV (MSG of the father) •
mou (SG my), • kai; (and) • oujdei;V (MSN no one) • ejpiginwvskei (PAI3S he/she/it knows) • to;n uiJo;n (MSA the son) • eij
mh; (except) • oJ pathvr (MSN the father), • oujde; (and not) • to;n patevra (MSA the father) • tiV (MfSN anyone) •
ejpiginwvskei (PAI3S he/she/it knows) • eij mh; (except) • oJ uiJo;V (MSN the son).
All to me were given by the father my, and no one knows the son except the father, and not the father anyone knows
except the son.
Everything was given to me by my father, and no one knows the Son except the Father, and no one knows the Father
except the Son.
19. kai; (and) • ejphrwvta (IAI3S he/she/it was asking) • aujtovn (MSA him)` • tiv (NSNa what?) • o[nomav (NSNa name) • soi
(SD to you)~ • kai; (and) • levgei (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • aujtw/: (MnSD to him)` • Legiw;n (MSN Legion) • o[nomav
(NSNa name) • moi (SD to me), • o{ti (because) • polloiv (MPN many) • ejsmen (PAI1P we are).
And he was asking him, “What name to you?” And he was saying to him, “Legion name to me, because many we
are.”
And he was asking him, “What is your name?” And he was saying to him, “Legion is my name because we are
many.”
20. pevnte (five) • ga;r (for) • a[ndraV (MPA husbands) • e[sceV (you have had) • kai; (and) • nu:n (now) • o}n (MSA whom) •
e[ceiV (PAI2S you are having) • oujk (not) • e[stin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • sou (SG your) • ajnhvr (MSA husband).
Five for husbands you had and now whom you are having not is your husband.
For you have had five husbands, and the one whom you now have is not your husband.
English to Greek
1. to me = moi (ejgwv SD), ejmoiv (ejgwv SD!) 6. to you (plural) = uJmiæn (suv PD)
2. our = hJmw:n (ejgwv PG) 7. I = ejgwv (ejgwv SN)
8. your = sou (suv SG), sou: (suv SG!),
3. us = hJma:V (ejgwv PA)
uJmw:n (suv PG)
4. you = suv (suv SN), se (suv SA), sev (suv SA!), uJmeiæV (suv
9. we = hJmeiæV (ejgwv PN)
PN), uJma:V (suv PA)
5. my = mou (ejgwv SG), ejmou: (ejgwv SG!) 10. you (plural) = uJmeiæV (suv PN), uJma:V (suv PA)
1
The subject (ta; e[rga) is neuter plural, but the verb (martureiæ) is singular. This implies that the subject is being thought
of as a unit rather than as many different items. Jesus is claiming that his works, considered as a set, witness about him.
In other words, Jesus is not claiming that one individual work that he did, considered in isolation, witnessed about who
he is. What he is claiming here is that the pattern of his works, considered as a set, witnessed as to who he is.
aujtovV
Parsing
Inflected Case Number Gender Lexical Parsing Code Inflected Meaning
Form
Nominative or
1. aujtov Singular Neuter aujtovV NSNa it, same, itself
Accusative
Masculine
2. aujtou: Genitive Singular aujtovV MnSG of himself, of itself
or Neuter
3. soi Dative Singular None suv SD to you
4. aujthvn Accusative Singular Feminine aujtovV FSA her, same
None ejgwv SG! my
5. ejmou: (2x) Genitive Singular Masculine
ejmovV MnSG my
or Neuter
Masculine
6. aujtw/: Dative Singular aujtovV MnSD to him/to it, same
or Neuter
7. hJmiæn Dative Plural None ejgwv PD to us (plural)
8. qanavtou Genitive Singular Masculine qavnatoV MSG of death
9. aujth:V Genitive Singular Feminine aujtovV FSG of her, same
10. uJmw:n Genitive Plural None suv PG your
Warm-up
a. aujtovV (MSN he) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • =HlivaV (MSN Elijah).
He is Elijah.
b. ejgw; (SN I) • de; (and/but) • oi\da (I know) • aujthvn (FSA her).

And I know her.
g. kai; (and) • aujto;V (MSN he) • ejphrwvta (PAI3S he/she/it asked) • aujtouvV (MPA them).
And he asked them.
d. hJ aujth; (FSN the same) • sa;rx (FSN flesh)

The same flesh
e. ejn (→D in) • aujth/: (FSD itself / same)1 • th/: w{ra/ (FSD hour)
In the hour itself OR In the same hour
z. oJ didavskaloV (MSN the teacher) • aujtw:n (MfnPG their) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • maqhth;V (MSN disciple) •
aujtou: (MnSG his).
The teacher their is disciple his.
Their teacher is his disciple.
1
This is unusual. aujth/: is in the predicate position, which usually indicates that it is acting as an adjectival intensive. But
an adjectival intensive translation (“the hour itself”) probably would not fit many contexts, so we have also given the
identical adjective translation (“the same hour”).
179
h. aujto;V (MSN himself/same) • Daui;d (MSN David) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • ejn (→D in) • tw/: pneuvmati
(NSD to the spirit) • tw/: aJgivw/ (MnSD to the holy).
Himself/Same David said in the spirit the holy.
David himself said in the Holy Spirit. OR2 The same David said in the Holy Spirit.
Translation
1. kai; (and) • eujqu;V (immediately) • levgousin (PAI3P they are speaking) • aujtw/: (MnSD to him) • peri; (→G
concerning) • aujth:V (FSG her).
And immediately they are speaking to him concerning her.
2. kai; (and) • levgei (PAI3S he/she/it says) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them)` • tivna (MSA/NPNa what/who?) • zhteiæte (PAI2P
you are seeking)~
And he says to them, “Who are you seeking?” OR And he says to them, “What are you seeking?”
3. kai; (and) • ga;r (for) • poieiæte (PAI2P you are doing) • aujto; (NSNa it) • eijV (→A into/in) • pavntaV (MPA all) • tou;V
ajdelfou;V (MPA the brothers).
And for you are doing it in all the brothers.
For you are doing it to all the brothers.
4. oujk (not) • e[stin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • maqhth;V (MSN disciple) • uJpe;r (→A above) • to;n didavskalon (MSA the
teacher) • oujde; (and not) • dou:loV (MSN slave) • uJpe;r (→A above) • to;n kuvrion (MSA the lord) • aujtou: (MnSG his).
Not is disciple above the teacher and not slave above the lord his.
A disciple is not above the teacher, and a slave is not above his lord.
5. ouj (not) • pa:sa (FSN all) • sa;rx (FSN flesh) • hJ aujth; savrx (FSN the same flesh).
Not all flesh the same flesh.
Not all flesh is the same flesh.
6. levgousin (PAI3P they are saying) • ou\n (then) • tw/: tuflw/: (MSD to the blind) • pavlin (again)` • tiv (NSNa what?) •
su; (SN you) • levgeiV (PAI2S you are saying) • peri; (→G concerning) • aujtou: (MnSG him), • o{ti (because) • hjnevw/xevn
(he/she/it opened) • sou (SG your) • tou;V ojfqalmouvV (MPA the eyes)~ • oJ (MSN the) • de; (and/but) • ei\pen (he/she/it
said) • o{ti (that) • profhvthV (MSN prophet) • ejstivn (PAI3S he/she/it is).
They are saying therefore to the blind again, “What you are saying concerning him, because he opened your the
eyes?” He and said that prophet he is.
Then they are saying to the blind man again, “What do you say about him, since he opened your eyes?” And he
said, “He is a prophet.”
7. aujto; (NSNa itself) • to; pneu:ma (NSNa the spirit) • summartureiæ (he/she/it witnesses with) • tw/: pneuvmati (NSD to the
spirit) • hJmw:n (PG our) • o{ti (that/because) • ejsme;n (PAI1P we are) • tevkna (NPNa children) • qeou: (MSG of god).
Itself the spirit witnesses with the spirit our that we are children of god.
The Spirit itself witnesses with our spirit that we are children of God.
8. ta; (NPNa the) • aujta; (NPNa same) • ga;r (for) • ejpoivoun (IAI1S/3P they were doing) • toiæV profhvtaiV (MPD to the
prophets) • oiJ patevreV (MPN the fathers) • aujtw:n (MfnPG their).
The same for they were doing to the prophets the fathers their.
For their fathers were doing the same thing to the prophets.
9. aujto;V (MSN himself) • de; (and/but) • =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus) • oujk (not) • ejpivsteuen (IAI3S he/she/it was entrusting) •
aujto;n (MSA him) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them).
Himself but Jesus not was entrusting him to them.
But Jesus himself was not entrusting himself to them.
2
Both of these are possible, particularly since there is no article. The fact that aujtovV is in the nominative case makes
“himself” more likely, but you will ultimately need to decide between them based on the context.
Exercise 12 – Track 2: aujtovV 181
10. kai; (and) • polloi; (MPN many) • h\lqon (they came) • pro;V (→A to) • aujto;n (MSA him) • kai; (and) • e[legon
(IAI1S/3P they were saying) • o{ti (that) • =IwavnnhV (MSN John) • me;n (on the one hand) • shmeiæon (NSNa sign) •
ejpoivhsen (he/she/it did) • oujdevn (NSNa nothing), • pavnta (NPNa all) • de; (and/but) • o{sa (NPNa as much as) • ei\pen
(he/she/it said) • =IwavnnhV (MSN John) • peri; (→G concerning) • touvtou (MnSG this) • ajlhqh: (true) • h\n (IAI3S
he/she/it was true).
And many came to him and were saying that John on the one hand sign he did nothing, all but as much as he said
John concerning this true it was.
And many came to him and were saying that John, on the one hand, did no signs, but everything John said
concerning this man was true.
Additional
11. kalo;V (MSN good) • didavskaloV (MSN teacher) • toiæV aujtoiæV maqhtaiæV (MPD to the same disciples) • ajpokrivnetai
(PMpdI3S he/she/it answered) • o[ti (that) • deiæ (it is necessary) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • to; e[rgon (NSNa the work)
• aujtw:n (MfnPG their) • poieiæn (to do).
Good teacher to the same disciples answered that it is necessary to them the work their to do.
The good teacher answered the same disciples that it is necessary for them to do their work.
12. eij (if) • ouj (not) • ta; iJmavtia (NPNa the garment) • ejpi; (→D on) • tw/: swvmati (NSD the body) • tou: basivlewV (MSG of
the king) • blevpw (PAI1S I am seeing), • eijmi; (PAI1S I am) • ponhrovV (MSN evil)~
If not the garment on the body of the king I am seeing, I am evil?
If I don’t see the garment on the king’s body, am I evil?
13. ajnevbh (he/she/it went up) • de; (and/but) • =Abra;m (MSN Abraham) • ejx (→G from) • Aijguvptou (FSG Egypt), • aujto;V
(MSN he) • kai; (and) • hJ gunh; (FSN the wife) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • kai; (and) • pavnta (NPNa all) • ta; (NPNa the) •
aujtou: (MnSG his) • kai; (and) • Lwvt (MSN Lot) • met= (→G with) • aujtou: (MnSG him) • eijV (→A into/in) • th;n e[rhmon
(FSA the desert).
Went up and Abraham from Egypt, he and the wife his and all the his and Lot with him into the desert.
And Abraham went up from Egypt into the desert, he, his wife, all that is his, and Lot with him.
14. dievmeinan (they have continued) • pavsaV (FPA all) • ta;V hJmevraV (FPA the days) • th:V zwh:V (FSG of the life) • aujtw:n
(MfnPG their) • ejn (→D in) • th:/ aujth:/ fronhvsei (FSD the same way of thinking).
They have continued all the days of the life their in the same way of thinking.
They have continued all the days of their life in the same mindset.
15. oujk (not) • aujtovV (MSN he) • moi (SD to me) • ei\pen (he/she/it said)` • ajdelfhv (FSN sister) • mouv (SG my) • ejstin
(PAI3S he/she/it is), • kai; (and) • aujthv (FSN she) • moi (SD to me) • ei\pen (he/she/it said)` • ajdelfovV (MSN brother) •
mouv (SG my) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is)~
Not he to me said, “Sister my is,” and she to me said, “Brother my is”?
Did he not say to me, “She is my sister,” and she said to me, “He is my brother”?
16. =Ihsou:V Cristo;V (MSN Jesus Christ) • ejcqe;V (yesterday) • kai; (and) • shvmeron (today) • oJ aujtovV (MSN the same) •
kai; (and) • eijV (→A into/in) • tou;V aijw:naV (MPA the eternity).
Jesus Christ yesterday and today the same and into the eternity.
Jesus Christ is the same yesterday, today, and forever.
17. Parakalw: (PAI1S I exhort) • de; (and/but) • uJma:V (MPA you), • ajdelfoiv (MPN brothers), • dia; (→G through) • tou:
ojnovmatoV (NSG the name) • tou: kurivou (MSG of the lord) • hJmw:n (PG our) • =Ihsou: Cristou: (MSG Jesus Christ), •
i{na (that) • to; aujto; (NSNa the same) • levghte (you might say) • pavnteV (MPN all).
I exhort and you, brothers, through the name of the lord our Jesus Christ, that the same you might say all.
And I exhort you, brothers, through the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that you all say the same thing.
18. DiairevseiV (diaivresiV FPN varieties) • de; (and) • carismavtwn (cavrisma NPG of gifts) • eijsivn (eijmiv 3P they are), • to;
(NSNa the) • de; (but) • aujto; (NSNa same) • pneu:ma (NSNa spirit)˙ • kai; (and) • diairevseiV (diaivresiV FPN varieties)
• diakoniw:n (diakoniva FPG of ministries) • eijsin (eijmiv 3P they are), • kai; (and) • oJ aujto;V kuvrioV (MSN the same
lord)˙ • kai; (and) • diairevseiV (diaivresiV FPN varieties) • ejnerghmavtwn (ejnevrgma NPG of workings) • eijsivn (eijmiv 3P
they are), • oJ de; aujto;V qeovV (MSN the but same god) • oJ ejnergw:n (MSN the one who works) • ta; pavnta (NPNa the all)
• ejn (→D in) • pa:sin (MnPD all).3
Varieties and of gifts are, the but same spirit; and varieties of ministries are, and the same lord; and varieties of
workings are, the but same god, the one who works the all in all.
And there are varieties of gifts, but the same Spirit; and there are varieties of ministries, and the same Lord; and
there are varieties of workings, but the same God, the one who works everything in everyone.
19. to;n novmon (MSA the law) • tw:n ejntolw:n (FPG of the commandments) • ejn (→D in) • dovgmasin (NPD ordinances) •
katarghvsaV (he has abolished), • i{na (in order that) • tou;V duvo (MPA the two) • ktivsh/ (he might create) • ejn (→D in)
• aujtw/: (MnSD him) • eijV (→A into/in) • e{na (MSA one) • kaino;n (MSA new) • a[nqrwpon (MSA man) • poiw:n (thus
making) • eijrhvnhn (FSA peace).
The law of the commandments in ordinances he has abolished, in order that the two he might create in him into one
new man thus making peace.
He has abolished the law of commandments in ordinances, in order that he might make the two in one new man in
him, thus making peace.
20. Aujto;V (MSN himself) • de; (and/but) • oJ kuvrioV (MSN the lord) • hJmw:n (PG our) • =Ihsou:V Cristo;V (MSN Jesus Christ)
• kai; (and) • ªoJ (MSN the)º • qeo;V (MSN god) • oJ path;r (MSN father) • hJmw:n (PG our) • oJ ajgaphvsaV (MSN the one who
loved) • hJma:V (PA us) • kai; (and) • dou;V (one who gave) • paravklhsin (FSA comfort) • aijwnivan (FSA eternal) • kai;
(and) • ejlpivda (FSA hope) • ajgaqh;n (FSA good) • ejn (→D in) • cavriti (FSD grace), • parakalevsai (may he
comfort) • uJmw:n (PG your) • ta;V kardivaV (FPA the hearts) • kai; (and) • sthrivxai (may he strengthen) • ejn (→D in) •
panti; (MnSD every) • e[rgw/ (NSD work) • kai; (and) • lovgw/ (MSD word) • ajgaqw/: (MnSD good).
Himself and the lord our Jesus Christ and ªtheº god the father our the one who loved us and one who gave comfort
eternal and hope good in grace, may he comfort your the hearts and may he strengthen in every work and word
good.
And may our Lord Jesus Christ himself and God our father, the one who loved us and gave us eternal comfort and
good hope in grace, may he comfort your hearts and strengthen you in every good work and word.
English to Greek
21. him aujtovn (MSA)
4
22. its aujtou: (MnSG)
23. to them aujtoiæV (MnPD), or
aujtaiæV (FPD)
24. their aujtw:n (MfnPG)
25. her (possessive) aujth:V (FSG)
26. his aujtou: (MnSG)
27. to it aujtw/: (MnSD)
28. she aujthv (FSN)
29. they aujtoiv (MPN),
aujtaiv (FPN), or
aujtav (NPNa)
30. he aujtovV (MSN)
3
pa:sin is masculine rather than neuter because it refers to people.
4
In English, “its” means “belonging to it,” whereas “it’s” is a contraction of “it is.”
Demonstratives
Parsing
Masculine
1. touvtwn Genitive Plural or Feminine ou|toV MfnPG of these
or Neuter
2. aujthv Nominative Singular Feminine aujtovV FSN she, same, herself
3. me Accusative Singular None ejgwv SA me
4. ejkeivnaV Accusative Plural Feminine ejkeiænoV FPA those
5. eJniv Dative Singular Masculine or Neuter ei|V MnSD to one
Nominative
6. tau:ta Plural Neuter ou|toV NPNa these
or Accusative
Nominative
7. ejkeiæno Singular Neuter ejkeiænoV NSNa that
or Accusative
8. au{th Nominative Singular Feminine ou|toV FSN this
9. touvtou Genitive Singular Masculine or Neuter ou|toV MnSG of this
Warm-up
a. oujk (not) • oi\da (I know) • to;n a[nqrwpon (MSA the man) • tou:ton (ou|toV MSA this).
Not I know the man this.
I do not know this man.
b. oujk (not) • oi[date (you know) • th;n parabolh;n (FSA the parable) • tauvthn (FSA this)~
Not you know the parable this?
Don’t you know this parable?
g. to; fw:V (NSNa the light) • tou: kovsmou (MSG of the world) • touvtou (ou|toV MnSG of this) • blevpei (PAI3S he/she/it is
seeing).
The light of the world this he is seeing.
He is seeing the light of this world.
d. au{th (ou|toV FSN this) • ejsti;n (PAI3S he/she/it is) • hJ ejntolh; (FSN the commandment) • hJ (FSN the) • ejmhv (ejmovV FSN
my).
This is the commandment the my.
This is my commandment.
e. oujk (not) • h\n (IAI3S he/she/it was) • ejkeiænoV (MSN that) • to; fw:V (NSNa the light).
Not was that the light.
He was not the light.
z. a[ndreV (MPNv Men), • tiv (NSNa why?) • tau:ta (NPNa these) • poieiæte (PAI2P you are doing)~
Men, why these you are doing?
Men, why are you doing these things?
183
h. ejn (→D in) • de; (and/but) • taiæV hJmevraiV (FPD the days) • ejkeivnaiV (ejkeiænoV FPD those)
In but the days those
But in those days
Translation
1. ou|toV (MSN this) • oJ a[nqrwpoV (MSN the man) • uiJo;V (MSN son) • qeou: (MSG of god) • h\n (IAI3S he/she/it was).
This the man son of god was.
This man was a son of a god / the son of a god / a son of God / the Son of God.1
2. au{th (FSN this) • ejsti;n (PAI3S he/she/it is) • hJ megavlh (FSN the great) • kai; (and) • prwvth (FSN first) • ejntolhv
(FSN commandment).
This is the great and first commandment.
This is the first and greatest commandment.
3. eij (if) • tau:ta (NPNa these) • oi[date (2P you know), • makavrioiv (MPN blessed) • ejste (PAI2P you are) • eja;n (if) •
poih:te (you do) • aujtav (NPNa them).
If these you know, blessed you are if you do them.
If you know these things, you are blessed if you do them.
4. Tw:n (MfnPG of the) • de; (and/but) • dwvdeka (twelve) • ajpostovlwn (MPG of apostles) • ta; ojnovmatav (NPNa the
names) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • tau:ta (NPNa these).
Of the but twelve apostles the names is these.
And the names of the twelve apostles are these.
5. uJmeiæV (PN you) • ejk (→G from) • touvtou (MnSG of this) • tou: kovsmou (MSG of the world) • ejstev (PAI2P you are), •
ejgw; (SN I) • oujk (not) • eijmi; (PAI1S I am) • ejk (→G from) • tou: kovsmou (MSG of the world) • touvtou (MnSG this).
You from this the world you are, I not I am from the world this.
You are from this world, I am not from this world.
6. dia; tou:to (on account of this) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • oujk (not) • ajkouvete (PAI2P you are hearing), • o{ti (because) • ejk
(→G from) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • oujk (not) • ejstev (PAI2P you are).
On account of this you not are hearing, because from the god not you are.
For this reason you do not hear, because you are not from God.
7. ei\pen (he/she/it said) • de; (and/but) • oJ PevtroV (MSN the Peter)` • kuvrie (MSV lord), • pro;V (→A to) • hJma:V (PA us) •
th;n parabolh;n (FSA the parable) • tauvthn (FSA this) • levgeiV (PAI2S you are saying) • h] (FSN which) • kai; (also) •
pro;V (→A to) • pavntaV (MPA all)~
Said and the Peter, “Lord, to us the parable this you are saying or also to all?”
And Peter said, “Lord, are you saying this parable to us, or to everyone also?”
8. ei\pon (they said)` • su; (SN you) • maqhth;V (MSN disciple) • ei\ (PAI2S you are) • ejkeivnou (MnSG of that), • hJmeiæV (PN
we) • de; (and/but) • tou: Mwu&sevwV (MSG of the Moses) • ejsme;n (PAI1P we are) • maqhtaiv (MPN disciples).
They said, “You disciple are of that, we but of the Moses we are disciples.”
They said, “You are his disciple, but we are disciples of Moses.”
9. oujk (not) • e[stin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • ou|toV (MSN this) • para; (→G from) • qeou: (MSG of god) • oJ a[nqrwpoV (MSN
the man), • o{ti (because) • to; savbbaton (NSNa the Sabbath) • ouj (not) • threiæ (PAI3S he/she/it keeps).
Not is this from god the man, because the Sabbath not he keeps.
This man is not from God, because he does not keep the Sabbath.
10. Peri; (→G concerning) • de; (and/but) • th:V hJmevraV (FSG the day) • ejkeivnhV (FSG that) • h] (or) • th:V w{raV (FSG the
hour) • oujdei;V (MSN no one) • oi\den (3S he/she/it knows), • oujde; (neither) • oiJ a[ggeloi (MPN the angels) • ejn (→D in)
• oujranw:/ (MSD heaven) • oujde; (nor) • oJ uiJovV (MSN the son), • eij mh; (except) • oJ pathvr (MSN the father).
Concerning but the day that or the hour no one knows, neither the angels in heaven nor the son, except the father.
But concerning that day and that hour, no one knows, neither the angels in heaven nor the Son, but only the father.
1
Exercise 13 – Track 2: Demonstratives 185
Additional
11. eja;n (if) • ajgapw:men (PAI1P we are loving) • to;n kuvrion (MSA the lord), • throu:men (PAI1P we are keeping) • ta;V
ejntola;V (FPA the commandments) • tauvtaV (FPA these) • ouj (not) • movnon (MSA/NSNa only) • ejn (→D in) • toiæV
sabba;toiV (NPD the Sabbaths) • ajlla; (but) • kai; (also) • ejn (→D in) • pa:sin (MnPD all) • taiæV hJmevraiV (FPD the
days).
If we are loving the lord we are keeping the commandments these not only in the Sabbaths but also in all the days.
If we are loving the Lord, we are keeping these commandments not only on the Sabbaths but also on every day.
12. ejkeiænoi (MPN those) • oiJ a[ndreV (MPN the men) • zhtou:sin (PAI3P they are seeking) • ta;V gunaiækaV (FPA the wives)
• aujtw:n (MfnPG their) • ejn (→D in) • th/: ajgora:/ (FSD the marketplace) • th:V megavlhV povlewV (FSG of the great city).
Those the men are seeking the wives their in the marketplace of the great city.
Those men are seeking their wives in the marketplace of the big city.
13. kai; (and) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S he/she/it said) • =Adavm (MSN Adam)` • tou:to (NSNa this) • nu:n (now) • ojstou:n (NSNa
th:V sarkovV (FSG the flesh) • mou (SG my)` • au{th (FSN this) • klhqhvsetai (he/she/it will be called) • gunhv (FSN
woman) • o{ti (because) • ejk (→G from) • tou: ajndro;V (MSG the husband) • aujth:V (FSG her) • ejlhvmfqh (he/she/it was
taken) • au{th (FSN this).
And said Adam, “This now bone from the bones my and flesh from the flesh my; this will be called woman because
from the husband her was taken this.”
And Adam said, “This now is bone from my bones and flesh from my flesh. She will be called ‘woman’ because she
14. kai; (and) • ejkavlesen (he/she/it called) • =Ada;m (MSN Adam) • to; o[noma (NSNa the name) • th:V gunaiko;V (FSG of the
wife) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • Zwh; (FSN life) • o{ti (because) • au{th (FSN this) • mhvthr (FSN mother) • pavntwn (MfnPG
of all) • tw:n zwvntwn (MfnPG of the living).
And called Adam the name of the wife his life because this mother of all of the living.
And Adam called the name of his wife ‘Life’ because she was the mother of all of the living.
15. pollai; (FPN many) • gunaiækeV (FPN women) • ejkopivhsan (they labored) • dia; (→G through) • th:V cavritoV (FSG
the grace) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) • aujtw:n (MfnPG their).
Many women labored through the grace of the god their.
Many women labored through the grace of their God.
16. hJ basileiva (FSN the kingdom) • hJ (FSN the) • ejmh; (ejmovV FSN my) • oujk (not) • e[stin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • ejk (→G
from) • tou: kovsmou (MSG of the world) • touvtou (MnSG this).
The kingdom the my not is from the world this.
My kingdom is not from this world.
17. tiv (NSNa what?) • poiou:men (PAI1P we are doing) • o{ti (because) • ou|toV (MSN this) • oJ a[nqrwpoV (MSN the man) •
polla; (NPNa many) • poieiæ (PAI3S he/she/it is doing) • shmeiæa (NPNa signs)~
What we are doing because this the man many is doing signs?
What are we doing because this man is doing many signs?
18. nu:n (now) • de; (and/but) • pro;V (→A to) • se; (SA you) • e[rcomai (PMpdI1S I am going) • kai; (and) • tau:ta (NPNa
these) • lalw: (PAI1S I am speaking) • ejn (→D in) • tw/: kovsmw/ (MSD the world).
Now but to you I am going and these I am speaking in the world.
But now I am coming to you and am speaking these things in the world.
19. levgei (PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • pro;V (→A to) • aujto;n (MSA him) • hJ gunhv (FSN the woman)` • kuvrie (MSV lord),
• dovV (give!) • moi (SD to me) • tou:to (NSNa this) • to; u{dwr (NSNa the water).
Is saying to him the woman, “Lord, give to me this the water.”
The woman is saying to him, “Lord, give this water to me.”
20. pavter (MSV father), • sw:sovn (save!) • me (SA me) • ejk (→G from) • th:V w{raV (FSG the hour) • tauvthV (ou|toV FSG
this); • ajlla; (but) • dia; tou:to (for this reason) • h\lqon (I came) • eijV (→A into) • th;n w{ran (FSA the hour) • tauvthn
(ou|toV FSA this). • pavter (MSV father), • dovxasovn (glorify!) • sou (SG your) • to; o[noma (NSNa the name). … •
ajpekrivqh (he/she/it answered) • =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus) • kai; (and) • ei\pen (he/she/it said)˙ • ouj (not) • di= (→A on
account of) • ejme; (ejgwv SA! me) • hJ fwnh; (FSN the voice) • au{th (ou|toV FSN this) • gevgonen (he/she/it came) • ajlla;
(but) • di= (→A on account of) • uJma:V (PA you).
Father, save me from the hour this? But for this reason I came into the hour this. Father, glorify your the name.
Came …. Answered Jesus and said: not on account my the voice this came but on account your.
“‘Father, save me from this hour?’ But for this reason I came to this hour. Father, glorify your name!” … And
Jesus answered and said, “This voice did not come for my sake, but for yours.”
Relative Pronouns
Parsing1
Nominative
1. a{ Plural Neuter o{V NPNa that
or Accusative
Masculine
2. w/| Dative Singular o{V MnSD to whom/to which
or Neuter
Masculine
3. ou| Genitive Singular o{V MnSG of whom / of which
or Neuter
Nominative
4. o{ Singular Neuter o{V NSNa which
or Accusative
5. a{V Accusative Plural Feminine o{V FPA whom/which/that
6. hJ Nominative Singular Feminine oJ FSN the
7. h|V Genitive Singular Feminine o{V FSG of whom/of which
Masculine,
8. w|n Genitive Plural Feminine, o{V MfnPG of whom/of which
or Neuter
9. ejkeivnouV Accusative Plural Masculine ejkeiænoV MPA those
10. h{n Accusative Singular Feminine o{V FSA whom/which/that
Warm-up
a. ta; rJhvmata (NPNa the words) • a} (NPNa which) • ejgw; (SN I) • lalwæ (PAI1S I am speaking)
The words which I am speaking
b. pisteuvousin (PAI3P they are believing) • … tw:/ lovgw/ (MSD the word) • o}n (MSA which) • ei\pen (levgw AAI3S
he/she/it said) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus).
They are believing … the word which Jesus said.
g. e}n (NSNa one) • tw:n ploivwn (NPG of the boats), • o} (NSNa which) • h\n (IAI3S it was) • SivmwnoV (MSG Simon’s)
One of the boats, which was Simon’s
d. ejn (→D in) • th:/ oJdw:/ (FSD the way) • tauvth/ (FSD this) • h|/ (FSD to which) • ejgw; (SN I) • poreuvomai (PMpdI1S I am
going)
In the way this which I am going
In this way, in which I am going
e. to; pneu:ma (NSNa the spirit) • th:V ajlhqeivaV (FSG of the truth), • o} (NSNa which) • oJ kovsmoV (MSN the world) • ouj
(not) • duvnatai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is able) • labeiæn (to receive)
The spirit of truth, which the world is not able to receive
1
For several of these words, if you change the breathing mark and accent, you have a different word! Remember that the
earliest extant manuscripts lack breathing marks and accents, so the original manuscripts probably did also. Thankfully,
the context usually makes it clear which word is intended even without the breathing marks and accents.
187
z. kai; (and) • pa:V (MSN all) • o}V (MSN who) • poreuvetai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is going) • ejpi; (→G on) • ceirw:n (FPG
hands)
And all who is going on hands
And all who are going on (their) hands
h. oJ qeo;V (MSN the god) • th:V eijrhvnhV (FSG of the peace) • o{V (MSN who) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • meq= (→G with) •
uJmw:n (PG you)
The God of the peace, who is with you
Translation
1. tiv (NSNa why?) • dev (and) • me (SA me) • kaleiæte (PAI2P you are calling)` • kuvrie (MSV lord) • kuvrie (MSV lord), •
kai; (and) • ouj (not) • poieiæte (PAI2P you are doing) • a} (NPNa what) • levgw (PAI1S I am saying)~
And why are you calling me “Lord, lord,” and are not doing what I say?
2. tiv (NSNa why?) • poiou:sin (PAI3P they are doing) • toiæV savbbasin (NSD on the Sabbath) • o} (NSNa what) • oujk
(not) • e[xestin (it is lawful)~
Why are they doing on the Sabbath what is not lawful?
3. kai; (and) • e[legon (IAI1S/3P he was saying)` • oujc (not) • ou|tovV (MSN this) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • =Ihsou:V
(MSN Jesus) • oJ uiJo;V (MSN the son) • =Iwshvf (MSGx of Joseph), • ou| (MnSG of whom) • hJmeiæV (PN we) • oi[damen (1P
we know) • to;n patevra (MSA the father) • kai; (and) • th;n mhtevra (FSA the mother)~ • pw:V (how?) • nu:n (now) •
levgei (PAI3S he/she/it says) • o{ti (that) • ejk (→G from) • tou: oujranou: (MSG the heaven) • katabevbhka (I have
come down);
And they were saying, “not this is Jesus, the son of Joseph, of whom we know the father and the mother? How now
he says that from the heaven I have come down?
And they were saying, “Isn’t this Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know? How does he now
say, “I have come down from heaven?”
4. ajll= (but) • eijsi;n (PAI3S they are) • ejx (→G from) • uJmw:n (PG you) • tineV (MPN some) • oi} (MPN who) • ouj (not) •
pisteuvousin (PAI3P they are believing).
But they are from you some who not are believing.
But there are some of you who are not believing.
5. o}V (MSN who) • ga;r (for) • oujk (not) • e[stin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • kaq= (→G against) • hJmw:n (PG us), • uJpe;r (→G on
behalf of) • hJmw:n (PG us) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is).
Who for not is against us, on behalf of us is.
For whoever is not against us, is for us.
6. cavriti (NSD to grace) • de; (and/but) • qeou: (MSG of god) • eijmi (IAI1S I am) • o{ (NSNa what) • eijmi (PAI1S I am).
To grace but of god I am what I am.
But by the grace of God, I am what I am.
7. ei\pen (he/she/it said) • de; (and/but) • +Hrw/vdhV (MSN Herod)` • … tivV (MSN who?) • dev (and) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it
is) • ou|toV (MSN this) • peri; (→G concerning) • ou| (MnSG whom) • ajkouvw (PAI1S I am hearing)~
Said and Herod, “Who and is this concerning whom I am hearing?”
And Herod said, “And who is this, about whom I am hearing?”
8. kai; (and) • ijdou; (behold) • a[nqrwpoV (MSN man) • h\n (IAI3S he/she/it was) • ejn (→D in) • =Ierousalh;m (FSDx
Jerusalem) • w/| (MnSD to whom) • o[noma (NSNa name) • Sumew;n (MSN Simeon) • kai; (and) • oJ a[nqrwpoV (MSN the
man) • ou|toV (MSN this) • divkaioV (just) • … kai; (and) • pneu:ma (NSNa spirit) • h\n (IAI3S he/she/it was) • a{gion
(NSNa holy) • ejp= (→A on) • aujtovn (MSA him).
And behold man was in Jerusalem to whom name Simeon and the man this just… and spirit was holy on him.
And behold, a man was in Jerusalem, whose name was Simeon, and this man was just… and the Holy Spirit was on
him.
Exercise 14 – Track 2: Relative Pronouns 189
9. =IwavnnhV (MSN John) • taiæV (FPD to the) • eJpta; (seven) • ejkklhsivaiV (FPD churches) • taiæV (FPD to the) • ejn (→D in)
• th:/ =Asiva/ (FSD the Asia)` • cavriV (FSN grace) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • kai; (and) • eijrhvnh (FSN peace) • … ajpo; (→G
from) • tw:n (MfnPG the) • eJpta; (seven) • pneumavtwn (NPG spirits) • a} (NPNa which) • ejnwvpion (→G before) • tou:
qrovnou (MSG the throne) • aujtou: (MnSG his).
John to the seven churches to the in Asia; grace to you and peace… from the seven spirits which before the throne
his.
John, to the seven churches in Asia; grace to you and peace… from the seven spirits which are before his throne.
10. ouj (not) • pisteuveiV (PAI2S you are believing) • o{ti (that/because) • ejgw; (SN I) • ejn (→D in) • tw/: patri; (MSD the
father) • kai; (and) • oJ path;r (MSN the father) • ejn (→D in) • ejmoiv (SD! me) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is)~ • ta; rJhvmata
(NPNa the words) • a} (NPNa which) • ejgw; (SN) • levgw (PAI1S I am saying) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • ajp= (→G from) •
ejmautou: (myself) • ouj (not) • lalw: (PAI1S I am speaking), • oJ (MSN the) • de; (and/but) • path;r (MSN father) • ejn
(→D in) • ejmoi; (SD! me) • mevnwn (who abides) • poieiæ (PAI3S he is doing) • ta; e[rga (NPNa the works) • aujtou:
(MnSG his).
Not you are believing that I in the father and the father in me is? The words which I am saying to you from myself
not I am speaking, the but father in me who abides is doing the works his.
Aren’t you believing that I am in the father, and the father is in me? The words which I am saying to you, I am not
speaking from myself, but the Father who abides in me is doing his works.
Additional
11. oiJ maqhtai; (MPN the disciples) • pavntaV (MPA all) • tou;V (MPA the) • ejn (→D in) • th/: sunagwvgh/ (FSD the synagogue)
• ejdivdaskon (IAI1S/3P they were teaching) • o{ti (that) • o{stiV (MSN who) • a]n (-ever) • to;n kuvrion (MSN the lord) •
ajgapa/: (FSD loves) • zwh;n (FSA life) • aijwvnion (MfnSA/NSNa eternal) • e[cei (PAI3S he/she/it has).
The disciples all the in the synagogue were teaching that whoever the lord loves life eternal has.
The disciples were teaching everyone in the synagogue that whoever loves the Lord has eternal life.
12. ejpaggelivan (FSA promise) • ga;r (for) • e[comen (PAI1P we are having) • th:V eijrhvnhV (FSG of the peace) • kai; (and) •
th:V dikaiousuvnhV (FSG of the righteousness) • h}n (FSA which) • oJ qevoV (MSN the god) • plhroiæ (PAI3S he/she/it
will fulfill) • ejkeivnoiV (MnPD to those) • oi} (MPN which) • eijV (→A in) • aujto;n (MSA him) • pisteuvousin (PAI3P they
are believing).
Promise for we are having of the peace and of the righteousness which the god will fulfill to those which in him are
believing.
For we have the promise of peace and righteousness which God will fulfill to those who are believing in him.
13. swvzesqe (be saved),2 • ajgavphV (FSG of love) • tevkna (NPNa children) • kai; (and) • eijrhvnhV (FSG of peace). • oJ
kuvrioV (MSN the lord) • th:V dovxhV (FSG of glory) • kai; (and) • pavshV (FSG all) • cavritoV (FSG grace) • meta; (→G
with) • tou: pneuvmatoV (NSG the spirit) • uJmw:n (PG your).
Be saved, of love children and of peace. The lord of glory and of all grace with the spirit your.
Be saved, children of love and peace. May the Lord of glory and of all grace be with your spirit.
14. ejgw; (SN I) • de; (and/but) • ajpekrivqhn (I answered)` • tivV (MSN who?) • ei\ (PAI2S you are), • kuvrie (MSV lord)~ •
ei\pevn (he/she/it said) • te (and so) • provV (→A to) • me (SA me)` • ejgwv (SN I) • eijmi (PAI1S I am) • =Ihsou:V (MSN
Jesus) • oJ NazwraiæoV (MSN the Nazarene), • o}n (MSA whom) • su; (SN you) • diwvkeiV (diwvkw PAI2S you are
persecuting).
I and answered, “Who you are, lord?” Said and to me, “I am Jesus the Nazarene, whom you are persecuting.”
And I answered, “Who are you, lord?” And he said to me, “I am Jesus, the Nazarene, whom you are persecuting.”
15. oujc (not) • ou|tovV (MSN this) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • o}n (MSA whom) • zhtou:sin (PAI3P they are seeking) •
ajpokteiænai (to kill)~
Not this is whom they are seeking to kill?
Is this not the one whom they are trying to kill?
2
The form of this is the same as PAI2P, but the form can also be imperative mood, which it is in this context. We’ll
learn this in chapter 33.
16. kai; (and) • aujtovV (MSN this) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • hJ kefalh; (MSN the head) • tou: swvmatoV (NSG of the
body) • th:V ejkklhsivaV (FSG of the church)` • o{V (MSN who) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • ajrchv (FSN beginning), •
prwtovtokoV (MSN firstborn) • ejk (→G from) • tw:n nekrw:n (MPG the dead).
And this is the head of the body of the church; who is beginning, firstborn from the dead.
And he is the head of the body, the church. He is the beginning, the firstborn from the dead.
17. kai; (and) • au{th (FSN this) • ejsti;n (PAI3S he/she/it is) • hJ ejpaggeliva (FSN the promise) • h}n (FSA which) • aujto;V
(MSN he) • ejphggeivlato (he/she/it promised) • hJmiæn (PD to us), • th;n zwh;n (FSA the life) • th;n aijwvnion (FSA the
eternal).
And this is the promise which he promised to us, eternal life.
18. nu:n (now) • de; (and/but) • zhteiætev (PAI2P you are seeking) • me (SA me) • ajpokteiænai (to kill) • a[nqrwpon (MSA
man) • o}V (MSN who) • th;n ajlhvqeian (FSA the truth) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • lelavlhka (I have spoken) • h}n (FSA
which) • h[kousa (I heard) • para; (→G from) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god).
Now but you are seeking me to kill man who the truth to you I have spoken which I heard from the god.
And now you seek to kill me, a man who told you the truth; I have spoken that which I heard from God.
19. kataba;V (after coming down) • de; (and/but) • PevtroV (MSN Peter) • pro;V (→A to) • tou;V a[ndraV (MPA the men) •
ei\pen (he/she/it said)` • ijdou; (behold) • ejgwv (SN I) • eijmi (PAI1S I am) • o}n (MSA whom) • zhteiæte (PAI2P you are
seeking).
After coming down and Peter to the men he said, “behold I am whom you are seeking.”
And after coming down, Peter said to the men, “Behold, I am the one whom you are seeking.”
20. w{sper (just as) • ga;r (for) • oJ path;r (MSN the father) • ejgeivrei (PAI3S he/she/it is raising) • tou;V nekrou;V (MPA the
dead) • kai; (and) • zw/opoieiæ (PAI3S he/she/it is making alive), • ou{twV (in this manner) • kai; (also) • oJ uiJo;V (MSN
the son) • ou}V (MPA whom) • qevlei (PAI3S he is desiring) • zw/opoieiæ (PAI3S he/she/it is making alive).
Just as for the father is raising the dead and making alive, in this manner also the son whom he is desiring he is
making alive.
For just as the Father raises the dead and makes them alive, in this manner also the Son makes alive whom he
desires.
Future Active/Middle Indicative

Parsing
• In the leftmost column, we separate the tense stem, tense formative, connecting vowel, and personal ending of verbs
with bullets ( • ). Where letters combine across bullets, we put the result after the bullet.
Inflected Person # Tense / Voice Mood Lexical Parsing Inflected
he/she/it
1. luv • s • e • i 3 S Future Active Indicative luvw FAI3S
will loose
you will
2. ajkouv • s • e • iV 2 S Future Active Indicative ajkouvw FAI2S
hear
we will
3. gennhv • s • o • men1 1 P Future Active Indicative gennavw FAI1P
beget
they will
4. zhv • s • o • usi1 3 P Future Active Indicative zavw FAI3P
live
Middle he/she/it
5. poreuv • s • e • tai 3 S Future Indicative poreuvomai FMdI3S
Deponent2 will go
you will
6. blev • y • e • iV3 2 S Future Active Indicative blevpw FAI2S
see
you
7. e{ • x • e • te4 2 P Future Active Indicative e]cw FAI2P (plural)
will have
we will
8. kalev • s • o • men5 1 P Future Active Indicative kalevw FAI1P
call
9. o{louV Acc P Masculine None None o{loV MPA whole
they will
10. sunav • x • o • usin6 3 P Future Active Indicative sunavgw FAI3P gather
together
Warm-up
a. pavnteV (MPA all) • pisteuvsousin (FAI3P they will believe) • eijV (→A in) • aujtovn (MSA him).
All will believe in him.
1
Notice that the contract vowel alpha lengthens to eta before the tense formative (sigma).
2
Notice that poreuvomai is deponent in both the present and the future tenses. Not all verbs that are deponent in the
present tense are deponent in the future tense. And some verbs that are not deponent in the present tense are deponent in
the future tense. So if you want to be able to translate without looking them up, when you memorize a verb as a
vocabulary word, check that it is consistent in all tenses as to whether or not it is deponent. If it is inconsistent, then you
should memorize in which tenses it is and isn’t deponent.
3
Notice that the final letter of the stem (pi) combines with the tense formative (sigma) to form the letter psi. This follows
the rules from the square of stops that you learned in chapter 10: p + s y.
4
Notice that the final letter of the stem (chi) combines with the tense formative (sigma) to form the letter xsi. This
follows the rules from the square of stops that you learned in chapter 10: c + s x.
5
Notice that kalevw “breaks the rules” in that it is a contract verb, but the contract vowel does not lengthen before a tense
formative. It is actually not lawless, however; there is a rule for it! See footnote 19 on page 164 of the textbook.
6
Notice that the final letter of the stem (gamma) combines with the tense formative (sigma) to form the letter xsi. This
follows the rules from the square of stops that you learned in chapter 10: g + s x.
191
b. aujto;V (MSN he) • peri; (→G concerning) • eJautou: (MnSG himself) • lalhvsei (FAI3S he/she/it will speak).
He concerning himself will speak.
He will speak concerning himself.
g. sunavxw (FAI1S I will gather) • tou;V karpouvV (MPA the fruits) • mou (SG my).
I will gather the fruits my.
I will gather my fruit.
d. e{xei (e[cw FAI3S he/she/it will have) • to; fw:V (NSNa the light) • th:V zwh:V (FSG of the life).
He will have the light of the life.
He will have the light of life.
e. su;n (→D with) • ejmoi; (ejmovV MnSD to my / ejgwv SD! me) • poreuvsontai (FMdI3P they will go).
They will go with me.
z. blevyete (blevpw FAI2P you will see) • kai; (and) • ouj (not) • lalhvsei (FAI3S he/she/it will speak).
You will see, and he will not speak.
h. ejpi; (→A to) • Kaivsara (MSA Caesar) • poreuvsh/ (FMdI2S you will go).
To Caesar you will go.
Translation
1. kuvrion (MSA lord) • to;n qeovn (MSA the god) • sou (SG your) • proskunhvseiV (proskunevw FAI2S you will worship).
Lord the god your you will worship.
You will worship the Lord your God.
2. basileu;V (MSN king) • =Israhvl (MSGx of Israel) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is), • katabavtw (let him come down!) •
nu:n (now) • ajpo; (→G from) • tou: staurou: (MSG the cross) • kai; (and) • pisteuvsomen (FAI1P we will believe) • ejp=
(→A on) • aujtovn (MSA him).
King of Israel he is, let him come down now from the cross and we will believe on him.
He is the King of Israel; let him come down now from the cross and we will believe in him!
3. hJ gunhv (FSN the wife) • sou (SG your) • =Elisavbet (FSGx Elizabeth) • gennhvsei (FAI3S he/she/it will give birth to) •
uiJovn (MSA son) • soi (SD to you) • kai; (and) • kalevseiV (FAI2S you will call) • to; o[noma (NSNa the name) • aujtou:
(MnSG his) • =Iwavnnhn (MSA John).
The wife your Elizabeth will give birth to son to you and you will call the name his John.
Your wife Elizabeth will bear you a son, and you will call his name John.
4. oJ (MSN the) • de; (and/but) • qeovV (MSN god) • mou (SG my) • plhrwvsei (FAI3S he/she/it will fill) • pa:san (FSA all) •
creivan (need) • uJmw:n (PG your) • kata; (→A according to) • to; plou:toV (NSNa the riches) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • ejn
(→D in) • dovxh/ (FSD glory) • ejn (→D in) • Cristw:/ =Ihsou: (MSD Christ Jesus).
The and god my will fill all need your according to the riches his in glory in Christ Jesus.
And my God will fulfill all your needs according to his riches in glory in Christ Jesus.
5. ajmh;n (truly) • ajmh;n (truly) • levgw (PAI1S I am saying) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • o{ti (that/because) • e[rcetai (PMpdI3S
he/she/it is coming) • w{ra (FSN hour) • kai; (and) • nu:n (now) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • o{te (when) • oiJ nekroi;
(MPN the dead) • ajkouvsousin (FAI3P they will hear) • th:V fwnh:V (FSG the voice) • tou: uiJou: (MSG of the son) • tou:
qeou: (MSG of the god) • kai; (and) • oiJ ajkouvsanteV (MPN the ones who hear it) • zhvsousin (zavw FAI3P they will
live).
Truly, truly I say to you that an hour is coming and now is, when the dead will hear the voice of the Son of God, and
the ones who hear it will live.
6. kai; (and) • e[sesqe (eijmiv FMdI2P you will be) • misouvmenoi (hated) • uJpo; (→G by) • pavntwn (MnPG all) • dia; (→A
on account of) • to; o[nomav (NSNa the name) • mou (SG my).
And you will be hated by all on account of the name my.
And you will be hated by all on account of my name.
Exercise 19 – Track 2: Future Active/Middle Indicative 193
7. ajmh;n (truly) • ajmh;n (truly) • levgw (PAI1S I am saying) • uJmiæn (PD to you), • oJ pisteuvwn (MSN the one who believes)
• eijV (→A into/in) • ejme; (SA! me) • ta; e[rga (NPNa the works) • a} (NPNa which) • ejgw; (SN I) • poiw: (PAI1S I am
doing) • kajkeiænoV (that one) • poihvsei (FAI3S he/she/it will do) • kai; (and) • meivzona (NPNa greater) • touvtwn
(MfnPG than these) • poihvsei (FAI3S he/she/it will do), • o{ti (that/because) • ejgw; (SN I) • pro;V (→A to) • to;n
patevra (MSA the father) • poreuvomai (PMpdI1S I am going).
Truly, truly I am saying to you, the one who believes in me, the works which I am doing that one will do and greater
than these he will do, because I to the father am going.
Truly, truly, I say to you, the one who believes in me will do the works which I am doing, and will do greater than
these because I am going to the Father.
8. uJmeiæV (PN you) • proskuneiæte (PAI2P you are worshipping) • o} (NSNa which) • oujk (not) • oi[date (2P you know)` •
hJmeiæV (SN we) • proskunou:men (PAI1P we are worshipping) • o} (NSNa which) • oi[damen (1P we know), • o{ti
(because) • hJ swthriva (FSN the salvation) • ejk (→G from) • tw:n =Ioudaivwn (MPG the Jews) • ejstivn (PAI3S he/she/it
is). • ajlla; (but) • e[rcetai (PMpdI3S he/she/it is coming) • w{ra (FSN hour) • kai; (and) • nu:n (now) • ejstin (PAI3S
he/she/it is), • o{te (when) • oiJ ajlhqinoi; (MPN the true) • proskunhtai; (FPN worshipers) • proskunhvsousin (FAI3P
they will worship) • tw:/ patri; (MSD the father) • ejn (→D in) • pneuvmati (NSD spirit) • kai; (and) • ajlhqeiva/ (FSD
truth).
You are worshipping which not you know; we are worshipping which we know, because the salvation from the Jews
is. But is coming hour and now is, when the true worshippers will worship the father in spirit and truth.
You are worshipping what you do not know; we are worshipping what we know, because salvation is from the Jews.
But an hour is coming and now is, when the true worshippers will worship the Father in spirit and truth.
9. zhthvsetev (FAI2P you will seek) • me (SA me), • kai; (and) • kaqw;V (as) • ei\pon (I said) • toiæV =IoudaivoiV (MPD to the
Jews) • o{ti (that) • o{pou (where) • ejgw; (SN I) • uJpavgw (I go) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • ouj (not) • duvnasqe (PMpdI2P you
are able) • ejlqeiæn (to go), • kai; (and) • uJmiæn (PD to you) • levgw (PAI1S I am saying).
You will seek me, and as I said to the Jews that where I go you not are able to go, and to you I am saying.
You will seek me, and I am saying to you as I said to the Jews, that where I am going you are not able to go.
10. a[koue (Listen!), • =Israhvl (MSVx Israel), • kuvrioV (MSN lord) • oJ qeo;V (MSN the god) • hJmw:n (PG our) • kuvrioV (MSN
lord) • ei|V (MSN one) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is), • kai; (and) • ajgaphvseiV (FAI2S you will love) • kuvrion (MSA
lord) • to;n qeovn (MSA the god) • sou (SG your) • ejx (→G from) • o{lhV (FSG whole) • th:V kardivaV (FSG the heart) •
sou (SG your) • kai; (and) • ejx (→G from) • o{lhV (FSG whole) • th:V yuch:V (FSG soul) • sou (SG your) • kai; (and) •
ejx (→G from) • o{lhV (FSG whole) • th:V dianoivaV (FSG the mind) • sou (SG your) • kai; (and) • ejx (→G from) • o{lhV
(FSG whole) • th:V ijscuvoV (FSG the strength) • sou (SG your).
Listen, Israel; lord the god our lord one is, and you will love lord the god your from whole the heart your and from
whole the soul your and from whole the mind your and from whole the strength your.
Listen, Israel! The Lord our God is one, and you will love the Lord your God from your whole heart, your whole
soul, your whole mind, and your whole strength.
Additional
11. oiJ =Ioudaiæoi (MPN the Jews) • sunavxousin (FAI3P they will gather) • ejpi; (→D on) • th/: qalavssh/ (FSD the sea) • th:V
GalilaivaV (FSG of Galilee) • o{ti (because) • oJ =Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus) • parabola;V (FPA parables) • lalhvsei
(FAI3S he/she/it will tell).
The Jews will gather at the Sea of Galilee because Jesus will tell parables.
12. poreusovmeqa (FMdI1P we will go) • pro;V (→A to) • th;n basileivan (FSA the kingdom) • tou: =Israhvl (MSGx of
Israel), • ajlla; (but) • ajkouvsomen (FAI1P we will hear) • tou: eujaggelivou (NSG the good news) • th:V ajgavphV (FSG
of the love) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god)~
We will go to the Kingdom of Israel, but will we hear the good news of the love of God?
13. uiJou;V (MPA sons) • kai; (and) • qugatevraV (FPA daughters) • gennhvseiV (FAI2S you will bear) • kai; (and) • oujk
(not) • e[sontaiv (eijmiv FMdI3P they will be) • soi (SD to you).
Sons and daughters you will bear, and not they will be to you.
You will bear sons and daughters, and they will not be for you.
14. ouj (not) • proskunhvseiV (FAI2S you will worship) • toiæV qeoiæV (MPD the gods) • aujtw:n (MfnPG their) • oujde; (and
not) • poihvseiV (FAI2S you will do) • kata; (→A according to) • ta; e[rga (NPNa the works) • aujtw:n (MfnPG their).
Not you will worship the gods their and not you will do according to the works their.
You will not worship their gods, and you will not do according to their works.
15. kai; (and) • ei\pen (he/she/it said) • kuvrioV (MSN lord) • tw:/ =Abravm (MSD to Abraham)` • e[xelqe (go out!) • ejk (→G
from) • th:V gh:V (FSG the land) • sou (SG your) • … • kai; (and) • ejk (→G from) • tou: oi[kou (MSG the house) • tou:
patrovV (MSG of the father) • sou (SG your) • eijV (→A into) • th;n gh:n (FSG the land) • h}n (FSA which) • a[n (-ever) •
soi (SD to you) • deivxw (I will show) • kai; (and) • poihvsw (FAI1S I will make) • se (SA you) • eijV (→A into) • e[qnoV
(NSNa nation) • mevga (NPNa great) • kai; (and) • eujloghvsw (FAI1S I will bless) • se (SA you) • … kai; (and) • e[sh/
(eijmiv FMdI2S you will be) • eujloghtovV (MSN blessed).
And said lord to Abraham, “Go out from the land your… and from the house of the father your into the land
whichever to you I will show and I will make you into nation great and I will bless you… and you will be blessed.”
And the Lord said to Abraham, “Go out from your land… and from your father’s house into whatever land I will
show you, and I will make you into a great nation and I will bless you, … and you will be blessed.”
16. e[sesqe (eijmiv FMdI2P you will be) • ou\n (therefore) • uJmeiæV (PN you) • tevleioi (MPN perfect) • wJV (as) • oJ path;r (MSN
the father) • uJmw:n (PG your) • oJ oujravnioV (MSN the heaven) • tevleiovV (MSN perfect) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is).
You will be therefore you perfect as the father your the heaven perfect he is.
Therefore, you will be perfect as your Heavenly Father is perfect.
17. dikaiosuvnh (FSN righteousness) • ga;r (for) • qeou: (MSG of god) • ejn (→D in) • aujtw/: (MnSD it) • ajpokaluvptetai
(PAI3S he/she/it is revealed) • ejk (→G from) • pivstewV (FSG faith) • eijV (→A into/in) • pivstin (FSA faith), • kaqw;V
(as) • gevgraptai (it is written)` • oJ (MSN the) • de; (and/but) • divkaioV (MSN righteous) • ejk (→G from) • pivstewV (FSG
faith) • zhvsetai (FMI3S7 he/she/it will live).
Righteousness for of god in it is revealed from faith into faith, as it is written, “The but righteous from faith will
live.”
For the righteousness of God is revealed in it from faith into faith, as it is written, “But the righteous one will live
from faith.”
18. Ea;n (if) • ajgapa:tev (PAI2P you are loving) • me (SA me), • ta;V ejntola;V (FPA the commandments) • ta;V ejma;V (FPA
the my) • thrhvsete (FAI2P you will keep).
If you are loving me, the commandments the my you will keep.
19. ei[ (if) • tiV (MfSN anyone) • qevlei (PAI3S he/she/it desires) • prw:toV (MSN first) • ei\nai (to be), • e[stai (eijmiv
FMdI3S he/she/it will be) • pavntwn (MnPG of all) • e[scatoV (MSN last).
If anyone desires first to be, he will be of all last.
If anyone desires to be first, he will be last of all.
20. eu|ron (I have found) • Daui;d (MSAx David) • to;n (MSA the)8 • tou: =Iessaiv (MSG of the Jesse), • a[ndra (MSA man) •
kata; (→A according to) • th;n kardivan (FSA the heart) • mou (SG my), • o}V (MSN who) • poihvsei (FAI3S he/she/it
will do) • pavnta (NPNa all) • ta; qelhvmatav (NPNa the will) • mou (SG my).
I have found David the of the Jesse, man according to the heart my, who will do all the will my.
I have found David, the son of Jesse, a man according to my heart, who will do all of my will.
7
8
The word uiJovn (“son”) that goes with the article tovn has been skipped. If you want to use grammatical jargon, you can
say that uiJovn has been elided.
Verbal Roots, and Other Forms of the Future

Parsing
• The “other tense” column gives the inflected form in the other tense (swap future and present).
Inflected Other tense Person # Tense / Voice Mood Lexical Parsing Inflected
You will
1. ajreiæV ai[reiV 2 S Future Active Indicative ai[rw FAI2S
raise
Middle he/she/it
2. o[yetai1 oJra/: 3 S Future Indicative oJravw FMdI3S
Deponent will see
we will
3. ejkbalou:men ejkballou:men 1 P Future Active Indicative ejkbavllw FAI1P
cast out
they are
4. ejgeirou:sin ejgerou:si(n) 3 P Present Active Indicative ejgeivrw PAI3P raising
up
you will
5. ajpokteneiæte ajpokteivnete 2 P Future Active Indicative ajpokteivnw FAI2P
kill
he/she/it
6. swvsei swvzei 3 S Future Active Indicative sw/vzw FAI3S will
save
he/she/it
7. ajposteleiæ ajpostelleiæ 3 S Future Active Indicative ajpostevllw FAI3S will
send
you will
8. baptivseiV baptivzeiV 2 S Future Active Indicative baptivzw FAI2S
baptize
they are
9. poiou:si poihsou:si(n) 3 P Present Active Indicative poievw PAI3P
doing
you will
10. krineiæte krivnete 2 P Future Active Indicative krivnw FAI2P
judge
Warm-up
a. ejkeiænoV (MSN that) • krineiæ (krivnw FAI3S he/she/it will judge) • aujto;n (MSA him) • ejn (→D in) • th:/ ejscavth/ hJmevra/
(FSD the last day).
That will judge him in the last day.
b. polloi; (MPN many) • ga;r (for) • ejleuvsontai (e[rcomai FAI3P they will come) • ejpi; (→D on) • tw:/ ojnovmativ (NSD the
name) • mou (SG my).
Many for will come on name.
For many will come in my name.
g. ejn (→D in) • tw:/ ojnovmativ (NSD the name) • mou (SG my) • daimovnia (NPNa demons) • ejkbalou:sin (ejkbavllw FAI3P
they will cast out).
In the name my demons they will cast out.
In my name they will cast out demons.
d. gnwvsesqe (ginwvskw FMdI2P you will know) • th;n ajlhvqeian (FSA the truth).
You will know the truth.
1
Notice that oJravw is not deponent in the present tense, but its future tense form o[yomai is middle deponent.
195
e. ejrw: (levgw FAI1S I will say) • th:/ yuch:/ (FSD to the soul) • mou (SG my).
I will say to my soul.
z. aujto;V (MSN he) • mevnei (mevnw PAI3S he/she/it is remaining) • ejpi; (→A on) • to;n kovsmon (MSA the world) • ajlla;
(but) • su (SN you) • meneiæV (mevnw FAI2S you will remain) • eijV (→A into) • tou;V aijw:naV (MPA the ages).
He is remaining on the world, but you will remain into the ages.
h. pw:V (how?) • pavsaV (FPA all) • ta;V parabola;V (FPA the parables) • gnwvsesqe (ginwvskw FMdI2P you will know);
How all the parables you will know?
How will you understand all the parables?
Translation
1. ejgw; (SN I) • ejbavptisa (I baptized) • uJma:V (PA you) • u{dati (NSD with water), • aujto;V (MSN he) • de; (and/but) •
baptivsei (baptivzw FAI3S he/she/it will baptize) • uJma:V (PA you) • ejn (→D in) • pneuvmati (NSD spirit) • aJgivw/ (MnSD
holy).
I baptized you with water, but he will baptize you in spirit holy.
2. ajposteleiæ (ajpostevllw FAI3S he/she/it will send) • oJ uiJo;V (MSN the son) • tou: ajnqrwvpou (MSG of the man) • tou;V
ajggevlouV (MPA the angels) • aujtou: (MnSG his).
Will send the son of the man the angels his.
3. ejkeiæ (there) • aujto;n (MSA him) • o[yesqe (oJravw FMdI2P you will see), • kaqw;V (as) • ei\pen (he/she/it said) • uJmiæn
(PD to you).
There him you will see, as he said to you.
You will see him there, just as he said to you.
4. ajpekrivqh (he/she/it answered) • =Ihsou:V (MPA Jesus) • kai; (and) • ei\pen (he/she/it said) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him)` • ejavn
(if) • tiV (MfSN anyone) • ajgapa:/ (ajgapavw PAI3S he/she/it is loving) • me (SA me) • to;n lovgon (MSA the word) • mou
(SG my) • thrhvsei (threvw FAI3S he/she/it will keep) • kai; (and) • oJ pathvr (MSN the father) • mou (SG my) •
ajgaphvsei (ajgapavw FAI3S he/she/it will love) • aujto;n (MSA him) • kai; (and) • pro;V (→A to) • aujto;n (MSA him) •
ejleusovmeqa (e[rcomai FMdI1P we will come).
Answered Jesus and said to him, “If anyone is loving me the word my he will keep and the father my will love him
and to him we will come).
And Jesus answered and said to him, “If anyone loves me, he will keep my word, and my father will love him, and
we will come to him.”
5. tevxetai (he/she/it will bear) • de; (and/but) • uiJovn (MSA son), • kai; (and) • kalevseiV (kalevw FAI2S you will call) • to;
o[noma (NSNa the name) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • =Ihsou:n (MSA Jesus). • aujto;V (MSN he) • ga;r (for) • swvsei (sw/vzw
FAI3S he/she/it will save) • to;n lao;n (MSA the people) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • ajpo; (→G from) • tw:n aJmartiw:n (FPG
the sins) • aujtw:n (MfnPG their).
She will bear and son, and you will call the name his Jesus. He for will save the people his from the sins their.
And she will bear a son, and you will call his name Jesus, for he will save his people from their sins.
6. h] (or) • oujk (not) • oi[date (2P you know) • o{ti (that/because) • oiJ a{gioi (MPN the saints) • to;n kovsmon (MSA the
world) • krinou:sin (krivnw FAI3P they will judge)2~ • … • oujk (not) • oi[date (2P you know) • o{ti (that) • ajggevlouV
(MPA angels) • krinou:men (krivnw FAI1P we will judge)3~
Or not you know that the saints the world will judge? … Not you know that angels we will judge?
Or do you not know that the saints will judge the world? … Do you not know that we will judge angels?
2
The accent is the only thing that distinguishes this from the PAI3P, which is krivnousi(n). The accents were probably
not in the original manuscripts, so it is wise to check the context to see which fits best. In this context, the parallel with
krinou:men, which is unambiguously future, indicates that krinou:sin is also likely to be future, as the accent indicates.
3
In the 1P, unlike the 3P, the liquid future and the present can be distinguished by the letters and not only by the accents.
The PAI1P is krivnomen, whereas the FAI1P is krinou:men. What makes the forms ambiguous in the FAI3P is that the 3P
personal ending already has vowel lengthening from the nu that dropped out at the beginning of the personal ending
nsi(n). Since this doesn’t occur in the 1P, the vowel changes distinguish the future from the present.
Exercise 20 – Track 2: Verbal Roots, and Other Forms of the Future 197
7. pavnteV (MPN all) • pisteuvsousin (pisteuvw FAI3P they will believe) • eijV (→A in) • aujtovn (MSA him), • kai; (and) •
ejleuvsontai (e[rcomai FMdI3P they will come) • oiJ +Rwmaiæoi (MPN the Romans) • kai; (and) • ajrou:sin (ai[rw FAI3P
they will take away) • to;n tovpon (MSA the place) • hJmw:n (PG our).
All will believe in him, and will come the Romans and will take away the place our.
All will believe in him, and the Romans will come and take away our place.
8. =Alla; (but) • ejreiæ (levgw FAI3S he/she/it will say) • tiV (MfSN someone) ` • pw:V (how?) • ejgeivrontai (ejgeivrw
PMpI3P they are raised) • oiJ nekroiv (MPN the dead)~ • poivw/ (in what sort of) • de; (and/but) • swvmati (NSD body) •
e[rcontai (e[rcomai PMpdI3P they are coming)~
But someone will say, “How are the dead raised? And in what sort of body are they coming?”
9. levgei (levgw PAI3S he/she/it is saying) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him)` • ejk (→G from) • tou: stovmatovV (NSG the mouth) •
sou (SG your) • krinw: (krivnw FAI1S I will judge) • se (SA you), • ponhre; (MSV wicked) • dou:le (MSV slave).
He is saying to him, “From your own mouth I will judge you, wicked slave.”
10. dia; (→A on account of) • tou:to (NSNa this) • kai; (also) • hJ sofiva (FSN the wisdom) • tou: qeou: (MSG of the god) •
ei\pen (he/she/it said)` • ajpostelw: (ajpostevllw FAI1S I will send) • eijV (→A into) • aujtou;V (MPA them) • profhvtaV
(MPA prophets) • kai; (and) • ajpostovlouV (MPA apostles), • kai; (and) • ejx (→G of) • aujtw:n (MfnPG them) •
ajpoktenou:sin (ajpokteivnw FAI3P they will kill).
On account of this also, the wisdom of God said, “I will send to them prophets and apostles, and they will kill some
of them.
Additional
11. tiv (NSNa why?) • oiJ kakoi; (MPN the bad) • ajpokteivnousin (ajpokteivnw PAI3P they are killing) • tou;V ajgaqouvV
(MPA the good), • oi} (MPN which) • throu:sin (threvw PAI3P they are keeping) • to;n novmon (MSA the law) • tou: qeou:
(MSG of the god) • kai; (and) • ajgapw:si (ajgapavw PAI3P they are loving) • pavntaV (MPA all)~
Why the bad are killing the good, which are keeping the law of the god and are loving all?
Why are the bad killing the good, who are keeping the law of God and are loving everyone?
12. ejn (→D in) • tw/: stovmativ (NSD the mouth) • mou (SG my) • megalh;n (FSA great) • sofivan (FSA wisdom) • lalhvsw
(lalevw FAI1S I will speak) • kai; (and) • kata; (→A throughout) • th;n o{lhn zwh;n (FSA the whole life) • ejrw: (levgw
FAI1S I will say) • peri; (→G concerning) • th:V dikaiosuvnhV (FSG the righteousness) • te (and) • kai; (also) • th:V
oJdou: (FSG the way) • th:V ajlhqeivaV (FSG of the truth).
In the mouth my great wisdom I will speak and throughout the whole life I will say concerning the righteousness
and so and the way of the truth.
With my mouth I will speak great wisdom, and throughout all of life I will speak concerning righteousness and the
way of truth.
13. kai; (and) • kalevseiV (kalevw FAI2S you will call) • ta; savbbata (NPNa the Sabbaths) • a{gia (NPNa holy) • tw:/ qew:/
(NSD to the god) • sou (SG your) • kai; (and) • oujk (not) • ajreiæV (ai[rw FAI2S you will take up) • to;n povda (MSA the
foot) • sou (SG your) • ejp= (→D on) • e[rgw/ (NSD work) • oujde; (and not) • lalhvseiV (lalevw FAI2S you will speak) •
lovgon (MSA word) • ejn (→D in) • ojrgh:/ (FSD wrath) • ejk (→G from) • tou: stovmatovV (NSG the mouth) • sou (SG
your).
And you will call the Sabbaths holy to the god your and not you will take up the foot your on work and not you will
speak word in wrath from the mouth your.
And you will call the Sabbaths holy to your God, and you will not take up your foot to work, and you will not speak
a word in wrath from your mouth.
14. oJ qeovV (MSN the god) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • kuvrioV (MSN lord), • kai; (and) • aujto;V (MSN he) • oi\den (3S
he/she/it knows), • kai; (and) • =Israh;l (MSNx Israel) • aujto;V (MSN himself) • gnwvsetai (ginwvskw FAI3S he/she/it
will know).
The god is lord, and he knows, and Israel himself will know.
God is Lord, and he knows, and Israel himself will know.
15. to; u{dwr (NSNa the water) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • pistovn (MSA/NSNa faithful)` • basileva (MSA king) • meta; (→G with)
• dovxhV (FSG glory) • o[yesqe (oJravw FMdI2P you will see), • kai; (and) • hJ yuch; (FSN the soul) • uJmw:n (PG your) •
melethvsei (meletavw FAI3S he/she/it will cultivate) • fovbon (MSA fear) • kurivou (MSG of lord).
The water his faithful; king with glory you will see, and the soul your will cultivate fear of lord.
His water is faithful; you will see the king with glory, and your soul will cultivate the fear of the Lord.
16. kai; (and) • ta; tevkna (NPNa the children) • aujth:V (FSG her) • ajpoktenw: (ajpokteivnw FAI1S I will kill) • ejn (→D in)
• qanavtw/ (MSD death). • kai; (and) • gnwvsontai (ginwvskw FMdI3P they will know) • pa:sai (FPN all) • aiJ
ejkklhsivai (FPN the congregations) • o{ti (that) • ejgwv (SN I) • eijmi (PAI1S I am) • oJ ejraunw:n (MSN the one who
searches) • nefrou;V (MPA minds) • kai; (and) • kardivaV (FPA hearts), • kai; (and) • dwvsw (I will give) • uJmiæn (PD to
you) • eJkavstw/ (MSD each) • kata; (→A according to) • ta; e[rga (NPNa the works) • uJmw:n (PG your).
And the children her I will kill in death. And will know all the congregations that I am the one who searches minds
and hearts, and I will give to you each according to the works your.
And I will kill her children in death. And all the congregations will know that I am the one who searches minds and
hearts, and I will give to each of you according to your works.
17. Mh; (not) • movnon (MSA/NSNa only) • ou\n (therefore) • aujto;n (MSA him) • kalw:men (let us call) • kuvrion (MSA lord),
• ouj (not) • ga;r (for) • tou:to (NSNa this) • swvsei (sw/vzw FAI3S he/she/it will save) • hJma:V (PA us).
Not only therefore him let us call lord, not for this will save us.
Therefore, let us not only call him “Lord,” for this will not save us.
18. makavrioi (MPN blessed) • oiJ kaqaroi; (MPN the clean) • th:/ kardiva/ (FSD in heart), • o{ti (because) • aujtoi; (MPN they)
• to;n qeo;n (MSA the god) • o[yontai (oJravw FMdI3P they will see).
Blessed the clean in heart, because they the god will see.
19. =All= (but) • ejreiæ (levgw FAI3S he/she/it will say) • tiV (MfSN someone) ` • su; (SN you) • pivstin (FSA faith) • e[ceiV
(PAI2S you are having), • kajgw; (SN and I) • e[rga (NPNa works) • e[cw (PAI1S I am having). • deiæxovn (Show!) • moi
(SD to me) • th;n pivstin (FSA the faith) • sou (SG your) • cwri;V (→G without) • tw:n e[rgwn (NPG the works), • kajgwv
(SN and I) • soi (SD to you) • deivxw (I will show) • ejk (→G from) • tw:n e[rgwn (NPG the works) • mou (SG my) • th;n
pivstin (FSA the faith). • su; (SN you) • pisteuveiV (PAI2S you are believing) • o{ti (that) • ei|V (MSN one) • ejstin
(PAI3S he/she/it is) • oJ qeovV (MSN the god), • kalw:V (well) • poieiæV (poievw PAI2S you are doing). • kai; (and) • ta;
daimovnia (NPNa the demons) • pisteuvousin (pisteuvw PAI3P they are believing) • kai; (and) • frivssousin (frivssw
PAI3P they are trembling).
But will say someone, “You faith are having, and I works am having.” Show me the faith your without the works,
and I to you will show from the works my the faith. You are believing that one is the god, well you are doing. And
the demons are believing and they are trembling.
But someone will say, “You have faith, and I have works.” Show me your faith without the works, and I will show
you faith from my works. You believe that God is one; you are doing well. The demons also believe, and they are
trembling.
20. eja;n (if) • ta;V ejntolavV (FPA the commandments) • mou (SG my) • thrhvshte (you keep), • meneiæte (mevnw FAI2P you
will remain) • ejn (→D in) • th:/ ajgavph/ (FSD the love) • mou (SG my), • kaqw;V (even as) • ejgw; (SN I) • ta;V ejntola;V
(FPA the commandments) • tou: patrovV (MSG of the father) • mou (SG my) • tethvrhka (I have kept) • kai; (and) •
mevnw (PAI1S I am remaining) • aujtou: (MnSG his) • ejn (→D in) • th:/ ajgavph/ (FSD the love).
If the commandments my you keep, you will remain in the love my, even as I the commandments of the father my I
have kept and I am remaining his in the love.
If you keep my commandments, you will remain in my love, even as I have kept my father’s commandments, and I
am remaining in his love.
Chapters 10-14, 19-20
Grammar
1. Explain how the stem was modified in the following inflected forms. Start by writing out the word’s stem, add the
case ending, show the final form, and explain the changes.
a. savrx is formed by sark (stem) + V (3rd declension FSN case ending) sarkV sarx (because from the table
of stops, kappa + sigma xsi).
b. o[noma is formed by ojnomat (stem) + – (3rd declension NSNa case ending is blank) ojnomat ojnoma
(because of noun rule 8: “A tau cannot stand at the end of a word and will drop off.”)
c. cavrisin is formed by carit (stem) + sin (3rd declension FPD case ending is si(n)) caritsin carisin
(because from the table of stops, tau + sigma sigma)
d. pivstewV is formed by pistî (stem ends in consonantal iota) + oV (3rd declension FSG case ending) pistîoV
pivstewV (because consonantal iota + omicron ew in this instance)
e. pa:V is formed by pant (stem) + V (3rd declension MSN case ending) pantV panV (because from the table of
stops, tau + sigma sigma) paV (because of noun rule 8: “nu drops out when followed by sigma.”)
2. Write out the seventh and eighth noun rules.
• Noun rule 7 is the Square of Stops with the rightmost column (below) added, plus the fact that nu drops out
when followed by sigma.

Labial p b f y
Velar k g c x
Dental t d q s
• Noun rule 8: “A tau cannot stand at the end of a word and will drop off.”
3. Describe what happens when you add a sigma to the following stops.
a. t+ss
b. b+sy
c. d+ss
d. p+sy
e. g+sx
f. k+sx
199
4. List the case endings

M F N M/F N
SN V – n V/– –
SG u V u oV oV
SD i i i i i
SA n n n a/n –
PN i i a eV a
PG wn wn wn wn wn
PA uV V a aV a
5. What determines the case, number, and gender of a personal pronoun?
a. Case is determined by the function of the personal pronoun in its clause.
b. Number and gender are determined by the number and gender of the antecedent of the personal pronoun.
The first and second person personal pronouns (lexical forms ejgwv and suv), however, do not have gender.
6. Write out the paradigm of the English personal pronouns.

First Person Second Person First Person Second Person
Subjective Singular I you Subjective Plural we you
Possessive Singular my your Possessive Plural our your
Objective Singular me you Objective Plural us you
7. What are the three uses of aujtovV?
a. Personal pronoun
• Usually translated as a third-person pronoun: he, she, it, his, her, its, to him, to her, to it, him, her, it, they,
their, to them, or them.
b. Adjectival intensive
• Translated as “himself,” “herself,” “itself,” or “themselves.”
• Usually in the predicate position.
• Usually in the nominative case.
c. Identical adjective
• Translated as “same,” as in “the same woman.”
• Usually in the attributive position.
8. How do you distinguish the form of the feminine personal pronoun from the feminine demonstrative?
• By the start of the word: The feminine demonstrative1 always has either a rough breathing mark (au{th and
au|tai) or else begins with tau (tauvthV, tauvth/, tauvthn, touvtwn, tauvtaiV, and tauvtaV). The feminine personal
pronoun always begins with auj, so it never has a rough breathing and never begins with tau.
9. In what adjectival position will you find the demonstratives when they are modifying nouns?
• When a demonstrative modifies a noun, it is in the predicate position (e.g., “this the man” or “the man this”).
1
This question refers to the nearby demonstrative (“this”), with lexical form ou|toV. The distant demonstrative (“that”),
with lexical form ejkeiænoV, is unlikely to be confused with the third person feminine personal pronoun.
Chapters 10-14, 19-20: Review #4 – Track 2 201
10. What are the four basic rules of the vocative?

a. In the plural, the vocative is always identical to the nominative plural.
b. In the singular first declension, the vocative is the same as the nominative.
c. In the singular second declension, the vocative ending is usually epsilon. Note that unlike other case endings
(except for the NPNa case ending a), the epsilon is not simply appended to the end of the stem. Instead, the
epsilon replaces the stem vowel omicron, so we have a[nqrwpe, not ajnqrwvpoe.
d. In the singular third declension, the vocative is usually the bare stem of the word, sometimes with the stem
vowel being changed due to ablaut.
11. What determines the case, number, and gender of a relative pronoun?
a. The case of a relative pronoun is set by its function in its relative clause.2
b. The number and gender of a relative pronoun match the number and gender of its antecedent.
12. How do you distinguish the form of the relative pronoun from the article?
• The relative pronoun always has both a rough breathing and an accent (e.g., o{V). The article always has one or
the other (e.g., oJ and tov), but never both. So if there is both a rough breathing and an accent, it is the relative
pronoun. Otherwise, it is the article.
13. Write out the “Square of Stops,” and what happens to each class of stop when followed by a sigma.
Labial p b f y
Velar k g c x
Dental t d q s
14. What is the difference between a verbal “root” and “stem”?
• A verb has one root 3 and six tense stems4 that are derived from the root.
• A stem is the form of the root in a particular tense. The connecting vowel, personal endings, and other pieces of
a verb are added on to the tense stem rather than on to the root.
• Mounce always prefaces the root with an asterisk. E.g., *lu
15. What are the three basic ways in which the verbal root is used to form the present tense stem?
a. Present tense stem = verbal root.
• E.g., luvw uses the present tense stem lu, which is the verbal root *lu.
b. Present tense stem = verbal root + something added at the end
• E.g., bavllw uses the present tense stem ball, which is derived from the verbal root *bal + î ball
c. Present tense stem = verbal root + changing the stem vowel
• E.g., ejgeivrw uses the present tense stem ejgeir, which is derived from the verbal root *ejger by changing the
stem vowel epsilon into ei.
2
Except when the relative pronoun is attracted to the case of its antecedent. See section 14.14 on page 120 of the
textbook.
3
There are a few verbs that have multiple roots. See question 10 part (c) below.
4
Some verbs do not occur in certain tenses, and therefore lack the corresponding tense stems.

Conn.
Tense Aug/Redup Tense stem Tense formative vowel Personal endings First singular
Imperf mid/pas e pres o/e sec mid/pas ejluovmhn
Future act fut act s o/e prim act luvsw
Liquid future act fut act es o/e prim act menw:
Future mid fut act s o/e prim mid/pas poreuvsomai
Parsing
1. povlesin (povliV FPD to cities)
2. ojnovmati (o[noma NSD to a name)
3. ajrou:sin (ai[rw FAI3P they will take)
4. au{th (ou|toV FSN this)
5. zhvsh/ (zavw FMI2S he/she/it will live)5
6. ajkouvseiV (ajkouvw FAI2S you will hear)
7. oi|V (o{V MnPD to whom/to which)
8. swvsw (sw/vzw FAI1S I will save)
9. gnwvsetai (ginwvskw FMdI3S he/she/it will know)
10. polloiæV (poluvV MnPD to much/to many)
11. blevyetai (blevpw FMI3S he/she/it will look for him/her/itself)
12. o[yontai (oJravw FMdI3S he/she/it will see)
13. podiv (pouvV MSD to a foot)
14. gnwvsontai (ginwvskw FMdI3P they will know)
15. o[yh/ (oJravw FMdI2S you will see)
5
We have not marked this future middle form as deponent because the future active form zhvsw occurs. Nevertheless,
meaning of the future middle is the same as the future active for zavw, and we have translated it accordingly.
Chapters 10-14, 19-20: Review #4 – Track 2 203

12:27 Nu:n (now) • hJ yuchv (FSN the soul) • mou (SG my) • tetavraktai (he/she/it has been troubled), • kai; (and) • tiv
(NSNa what?) • ei[pw (I can say)~ • pavter (MSV father), • sw:sovn (save!) • me (SA me) • ejk (→G from) • th:V w{raV (FSG
the hour) • tauvthV (FSG this)~ • ajlla; (but) • dia; (→A on account of) • tou:to (NSNa this) • h\lqon (I came) • eijV (→A
into/in) • th;n w{ran (FSA the hour) • tauvthn (FSA this). • 12:28 pavter (MSV father), • dovxasovn (glorify!) • sou (SG your)
• to; o[noma (NSNa the name). • h\lqen (he/she/it came) • ou\n (then) • fwnh; (FSN voice) • ejk (→G from) • tou: oujranou:
(MSG the heaven)` • kai; (both) • ejdovxasa (I glorified) • kai; (and) • pavlin (again) • doxavsw (FAI1S I will glorify). •
12:29 oJ (MSN the) • ou\n (then) • o[cloV (MSN crowd) • oJ eJstw;V (MSN the one that was standing) • kai; (and) • ajkouvsaV
(hearing) • e[legen (he/she/it was saying) • bronth;n (FSA thunder) • gegonevnai (that it was), • a[lloi (MPN others) • e[legon
(they were saying)` • a[ggeloV (MSN angel) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him) • lelavlhken (he/she/it has spoken). • 12:30 ajpekrivqh
(he/she/it answered) • =Ihsou:V (MSN Jesus) • kai; (and) • ei\pen (he/she/it said)` • ouj (not) • di= (→A on account of) • ejme;
(SA! me) • hJ fwnh; (FSN the voice) • au{th (FSN this) • gevgonen (he/she/it came) • ajlla; (but) • di= (→A on account of) •
uJma:V (FPA you). • 12:31 nu:n (now) • krivsiV (FSN judgment) • ejsti;n (eijmiv PAI3S he/she/it is) • tou: kovsmou (MSG of the
world) • touvtou (MnSG of this) , • nu:n (now) • oJ a[rcwn (MSN the ruler) • tou: kovsmou (MSG of the world) • touvtou (MnSG
of this) • ejkblhqhvsetai (he/she/it will be cast out) • e[xw (out)` • 12:32 kajgw; (SN and I) • eja;n (if) • uJywqw: (I am lifted
up) • ejk (→G from) • th:V gh:V (SG the world), • pavntaV (MSA all) • eJlkuvsw (I will draw) • pro;V (→A to) • ejmautovn (MSA
myself). • 12:33 tou:to (NSNa this) • de; (and/but) • e[legen (he/she/it was saying) • shmaivnwn (signifying) • poivw/ (MnSD
what) • qanavtw/ (MSD death) • h[mellen (he/she/it was about) • ajpoqnhv/skein (to die).
12:34 =Apekrivqh (he/she/it answered) • ou\n (then) • aujtw:/ (MnSD to him) • oJ o[cloV (MSN the crowd)` • hJmeiæV (PN we)
• hjkouvsamen (we heard) • ejk (→G from) • tou: novmou (MSG the law) • o{ti (that/because) • oJ Cristo;V (MSN the Christ) •
mevnei (PAI3S he/she/it is remaining) • eijV (→A into/in) • to;n aijw:na (MSA the eternity), • kai; (and) • pw:V (how?) • levgeiV
(PAI2S you are saying) • su; (SN you) • o{ti (that) • deiæ (it is necessary) • uJywqh:nai (to be lifted up) • to;n uiJo;n (MSA the
son) • tou: ajnqrwvpou (MSG of the man)~ • tivV (MSN who?) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is) • ou|toV (MSN this) • oJ uiJo;V (MSN
the son) • tou: ajnqrwvpou (MSG of the man)~ • 12:35 ei\pen (he/she/it said) • ou\n (therefore) • aujtoiæV (MnPD to them) • oJ
=Ihsou:V (MSN the Jesus)` • e[ti (yet) • mikro;n (MSA little) • crovnon (MSA time) • to; fw:V (NSNa the light) • ejn (→D in) •
uJmiæn (PD to you) • ejstin (PAI3S he/she/it is). • peripateiæte (walk!) • wJV (as long as) • to; fw:V (NSNa the light) • e[cete
(PAI2P you are having), • i{na (in order that) • mh; (not) • skotiva (FSN darkness) • uJma:V (PA you) • katalavbh/ (he/she/it
might overtake)` • kai; (and) • oJ peripatw:n (MSN the one walking) • ejn (→D in) • th:/ skotiva/ (FSD the darkness) • oujk
(not) • oi\den (3S he/she/it knows) • pou: (where) • uJpavgei (PAI3S he/she/it is going). • 12:36 wJV (as long as) • to; fw:V
(NSNa the light) • e[cete (PAI2P you are having), • pisteuvete (PAIm2P continually believe!)6 • eijV (→A into/in) • to; fw:V
(NSNa the light), • i{na (in order that) • uiJoi; (MPN sons) • fwto;V (NSG of light) • gevnhsqe (you might be).
12:27 Now my soul has been troubled, and what can I say? ‘Father, save me from this hour’? But for this reason I
came to this hour. 12:28 Father, glorify your name!” Then a voice came from heaven, “I have both glorified it and I will
also glorify it again.” 12:29 Then the crowd that was standing and hearing was saying that it was thunder. And others
were saying that an angel had spoken to him. 12:30 Jesus answered and said, “This voice came not for my sake but for
yours. 12:31 Now judgment is on this world; now the ruler of this world will be cast out. 12:32 And if I am lifted up from
the world, I will draw all people to myself.” 12:33 He was saying this, signifying what sort of death he was about to die.
12:34 The crowd then answered him, “We have heard from the law that the Christ remains into eternity; how are
you saying that it is necessary for the Son of Man to be lifted up? Who is this Son of Man?” 12:35 Then Jesus said to
them, “The light is among you for a little while longer. Walk as long as you have the light, in order that darkness will not
overtake you. The one walking in the darkness does not know where he is going. 12:36 As long as you have the light,
believe in the light, in order that you might be sons of the light.”
6
The form could be indicative or imperative mood. The context clarifies that it is imperative. We’ll cover the imperative
mood in chapter 33.
tetevlestai

Answers To Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook 2nd Ed. Full

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Answers To Basics of Biblical Greek Workbook 2nd Ed. Full

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Full Answer Key to

W.D. Mounce, Basics of Biblical Greek: Workbook

Suggestion for use

Guide to the answer key

+H cavriV tou: kurivou hJmw:n =Ihsou: Cristou: meta; pavntwn uJmw:n.

The Alphabet and Punctuation

This page intentionally left blank.

Punctuation and Syllabification

This page intentionally left blank.

c. ˙ (dot above the line) comma

e. bavl • lw [ll is a double consonant, so it is divided.]

Nominative and Accusative; Definite Article

Genitive and Dative

Write Out the Forms of the Article

a. a[ggeloV (a[ggeloV MSN angel) • kurivou (kuvrioV MSG of lord)

b. fwnh;n (fwnhv FSA voice) • ajggevlwn (a[ggeloV MPG of angels)

Prepositions and eijmiv

z. qeoiv (qeovV MPN gods) • ejste (eijmiv 2P you are)

This page intentionally left blank.

a. oJ pisto;V (MSN the faithful)2 • dou:loV (MSN slave)

d. uiJo;n (uiJovV MSA son) • ajgaphtovn (ajgaphtovV MSA beloved)

h. pisto;V (MSN faithful)6 • de; (but/and) • oJ qeovV (MSN the god)

Direct object Dative case

Indirect object Genitive case

Possession Nominative case

Subject Accusative case

Possessive: aujtou: is a possessive pronoun that modifies uiJovn.

Direct object: lovgon

Indirect object: ajnqrwvpoiV

10. Write out the first six noun rules.

Translation: 1 John 4:1-6

1. sark • iv Dative Singular Feminine savrx FSD to a flesh

First and Second Person Personal Pronouns

h. oujk (not) • e[cw (I have) • a[ndra (a[nhr MSA a husband).

b. uJpe;r (→G in behalf of) • aujth:V (FSG her)

e. hJ aujth; (FSN the same) • savrx (FSN flesh)

h. pisteu;w (I believe) • to; aujtov (NSNa the same thing)

d. Pavter (pavthr MSV father) • hJmw:n (PG our)

2. Write out the seventh and eighth noun rules.

Unvoiced Voiced Aspirate +s

4. List the case endings

6. Write out the paradigm of the English personal pronouns.

Translation: 1 John 1:5-2:5

Present Active Indicative

a. pisteuvw (pisteuvw PAI1S I am believing).

g. zhtou:sivn (zhtevw PAI3P they are seeking) • se (SA you).

d. ajgapa:V/ (ajgapavw PAI2S you are loving) • me (SA me)~

Present Middle/Passive Indicative

z. e[rcomai (PMpdI1S I am coming) • wJV (as) • klevpthV (MSN thief).

Future Active/Middle Indicative

Verbal Roots, and Other Forms of the Future

3. Write out the Master Verb Chart

d. a is formed from ae.

e. h is formed from ea.

5. What vowels form the following contractions?

7. Define what a “deponent” verb is and give one example.

Translation: John 12:27-36

a. ejbavptizen (baptivzw IAI3S he/she/it was baptizing) • aujtou;V (MPA them).

Second Aorist Active/Middle Indicative

First Aorist Active/Middle Indicative

e. h[geiren (ejgeivrw AAI3S he/she/it raised)2 • aujthvn (FSA her).

Aorist and Future Passive Indicative

3. When are primary and secondary endings used?